libpari-dev 2.5.0-2ubuntu1 / usr / share / pari / pari.desc

Function: !_
Class: basic
Section: symbolic_operators
C-Name: gnot
Prototype: G
Help: !_
Description: 
 (negbool):bool:parens                $1
 (bool):negbool:parens                $1

Function: #_
Class: basic
Section: symbolic_operators
C-Name: glength
Prototype: lG
Help: #x: number of non code words in x, number of characters for a string.
Description: 
 (vecsmall):lg      lg($1)
 (vec):lg           lg($1)
 (pol):small        lgpol($1)
 (gen):small        glength($1)

Function: %
Class: basic
Section: symbolic_operators
C-Name: pari_get_hist
Prototype: D0,L,
Help: last history item.

Function: +_
Class: basic
Section: symbolic_operators
Help: +_
Description: 
 (small):small:parens                      $1
 (int):int:parens:copy                     $1
 (real):real:parens:copy                   $1
 (mp):mp:parens:copy                       $1
 (gen):gen:parens:copy                     $1

Function: -_
Class: basic
Section: symbolic_operators
C-Name: gneg
Prototype: G
Help: -_
Description: 
 (small):small:parens           -$(1)
 (int):int                      negi($1)
 (real):real                    negr($1)
 (mp):mp                        mpneg($1)
 (gen):gen                      gneg($1)

Function: Col
Class: basic
Section: conversions
C-Name: gtocol
Prototype: DG
Help: Col({x=[]}): transforms the object x into a column vector.
 Empty vector if x is omitted.
Description: 
 ():vec        cgetg(1,t_COL)
 (gen):vec     gtocol($1)
Doc: 
 transforms the object $x$ into a column vector.
 The vector has a single component , except when $x$ is
 
 \item a vector or a quadratic form (in which case the resulting vector is
 simply the initial object considered as a column vector),
 
 \item a matrix (the column of row vectors comprising the matrix is
 returned),
 
 \item a character string (a column of individual characters is returned),
 
 \item a polynomial or a power series. In the case of a polynomial, the
 coefficients of the vector start with the leading coefficient of the
 polynomial, while for power series only the significant coefficients are
 taken into account, but this time by increasing order of degree. In this last
 case, \kbd{Col} is the reciprocal function of \kbd{Pol} and \kbd{Ser}
 respectively.
 
 Note that the function \kbd{Colrev} does not exist, use \kbd{Vecrev}.

Function: Euler
Class: basic
Section: transcendental
C-Name: mpeuler
Prototype: p
Help: Euler=Euler(): Euler's constant with current precision.
Description: 
 ():real:prec        mpeuler(prec)
Doc: Euler's constant $\gamma=0.57721\cdots$. Note that
 \kbd{Euler} is one of the few special reserved names which cannot be used for
 variables (the others are \kbd{I} and \kbd{Pi}, as well as all function
 names).

Function: I
Class: basic
Section: transcendental
C-Name: gen_I
Prototype: 
Help: I=I(): square root of -1.
Description: 
Doc: the complex number $\sqrt{-1}$.

Function: List
Class: basic
Section: conversions
C-Name: gtolist
Prototype: DG
Help: List({x=[]}): transforms the vector or list x into a list. Empty list
 if x is omitted.
Description: 
 ():list           listcreate()
 (gen):list        gtolist($1)
Doc: 
 transforms a (row or column) vector $x$ into a list, whose components are
 the entries of $x$. Similarly for a list, but rather useless in this case.
 For other types, creates a list with the single element $x$. Note that,
 except when $x$ is omitted, this function creates a small memory leak; so,
 either initialize all lists to the empty list, or use them sparingly.
Variant: The variant \fun{GEN}{listcreate}{void} creates an empty list.

Function: Mat
Class: basic
Section: conversions
C-Name: gtomat
Prototype: DG
Help: Mat({x=[]}): transforms any GEN x into a matrix. Empty matrix if x is
 omitted.
Doc: 
 transforms the object $x$ into a matrix.
 If $x$ is already a matrix, a copy of $x$ is created.
 If $x$ is a row (resp. column) vector, this creates a 1-row (resp.
 1-column) matrix, \emph{unless} all elements are column (resp.~row) vectors
 of the same length, in which case the vectors are concatenated sideways
 and the associated big matrix is returned.
 If $x$ is a binary quadratic form, creates the associated $2\times 2$
 matrix. Otherwise, this creates a $1\times 1$ matrix containing $x$.
 
 \bprog
 ? Mat(x + 1)
 %1 =
 [x + 1]
 ? Vec( matid(3) )
 %2 = [[1, 0, 0]~, [0, 1, 0]~, [0, 0, 1]~]
 ? Mat(%)
 %3 =
 [1 0 0]
 
 [0 1 0]
 
 [0 0 1]
 ? Col( [1,2; 3,4] )
 %4 = [[1, 2], [3, 4]]~
 ? Mat(%)
 %5 =
 [1 2]
 
 [3 4]
 ? Mat(Qfb(1,2,3))
 %6 =
 [1 1]
 
 [1 3]
 @eprog

Function: Mod
Class: basic
Section: conversions
C-Name: gmodulo
Prototype: GG
Help: Mod(x,y): creates 'x modulo y'.
Description: 
 (small, small):gen         gmodulss($1, $2)
 (small, gen):gen           gmodulsg($1, $2)
 (gen, gen):gen             gmodulo($1, $2)
Doc: 
 creates the PARI object
 $(x \mod y)$, i.e.~an intmod or a polmod. $y$ must be an integer or a
 polynomial. If $y$ is an integer, $x$ must be an integer, a rational
 number, or a $p$-adic number compatible with the modulus $y$. If $y$ is a
 polynomial, $x$ must be a scalar (which is not a polmod), a polynomial, a
 rational function, or a power series.
 
 This function is not the same as $x$ \kbd{\%} $y$, the result of which is an
 integer or a polynomial.

Function: O
Class: basic
Section: polynomials
C-Name: ggrando
Prototype: 
Help: O(p^e): p-adic or power series zero with precision given by e
Doc: if $p$ is an integer
 greater than $2$, returns a $p$-adic $0$ of precision $e$. In all other
 cases, returns a power series zero with precision given by $e v$, where $v$
 is the $X$-adic valuation of $p$ with respect to its main variable.
Variant: \fun{GEN}{zeropadic}{GEN p, long e} for a $p$-adic and
 \fun{GEN}{zeroser}{long v, long e} for a power series zero in variable $v$.

Function: O(_^_)
Class: basic
Section: programming/internals
C-Name: ggrando
Prototype: GD1,L,
Help: O(p^e): p-adic or power series zero with precision given by e.
Description: 
 (gen):gen          ggrando($1, 1)
 (1,small):gen      ggrando(gen_1, $2)
 (int,small):gen    zeropadic($1, $2)
 (gen,small):gen    ggrando($1, $2)
 (var,small):gen    zeroser($1, $2)

Function: Pi
Class: basic
Section: transcendental
C-Name: mppi
Prototype: p
Help: Pi=Pi(): the constant pi, with current precision.
Description: 
 ():real:prec        mppi(prec)
Doc: the constant $\pi$ ($3.14159\cdots$).

Function: Pol
Class: basic
Section: conversions
C-Name: gtopoly
Prototype: GDn
Help: Pol(x,{v=x}): convert x (usually a vector or a power series) into a
 polynomial with variable v, starting with the leading coefficient.
Description: 
 (gen,?var):pol  gtopoly($1, $2)
Doc: 
 transforms the object $x$ into a polynomial with main variable $v$. If $x$
 is a scalar, this gives a constant polynomial. If $x$ is a power series with
 non-negative valuation or a rational function, the effect is similar to
 \kbd{truncate}, i.e.~we chop off the $O(X^k)$ or compute the Euclidean
 quotient of the numerator by the denominator, then change the main variable
 of the result to $v$.
 
 The main use of this function is when $x$ is a vector: it creates the
 polynomial whose coefficients are given by $x$, with $x[1]$ being the leading
 coefficient (which can be zero). It is much faster to evaluate
 \kbd{Pol} on a vector of coefficients in this way, than the corresponding
 formal expression $a_n X^n + \dots + a_0$, which is evaluated naively exactly
 as written (linear versus quadratic time in $n$). \tet{Polrev} can be used if
 one wants $x[1]$ to be the constant coefficient:
 \bprog
 ? Pol([1,2,3])
 %1 = x^2 + 2*x + 3
 ? Polrev([1,2,3])
 %2 = 3*x^2 + 2*x + 1
 @eprog\noindent
 The reciprocal function of \kbd{Pol} (resp.~\kbd{Polrev}) is \kbd{Vec} (resp.~
 \kbd{Vecrev}).
 \bprog
 ? Vec(Pol([1,2,3]))
 %1 = [1, 2, 3]
 ? Vecrev( Polrev([1,2,3]) )
 %2 = [1, 2, 3]
 @eprog\noindent
 
 \misctitle{Warning} This is \emph{not} a substitution function. It will not
 transform an object containing variables of higher priority than~$v$.
 \bprog
 ? Pol(x + y, y)
   ***   at top-level: Pol(x+y,y)
   ***                 ^----------
   *** Pol: variable must have higher priority in gtopoly.
 @eprog

Function: Polrev
Class: basic
Section: conversions
C-Name: gtopolyrev
Prototype: GDn
Help: Polrev(x,{v=x}): convert x (usually a vector or a power series) into a
 polynomial with variable v, starting with the constant term.
Description: 
 (gen,?var):pol  gtopolyrev($1, $2)
Doc: 
 transform the object $x$ into a polynomial
 with main variable $v$. If $x$ is a scalar, this gives a constant polynomial.
 If $x$ is a power series, the effect is identical to \kbd{truncate}, i.e.~it
 chops off the $O(X^k)$.
 
 The main use of this function is when $x$ is a vector: it creates the
 polynomial whose coefficients are given by $x$, with $x[1]$ being the
 constant term. \tet{Pol} can be used if one wants $x[1]$ to be the leading
 coefficient:
 \bprog
 ? Polrev([1,2,3])
 %1 = 3*x^2 + 2*x + 1
 ? Pol([1,2,3])
 %2 = x^2 + 2*x + 3
 @eprog
 The reciprocal function of \kbd{Pol} (resp.~\kbd{Polrev}) is \kbd{Vec} (resp.~
 \kbd{Vecrev}).

Function: Qfb
Class: basic
Section: conversions
C-Name: Qfb0
Prototype: GGGDGp
Help: Qfb(a,b,c,{D=0.}): binary quadratic form a*x^2+b*x*y+c*y^2. D is
 optional (0.0 by default) and initializes Shanks's distance if b^2-4*a*c>0.
Doc: creates the binary quadratic form\sidx{binary quadratic form}
 $ax^2+bxy+cy^2$. If $b^2-4ac>0$, initialize \idx{Shanks}' distance
 function to $D$. Negative definite forms are not implemented,
 use their positive definite counterpart instead.
Variant: Also available are
 \fun{GEN}{qfi}{GEN a, GEN b, GEN c} (assumes $b^2-4ac<0$) and
 \fun{GEN}{qfr}{GEN a, GEN b, GEN c, GEN D} (assumes $b^2-4ac>0$).

Function: Ser
Class: basic
Section: conversions
C-Name: gtoser
Prototype: GDnDP
Help: Ser(s,{v=x},{d=seriesprecision}): convert s into a power series with
 variable v and precision d, starting with the constant coefficient.
Doc: transforms the object $s$ into a power series with main variable $v$
 ($x$ by default) and precision (number of significant terms) equal to
 $d$ (= the default \kbd{seriesprecision} by default). If $s$ is a
 scalar, this gives a constant power series with precision \kbd{d}. If $s$
 is a polynomial, the precision is the maximum of \kbd{d} and the degree of
 the polynomial. If $s$ is a vector, the
 coefficients of the vector are understood to be the coefficients of the power
 series starting from the constant term (as in \tet{Polrev}$(x)$), and the
 precision $d$ is ignored.
 \bprog
 ? Ser(x^2,, 5)
 %1 = x^2 + O(x^7)
 ? Ser([1,2,3], t)
 %2 = 1 + 2*t + 3*t^2 + O(t^3)
 @eprog\noindent
 The warning given for \kbd{Pol} also applies here: this is not a substitution
 function.

Function: Set
Class: basic
Section: conversions
C-Name: gtoset
Prototype: DG
Help: Set({x=[]}): convert x into a set, i.e. a row vector with strictly
 increasing coefficients. Empty set if x is omitted.
Description: 
 ():vec           cgetg(1,t_VEC)
 (gen):vec        gtoset($1)
Doc: 
 converts $x$ into a set, i.e.~into a row
 vector of character strings, with strictly increasing entries with respect to
 lexicographic ordering. The components of $x$ are put in canonical form (type
 \typ{STR}) so as to be easily sorted. To recover an ordinary \kbd{GEN} from
 such an element, you can apply \tet{eval} to it.
 
 Note that most set functions also accept ordinary vectors, provided their
 components can be compared with \kbd{<}. Sets as created by this function
 are only useful when e.g. polynomial or vector entries are involved.

Function: Str
Class: basic
Section: conversions
C-Name: Str
Prototype: s*
Help: Str({x}*): concatenates its (string) argument into a single string.
Description: 
 (gen):genstr:copy:parens        $genstr:1
Doc: 
 converts its argument list into a
 single character string (type \typ{STR}, the empty string if $x$ is omitted).
 To recover an ordinary \kbd{GEN} from a string, apply \kbd{eval} to it. The
 arguments of \kbd{Str} are evaluated in string context, see \secref{se:strings}.
 
 \bprog
 ? x2 = 0; i = 2; Str(x, i)
 %1 = "x2"
 ? eval(%)
 %2 = 0
 @eprog\noindent
 This function is mostly useless in library mode. Use the pair
 \tet{strtoGEN}/\tet{GENtostr} to convert between \kbd{GEN} and \kbd{char*}.
 The latter returns a malloced string, which should be freed after usage.
 %\syn{NO}

Function: Strchr
Class: basic
Section: conversions
C-Name: Strchr
Prototype: G
Help: Strchr(x): converts x to a string, translating each integer into a
 character.
Doc: 
 converts $x$ to a string, translating each integer
 into a character.
 \bprog
 ? Strchr(97)
 %1 = "a"
 ? Vecsmall("hello world")
 %2 = Vecsmall([104, 101, 108, 108, 111, 32, 119, 111, 114, 108, 100])
 ? Strchr(%)
 %3 = "hello world"
 @eprog

Function: Strexpand
Class: basic
Section: conversions
C-Name: Strexpand
Prototype: s*
Help: Strexpand({x}*): concatenates its (string) argument into a single
 string, performing tilde expansion.
Doc: 
 converts its argument list into a
 single character string (type \typ{STR}, the empty string if $x$ is omitted).
 Then perform \idx{environment expansion}, see \secref{se:envir}.
 This feature can be used to read \idx{environment variable} values.
 \bprog
 ? Strexpand("$HOME/doc")
 %1 = "/home/pari/doc"
 @eprog
 
 The individual arguments are read in string context, see \secref{se:strings}.
 %\syn{NO}

Function: Strprintf
Class: basic
Section: programming/specific
C-Name: Strprintf
Prototype: ss*
Help: Strprintf(fmt,{x}*): returns a string built from the remaining
 arguments according to the format fmt.
Doc: returns a string built from the remaining arguments according to the
 format fmt. The format consists of ordinary characters (not \%), printed
 unchanged, and conversions specifications. See \kbd{printf}.
 %\syn{NO}

Function: Strtex
Class: basic
Section: conversions
C-Name: Strtex
Prototype: s*
Help: Strtex({x}*): translates its (string) arguments to TeX format and
 returns the resulting string.
Doc: 
 translates its arguments to TeX
 format, and concatenates the results into a single character string (type
 \typ{STR}, the empty string if $x$ is omitted).
 
 The individual arguments are read in string context, see \secref{se:strings}.
 %\syn{NO}

Function: Vec
Class: basic
Section: conversions
C-Name: gtovec
Prototype: DG
Help: Vec({x=[]}): transforms the object x into a vector.
 Empty vector if x is omitted.
Description: 
 ():vec           cgetg(1,t_VEC)
 (gen):vec        gtovec($1)
Doc: 
 transforms the object $x$ into a row vector.
 That vector has a single component, except when $x$ is
 
 \item a vector or a quadratic form (in which case the resulting vector
 is simply the initial object considered as a row vector),
 
 \item a matrix (the vector of columns comprising the matrix is return),
 
 \item a character string (a vector of individual
 characters is returned),
 
 \item a polynomial or a power series. In the case of a polynomial, the
 coefficients of the vector start with the leading coefficient of the
 polynomial, while for power series only the significant coefficients are
 taken into account, but this time by increasing order of degree.
 In this last case, \kbd{Vec} is the reciprocal function of \kbd{Pol} and
 \kbd{Ser} respectively.

Function: Vecrev
Class: basic
Section: conversions
C-Name: gtovecrev
Prototype: DG
Help: Vecrev({x=[]}): transforms the object x into a vector.
 Empty vector if x is omitted.
Description: 
 ():vec        cgetg(1,t_VEC)
 (gen):vec     gtovecrev($1)
Doc: 
 as $\kbd{Vec}(x)$, then reverse the result. In particular
 In this case, \kbd{Vecrev} is the reciprocal function of \kbd{Polrev}: the
 coefficients of the vector start with the constant coefficient of the
 polynomial and the others follow by increasing degree.

Function: Vecsmall
Class: basic
Section: conversions
C-Name: gtovecsmall
Prototype: DG
Help: Vecsmall({x=[]}): transforms the object x into a VECSMALL. Empty
 vector if x is omitted.
Description: 
 (gen):vecsmall                gtovecsmall($1)
Doc: 
 transforms the object $x$ into a row
 vector of type \typ{VECSMALL}. This acts as \kbd{Vec}, but only on a
 limited set of objects (the result must be representable as a vector of small
 integers). In particular, polynomials and power series are forbidden.
 If $x$ is a character string, a vector of individual characters in ASCII
 encoding is returned (\tet{Strchr} yields back the character string).

Function: _!
Class: basic
Section: symbolic_operators
C-Name: mpfact
Prototype: L
Help: n!: factorial of n.
Description: 
 (small):int                        mpfact($1)

Function: _!=_
Class: basic
Section: symbolic_operators
C-Name: gne
Prototype: GG
Help: _!=_
Description: 
 (small, small):bool:parens             $(1) != $(2)
 (lg, lg):bool:parens                   $(1) != $(2)
 (small, int):bool:parens               cmpsi($1, $2) != 0
 (int, small):bool:parens               cmpis($1, $2) != 0
 (int, 1):negbool                       equali1($1)
 (int, -1):negbool                      equalim1($1)
 (int, int):negbool                     equalii($1, $2)
 (real,real):bool                       cmprr($1, $2) != 0
 (mp, mp):bool:parens                   mpcmp($1, $2) != 0
 (typ, typ):bool:parens                 $(1) != $(2)
 (typ, #str):bool:parens                $(1) != $(typ:2)
 (#str, typ):bool:parens                $(typ:1) != $(2)
 (str, str):bool                        strcmp($1, $2)
 (typ, typ):bool:parens                 $(1) != $(2)
 (small, gen):negbool                   gequalsg($1, $2)
 (gen, small):negbool                   gequalgs($1, $2)
 (gen, gen):negbool                     gequal($1, $2)

Function: _%=_
Class: basic
Section: symbolic_operators
C-Name: gmode
Prototype: &G
Help: x%=y: shortcut for x=x%y.
Description: 
 (*small, small):small:parens            $1 = smodss($1, $2)
 (*int, small):int:parens                $1 = modis($1, $2)
 (*int, int):int:parens                  $1 = modii($1, $2)
 (*pol, gen):gen:parens                  $1 = gmod($1, $2)
 (*gen, small):gen:parens                $1 = gmodgs($1, $2)
 (*gen, gen):gen:parens                  $1 = gmod($1, $2)

Function: _%_
Class: basic
Section: symbolic_operators
C-Name: gmod
Prototype: GG
Help: x%y: Euclidean remainder of x and y.
Description: 
 (small, small):small            smodss($1, $2)
 (small, int):int                modsi($1, $2)
 (int, small):small              smodis($1, $2)
 (int, int):int                  modii($1, $2)
 (gen, small):gen                gmodgs($1, $2)
 (small, gen):gen                gmodsg($1, $2)
 (gen, gen):gen                  gmod($1, $2)

Function: _&&_
Class: basic
Section: symbolic_operators
C-Name: andpari
Prototype: GE
Help: _&&_
Description: 
 (bool, bool):bool:parens               $(1) && $(2)

Function: _'
Class: basic
Section: symbolic_operators
C-Name: deriv
Prototype: GDn
Help: x': derivative of x with respect to the main variable.
Description: 
 (gen):gen                      deriv($1,-1)

Function: _(_)
Class: symbolic_operators
Help: f(a,b,...): evaluates the function f on a,b,...
Description: 
 (gen):gen          closure_callgenall($1, 0)
 (gen,gen):gen      closure_callgen1($1, $2)
 (gen,gen,gen):gen  closure_callgen2($1, $2, $3)
 (gen,gen,...):gen  closure_callgenall($1, ${nbarg 1 sub}, $3)

Function: _*=_
Class: basic
Section: symbolic_operators
C-Name: gmule
Prototype: &G
Help: x*=y: shortcut for x=x*y.
Description: 
 (*small, small):small:parens             $1 *= $(2)
 (*int, small):int:parens                 $1 = mulis($1, $2)
 (*int, int):int:parens                   $1 = mulii($1, $2)
 (*real, small):real:parens               $1 = mulrs($1, $2)
 (*real, int):real:parens                 $1 = mulri($1, $2)
 (*real, real):real:parens                $1 = mulrr($1, $2)
 (*mp, mp):mp:parens                      $1 = mpmul($1, $2)
 (*pol, small):gen:parens                 $1 = gmulgs($1, $2)
 (*pol, gen):gen:parens                   $1 = gmul($1, $2)
 (*vec, gen):gen:parens                   $1 = gmul($1, $2)
 (*gen, small):gen:parens                 $1 = gmulgs($1, $2)
 (*gen, gen):gen:parens                   $1 = gmul($1, $2)

Function: _*_
Class: basic
Section: symbolic_operators
C-Name: gmul
Prototype: GG
Help: x*y: product of x and y.
Description: 
 (small, small):small:parens     $(1)*$(2)
 (int, small):int                mulis($1, $2)
 (small, int):int                mulsi($1, $2)
 (int, int):int                  mulii($1, $2)
 (0, mp):small                   ($2, 0)/*for side effect*/
 (#small, real):real             mulsr($1, $2)
 (small, real):mp                mulsr($1, $2)
 (real, small):mp                mulrs($1, $2)
 (real, real):real               mulrr($1, $2)
 (mp, mp):mp                     mpmul($1, $2)
 (gen, small):gen                gmulgs($1, $2)
 (small, gen):gen                gmulsg($1, $2)
 (vecsmall, vecsmall):vecsmall   perm_mul($1, $2)
 (gen, gen):gen                  gmul($1, $2)

Function: _++
Class: basic
Section: symbolic_operators
C-Name: gadd1e
Prototype: &
Help: x++
Description: 
 (*bptr):bptr                            ++$1
 (*small):small                          ++$1
 (*lg):lg                                ++$1
 (*int):int:parens                       $1 = addis($1, 1)
 (*real):real:parens                     $1 = addrs($1, 1)
 (*mp):mp:parens                         $1 = mpadd($1, gen_1)
 (*pol):pol:parens                       $1 = gaddgs($1, 1)
 (*gen):gen:parens                       $1 = gaddgs($1, 1)

Function: _+=_
Class: basic
Section: symbolic_operators
C-Name: gadde
Prototype: &G
Help: x+=y: shortcut for x=x+y.
Description: 
 (*small, small):small:parens             $1 += $(2)
 (*lg, small):lg:parens                   $1 += $(2)
 (*int, small):int:parens                 $1 = addis($1, $2)
 (*int, int):int:parens                   $1 = addii($1, $2)
 (*real, small):real:parens               $1 = addrs($1, $2)
 (*real, int):real:parens                 $1 = addir($2, $1)
 (*real, real):real:parens                $1 = addrr($1, $2)
 (*mp, mp):mp:parens                      $1 = mpadd($1, $2)
 (*pol, small):gen:parens                 $1 = gaddgs($1, $2)
 (*pol, gen):gen:parens                   $1 = gadd($1, $2)
 (*vec, gen):gen:parens                   $1 = gadd($1, $2)
 (*gen, small):gen:parens                 $1 = gaddgs($1, $2)
 (*gen, gen):gen:parens                   $1 = gadd($1, $2)

Function: _+_
Class: basic
Section: symbolic_operators
C-Name: gadd
Prototype: GG
Help: x+y: sum of x and y.
Description: 
 (lg, 1):small:parens            $(1)
 (small, small):small:parens     $(1) + $(2)
 (lg, small):lg:parens           $(1) + $(2)
 (small, lg):lg:parens           $(1) + $(2)
 (int, small):int                addis($1, $2)
 (small, int):int                addsi($1, $2)
 (int, int):int                  addii($1, $2)
 (real, small):real              addrs($1, $2)
 (small, real):real              addsr($1, $2)
 (real, real):real               addrr($1, $2)
 (mp, real):real                 mpadd($1, $2)
 (real, mp):real                 mpadd($1, $2)
 (mp, mp):mp                     mpadd($1, $2)
 (gen, small):gen                gaddgs($1, $2)
 (small, gen):gen                gaddsg($1, $2)
 (gen, gen):gen                  gadd($1, $2)

Function: _--
Class: basic
Section: symbolic_operators
C-Name: gsub1e
Prototype: &
Help: x--
Description: 
 (*bptr):bptr                          --$1
 (*small):small                        --$1
 (*lg):lg                              --$1
 (*int):int:parens                     $1 = subis($1, 1)
 (*real):real:parens                   $1 = subrs($1, 1)
 (*mp):mp:parens                       $1 = mpsub($1, gen_1)
 (*pol):pol:parens                     $1 = gsubgs($1, 1)
 (*gen):gen:parens                     $1 = gsubgs($1, 1)

Function: _-=_
Class: basic
Section: symbolic_operators
C-Name: gsube
Prototype: &G
Help: x-=y: shortcut for x=x-y.
Description: 
 (*small, small):small:parens             $1 -= $(2)
 (*lg, small):lg:parens                   $1 -= $(2)
 (*int, small):int:parens                 $1 = subis($1, $2)
 (*int, int):int:parens                   $1 = subii($1, $2)
 (*real, small):real:parens               $1 = subrs($1, $2)
 (*real, int):real:parens                 $1 = subri($1, $2)
 (*real, real):real:parens                $1 = subrr($1, $2)
 (*mp, mp):mp:parens                      $1 = mpsub($1, $2)
 (*pol, small):gen:parens                 $1 = gsubgs($1, $2)
 (*pol, gen):gen:parens                   $1 = gsub($1, $2)
 (*vec, gen):gen:parens                   $1 = gsub($1, $2)
 (*gen, small):gen:parens                 $1 = gsubgs($1, $2)
 (*gen, gen):gen:parens                   $1 = gsub($1, $2)

Function: _-_
Class: basic
Section: symbolic_operators
C-Name: gsub
Prototype: GG
Help: x-y: difference of x and y.
Description: 
 (small, small):small:parens     $(1) - $(2)
 (lg, small):lg:parens           $(1) - $(2)
 (int, small):int                subis($1, $2)
 (small, int):int                subsi($1, $2)
 (int, int):int                  subii($1, $2)
 (real, small):real              subrs($1, $2)
 (small, real):real              subsr($1, $2)
 (real, real):real               subrr($1, $2)
 (mp, real):real                 mpsub($1, $2)
 (real, mp):real                 mpsub($1, $2)
 (mp, mp):mp                     mpsub($1, $2)
 (gen, small):gen                gsubgs($1, $2)
 (small, gen):gen                gsubsg($1, $2)
 (gen, gen):gen                  gsub($1, $2)

Function: _.a1
Class: basic
Section: member_functions
C-Name: member_a1
Prototype: mG
Help: _.a1
Description: 
 (ell):gen:copy        ell_get_a1($1)

Function: _.a2
Class: basic
Section: member_functions
C-Name: member_a2
Prototype: mG
Help: _.a2
Description: 
 (ell):gen:copy        ell_get_a2($1)

Function: _.a3
Class: basic
Section: member_functions
C-Name: member_a3
Prototype: mG
Help: _.a3
Description: 
 (ell):gen:copy        ell_get_a3($1)

Function: _.a4
Class: basic
Section: member_functions
C-Name: member_a4
Prototype: mG
Help: _.a4
Description: 
 (ell):gen:copy        ell_get_a4($1)

Function: _.a6
Class: basic
Section: member_functions
C-Name: member_a6
Prototype: mG
Help: _.a6
Description: 
 (ell):gen:copy         ell_get_a6($1)

Function: _.area
Class: basic
Section: member_functions
C-Name: member_area
Prototype: mG
Help: _.area
Description: 
 (bell):gen:copy        gel($1, 19)

Function: _.b2
Class: basic
Section: member_functions
C-Name: member_b2
Prototype: mG
Help: _.b2
Description: 
 (ell):gen:copy         ell_get_b2($1)

Function: _.b4
Class: basic
Section: member_functions
C-Name: member_b4
Prototype: mG
Help: _.b4
Description: 
 (ell):gen:copy        ell_get_b4($1)

Function: _.b6
Class: basic
Section: member_functions
C-Name: member_b6
Prototype: mG
Help: _.b6
Description: 
 (ell):gen:copy               ell_get_b6($1)

Function: _.b8
Class: basic
Section: member_functions
C-Name: member_b8
Prototype: mG
Help: _.b8
Description: 
 (ell):gen:copy        ell_get_b8($1)

Function: _.bid
Class: basic
Section: member_functions
C-Name: member_bid
Prototype: mG
Help: _.bid
Description: 
 (bnr):gen:copy                 bnr_get_bid($1)
 (gen):gen:copy                 member_bid($1)

Function: _.bnf
Class: basic
Section: member_functions
C-Name: member_bnf
Prototype: mG
Help: _.bnf
Description: 
 (bnf):bnf:parens               $1
 (bnr):bnf:copy:parens          $bnf:1
 (gen):bnf:copy                 member_bnf($1)

Function: _.c4
Class: basic
Section: member_functions
C-Name: member_c4
Prototype: mG
Help: _.c4
Description: 
 (ell):gen:copy        ell_get_c4($1)

Function: _.c6
Class: basic
Section: member_functions
C-Name: member_c6
Prototype: mG
Help: _.c6
Description: 
 (ell):gen:copy        ell_get_c6($1)

Function: _.clgp
Class: basic
Section: member_functions
C-Name: member_clgp
Prototype: mG
Help: _.clgp
Description: 
 (bnf):clgp:copy:parens         $clgp:1
 (bnr):clgp:copy:parens         $clgp:1
 (clgp):clgp:parens             $1
 (gen):clgp:copy                member_clgp($1)

Function: _.codiff
Class: basic
Section: member_functions
C-Name: member_codiff
Prototype: mG
Help: _.codiff

Function: _.cyc
Class: basic
Section: member_functions
C-Name: member_cyc
Prototype: mG
Help: _.cyc
Description: 
 (bnr):vec:copy                 bnr_get_cyc($1)
 (bnf):vec:copy                 bnf_get_cyc($1)
 (clgp):vec:copy                gel($1, 2)
 (gen):vec:copy                 member_cyc($1)

Function: _.diff
Class: basic
Section: member_functions
C-Name: member_diff
Prototype: mG
Help: _.diff
Description: 
 (nf):gen:copy                  nf_get_diff($1)
 (gen):gen:copy                 member_diff($1)

Function: _.disc
Class: basic
Section: member_functions
C-Name: member_disc
Prototype: mG
Help: _.disc
Description: 
 (nf):int:copy                  nf_get_disc($1)
 (ell):gen:copy                 ell_get_disc($1)
 (gen):gen:copy                 member_disc($1)

Function: _.e
Class: basic
Section: member_functions
C-Name: member_e
Prototype: mG
Help: _.e
Description: 
 (prid):small        pr_get_e($1)

Function: _.eta
Class: basic
Section: member_functions
C-Name: member_eta
Prototype: mG
Help: _.eta

Function: _.f
Class: basic
Section: member_functions
C-Name: member_f
Prototype: mG
Help: _.f
Description: 
 (prid):small       pr_get_f($1)

Function: _.fu
Class: basic
Section: member_functions
C-Name: member_fu
Prototype: G
Help: _.fu
Description: 
 (bnr):void                $"ray units not implemented"
 (bnf):gen:copy         bnf_get_fu($1)
 (gen):gen              member_fu($1)

Function: _.futu
Class: basic
Section: member_functions
C-Name: member_futu
Prototype: mG
Help: _.futu

Function: _.gen
Class: basic
Section: member_functions
C-Name: member_gen
Prototype: mG
Help: _.gen
Description: 
 (bnr):vec:copy        bnr_get_gen($1)
 (bnf):vec:copy        bnf_get_gen($1)
 (gal):vec:copy        gal_get_gen($1)
 (clgp):vec:copy       gel($1, 3)
 (prid):gen:copy       pr_get_gen($1)
 (gen):gen:copy        member_gen($1)

Function: _.group
Class: basic
Section: member_functions
C-Name: member_group
Prototype: mG
Help: _.group
Description: 
 (gal):vec:copy        gal_get_group($1)
 (gen):vec:copy        member_group($1)

Function: _.index
Class: basic
Section: member_functions
C-Name: member_index
Prototype: mG
Help: _.index
Description: 
 (nf):int:copy                  nf_get_index($1)
 (gen):int:copy                 member_index($1)

Function: _.j
Class: basic
Section: member_functions
C-Name: member_j
Prototype: mG
Help: _.j
Description: 
 (ell):gen:copy        ell_get_j($1)

Function: _.mod
Class: basic
Section: member_functions
C-Name: member_mod
Prototype: mG
Help: _.mod

Function: _.nf
Class: basic
Section: member_functions
C-Name: member_nf
Prototype: mG
Help: _.nf
Description: 
 (nf):nf:parens                $1
 (gen):nf:copy                 member_nf($1)

Function: _.no
Class: basic
Section: member_functions
C-Name: member_no
Prototype: mG
Help: _.no
Description: 
 (bnr):int:copy                 bnr_get_no($1)
 (bnf):int:copy                 bnf_get_no($1)
 (clgp):int:copy                gel($1, 1)
 (gen):int:copy                 member_no($1)

Function: _.omega
Class: basic
Section: member_functions
C-Name: member_omega
Prototype: mG
Help: _.omega

Function: _.orders
Class: basic
Section: member_functions
C-Name: member_orders
Prototype: mG
Help: _.orders
Description: 
 (gal):vecsmall:copy   gal_get_orders($1)

Function: _.p
Class: basic
Section: member_functions
C-Name: member_p
Prototype: mG
Help: _.p
Description: 
 (gal):int:copy                 gal_get_p($1)
 (prid):int:copy                pr_get_p($1)
 (gen):int:copy                 member_p($1)

Function: _.pol
Class: basic
Section: member_functions
C-Name: member_pol
Prototype: mG
Help: _.pol
Description: 
 (gal):gen:copy                 gal_get_pol($1)
 (nf):gen:copy                  nf_get_pol($1)
 (gen):gen:copy                 member_pol($1)

Function: _.r1
Class: basic
Section: member_functions
C-Name: member_r1
Prototype: mG
Help: _.r1
Description: 
 (nf):small                     nf_get_r1($1)
 (gen):int:copy                 member_r1($1)

Function: _.r2
Class: basic
Section: member_functions
C-Name: member_r2
Prototype: mG
Help: _.r2
Description: 
 (nf):small                     nf_get_r2($1)
 (gen):int:copy                 member_r2($1)

Function: _.reg
Class: basic
Section: member_functions
C-Name: member_reg
Prototype: mG
Help: _.reg
Description: 
 (bnr):real             $"ray regulator not implemented"
 (bnf):real:copy        bnf_get_reg($1)
 (gen):real:copy        member_reg($1)

Function: _.roots
Class: basic
Section: member_functions
C-Name: member_roots
Prototype: mG
Help: _.roots
Description: 
 (gal):vec:copy                 gal_get_roots($1)
 (bell):vec:copy                ell_get_roots($1)
 (nf):vec:copy                  nf_get_roots($1)
 (gen):vec:copy                 member_roots($1)

Function: _.sign
Class: basic
Section: member_functions
C-Name: member_sign
Prototype: mG
Help: _.sign
Description: 
 (nf):vec:copy                  gel($1, 2)
 (gen):vec:copy                 member_sign($1)

Function: _.t2
Class: basic
Section: member_functions
C-Name: member_t2
Prototype: G
Help: _.t2
Description: 
 (gen):vec                      member_t2($1)

Function: _.tate
Class: basic
Section: member_functions
C-Name: member_tate
Prototype: mG
Help: _.tate

Function: _.tu
Class: basic
Section: member_functions
C-Name: member_tu
Prototype: G
Help: _.tu
Description: 
 (gen):gen:copy        member_tu($1)

Function: _.tufu
Class: basic
Section: member_functions
C-Name: member_tufu
Prototype: mG
Help: _.tufu

Function: _.w
Class: basic
Section: member_functions
C-Name: member_w
Prototype: mG
Help: _.w
Description: 
 (bell):gen:copy       gel($1, 18)

Function: _.zk
Class: basic
Section: member_functions
C-Name: member_zk
Prototype: mG
Help: _.zk
Description: 
 (nf):vec:copy         nf_get_zk($1)
 (gen):vec:copy        member_zk($1)

Function: _.zkst
Class: basic
Section: member_functions
C-Name: member_zkst
Prototype: mG
Help: _.zkst
Description: 
 (bnr):gen:copy        bnr_get_bid($1)

Function: _/=_
Class: basic
Section: symbolic_operators
C-Name: gdive
Prototype: &G
Help: x/=y: shortcut for x=x/y.
Description: 
 (*small, gen):void                $"cannot divide small: use \= instead."
 (*int, gen):void                  $"cannot divide int: use \= instead."
 (*real, real):real:parens               $1 = divrr($1, $2)
 (*real, small):real:parens              $1 = divrs($1, $2)
 (*real, mp):real:parens                 $1 = mpdiv($1, $2)
 (*mp, real):mp:parens                   $1 = mpdiv($1, $2)
 (*pol, gen):gen:parens                  $1 = gdiv($1, $2)
 (*vec, gen):gen:parens                  $1 = gdiv($1, $2)
 (*gen, small):gen:parens                $1 = gdivgs($1, $2)
 (*gen, gen):gen:parens                  $1 = gdiv($1, $2)

Function: _/_
Class: basic
Section: symbolic_operators
C-Name: gdiv
Prototype: GG
Help: x/y: quotient of x and y.
Description: 
 (0, mp):small                   ($2, 0)/*for side effect*/
 (1, real):real                  invr($2)
 (#small, real):real             divsr($1, $2)
 (small, real):mp                divsr($1, $2)
 (real, small):real              divrs($1, $2)
 (real, real):real               divrr($1, $2)
 (real, mp):real                 mpdiv($1, $2)
 (mp, real):mp                   mpdiv($1, $2)
 (1, gen):gen                    ginv($2)
 (gen, small):gen                gdivgs($1, $2)
 (small, gen):gen                gdivsg($1, $2)
 (gen, gen):gen                  gdiv($1, $2)

Function: _<<=_
Class: basic
Section: symbolic_operators
C-Name: gshiftle
Prototype: &L
Help: x<<=y: shortcut for x=x<<y.
Description: 
 (*small, small):small:parens             $1 <<= $(2)
 (*int, small):int:parens                 $1 = shifti($1, $2)
 (*mp, small):mp:parens                   $1 = mpshift($1, $2)
 (*gen, small):mp:parens                  $1 = gshift($1, $2)

Function: _<<_
Class: basic
Section: symbolic_operators
C-Name: gshift
Prototype: GL
Help: x<<y
Description: 
 (int, small):int               shifti($1, $2)
 (mp, small):mp                 mpshift($1, $2)
 (gen, small):mp                gshift($1, $2)

Function: _<=_
Class: basic
Section: symbolic_operators
C-Name: gle
Prototype: GG
Help: _<=_
Description: 
 (small, small):bool:parens              $(1) <= $(2)
 (small, lg):bool:parens                 $(1) < $(2)
 (lg, lg):bool:parens                    $(1) <= $(2)
 (small, int):bool:parens                cmpsi($1, $2) <= 0
 (int, lg):bool:parens                   cmpis($1, $2) < 0
 (int, small):bool:parens                cmpis($1, $2) <= 0
 (int, int):bool:parens                  cmpii($1, $2) <= 0
 (mp, mp):bool:parens                    mpcmp($1, $2) <= 0
 (str, str):bool:parens                  strcmp($1, $2) <= 0
 (small, gen):bool:parens                gcmpsg($1, $2) <= 0
 (gen, small):bool:parens                gcmpgs($1, $2) <= 0
 (gen, gen):bool:parens                  gcmp($1, $2) <= 0

Function: _<_
Class: basic
Section: symbolic_operators
C-Name: glt
Prototype: GG
Help: _<_
Description: 
 (small, small):bool:parens              $(1) < $(2)
 (lg, lg):bool:parens                    $(1) < $(2)
 (lg, small):bool:parens                 $(1) <= $(2)
 (small, int):bool:parens                cmpsi($1, $2) < 0
 (int, small):bool:parens                cmpis($1, $2) < 0
 (int, int):bool:parens                  cmpii($1, $2) < 0
 (mp, mp):bool:parens                    mpcmp($1, $2) < 0
 (str, str):bool:parens                  strcmp($1, $2) < 0
 (small, gen):bool:parens                gcmpsg($1, $2) < 0
 (gen, small):bool:parens                gcmpgs($1, $2) < 0
 (gen, gen):bool:parens                  gcmp($1, $2) < 0

Function: _===_
Class: basic
Section: symbolic_operators
C-Name: gidentical
Prototype: iGG
Help: a === b : true if a and b are identical

Function: _==_
Class: basic
Section: symbolic_operators
C-Name: geq
Prototype: GG
Help: _==_
Description: 
 (small, small):bool:parens             $(1) == $(2)
 (lg, lg):bool:parens                   $(1) == $(2)
 (small, int):bool:parens               cmpsi($1, $2) == 0
 (mp, 0):bool                           !signe($1)
 (int, 1):bool                          equali1($1)
 (int, -1):bool                         equalim1($1)
 (int, small):bool:parens               cmpis($1, $2) == 0
 (int, int):bool                        equalii($1, $2)
 (gen, 0):bool                          gequal0($1)
 (gen, 1):bool                          gequal1($1)
 (gen, -1):bool                         gequalm1($1)
 (real,real):bool                       cmprr($1, $2) == 0
 (mp, mp):bool:parens                   mpcmp($1, $2) == 0
 (typ, typ):bool:parens                 $(1) == $(2)
 (typ, #str):bool:parens                $(1) == $(typ:2)
 (#str, typ):bool:parens                $(typ:1) == $(2)
 (str, str):negbool                     strcmp($1, $2)
 (small, gen):bool                      gequalsg($1, $2)
 (gen, small):bool                      gequalgs($1, $2)
 (gen, gen):bool                        gequal($1, $2)

Function: _=_
Class: basic
Section: symbolic_operators
C-Name: gstore
Prototype: &G
Help: x=y: store value y in variable x.

Function: _>=_
Class: basic
Section: symbolic_operators
C-Name: gge
Prototype: GG
Help: _>=_
Description: 
 (small, small):bool:parens              $(1) >= $(2)
 (lg, lg):bool:parens                    $(1) >= $(2)
 (lg, small):bool:parens                 $(1) > $(2)
 (small, int):bool:parens                cmpsi($1, $2) >= 0
 (int, small):bool:parens                cmpis($1, $2) >= 0
 (int, int):bool:parens                  cmpii($1, $2) >= 0
 (mp, mp):bool:parens                    mpcmp($1, $2) >= 0
 (str, str):bool:parens                  strcmp($1, $2) >= 0
 (small, gen):bool:parens                gcmpsg($1, $2) >= 0
 (gen, small):bool:parens                gcmpgs($1, $2) >= 0
 (gen, gen):bool:parens                  gcmp($1, $2) >= 0

Function: _>>=_
Class: basic
Section: symbolic_operators
C-Name: gshiftre
Prototype: &L
Help: x>>=y: shortcut for x=x>>y.
Description: 
 (*small, small):small:parens             $1 >>= $(2)
 (*int, small):int:parens                 $1 = shifti($1, -$(2))
 (*mp, small):mp:parens                   $1 = mpshift($1, -$(2))
 (*gen, small):mp:parens                  $1 = gshift($1, -$(2))

Function: _>>_
Class: basic
Section: symbolic_operators
C-Name: gshift_right
Prototype: GL
Help: x>>y
Description: 
 (small, small):small:parens     $(1)>>$(2)
 (int, small):int                shifti($1, -$(2))
 (mp, small):mp                  mpshift($1, -$(2))
 (gen, small):mp                 gshift($1, -$(2))

Function: _>_
Class: basic
Section: symbolic_operators
C-Name: ggt
Prototype: GG
Help: _>_
Description: 
 (small, small):bool:parens              $(1) > $(2)
 (lg, lg):bool:parens                    $(1) > $(2)
 (small, lg):bool:parens                 $(1) >= $(2)
 (small, int):bool:parens                cmpsi($1, $2) > 0
 (int, small):bool:parens                cmpis($1, $2) > 0
 (int, int):bool:parens                  cmpii($1, $2) > 0
 (mp, mp):bool:parens                    mpcmp($1, $2) > 0
 (str, str):bool:parens                  strcmp($1, $2) > 0
 (small, gen):bool:parens                gcmpsg($1, $2) > 0
 (gen, small):bool:parens                gcmpgs($1, $2) > 0
 (gen, gen):bool:parens                  gcmp($1, $2) > 0

Function: _[_,]
Class: symbolic_operators
Help: x[y,]: y-th row of x.
Description: 
 (mp,small):gen                 $"Scalar has no rows"
 (vec,small):vec                rowcopy($1, $2)
 (gen,small):vec                rowcopy($1, $2)

Function: _[_,_]
Class: symbolic_operators
Description: 
 (mp,small):gen                 $"Scalar has no components"
 (mp,small,small):gen           $"Scalar has no components"
 (vecsmall,small):small         $(1)[$2]
 (vecsmall,small,small):gen     $"Vecsmall are single-dimensional"
 (list,small):gen:copy          gel(list_data($1), $2)
 (vec,small):gen:copy           gel($1, $2)
 (vec,small,small):gen:copy     gcoeff($1, $2, $3)
 (gen,small):gen:copy           gel($1, $2)
 (gen,small,small):gen:copy     gcoeff($1, $2, $3)

Function: _\/=_
Class: basic
Section: symbolic_operators
C-Name: gdivrounde
Prototype: &G
Help: x\/=y: shortcut for x=x\/y.
Description: 
 (*int, int):int:parens                         $1 = gdivround($1, $2)
 (*pol, gen):gen:parens                         $1 = gdivround($1, $2)
 (*gen, gen):gen:parens                         $1 = gdivround($1, $2)

Function: _\/_
Class: basic
Section: symbolic_operators
C-Name: gdivround
Prototype: GG
Help: x\/y: rounded Euclidean quotient of x and y.
Description: 
 (int, int):int                        gdivround($1, $2)
 (gen, gen):gen                        gdivround($1, $2)

Function: _\=_
Class: basic
Section: symbolic_operators
C-Name: gdivente
Prototype: &G
Help: x\=y: shortcut for x=x\y.
Description: 
 (*small, small):small:parens                   $1 /= $(2)
 (*int, int):int:parens                         $1 = gdivent($1, $2)
 (*pol, gen):gen:parens                         $1 = gdivent($1, $2)
 (*gen, gen):gen:parens                         $1 = gdivent($1, $2)

Function: _\_
Class: basic
Section: symbolic_operators
C-Name: gdivent
Prototype: GG
Help: x\y: Euclidean quotient of x and y.
Description: 
 (small, small):small:parens             $(1)/$(2)
 (int, small):int                        truedivis($1, $2)
 (small, int):int                        gdiventsg($1, $2)
 (int, int):int                          truedivii($1, $2)
 (gen, small):gen                        gdiventgs($1, $2)
 (small, gen):gen                        gdiventsg($1, $2)
 (gen, gen):gen                          gdivent($1, $2)

Function: _^_
Class: basic
Section: symbolic_operators
C-Name: gpow
Prototype: GGp
Help: x^y: compute x to the power y.
Description: 
 (int, 2):int                sqri($1)
 (int, 3):int                gpowgs($1, 3)
 (int, 4):int                gpowgs($1, 4)
 (int, 5):int                gpowgs($1, 5)
 (real, -1):real             invr($1)
 (mp, -1):mp                 ginv($1)
 (gen, -1):gen               ginv($1)
 (real, 2):real              sqrr($1)
 (mp, 2):mp                  mpsqr($1)
 (gen, 2):gen                gsqr($1)
 (real, small):real          gpowgs($1, $2)
 (gen, small):gen            gpowgs($1, $2)
 (real, int):real            powgi($1, $2)
 (gen, int):gen              powgi($1, $2)
 (gen, gen):gen:prec         gpow($1, $2, prec)

Function: _^s
Class: basic
Section: programming/internals
C-Name: gpowgs
Prototype: GL
Help: return x^n where n is a small integer

Function: __
Class: basic
Section: symbolic_operators
Help: __
Description: 
 (genstr, genstr):genstr                concat($1, $2)
 (genstr, gen):genstr                   concat($1, $2)
 (gen, genstr):genstr                   concat($1, $2)
 (gen, gen):genstr                      concat($genstr:1, $2)

Function: _avma
Class: gp2c_internal
Description: 
 ():pari_sp                avma

Function: _badtype
Class: gp2c_internal
Help: Code to check types. If not void, will be used as if(...).
Description: 
 (int):bool:parens              typ($1) != t_INT
 (real):bool:parens             typ($1) != t_REAL
 (mp):negbool                   is_intreal_t(typ($1))
 (vec):negbool                  is_matvec_t(typ($1))
 (vecsmall):bool:parens         typ($1) != t_VECSMALL
 (pol):bool:parens              typ($1) != t_POL
 (*nf):void:parens              $1 = checknf($1)
 (*bnf):void:parens             $1 = checkbnf($1)
 (bnr):void                     checkbnr($1)
 (prid):void                    checkprid($1)
 (@clgp):bool:parens            lg($1) != 3 || typ($(1)[2]) != t_POLMOD
 (ell):void                     checksmallell($1)
 (bell):void                    checkell($1)
 (*gal):gal:parens              $1 = checkgal($1)

Function: _call_GG
Class: gp2c_internal
Help: Call a function with proto GG on two GENs.
Description: 
 (func_GG, gen, gen):gen         $(1)($2, $3)

Function: _cast
Class: gp2c_internal
Help: (type1):type2 : cast expression of type1 to type2
Description: 
 (void):bool           0
 (#negbool):bool       ${1 value not}
 (negbool):bool        !$(1)
 (small_int):bool
 (small):bool
 (lg):bool:parens      $(1)!=1
 (bptr):bool           *$(1)
 (gen):bool            !gequal0($1)
 (real):bool           signe($1)
 (int):bool            signe($1)
 (mp):bool             signe($1)
 (pol):bool            signe($1)
 
 (void):negbool        1
 (#bool):negbool       ${1 value not}
 (bool):negbool        !$(1)
 (lg):negbool:parens   $(1)==1
 (bptr):negbool        !*$(1)
 (gen):negbool         gequal0($1)
 (int):negbool         !signe($1)
 (real):negbool        !signe($1)
 (mp):negbool          !signe($1)
 (pol):negbool         !signe($1)
 
 (bool):small_int
 (typ):small_int
 (small):small_int
 
 (bool):small
 (typ):small
 (small_int):small
 (bptr):small           *$(1)
 (int):small            itos($1)
 (#lg):small:parens     ${1 value 1 sub}
 (lg):small:parens      $(1)-1
 (gen):small            gtos($1)
 
 (void):int             gen_0
 (-2):int               gen_m2
 (-1):int               gen_m1
 (0):int                gen_0
 (1):int                gen_1
 (2):int                gen_2
 (bool):int             stoi($1)
 (small):int            stoi($1)
 (mp):int
 (gen):int
 
 (mp):real
 (gen):real
 
 (int):mp
 (real):mp
 (gen):mp
 
 (#bool):lg:parens             ${1 1 value add}
 (bool):lg:parens              $(1)+1
 (#small):lg:parens            ${1 1 value add}
 (small):lg:parens             $(1)+1
 
 (gen):closure
 (gen):vecsmall
 
 (nf):vec
 (bnf):vec
 (bnr):vec
 (ell):vec
 (bell):vec
 (clgp):vec
 (prid):vec
 (gal):vec
 (gen):vec
 
 (gen):list
 
 (pol):var      varn($1)
 (gen):var      gvar($1)
 
 (var):pol      pol_x($1)
 (gen):pol
 
 (int):gen
 (mp):gen
 (vecsmall):gen
 (vec):gen
 (list):gen
 (pol):gen
 (genstr):gen
 (closure):gen
 
 (gen):genstr GENtoGENstr($1)
 (str):genstr strtoGENstr($1)
 
 (genstr):str GSTR($1)
 (typ):str type_name($1)
 
 (#str):typ  ${1 str_format}
 
 (bnf):nf              bnf_get_nf($1)
 (gen):nf
 (bnr):bnf             bnr_get_bnf($1)
 (gen):bnf
 (gen):bnr
 (bnf):clgp            bnf_get_clgp($1)
 (bnr):clgp            bnr_get_clgp($1)
 (gen):clgp
 (bell):ell
 (gen):ell
 (gen):bell
 (gen):gal
 (gen):prid

Function: _cgetg
Class: gp2c_internal
Description: 
 (lg,#str):gen              cgetg($1, ${2 str_raw})
 (gen,lg,#str):gen          $1 = cgetg($2, ${3 str_raw})

Function: _const_expr
Class: gp2c_internal
Description: 
 (str):gen       readseq($1)

Function: _const_quote
Class: gp2c_internal
Description: 
 (str):var       fetch_user_var($1)

Function: _const_real
Class: gp2c_internal
Description: 
 (str):real:prec       strtor($1, prec)

Function: _const_smallreal
Class: gp2c_internal
Description: 
 (0):real:prec       real_0(prec)
 (1):real:prec       real_1(prec)
 (-1):real:prec      real_m1(prec)
 (small):real:prec   stor($1, prec)

Function: _decl_base
Class: gp2c_internal
Description: 
 (C!void)          void
 (C!long)          long
 (C!int)           int
 (C!GEN)           GEN
 (C!char*)         char
 (C!byteptr)       byteptr
 (C!pari_sp)       pari_sp
 (C!func_GG)       GEN

Function: _decl_ext
Class: gp2c_internal
Description: 
 (C!char*)         *$1
 (C!func_GG)       (*$1)(GEN, GEN)

Function: _def_TeXstyle
Class: default
Section: default
C-Name: sd_TeXstyle
Prototype: 
Help: 
Doc: the bits of this default allow
 \kbd{gp} to use less rigid TeX formatting commands in the logfile. This
 default is only taken into account when $\kbd{log} = 3$. The bits of
 \kbd{TeXstyle} have the following meaning
 
 2: insert \kbd{\bs right} / \kbd{\bs left} pairs where appropriate.
 
 4: insert discretionary breaks in polynomials, to enhance the probability of
 a good line break.
 
 The default value is \kbd{0}.

Function: _def_breakloop
Class: gp_default
Section: default
C-Name: sd_breakloop
Prototype: 
Help: 
Doc: if true, enables the ``break loop'' debugging mode, see
 \secref{se:break_loop}.
 
 The default value is \kbd{1} if we are running an interactive \kbd{gp}
 session, and \kbd{0} otherwise.

Function: _def_colors
Class: default
Section: default
C-Name: sd_colors
Prototype: 
Help: 
Doc: this default is only usable if \kbd{gp}
 is running within certain color-capable terminals. For instance \kbd{rxvt},
 \kbd{color\_xterm} and modern versions of \kbd{xterm} under X Windows, or
 standard Linux/DOS text consoles. It causes \kbd{gp} to use a small palette of
 colors for its output. With xterms, the colormap used corresponds to the
 resources \kbd{Xterm*color$n$} where $n$ ranges from $0$ to $15$ (see the
 file \kbd{misc/color.dft} for an example). Accepted values for this
 default are strings \kbd{"$a_1$,\dots,$a_k$"} where $k\le7$ and each
 $a_i$ is either
 
 \noindent $\bullet$ the keyword \kbd{no} (use the default color, usually
 black on transparent background)
 
 \noindent $\bullet$ an integer between 0 and 15 corresponding to the
 aforementioned colormap
 
 \noindent $\bullet$ a triple $[c_0,c_1,c_2]$ where $c_0$ stands for foreground
 color, $c_1$ for background color, and $c_2$ for attributes (0 is default, 1
 is bold, 4 is underline).
 
 The output objects thus affected are respectively error messages,
 history numbers, prompt, input line, output, help messages, timer (that's
 seven of them). If $k < 7$, the remaining $a_i$ are assumed to be $no$. For
 instance
 %
 \bprog
 default(colors, "9, 5, no, no, 4")
 @eprog
 \noindent
 typesets error messages in color $9$, history numbers in color $5$, output in
 color $4$, and does not affect the rest.
 
 A set of default colors for dark (reverse video or PC console) and light
 backgrounds respectively is activated when \kbd{colors} is set to
 \kbd{darkbg}, resp.~\kbd{lightbg} (or any proper prefix: \kbd{d} is
 recognized as an abbreviation for \kbd{darkbg}). A bold variant of
 \kbd{darkbg}, called \kbd{boldfg}, is provided if you find the former too
 pale.
 
 \emacs In the present version, this default is incompatible with PariEmacs.
 Changing it will just fail silently (the alternative would be to display
 escape sequences as is, since Emacs will refuse to interpret them).
 You must customize color highlighting from the PariEmacs side, see its
 documentation.
 
 The default value is \kbd{""} (no colors).

Function: _def_compatible
Class: default
Section: default
C-Name: sd_compatible
Prototype: 
Help: 
Doc: The GP function names and syntax
 have changed tremendously between versions 1.xx and 2.00. To help you cope
 with this we provide some kind of backward compatibility, depending on the
 value of this default:
 
 \quad \kbd{compatible} = 0: no backward compatibility. In this mode, a very
 handy function, to be described in \secref{se:whatnow}, is \kbd{whatnow},
 which tells you what has become of your favourite functions, which \kbd{gp}
 suddenly can't seem to remember.
 
 \quad \kbd{compatible} = 1: warn when using obsolete functions, but
 otherwise accept them. The output uses the new conventions though, and
 there may be subtle incompatibilities between the behavior of former and
 current functions, even when they share the same name (the current function
 is used in such cases, of course!). We thought of this one as a transitory
 help for \kbd{gp} old-timers. Thus, to encourage switching to \kbd{compatible}=0,
 it is not possible to disable the warning.
 
 \quad \kbd{compatible} = 2: use only the old function naming scheme (as
 used up to version 1.39.15), but \emph{taking case into account}. Thus
 \kbd{I} (${}=\sqrt{-1}$) is not the same as \kbd{i} (user variable, unbound
 by default), and you won't get an error message using \kbd{i} as a loop
 index as used to be the case.
 
 \quad \kbd{compatible} = 3: try to mimic exactly the former behavior. This
 is not always possible when functions have changed in a fundamental way.
 But these differences are usually for the better (they were meant to,
 anyway), and will probably not be discovered by the casual user.
 
 One adverse side effect is that any user functions and aliases that have
 been defined \emph{before} changing \kbd{compatible} will get erased if this
 change modifies the function list, i.e.~if you move between groups
 $\{0,1\}$ and $\{2,3\}$ (variables are unaffected). We of course strongly
 encourage you to try and get used to the setting \kbd{compatible}=0.
 
 Note that the default \tet{new_galois_format} is another compatibility setting,
 which is completely independent of \kbd{compatible}.
 
 The default value is \kbd{0}.

Function: _def_datadir
Class: default
Section: default
C-Name: sd_datadir
Prototype: 
Help: 
Doc: the name of directory containing the optional data files. For now,
 this includes the \kbd{elldata}, \kbd{galdata}, \kbd{galpol}, \kbd{seadata}
 packages.
 
 The default value is \datadir (the location of installed precomputed data,
 can be specified via \kbd{Configure --datadir=}).

Function: _def_debug
Class: default
Section: default
C-Name: sd_debug
Prototype: 
Help: 
Doc: debugging level. If it is non-zero, some extra messages may be printed,
 according to what is going on (see~\b{g}).
 
 The default value is \kbd{0} (no debugging messages).

Function: _def_debugfiles
Class: default
Section: default
C-Name: sd_debugfiles
Prototype: 
Help: 
Doc: file usage debugging level. If it is non-zero, \kbd{gp} will print
 information on file descriptors in use, from PARI's point of view
 (see~\b{gf}).
 
 The default value is \kbd{0} (no debugging messages).

Function: _def_debugmem
Class: default
Section: default
C-Name: sd_debugmem
Prototype: 
Help: 
Doc: memory debugging level. If it is non-zero, \kbd{gp} will regularly print
 information on memory usage. If it's greater than 2, it will indicate any
 important garbage collecting and the function it is taking place in
 (see~\b{gm}).
 
 \noindent {\bf Important Note:} As it noticeably slows down the performance,
 the first functionality (memory usage) is disabled if you're not running a
 version compiled for debugging (see Appendix~A).
 
 The default value is \kbd{0} (no debugging messages).

Function: _def_echo
Class: gp_default
Section: default
C-Name: sd_echo
Prototype: 
Help: 
Doc: this toggle is either 1 (on) or 0 (off). When \kbd{echo}
 mode is on, each command is reprinted before being executed. This can be
 useful when reading a file with the \b{r} or \kbd{read} commands. For
 example, it is turned on at the beginning of the test files used to check
 whether \kbd{gp} has been built correctly (see \b{e}).
 
 The default value is \kbd{0} (no echo).

Function: _def_factor_add_primes
Class: default
Section: default
C-Name: sd_factor_add_primes
Prototype: 
Help: 
Doc: this toggle is either 1 (on) or 0 (off). If on,
 the integer factorization machinery calls \tet{addprimes} on primes
 factor that were difficult to find (larger than $2^24$), so they are
 automatically tried first in other factorizations. If a routine is performing
 (or has performed) a factorization and is interrupted by an error or via
 Control-C, this lets you recover the prime factors already found. The
 downside is that a huge \kbd{addprimes} table unrelated to the current
 computations will slow down arithmetic functions relying on integer
 factorization; one should then empty the table using \tet{removeprimes}.
 
 The defaut value is \kbd{0}.

Function: _def_factor_proven
Class: default
Section: default
C-Name: sd_factor_proven
Prototype: 
Help: 
Doc: this toggle is either 1 (on) or 0 (off). By
 default, the factors output by the integer factorization machinery are
 only pseudo-primes, not proven primes. If this toggle is
 set, a primality proof is done for each factor and all results depending on
 integer factorization are fully proven. This flag does not affect partial
 factorization when it is explicitly requested. It also does not affect the
 private table managed by \tet{addprimes}: its entries are included as is in
 factorizations, without being tested for primality.
 
 The defaut value is \kbd{0}.

Function: _def_format
Class: default
Section: default
C-Name: sd_format
Prototype: 
Help: 
Doc: of the form x$.n$, where x (conversion style)
 is a letter in $\{\kbd{e},\kbd{f},\kbd{g}\}$, and $n$ (precision) is an
 integer; this affects the way real numbers are printed:
 
 \item If the conversion style is \kbd{e}, real numbers are printed in
 \idx{scientific format}, always with an explicit exponent,
 e.g.~\kbd{3.3 E-5}.
 
 \item In style \kbd{f}, real numbers are generally printed in \idx{fixed
 floating point format} without exponent, e.g.~\kbd{0.000033}. A large
 real number, whose integer part is not well defined (not enough significant
 digits), is printed in style~\kbd{e}. For instance \kbd{10.\pow 100} known to
 ten significant digits is always printed in style \kbd{e}.
 
 \item In style \kbd{g}, non-zero real numbers are printed in \kbd{f} format,
 except when their decimal exponent is $< -4$, in which case they are printed in
 \kbd{e} format. Real zeroes (of arbitrary exponent) are printed in \kbd{e}
 format.
 
 The precision $n$ is the number of significant digits printed for real
 numbers, except if $n<0$ where all the significant digits will be printed
 (initial default 28, or 38 for 64-bit machines). For more powerful formatting
 possibilities, see \tet{printf} and \tet{Strprintf}.
 
 The default value is \kbd{"g.28"} and \kbd{"g.38"} on 32-bit and
 64-bit machines, respectively.

Function: _def_graphcolormap
Class: gp_default
Section: default
C-Name: sd_graphcolormap
Prototype: 
Help: 
Doc: a vector of colors, to be
 used by hi-res graphing routines. Its length is arbitrary, but it must
 contain at least 3 entries: the first 3 colors are used for background,
 frame/ticks and axes respectively. All colors in the colormap may be freely
 used in \tet{plotcolor} calls.
 
 A color is either given as in the default by character strings or by an RGB
 code. For valid character strings, see the standard \kbd{rgb.txt} file in X11
 distributions, where we restrict to lowercase letters and remove all
 whitespace from color names. An RGB code is a vector with 3 integer entries
 between 0 and 255. For instance \kbd{[250, 235, 215]} and \kbd{"antique
 white"} represent the same color. RGB codes are a little cryptic but often
 easier to generate.
 
 The default value is [\kbd{"white"}, \kbd{"black"}, \kbd{"blue"},
 \kbd{"violetred"}, \kbd{"red"}, \kbd{"green"}, \kbd{"grey"},
 \kbd{"gainsboro"}].

Function: _def_graphcolors
Class: gp_default
Section: default
C-Name: sd_graphcolors
Prototype: 
Help: 
Doc: entries in the
 \tet{graphcolormap} that will be used to plot multi-curves. The successive
 curves are drawn in colors
 
 \kbd{graphcolormap[graphcolors[1]]}, \kbd{graphcolormap[graphcolors[2]]},
   \dots
 
 cycling when the \kbd{graphcolors} list is exhausted.
 
 The default value is \kbd{[4,5]}.

Function: _def_help
Class: gp_default
Section: default
C-Name: sd_help
Prototype: 
Help: 
Doc: name of the external help program which will be used from within
 \kbd{gp} when extended help is invoked, usually through a \kbd{??} or
 \kbd{???} request (see \secref{se:exthelp}), or \kbd{M-H} under readline (see
 \secref{se:readline}).
 
 The default value is the local of the \kbd{gphelp} script.

Function: _def_histfile
Class: gp_default
Section: default
C-Name: sd_histfile
Prototype: 
Help: 
Doc: name of a file where
 \kbd{gp} will keep a history of all \emph{input} commands (results are
 omitted). If this file exists when the value of \kbd{histfile} changes,
 it is read in and becomes part of the session history. Thus, setting this
 default in your gprc saves your readline history between sessions. Setting
 this default to the empty string \kbd{""} changes it to
 \kbd{$<$undefined$>$}
 
 The default value is \kbd{$<$undefined$>$} (no history file).

Function: _def_histsize
Class: default
Section: default
C-Name: sd_histsize
Prototype: 
Help: 
Doc: \kbd{gp} keeps a history of the last
 \kbd{histsize} results computed so far, which you can recover using the
 \kbd{\%} notation (see \secref{se:history}). When this number is exceeded,
 the oldest values are erased. Tampering with this default is the only way to
 get rid of the ones you do not need anymore.
 
 The default value is \kbd{5000}.

Function: _def_lines
Class: gp_default
Section: default
C-Name: sd_lines
Prototype: 
Help: 
Doc: if set to a positive value, \kbd{gp} prints at
 most that many lines from each result, terminating the last line shown with
 \kbd{[+++]} if further material has been suppressed. The various \kbd{print}
 commands (see \secref{se:gp_program}) are unaffected, so you can always type
 \kbd{print(\%)} or \b{a} to view the full result. If the actual screen width
 cannot be determined, a ``line'' is assumed to be 80 characters long.
 
 The default value is \kbd{0}.

Function: _def_log
Class: default
Section: default
C-Name: sd_log
Prototype: 
Help: 
Doc: this can be either 0 (off) or 1, 2, 3
 (on, see below for the various modes). When logging mode is turned on, \kbd{gp}
 opens a log file, whose exact name is determined by the \kbd{logfile}
 default. Subsequently, all the commands and results will be written to that
 file (see \b{l}). In case a file with this precise name already existed, it
 will not be erased: your data will be \emph{appended} at the end.
 
 The specific positive values of \kbd{log} have the following meaning
 
 1: plain logfile
 
 2: emit color codes to the logfile (if \kbd{colors} is set).
 
 3: write LaTeX output to the logfile (can be further customized using
 \tet{TeXstyle}).
 
 The default value is \kbd{0}.

Function: _def_logfile
Class: default
Section: default
C-Name: sd_logfile
Prototype: 
Help: 
Doc: name of the log file to be used when the \kbd{log} toggle is on.
 Environment and time expansion are performed.
 
 The default value is \kbd{"pari.log"}.

Function: _def_new_galois_format
Class: default
Section: default
C-Name: sd_new_galois_format
Prototype: 
Help: 
Doc: this toggle is either 1 (on) or 0 (off). If on,
 the \tet{polgalois} command will use a different, more
 consistent, naming scheme for Galois groups. This default is provided to
 ensure that scripts can control this behavior and do not break unexpectedly.
 
 The defaut value is \kbd{0}. This value will change to $1$ (set) in the next
 major version.

Function: _def_output
Class: default
Section: default
C-Name: sd_output
Prototype: 
Help: 
Doc: there are three possible values: 0
 (=~\var{raw}), 1 (=~\var{prettymatrix}), or 3
 (=~\var{external} \var{prettyprint}). This
 means that, independently of the default \kbd{format} for reals which we
 explained above, you can print results in three ways:
 
 $\bullet$ \tev{raw format}, i.e.~a format which is equivalent to what you
 input, including explicit multiplication signs, and everything typed on a
 line instead of two dimensional boxes. This can have several advantages, for
 instance it allows you to pick the result with a mouse or an editor, and to
 paste it somewhere else.
 
 $\bullet$ \tev{prettymatrix format}: this is identical to raw format, except
 that matrices are printed as boxes instead of horizontally. This is
 prettier, but takes more space and cannot be used for input. Column vectors
 are still printed horizontally.
 
 $\bullet$ \tev{external prettyprint}: pipes all \kbd{gp}
 output in TeX format to an external prettyprinter, according to the value of
 \tet{prettyprinter}. The default script (\tet{tex2mail}) converts its input
 to readable two-dimensional text.
 
 Independently of the setting of this default, an object can be printed
 in any of the three formats at any time using the commands \b{a} and \b{m}
 and \b{B} respectively.
 
 The default value is \kbd{1} (\var{prettymatrix}).

Function: _def_parisize
Class: default
Section: default
C-Name: sd_parisize
Prototype: 
Help: 
Doc: \kbd{gp}, and in fact any program using the PARI
 library, needs a \tev{stack} in which to do its computations. \kbd{parisize}
 is the stack size, in bytes. It is strongly recommended you increase this
 default (using the \kbd{-s} command-line switch, or a \tet{gprc}) if you can
 afford it. Don't increase it beyond the actual amount of RAM installed on
 your computer or \kbd{gp} will spend most of its time paging.
 
 In case of emergency, you can use the \tet{allocatemem} function to
 increase \kbd{parisize}, once the session is started.
 
 The default value is 4M, resp.~8M on a 32-bit, resp.~64-bit machine.

Function: _def_path
Class: default
Section: default
C-Name: sd_path
Prototype: 
Help: 
Doc: this is a list of directories, separated by colons ':'
 (semicolons ';' in the DOS world, since colons are preempted for drive names).
 When asked to read a file whose name is not given by an absolute path
 (does not start with \kbd{/}, \kbd{./} or \kbd{../}), \kbd{gp} will look for
 it in these directories, in the order they were written in \kbd{path}. Here,
 as usual, \kbd{.} means the current directory, and \kbd{..} its immediate
 parent. Environment expansion is performed.
 
 The default value is \kbd{".:\til:\til/gp"} on UNIX systems,
 \kbd{".;C:\bs;C:\bs GP"} on DOS, OS/2 and Windows, and \kbd{"."} otherwise.

Function: _def_prettyprinter
Class: default
Section: default
C-Name: sd_prettyprinter
Prototype: 
Help: 
Doc: the name of an external prettyprinter to use when
 \kbd{output} is~3 (alternate prettyprinter). Note that the default
 \tet{tex2mail} looks much nicer than the built-in ``beautified
 format'' ($\kbd{output} = 2$).
 
 The default value is \kbd{"tex2mail -TeX -noindent -ragged -by\_par"}.

Function: _def_primelimit
Class: default
Section: default
C-Name: sd_primelimit
Prototype: 
Help: 
Doc: \kbd{gp} precomputes a list of
 all primes less than \kbd{primelimit} at initialization time. These are used
 by many arithmetic functions, usually for trial division purposes. If you do
 not plan to invoke any of them, you can just set this to 1. The maximal value
 is a little less than $2^{32}$ (resp $2^{64}$) on a 32-bit (resp.~64-bit)
 machine.
 
 Since almost all arithmetic functions eventually require some table of prime
 numbers, PARI currently guarantees that the first 6547 primes, up to and
 including 65557, are precomputed, even if \kbd{primelimit} is $1$.
 
 The default value is \kbd{500k}.

Function: _def_prompt
Class: gp_default
Section: default
C-Name: sd_prompt
Prototype: 
Help: 
Doc: a string that will be printed as
 prompt. Note that most usual escape sequences are available there: \b{e} for
 Esc, \b{n} for Newline, \dots, \kbd{\bs\bs} for \kbd{\bs}. Time expansion is
 performed.
 
 This string is sent through the library function \tet{strftime} (on a
 Unix system, you can try \kbd{man strftime} at your shell prompt). This means
 that \kbd{\%} constructs have a special meaning, usually related to the time
 and date. For instance, \kbd{\%H} = hour (24-hour clock) and \kbd{\%M} =
 minute [00,59] (use \kbd{\%\%} to get a real \kbd{\%}).
 
 If you use \kbd{readline}, escape sequences in your prompt will result in
 display bugs. If you have a relatively recent \kbd{readline} (see the comment
 at the end of \secref{se:def,colors}), you can brace them with special sequences
 (\kbd{\bs[} and \kbd{\bs]}), and you will be safe. If these just result in
 extra spaces in your prompt, then you'll have to get a more recent
 \kbd{readline}. See the file \kbd{misc/gprc.dft} for an example.
 
 \emacs {\bf Caution}: PariEmacs needs to know about the prompt pattern to
 separate your input from previous \kbd{gp} results, without ambiguity. It is
 not a trivial problem to adapt automatically this regular expression to an
 arbitrary prompt (which can be self-modifying!). See PariEmacs's
 documentation.
 
 The default value is \kbd{"? "}.

Function: _def_prompt_cont
Class: gp_default
Section: default
C-Name: sd_prompt_cont
Prototype: 
Help: 
Doc: a string that will be printed
 to prompt for continuation lines (e.g. in between braces, or after a
 line-terminating backslash). Everything that applies to \kbd{prompt}
 applies to \kbd{prompt\_cont} as well.
 
 The defaut value is \kbd{""}.

Function: _def_psfile
Class: gp_default
Section: default
C-Name: sd_psfile
Prototype: 
Help: 
Doc: name of the default file where
 \kbd{gp} is to dump its PostScript drawings (these are appended, so that no
 previous data are lost). Environment and time expansion are performed.
 
 The default value is \kbd{"pari.ps"}.

Function: _def_readline
Class: gp_default
Section: default
C-Name: sd_readline
Prototype: 
Help: 
Doc: switches readline line-editing
 facilities on and off. This may be useful if you are running \kbd{gp} in a Sun
 \tet{cmdtool}, which interacts badly with readline. Of course, until readline
 is switched on again, advanced editing features like automatic completion
 and editing history are not available.
 
 The default value is \kbd{1}.

Function: _def_realprecision
Class: default
Section: default
C-Name: sd_realprecision
Prototype: 
Help: 
Doc: 
 \subsecidx{realprecision} : the number of significant digits and, at the same
 time, the number of printed digits of real numbers (see~\b{p}). Note that
 PARI internal precision works on a word basis (32 or 64 bits), hence may not
 coincide with the number of decimal digits you input. For instance to get 2
 decimal digits you need one word of precision which, on a 32-bit machine,
 actually gives you 9 digits ($9 < \log_{10}(2^{32}) < 10$):
 
 \bprog
 ? default(realprecision, 2)
       realprecision = 9 significant digits (2 digits displayed)
 @eprog
 
 The default value is \kbd{28}, resp.~\kbd{38} on a 32-bit, resp~.64-bit,
 machine.

Function: _def_recover
Class: gp_default
Section: default
C-Name: sd_recover
Prototype: 
Help: 
Doc: this toggle is either 1 (on) or 0 (off). If you change this to $0$, any
 error becomes fatal and causes the gp interpreter to exit immediately. Can be
 useful in batch job scripts.
 
 The default value is \kbd{1}.

Function: _def_secure
Class: default
Section: default
C-Name: sd_secure
Prototype: 
Help: 
Doc: this toggle is either 1 (on) or 0 (off). If on, the \tet{system} and
 \tet{extern} command are disabled. These two commands are potentially
 dangerous when you execute foreign scripts since they let \kbd{gp} execute
 arbitrary UNIX commands. \kbd{gp} will ask for confirmation before letting
 you (or a script) unset this toggle.
 
 The default value is \kbd{0}.

Function: _def_seriesprecision
Class: default
Section: default
C-Name: sd_seriesprecision
Prototype: 
Help: 
Doc: number of significant terms
 when converting a polynomial or rational function to a power series
 (see~\b{ps}).
 
 The default value is \kbd{16}.

Function: _def_simplify
Class: default
Section: default
C-Name: sd_simplify
Prototype: 
Help: 
Doc: this toggle is either 1 (on) or 0 (off). When the PARI library computes
 something, the type of the
 result is not always the simplest possible. The only type conversions which
 the PARI library does automatically are rational numbers to integers (when
 they are of type \typ{FRAC} and equal to integers), and similarly rational
 functions to polynomials (when they are of type \typ{RFRAC} and equal to
 polynomials). This feature is useful in many cases, and saves time, but can
 be annoying at times. Hence you can disable this and, whenever you feel like
 it, use the function \kbd{simplify} (see Chapter 3) which allows you to
 simplify objects to the simplest possible types recursively (see~\b{y}).
 \sidx{automatic simplification}
 
 The default value is \kbd{1}.

Function: _def_strictmatch
Class: default
Section: default
C-Name: sd_strictmatch
Prototype: 
Help: 
Doc: this toggle is either 1 (on) or 0 (off). If on, unused characters after a
 sequence has been
 processed will produce an error. Otherwise just a warning is printed. This
 can be useful when you are unsure how many parentheses you have to close
 after complicated nested loops. Please do not use this; find a decent
 text-editor instead.
 
 The default value is \kbd{1}.

Function: _def_timer
Class: gp_default
Section: default
C-Name: sd_timer
Prototype: 
Help: 
Doc: this toggle is either 1 (on) or 0 (off). If on, every instruction
 sequence (anything ended by a
 newline in your input) is timed, to some accuracy depending on the hardware
 and operating system. The time measured is the user \idx{CPU time},
 \emph{not} including the time for printing the results (see \kbd{\#} and
 \kbd{\#\#}).
 
 The default value is \kbd{0}.

Function: _default_check
Class: gp2c_internal
Help: Code to check for the default marker
Description: 
 (C!GEN):bool    !$(1)
 (var):bool      $(1) == -1

Function: _default_marker
Class: gp2c_internal
Help: Code for default value of GP function
Description: 
 (C!GEN)      NULL
 (var)        -1
 (small)      0
 (str)        ""

Function: _derivfun
Class: basic
Section: programming/internals
C-Name: derivfun0
Prototype: GGp
Help: _derivfun(closure,[args]) numerical derivation of closure with respect to
 the first variable at (args).

Function: _diffptr
Class: gp2c_internal
Help: Table of difference of primes.
Description: 
 ():bptr        diffptr

Function: _err_primes
Class: gp2c_internal
Description: 
 ():void  pari_err(primer1)

Function: _err_type
Class: gp2c_internal
Description: 
 (str):void  pari_err(typeer, $1)

Function: _eval_mnemonic
Class: basic
Section: programming/internals
C-Name: eval_mnemonic
Prototype: lGs
Help: Convert a mnemonic string to a flag.

Function: _factor_Aurifeuille
Class: basic
Section: programming/internals
C-Name: factor_Aurifeuille
Prototype: GL
Help: _factor_Aurifeuille(a,d): return an algebraic factor of Phi_d(a), a != 0

Function: _factor_Aurifeuille_prime
Class: basic
Section: programming/internals
C-Name: factor_Aurifeuille_prime
Prototype: GL
Help: _factor_Aurifeuille_prime(p,d): return an algebraic factor of Phi_d(p), p prime

Function: _formatcode
Class: gp2c_internal
Description: 
 (#small):void                    $1
 (small):small                    %ld
 (#str):void                      $%1
 (str):str                        %s
 (gen):gen                        %Ps

Function: _forprime_next
Class: gp2c_internal
Help: Compute the next prime from the diffptr table.
Description: 
 (*small,*bptr):void  NEXT_PRIME_VIADIFF($1, $2)

Function: _forvec_start
Class: gp2c_internal
Help: Initializes parameters for forvec_start.
Description: 
 (gen, small, &gen, &func_GG):vec    forvec_start($1, $2, &$3, &$4)

Function: _gerepileall
Class: gp2c_internal
Description: 
 (pari_sp,gen):void:parens    $2 = gerepilecopy($1, $2)
 (pari_sp,gen,...):void       gerepileall($1, ${nbarg 1 sub}, ${stdref 3 code})

Function: _gerepileupto
Class: gp2c_internal
Description: 
 (pari_sp, int):int               gerepileuptoint($1, $2)
 (pari_sp, mp):mp                 gerepileuptoleaf($1, $2)
 (pari_sp, vecsmall):vecsmall     gerepileuptoleaf($1, $2)
 (pari_sp, vec):vec               gerepileupto($1, $2)
 (pari_sp, gen):gen               gerepileupto($1, $2)

Function: _low_stack_lim
Class: gp2c_internal
Description: 
 (pari_sp,pari_sp):bool        low_stack($1, stack_lim($2, 1))

Function: _maxprime
Class: gp2c_internal
Description: 
 ():small                maxprime()

Function: _proto_code
Class: gp2c_internal
Help: Code for argument of a function
Description: 
 (var)          n
 (C!long)       L
 (C!GEN)        G
 (C!char*)      s

Function: _proto_max_args
Class: gp2c_internal
Help: Max number of arguments supported by install.
Description: 
 (20)

Function: _proto_ret
Class: gp2c_internal
Help: Code for return value of functions
Description: 
 (C!void)       v
 (C!int)        i
 (C!long)       l
 (C!GEN)

Function: _stack_lim
Class: gp2c_internal
Description: 
 (pari_sp,small):pari_sp       stack_lim($1, $2)

Function: _strtoclosure
Class: gp2c_internal
Description: 
 (str):closure               strtofunction($1)
 (str,gen,...):closure       strtoclosure($1, ${nbarg 1 sub}, $3)

Function: _toGENstr
Class: gp2c_internal
Description: 
 (str):genstr           strtoGENstr($1)
 (gen):genstr           GENtoGENstr($1)

Function: _tovec
Class: gp2c_internal
Help: Create a vector holding the arguments (shallow)
Description: 
 ():vec                  cgetg(1, t_VEC)
 (gen):vec               mkvec($1)
 (gen,gen):vec           mkvec2($1, $2)
 (gen,gen,gen):vec       mkvec3($1, $2, $3)
 (gen,gen,gen,gen):vec   mkvec4($1, $2, $3, $4)
 (gen,...):vec           mkvecn($#, $2)

Function: _tovecprec
Class: gp2c_internal
Help: Create a vector holding the arguments and prec (shallow)
Description: 
 ():vec:prec             mkvecs(prec)
 (gen):vec:prec          mkvec2($1, stoi(prec))
 (gen,gen):vec:prec      mkvec3($1, $2, stoi(prec))
 (gen,gen,gen):vec:prec  mkvec4($1, $2, $3, stoi(prec))
 (gen,...):vec:prec      mkvecn(${nbarg 1 add}, $2, stoi(prec))

Function: _type_preorder
Class: gp2c_internal
Help: List of chains of type preorder.
Description: 
 (empty, void, bool, small, int, mp, gen)
 (empty, real, mp)
 (empty, bptr, small)
 (empty, bool, lg, small)
 (empty, bool, small_int, small)
 (empty, void, negbool, bool)
 (empty, typ, str, genstr,gen)
 (empty, vecsmall, gen)
 (empty, vec, gen)
 (empty, list, gen)
 (empty, closure, gen)
 (empty, bnr, bnf, nf, vec)
 (empty, bnr, bnf, clgp, vec)
 (empty, bell, ell, vec)
 (empty, prid, vec)
 (empty, gal, vec)
 (empty, var, pol, gen)

Function: _typedef
Class: gp2c_internal
Description: 
 (empty)        void
 (void)         void
 (negbool)      long
 (bool)         long
 (small_int)    int
 (small)        long
 (int)          GEN
 (real)         GEN
 (mp)           GEN
 (lg)           long
 (vecsmall)     GEN
 (vec)          GEN
 (list)         GEN
 (var)          long
 (pol)          GEN
 (gen)          GEN
 (closure)      GEN
 (genstr)       GEN
 (str)          char*
 (bptr)         byteptr
 (func_GG)      func_GG
 (pari_sp)      pari_sp
 (typ)          long
 (nf)           GEN
 (bnf)          GEN
 (bnr)          GEN
 (ell)          GEN
 (bell)         GEN
 (clgp)         GEN
 (prid)         GEN
 (gal)          GEN

Function: _void_if
Class: basic
Section: programming/internals
C-Name: ifpari_void
Prototype: vGDIDI
Help: internal variant of if() that does not return a value.

Function: _wrap_G
Class: gp2c_internal
C-Name: gp_call
Prototype: G
Description: 
  (gen):gen    $1

Function: _wrap_bG
Class: gp2c_internal
C-Name: gp_callbool
Prototype: lG
Description: 
  (bool):bool   $1

Function: _wrap_vG
Class: gp2c_internal
C-Name: gp_callvoid
Prototype: lG
Description: 
  (void):small  0

Function: _||_
Class: basic
Section: symbolic_operators
C-Name: orpari
Prototype: GE
Help: x||y: inclusive OR.
Description: 
 (bool, bool):bool:parens               $(1) || $(2)

Function: _~
Class: basic
Section: symbolic_operators
C-Name: gtrans
Prototype: G
Help: x~: transpose of x.
Description: 
 (vec):vec                        gtrans($1)
 (gen):gen                        gtrans($1)

Function: abs
Class: basic
Section: transcendental
C-Name: gabs
Prototype: Gp
Help: abs(x): absolute value (or modulus) of x.
Description: 
 (small):small    labs($1)
 (int):int        mpabs($1)
 (real):real      mpabs($1)
 (mp):mp          mpabs($1)
 (gen):gen:prec        gabs($1, prec)
Doc: absolute value of $x$ (modulus if $x$ is complex).
 Rational functions are not allowed. Contrary to most transcendental
 functions, an exact argument is \emph{not} converted to a real number before
 applying \kbd{abs} and an exact result is returned if possible.
 \bprog
 ? abs(-1)
 %1 = 1
 ? abs(3/7 + 4/7*I)
 %2 = 5/7
 ? abs(1 + I)
 %3 = 1.414213562373095048801688724
 @eprog\noindent
 If $x$ is a polynomial, returns $-x$ if the leading coefficient is
 real and negative else returns $x$. For a power series, the constant
 coefficient is considered instead.

Function: acos
Class: basic
Section: transcendental
C-Name: gacos
Prototype: Gp
Help: acos(x): arc cosine of x.
Doc: principal branch of $\text{cos}^{-1}(x) = -i \log (x + i\sqrt{1-x^2})$.
 In particular, $\text{Re(acos}(x))\in [0,\pi]$ and if $x\in \R$ and $|x|>1$,
 then $\text{acos}(x)$ is complex. The branch cut is in two pieces:
 $]-\infty,-1]$ , continuous with quadrant II, and $[1,+\infty[$, continuous
 with quadrant IV. We have $\text{acos}(x) = \pi/2 - \text{asin}(x)$ for all
 $x$.

Function: acosh
Class: basic
Section: transcendental
C-Name: gach
Prototype: Gp
Help: acosh(x): inverse hyperbolic cosine of x.
Doc: principal branch of $\text{cosh}^{-1}(x) = 2
  \log(\sqrt{(x+1)/2} + \sqrt{(x-1)/2})$. In particular,
 $\text{Re}(\text{acosh}(x))\geq 0$ and
 $\text{In}(\text{acosh}(x))\in ]-\pi,\pi]0$; if $x\in \R$ and $x<1$, then
 $\text{acosh}(x)$ is complex.

Function: addhelp
Class: basic
Section: programming/specific
C-Name: addhelp
Prototype: vrs
Help: addhelp(sym,str): add/change help message for the symbol sym.
Doc: changes the help message for the symbol \kbd{sym}. The string \var{str} is
 expanded on the spot and stored as the online help for \kbd{sym}. If \kbd{sym}
 is a function \emph{you} have defined, its definition will still be printed
 before the message \var{str}.  It is recommended that you document global
 variables and user functions in this way. Of course \kbd{gp} will not protest
 if you skip this.  It is possible to attach a help text to an alias, but it
 will never be shown: aliases are expanded by the \kbd{?} help operator and we
 get the help of the functions the alias points to.
 
 Nothing prevents you from modifying the help of built-in PARI
 functions. But if you do, we would like to hear why you needed to do it!

Function: addprimes
Class: basic
Section: number_theoretical
C-Name: addprimes
Prototype: DG
Help: addprimes({x=[]}): add primes in the vector x to the prime table to
 be used in trial division. x may also be a single integer. Composite
 "primes" are NOT allowed!
Doc: adds the integers contained in the
 vector $x$ (or the single integer $x$) to a special table of
 ``user-defined primes'', and returns that table. Whenever \kbd{factor} is
 subsequently called, it will trial divide by the elements in this table.
 If $x$ is empty or omitted, just returns the current list of extra
 primes.
 
 The entries in $x$ must be primes: there is no internal check, even if
 the \tet{factor_proven} default is set. To remove primes from the list use
 \kbd{removeprimes}.

Function: agm
Class: basic
Section: transcendental
C-Name: agm
Prototype: GGp
Help: agm(x,y): arithmetic-geometric mean of x and y.
Doc: arithmetic-geometric mean of $x$ and $y$. In the
 case of complex or negative numbers, the principal square root is always
 chosen. $p$-adic or power series arguments are also allowed. Note that
 a $p$-adic agm exists only if $x/y$ is congruent to 1 modulo $p$ (modulo
 16 for $p=2$). $x$ and $y$ cannot both be vectors or matrices.

Function: alarm
Class: gp
Section: programming/specific
C-Name: alarm0
Prototype: vD0,L,
Help: alarm({s = 0}): trigger an "alarmer" exception after s seconds,
 cancelling any previously set alarm. Stop a pending alarm if s = 0 or is
 omitted.
Doc: trigger an \var{alarmer} exception after $s$ seconds, cancelling any
 previously set alarm. Stop a pending alarm if s = 0 or is omitted.
 
 For example, the function \kbd{timefact(N,sec)} below
 will try to factor $N$ and give up after \var{sec} seconds,
 returning a partial factorisation.
 
 \bprog
 default(factor_add_primes,1);
 default(primelimit,16777216);
 timefact(N,sec)=
 {
   trap(alarmer,factor(N,0),alarm(sec);my(F=factor(N));alarm(0);F);
 }
 @eprog

Function: algdep
Class: basic
Section: linear_algebra
C-Name: algdep0
Prototype: GLD0,L,
Help: algdep(x,k,{flag=0}): algebraic relations up to degree n of x, using
 lindep([1,x,...,x^(k-1)], flag).
Doc: \sidx{algebraic dependence}
 $x$ being real/complex, or $p$-adic, finds a polynomial of degree at most
 $k$ with integer coefficients having $x$ as approximate root. Note that the
 polynomial which is obtained is not necessarily the ``correct'' one. In fact
 it is not even guaranteed to be irreducible. One can check the closeness
 either by a polynomial evaluation (use \tet{subst}), or by computing the
 roots of the polynomial given by \kbd{algdep} (use \tet{polroots}).
 
 Internally, \tet{lindep}$([1,x,\ldots,x^k], \fl)$ is used. If
 \tet{lindep} is not able to find a relation and returns a lower bound for the
 sup norm of the smallest relation, \tet{algdep} returns that bound instead.
 A non-zero value of $\fl$ may improve on the default behavior
 if the input number is known to a \emph{huge} accuracy, and you suspect the
 last bits are incorrect  (this truncates the number, throwing away the least
 significant bits), but default values are usually sufficient:
 \bprog
 \\\\\\\\\ LLL
 ? \p200
 ? algdep(2^(1/6)+3^(1/5), 30);      \\ wrong in 0.8s
 ? algdep(2^(1/6)+3^(1/5), 30, 100); \\ wrong in 0.4s
 ? algdep(2^(1/6)+3^(1/5), 30, 170); \\ right in 0.8s
 ? algdep(2^(1/6)+3^(1/5), 30, 200); \\ wrong in 1.0s
 ? \p250
 ? algdep(2^(1/6)+3^(1/5), 30);      \\ right in 1.0s
 ? algdep(2^(1/6)+3^(1/5), 30, 200); \\ right in 1.0s
 ? \p500
 ? algdep(2^(1/6)+3^(1/5), 30);      \\ right in 2.9s
 ? \p1000
 ? algdep(2^(1/6)+3^(1/5), 30);      \\ right in 10.6s
 \\\\\\\\\ PSLQ
 ? \p200
 ? algdep(2^(1/6)+3^(1/5), 30, -3);  \\ failure in 15s
 ? \p250
 ? algdep(2^(1/6)+3^(1/5), 30, -3);  \\ right in 20s
 ? \p500
 ? algdep(2^(1/6)+3^(1/5), 30, -3);  \\ right in 52s
 ? \p1000
 ? algdep(2^(1/6)+3^(1/5), 30, -3);  \\ right in 164s
 @eprog\noindent
 The changes in \kbd{defaultprecision} only affect the quality of the
 initial approximation to $2^{1/6} + 3^{1/5}$, \kbd{algdep} itself uses
 exact operations (the size of its operands depend on the accuracy of the
 input of course: more accurate input means slower operations).
 
 Proceeding by increments of 5 digits of accuracy, \kbd{algdep} with default
 flag produces its first correct result at 205 digits, and from then on a
 steady stream of correct results. Interestingly enough, our PSLQ also
 reliably succeeds from 205 digits on (and is 15 times slower at that
 accuracy).
 
 The above example is the test case studied in a 2000 paper by Borwein and
 Lisonek: Applications of integer relation algorithms, \emph{Discrete Math.},
 {\bf 217}, p.~65--82. The paper concludes in the superiority of the PSLQ
 algorithm, which either shows that PARI's implementation of PSLQ is lacking,
 or that its LLL is extremely good. The version of PARI tested there was
 1.39, which succeeded reliably from precision 265 on, in about 200 as much
 time as the current version.
Variant: Also available is \fun{GEN}{algdep}{GEN x, long k} ($\fl=0$).

Function: alias
Class: basic
Section: programming/specific
C-Name: alias0
Prototype: vrr
Help: alias(newsym,sym): defines the symbol newsym as an alias for the symbol
 sym.
Doc: defines the symbol \var{newsym} as an alias for the the symbol \var{sym}:
 \bprog
 ? alias("det", "matdet");
 ? det([1,2;3,4])
 %1 = -2
 @eprog\noindent
 You are not restricted to ordinary functions, as in the above example:
 to alias (from/to) member functions, prefix them with `\kbd{\_.}';
 to alias operators, use their internal name, obtained by writing
 \kbd{\_} in lieu of the operators argument: for instance, \kbd{\_!} and
 \kbd{!\_} are the internal names of the factorial and the
 logical negation, respectively.
 \bprog
 ? alias("mod", "_.mod");
 ? alias("add", "_+_");
 ? alias("_.sin", "sin");
 ? mod(Mod(x,x^4+1))
 %2 = x^4 + 1
 ? add(4,6)
 %3 = 10
 ? Pi.sin
 %4 = 0.E-37
 @eprog
 Alias expansion is performed directly by the internal GP compiler.
 Note that since alias is performed at compilation-time, it does not
 require any run-time processing, however it only affects GP code
 compiled \emph{after} the alias command is evaluated. A slower but more
 flexible alternative is to use variables. Compare
 \bprog
 ? fun = sin;
 ? g(a,b) = intnum(t=a,b,fun(t));
 ? g(0, Pi)
 %3 = 2.0000000000000000000000000000000000000
 ? fun = cos;
 ? g(0, Pi)
 %5 = 1.8830410776607851098 E-39
 @eprog\noindent
 with
 \bprog
 ? alias(fun, sin);
 ? g(a,b) = intnum(t=a,b,fun(t));
 ? g(0,Pi)
 %2 = 2.0000000000000000000000000000000000000
 ? alias(fun, cos);  \\ Oops. Does not affect *previous* definition!
 ? g(0,Pi)
 %3 = 2.0000000000000000000000000000000000000
 ? g(a,b) = intnum(t=a,b,fun(t)); \\ Redefine, taking new alias into account
 ? g(0,Pi)
 %5 = 1.8830410776607851098 E-39
 @eprog
 
 A sample alias file \kbd{misc/gpalias} is provided with
 the standard distribution.

Function: allocatemem
Class: gp
Section: programming/specific
C-Name: allocatemem0
Prototype: vDG
Help: allocatemem({s=0}): allocates a new stack of s bytes. doubles the
 stack if s is omitted.
Doc: this very special operation
 allows the user to change the stack size \emph{after} initialization. $x$
 must be a non-negative integer. If $x \neq 0$, a new stack of size
 $16*\ceil{x/16}$ bytes is allocated. If $x=0$, the size of
 the new stack is twice the size of the old one. The old stack is discarded.
 
 \misctitle{Warning} This function should be typed at the \kbd{gp} prompt in
 interactive usage, or left by itself at the start of batch files.
 It cannot be used meaningfully in loop-like constructs, or as part of a
 larger expression sequence, e.g
 \bprog
    allocatemem(); x = 1;   \\@com This will not set \kbd{x}!
 @eprog\noindent
 In fact, all loops are immediately exited, user functions terminated, and
 the rest of the sequence following \kbd{allocatemem()} is silently
 discarded, as well as all pending sequences of instructions. We just go on
 reading the next instruction sequence from the file we're in (or from the
 user). In particular, we have the following possibly unexpected behavior: in
 \bprog
    read("file.gp"); x = 1
 @eprog\noindent were \kbd{file.gp} contains an \kbd{allocatemem} statement,
 the \kbd{x = 1} is never executed, since all pending instructions in the
 current sequence are discarded.
 
 The technical reason is that this routine moves the stack, so temporary
 objects created during the current expression evaluation are not correct
 anymore. (In particular byte-compiled expressions, which are allocated on
 the stack.) To avoid accessing obsolete pointers to the old stack, this
 routine ends by a \kbd{longjmp}.

Function: apply
Class: basic
Section: programming/specific
C-Name: apply0
Prototype: GG
Help: apply(f, A): apply function f to each entry in A.
Wrapper: (G)
Description: 
  (closure,gen):gen    genapply(${1 cookie}, ${1 wrapper}, $2)
Doc: Apply the \typ{CLOSURE} \kbd{f} to the entries of \kbd{A}. If \kbd{A}
 is a scalar, return \kbd{f(A)}. If \kbd{A} is a polynomial or power series,
 apply \kbd{f} on all coefficients. If \kbd{A} is a vector or list, return
 the elements $f(x)$ where $x$ runs through \kbd{A}. If \kbd{A} is a matrix,
 return the matrix whose entries are the $f(\kbd{A[i,j]})$.
 \bprog
 ? apply(x->x^2, [1,2,3,4])
 %1 = [1, 4, 9, 16]
 ? apply(x->x^2, [1,2;3,4])
 %2 =
 [1 4]
 
 [9 16]
 ? apply(x->x^2, 4*x^2 + 3*x+ 2)
 %3 = 16*x^2 + 9*x + 4
 @eprog\noindent Note that many functions already act componentwise on
 vectors or matrices, but they almost never act on lists; in this
 case, \kbd{apply} is a good solution:
 \bprog
 ? L = List([Mod(1,3), Mod(2,4)]);
 ? lift(L)
   ***   at top-level: lift(L)
   ***                 ^-------
   *** lift: incorrect type in lift.
 ? apply(lift, L);
 %2 = List([1, 2])
 @eprog
 
 \synt{genapply}{void *E, GEN (*fun)(void*,GEN), GEN a}.

Function: arg
Class: basic
Section: transcendental
C-Name: garg
Prototype: Gp
Help: arg(x): argument of x,such that -pi<arg(x)<=pi.
Doc: argument of the complex number $x$, such that $-\pi<\text{arg}(x)\le\pi$.

Function: asin
Class: basic
Section: transcendental
C-Name: gasin
Prototype: Gp
Help: asin(x): arc sine of x.
Doc: principal branch of $\text{sin}^{-1}(x) = -i \log(ix + \sqrt{1 - x^2})$.
 In particular, $\text{Re(asin}(x))\in [-\pi/2,\pi/2]$ and if $x\in \R$ and
 $|x|>1$ then $\text{asin}(x)$ is complex. The branch cut is in two pieces:
 $]-\infty,-1]$, continuous with quadrant II, and $[1,+\infty[$ continuous
 with quadrant IV. The function satisfies $i \text{asin}(x) =
 \text{asinh}(ix)$.

Function: asinh
Class: basic
Section: transcendental
C-Name: gash
Prototype: Gp
Help: asinh(x): inverse hyperbolic sine of x.
Doc: principal branch of $\text{sinh}^{-1}(x) = \log(x + \sqrt{1+x^2})$. In
 particular $\text{Im(asinh}(x))\in [-\pi/2,\pi/2]$.
 The branch cut is in two pieces: [-i oo ,-i],  continuous with quadrant III
 and [i,+i oo [ continuous with quadrant I.

Function: atan
Class: basic
Section: transcendental
C-Name: gatan
Prototype: Gp
Help: atan(x): arc tangent of x.
Doc: principal branch of $\text{tan}^{-1}(x) = \log ((1+ix)/(1-ix)) /
 2i$. In particular the real part of $\text{atan}(x))$ belongs to
 $]-\pi/2,\pi/2[$.
 The branch cut is in two pieces:
 $]-i\infty,-i[$, continuous with quadrant IV, and $]i,+i \infty[$ continuous
 with quadrant II. The function satisfies $i \text{atan}(x) =
 -i\text{atanh}(ix)$ for all $x\neq \pm i$.

Function: atanh
Class: basic
Section: transcendental
C-Name: gath
Prototype: Gp
Help: atanh(x): inverse hyperbolic tangent of x.
Doc: principal branch of $\text{tanh}^{-1}(x) = log ((1+x)/(1-x)) / 2$. In
 particular the imaginary part of $\text{atanh}(x)$ belongs to
 $[-\pi/2,\pi/2]$; if $x\in \R$ and $|x|>1$ then $\text{atanh}(x)$ is complex.

Function: bernfrac
Class: basic
Section: transcendental
C-Name: bernfrac
Prototype: L
Help: bernfrac(x): Bernoulli number B_x, as a rational number.
Doc: Bernoulli number\sidx{Bernoulli numbers} $B_x$,
 where $B_0=1$, $B_1=-1/2$, $B_2=1/6$,\dots, expressed as a rational number.
 The argument $x$ should be of type integer.

Function: bernreal
Class: basic
Section: transcendental
C-Name: bernreal
Prototype: Lp
Help: bernreal(x): Bernoulli number B_x, as a real number with the current
 precision.
Doc: Bernoulli number\sidx{Bernoulli numbers}
 $B_x$, as \kbd{bernfrac}, but $B_x$ is returned as a real number
 (with the current precision).

Function: bernvec
Class: basic
Section: transcendental
C-Name: bernvec
Prototype: L
Help: bernvec(x): Vector of rational Bernoulli numbers B_0, B_2,...up to
 B_(2x).
Doc: creates a vector containing, as rational numbers,
 the \idx{Bernoulli numbers} $B_0$, $B_2$,\dots, $B_{2x}$.
 This routine is obsolete. Use \kbd{bernfrac} instead each time you need a
 Bernoulli number in exact form.
 
 \misctitle{Note} This routine is implemented using repeated independent
 calls to \kbd{bernfrac}, which is faster than the standard recursion in exact
 arithmetic. It is only kept for backward compatibility: it is not faster than
 individual calls to \kbd{bernfrac}, its output uses a lot of memory space,
 and coping with the index shift is awkward.

Function: besselh1
Class: basic
Section: transcendental
C-Name: hbessel1
Prototype: GGp
Help: besselh1(nu,x): H^1-bessel function of index nu and argument x.
Doc: $H^1$-Bessel function of index \var{nu} and argument $x$.

Function: besselh2
Class: basic
Section: transcendental
C-Name: hbessel2
Prototype: GGp
Help: besselh2(nu,x): H^2-bessel function of index nu and argument x.
Doc: $H^2$-Bessel function of index \var{nu} and argument $x$.

Function: besseli
Class: basic
Section: transcendental
C-Name: ibessel
Prototype: GGp
Help: besseli(nu,x): I-bessel function of index nu and argument x.
Doc: $I$-Bessel function of index \var{nu} and
 argument $x$. If $x$ converts to a power series, the initial factor
 $(x/2)^\nu/\Gamma(\nu+1)$ is omitted (since it cannot be represented in PARI
 when $\nu$ is not integral).

Function: besselj
Class: basic
Section: transcendental
C-Name: jbessel
Prototype: GGp
Help: besselj(nu,x): J-bessel function of index nu and argument x.
Doc: $J$-Bessel function of index \var{nu} and
 argument $x$. If $x$ converts to a power series, the initial factor
 $(x/2)^\nu/\Gamma(\nu+1)$ is omitted (since it cannot be represented in PARI
 when $\nu$ is not integral).

Function: besseljh
Class: basic
Section: transcendental
C-Name: jbesselh
Prototype: GGp
Help: besseljh(n,x): J-bessel function of index n+1/2 and argument x, where
 n is a non-negative integer.
Doc: $J$-Bessel function of half integral index.
 More precisely, $\kbd{besseljh}(n,x)$ computes $J_{n+1/2}(x)$ where $n$
 must be of type integer, and $x$ is any element of $\C$. In the
 present version \vers, this function is not very accurate when $x$ is small.

Function: besselk
Class: basic
Section: transcendental
C-Name: kbessel
Prototype: GGp
Help: besselk(nu,x): K-bessel function of index nu and argument x.
Doc: $K$-Bessel function of index \var{nu} and argument $x$.

Function: besseln
Class: basic
Section: transcendental
C-Name: nbessel
Prototype: GGp
Help: besseln(nu,x): N-bessel function of index nu and argument x.
Doc: $N$-Bessel function of index \var{nu} and argument $x$.

Function: bestappr
Class: basic
Section: number_theoretical
C-Name: bestappr0
Prototype: GDGDG
Help: bestappr(x, {A},{B}): if x is real, gives the best approximation to x with
 denominator less or equal to A. If x is an intmod, returns a rational number
 congruent to x with numerator less than A and denominator less than B, which
 must be given. If x is a polmod, returns a rational functions congruent to x
 with numerator degree less than A and denominator degree less than B, which
 must be given.  Otherwise applies recursively to all components.
Doc: if $B$ is omitted, finds the best rational approximation to $x\in\R$
 using continued fractions. If $A$ is omitted, return the best approximation
 affordable given the input accuracy; otherwise make sure that denominator is
 at most equal to $A$.
 
 If $B$ is
 present perform rational modular reconstruction (see below). In both cases,
 the function applies recursively to components of complex objects
 (polynomials, vectors, \dots).
 \bprog
 ? bestappr(Pi, 100)
 %1 = 22/7
 ? bestappr(0.1428571428571428571428571429)
 %2 = 1/7
 ? bestappr([Pi, sqrt(2) + 'x], 10^3)
 %3 = [355/113, x + 1393/985]
 @eprog
 By definition, $n/d$ is the best rational approximation to $x$ if
 $|d x - n| < |v x - u|$ for all integers $(u,v)$ with $v \leq A$. (Which
 implies that $n/d$ is a convergent of the continued fraction of $x$.)
 
 If $x$ is an \typ{INTMOD},  (or a recursive combination of
 those), modulo $N$ say, $B$ must be present. The routine then returns the
 unique rational number $a/b$ in coprime integers $a\leq A$ and $b\leq B$ which
 is congruent to $x$ modulo $N$. If $N \leq 2AB$, uniqueness is not guaranteed
 and the function fails with an error message. If rational reconstruction is not
 possible (no such $a/b$ exists for at least one component of $x$), returns
 $-1$.
 
 \bprog
 ? bestappr(Mod(18526731858, 11^10), 10^10, 10^10)
  ***   at top-level: bestappr(Mod(1852673
  ***                 ^--------------------
  *** bestappr: ratlift: must have 2*amax*bmax < m, found
        amax=10000000000
        bmax=10000000000
        m=25937424601
 ? bestappr(Mod(18526731858, 11^10), 10^5, 10^5)
 %1 = 1/7
 ? bestappr(Mod(18526731858, 11^20), 10^10, 10^10)
 %2 = -1
 @eprog\noindent In most concrete uses, $B$ is a prime power and we performed
 Hensel lifting to obtain $x$.
 
 If $x$ is a \typ{POLMOD}, modulo $T$ say, $B$ must be present. The routine
 then returns the unique rational function $P/Q$ with  $\deg P\leq A$ and $\deg
 Q\leq B$ which is congruent to $x$ modulo $T$. If $\deg T \leq A+B$, uniqueness
 is not guaranteed and the function fails with an error message. If rational
 reconstruction is not possible, returns $-1$.
Variant: Also available is \fun{GEN}{bestappr}{GEN x, GEN A}.

Function: bezout
Class: basic
Section: number_theoretical
C-Name: vecbezout
Prototype: GG
Help: bezout(x,y): returns [u,v,d] such that d=gcd(x,y) and u*x+v*y=d.
Doc: Returns $[u,v,d]$ such that $d$ is the gcd of $x,y$,
 $x*u+y*v=\gcd(x,y)$, and $u$ and $v$ minimal in a natural sense.
 The arguments must be integers or polynomials. \sidx{extended gcd}
 
 If $x,y$ are polynomials in the same variable and \emph{inexact}
 coefficients, then compute $u,v,d$ such that $x*u+y*v = d$, where $d$
 approximately divides both and $x$ and $y$; in particular, we do not obtain
 \kbd{gcd(x,y)} which is \emph{defined} to be a scalar in this case:
 \bprog
 ? a = x + 0.0; gcd(a,a)
 %1 = 1
 
 ? bezout(a,a)
 %2 = [0, 1, x + 0.E-28]
 
 ? bezout(x-Pi,6*x^2-zeta(2))
 %3 = [-6*x - 18.8495559, 1, 57.5726923]
 @eprog\noindent For inexact inputs, the output is thus not well defined
 mathematically, but you obtain explicit polynomials to check whether the
 approximation is close enough for your needs.

Function: bezoutres
Class: basic
Section: number_theoretical
C-Name: vecbezoutres
Prototype: GG
Help: bezoutres(x,y): gives a 3-dimensional row vector [u,v,d] such that
 d=resultant(x,y) and u*x+v*y=d, where x and y are polynomials.
Doc: finds $u$ and $v$ such that $x*u + y*v = d$, where $d$ is the resultant
 of $x$ and $y$. The result is the row vector $[u,v,d]$. \sidx{extended gcd}
 The algorithm used (subresultant) assumes that the base ring is a domain.

Function: bigomega
Class: basic
Section: number_theoretical
C-Name: gbigomega
Prototype: G
Help: bigomega(x): number of prime divisors of x, counted with multiplicity.
Description: 
 (int):small      bigomega($1)
 (gen):gen        gbigomega($1)
Doc: number of prime divisors of the integer $|x|$ counted with
 multiplicity:
 \bprog
 ? factor(392)
 %1 =
 [2 3]
 
 [7 2]
 
 ? bigomega(392)
 %2 = 5;  \\ = 3+2
 ? omega(392)
 %3 = 2;  \\ without multiplicity
 @eprog
 The function accepts vector/matrices arguments, and is then applied
 componentwise.
Variant: For a \typ{INT} $x$, the variant
 \fun{long}{bigomega}{GEN n} is generally easier to use.

Function: binary
Class: basic
Section: conversions
C-Name: binaire
Prototype: G
Help: binary(x): gives the vector formed by the binary digits of x (x
 integer).
Doc: 
 outputs the vector of the binary digits of $|x|$.
 Here $x$ can be an integer, a real number (in which case the result has two
 components, one for the integer part, one for the fractional part) or a
 vector/matrix.

Function: binomial
Class: basic
Section: number_theoretical
C-Name: binomial
Prototype: GL
Help: binomial(x,y): binomial coefficient x*(x-1)...*(x-y+1)/y! defined for
 y in Z and any x.
Doc: \idx{binomial coefficient} $\binom{x}{y}$.
 Here $y$ must be an integer, but $x$ can be any PARI object.
Variant: The function
 \fun{GEN}{binomialuu}{ulong n, ulong k} is also available, and so is
 \fun{GEN}{vecbinome}{long n}, which returns a vector $v$
 with $n+1$ components such that $v[k+1] = \kbd{binomial}(n,k)$ for $k$ from
 $0$ up to $n$.

Function: bitand
Class: basic
Section: conversions
C-Name: gbitand
Prototype: GG
Help: bitand(x,y): bitwise "and" of two integers x and y. Negative numbers
 behave as if modulo big power of 2.
Description: 
 (small, small):small:parens        $(1)&$(2)
 (gen, gen):int        gbitand($1, $2)
Doc: 
 bitwise \tet{and}
 \sidx{bitwise and}of two integers $x$ and $y$, that is the integer
 $$\sum_i (x_i~\kbd{and}~y_i) 2^i$$
 
 Negative numbers behave $2$-adically, i.e.~the result is the $2$-adic limit
 of \kbd{bitand}$(x_n,y_n)$, where $x_n$ and $y_n$ are non-negative integers
 tending to $x$ and $y$ respectively. (The result is an ordinary integer,
 possibly negative.)
 
 \bprog
 ? bitand(5, 3)
 %1 = 1
 ? bitand(-5, 3)
 %2 = 3
 ? bitand(-5, -3)
 %3 = -7
 @eprog
Variant: Also available is
 \fun{GEN}{ibitand}{GEN x, GEN y}, which returns the bitwise \emph{and}
 of $|x|$ and $|y|$, two integers.

Function: bitneg
Class: basic
Section: conversions
C-Name: gbitneg
Prototype: GD-1,L,
Help: bitneg(x,{n=-1}): bitwise negation of an integers x truncated to n
 bits. n=-1 means represent infinite sequences of bit 1 as negative numbers.
 Negative numbers behave as if modulo big power of 2.
Doc: 
 \idx{bitwise negation} of an integer $x$,
 truncated to $n$ bits, that is the integer $$\sum_{i=0}^{n-1} \kbd{not}(x_i)
 2^i$$ The special case $n=-1$ means no truncation: an infinite sequence of
 leading $1$ is then represented as a negative number.
 
 See \secref{se:bitand} for the behavior for negative arguments.

Function: bitnegimply
Class: basic
Section: conversions
C-Name: gbitnegimply
Prototype: GG
Help: bitnegimply(x,y): bitwise "negated imply" of two integers x and y,
 in other words, x BITAND BITNEG(y). Negative numbers behave as if modulo big
 power of 2.
Description: 
 (small, small):small:parens        $(1)&~$(2)
 (gen, gen):int        gbitnegimply($1, $2)
Doc: 
 bitwise negated imply of two integers $x$ and
 $y$ (or \kbd{not} $(x \Rightarrow y)$), that is the integer $$\sum
 (x_i~\kbd{and not}(y_i)) 2^i$$
 
 See \secref{se:bitand} for the behavior for negative arguments.
Variant: Also available is
 \fun{GEN}{ibitnegimply}{GEN x, GEN y}, which returns the bitwise negated
 imply of $|x|$ and $|y|$, two integers.

Function: bitor
Class: basic
Section: conversions
C-Name: gbitor
Prototype: GG
Help: bitor(x,y): bitwise "or" of two integers x and y. Negative numbers
 behave as if modulo big power of 2.
Description: 
 (small, small):small:parens        $(1)|$(2)
 (gen, gen):int        gbitor($1, $2)
Doc: 
 \sidx{bitwise inclusive or}bitwise (inclusive)
 \tet{or} of two integers $x$ and $y$, that is the integer $$\sum
 (x_i~\kbd{or}~y_i) 2^i$$
 
 See \secref{se:bitand} for the behavior for negative arguments.
Variant: Also available is
 \fun{GEN}{ibitor}{GEN x, GEN y}, which returns the bitwise \emph{ir}
 of $|x|$ and $|y|$, two integers.

Function: bittest
Class: basic
Section: conversions
C-Name: gbittest
Prototype: GL
Help: bittest(x,n): gives bit number n (coefficient of 2^n) of the integer x.
 Negative numbers behave as if modulo big power of 2.
Description: 
 (small, small):bool:parens     ($(1)>>$(2))&1
 (int, small):bool              bittest($1, $2)
 (gen, small):gen               gbittest($1, $2)
Doc: 
 outputs the $n^{\text{th}}$ bit of $x$ starting
 from the right (i.e.~the coefficient of $2^n$ in the binary expansion of $x$).
 The result is 0 or 1.
 \bprog
 ? bittest(7, 3)
 %1 = 1 \\ the 3rd bit is 1
 ? bittest(7, 4)
 %2 = 0 \\ the 4th bit is 0
 @eprog\noindent
 See \secref{se:bitand} for the behavior at negative arguments.
Variant: For a \typ{INT} $x$, the variant \fun{long}{bittest}{GEN x, long n} is
 generally easier to use.

Function: bitxor
Class: basic
Section: conversions
C-Name: gbitxor
Prototype: GG
Help: bitxor(x,y): bitwise "exclusive or" of two integers x and y.
 Negative numbers behave as if modulo big power of 2.
Description: 
 (small, small):small:parens        $(1)^$(2)
 (gen, gen):int        gbitxor($1, $2)
Doc: 
 bitwise (exclusive) \tet{or}
 \sidx{bitwise exclusive or}of two integers $x$ and $y$, that is the integer
 $$\sum (x_i~\kbd{xor}~y_i) 2^i$$
 
 See \secref{se:bitand} for the behavior for negative arguments.
Variant: Also available is
 \fun{GEN}{ibitxor}{GEN x, GEN y}, which returns the bitwise \emph{xor}
 of $|x|$ and $|y|$, two integers.

Function: bnfcertify
Class: basic
Section: number_fields
C-Name: bnfcertify0
Prototype: lGD0,L,
Help: bnfcertify(bnf,{flag = 0}): certify the correctness (i.e. remove the GRH) of the bnf data output by bnfinit. If flag is present, only certify that the class group is a quotient of the one computed in bnf (much simpler in general).
Doc: $\var{bnf}$ being as output by
 \kbd{bnfinit}, checks whether the result is correct, i.e.~whether it is
 possible to remove the assumption of the Generalized Riemann
 Hypothesis\sidx{GRH}. It is correct if and only if the answer is 1. If it is
 incorrect, the program may output some error message, or loop indefinitely.
 You can check its progress by increasing the debug level.
 
 If flag is present, only certify that the class group is a quotient of the
 one computed in bnf (much simpler in general).
Variant: Also available is  \fun{GEN}{bnfcertify}{GEN bnf} ($\fl=0$).

Function: bnfcompress
Class: basic
Section: number_fields
C-Name: bnfcompress
Prototype: G
Help: bnfcompress(bnf): converts bnf to a much smaller sbnf, containing the
 same information. Use bnfinit(sbnf) to recover a true bnf.
Doc: computes a compressed version of \var{bnf} (from \tet{bnfinit}), a
 ``small Buchmann's number field'' (or \var{sbnf} for short) which contains
 enough information to recover a full $\var{bnf}$ vector very rapidly, but
 which is much smaller and hence easy to store and print. Calling
 \kbd{bnfinit} on the result recovers a true \kbd{bnf}, in general different
 from the original. Note that an \tev{snbf} is useless for almost all
 purposes besides storage, and must be converted back to \tev{bnf} form
 before use; for instance, no \kbd{nf*}, \kbd{bnf*} or member function
 accepts them.
 
 An \var{sbnf} is a 12 component vector $v$, as follows. Let \kbd{bnf} be
 the result of a full \kbd{bnfinit}, complete with units. Then $v[1]$ is
 \kbd{bnf.pol}, $v[2]$ is the number of real embeddings \kbd{bnf.sign[1]},
 $v[3]$ is \kbd{bnf.disc}, $v[4]$ is \kbd{bnf.zk}, $v[5]$ is the list of roots
 \kbd{bnf.roots}, $v[7]$ is the matrix $\kbd{W} = \kbd{bnf[1]}$,
 $v[8]$ is the matrix $\kbd{matalpha}=\kbd{bnf[2]}$,
 $v[9]$ is the prime ideal factor base \kbd{bnf[5]} coded in a compact way,
 and ordered according to the permutation \kbd{bnf[6]}, $v[10]$ is the
 2-component vector giving the number of roots of unity and a generator,
 expressed on the integral basis, $v[11]$ is the list of fundamental units,
 expressed on the integral basis, $v[12]$ is a vector containing the algebraic
 numbers alpha corresponding to the columns of the matrix \kbd{matalpha},
 expressed on the integral basis.
 
 All the components are exact (integral or rational), except for the roots in
 $v[5]$.

Function: bnfdecodemodule
Class: basic
Section: number_fields
C-Name: decodemodule
Prototype: GG
Help: bnfdecodemodule(nf,m): given a coded module m as in bnrdisclist,
 gives the true module.
Doc: if $m$ is a module as output in the
 first component of an extension given by \kbd{bnrdisclist}, outputs the
 true module.

Function: bnfinit
Class: basic
Section: number_fields
C-Name: bnfinit0
Prototype: GD0,L,DGp
Help: bnfinit(P,{flag=0},{tech=[]}): compute the necessary data for future
 use in ideal and unit group computations, including fundamental units if
 they are not too large. flag and tech are both optional. flag can be any of
 0: default, 1: insist on having fundamental units.
 See manual for details about tech.
Description: 
 (gen):bnf:prec           Buchall($1, 0, prec)
 (gen, 0):bnf:prec        Buchall($1, 0, prec)
 (gen, 1):bnf:prec        Buchall($1, nf_FORCE, prec)
 (gen, ?small, ?gen):bnf:prec        bnfinit0($1, $2, $3, prec)
Doc: initializes a
 \var{bnf} structure. Used in programs such as \kbd{bnfisprincipal},
 \kbd{bnfisunit} or \kbd{bnfnarrow}. By default, the results are conditional
 on the GRH, see \ref{se:GRHbnf}. The result is a
 10-component vector \var{bnf}.
 
 This implements \idx{Buchmann}'s sub-exponential algorithm for computing the
 class group, the regulator and a system of \idx{fundamental units} of the
 general algebraic number field $K$ defined by the irreducible polynomial $P$
 with integer coefficients.
 
 If the precision becomes insufficient, \kbd{gp} does not strive to compute
 the units by default ($\fl=0$).
 
 When $\fl=1$, we insist on finding the fundamental units exactly. Be
 warned that this can take a very long time when the coefficients of the
 fundamental units on the integral basis are very large. If the fundamental
 units are simply too large to be represented in this form, an error message
 is issued. They could be obtained using the so-called compact representation
 of algebraic numbers as a formal product of algebraic integers. The latter is
 implemented internally but not publicly accessible yet.
 
 $\var{tech}$ is a technical vector (empty by default, see \ref{se:GRHbnf}).
 Careful use of this parameter may speed up your computations,
 but it is mostly obsolete and you should leave it alone.
 
 \smallskip
 
 The components of a \var{bnf} or \var{sbnf} are technical and never used by
 the casual user. In fact: \emph{never access a component directly, always use
 a proper member function.} However, for the sake of completeness and internal
 documentation, their description is as follows. We use the notations
 explained in the book by H. Cohen, \emph{A Course in Computational Algebraic
 Number Theory}, Graduate Texts in Maths \key{138}, Springer-Verlag, 1993,
 Section 6.5, and subsection 6.5.5 in particular.
 
 $\var{bnf}[1]$ contains the matrix $W$, i.e.~the matrix in Hermite normal
 form giving relations for the class group on prime ideal generators
 $(\goth{p}_i)_{1\le i\le r}$.
 
 $\var{bnf}[2]$ contains the matrix $B$, i.e.~the matrix containing the
 expressions of the prime ideal factorbase in terms of the $\goth{p}_i$.
 It is an $r\times c$ matrix.
 
 $\var{bnf}[3]$ contains the complex logarithmic embeddings of the system of
 fundamental units which has been found. It is an $(r_1+r_2)\times(r_1+r_2-1)$
 matrix.
 
 $\var{bnf}[4]$ contains the matrix $M''_C$ of Archimedean components of the
 relations of the matrix $(W|B)$.
 
 $\var{bnf}[5]$ contains the prime factor base, i.e.~the list of prime
 ideals used in finding the relations.
 
 $\var{bnf}[6]$ used to contain a permutation of the prime factor base, but
 has been obsoleted. It contains a dummy $0$.
 
 $\var{bnf}[7]$ or \kbd{\var{bnf}.nf} is equal to the number field data
 $\var{nf}$ as would be given by \kbd{nfinit}.
 
 $\var{bnf}[8]$ is a vector containing the classgroup \kbd{\var{bnf}.clgp}
 as a finite abelian group, the regulator \kbd{\var{bnf}.reg}, a $1$ (used to
 contain an obsolete ``check number''), the number of roots of unity and a
 generator \kbd{\var{bnf}.tu}, the fundamental units \kbd{\var{bnf}.fu}.
 
 $\var{bnf}[9]$ is a 3-element row vector used in \tet{bnfisprincipal} only
 and obtained as follows. Let $D = U W V$ obtained by applying the
 \idx{Smith normal form} algorithm to the matrix $W$ (= $\var{bnf}[1]$) and
 let $U_r$ be the reduction of $U$ modulo $D$. The first elements of the
 factorbase are given (in terms of \kbd{bnf.gen}) by the columns of $U_r$,
 with Archimedean component $g_a$; let also $GD_a$ be the Archimedean
 components of the generators of the (principal) ideals defined by the
 \kbd{bnf.gen[i]\pow bnf.cyc[i]}. Then $\var{bnf}[9]=[U_r, g_a, GD_a]$.
 
 $\var{bnf}[10]$ is by default unused and set equal to 0. This field is used
 to store further information about the field as it becomes available, which
 is rarely needed, hence would be too expensive to compute during the initial
 \kbd{bnfinit} call. For instance, the generators of the principal ideals
 \kbd{bnf.gen[i]\pow bnf.cyc[i]} (during a call to \tet{bnrisprincipal}), or
 those corresponding to the relations in $W$ and $B$ (when the \kbd{bnf}
 internal precision needs to be increased).
Variant: 
 Also available is \fun{GEN}{Buchall}{GEN P, long flag, long prec},
 corresponding to \kbd{tech = NULL}, where
 \kbd{flag} is either $0$ (default) or \tet{nf_FORCE} (insist on finding
 fundamental units). The function
 \fun{GEN}{Buchall_param}{GEN P, double c1, double c2, long nrpid, long
 flag, long prec} gives direct access to the technical parameters.

Function: bnfisintnorm
Class: basic
Section: number_fields
C-Name: bnfisintnorm
Prototype: GG
Help: bnfisintnorm(bnf,x): compute a complete system of solutions (modulo
 units of positive norm) of the absolute norm equation N(a)=x, where a
 belongs to the maximal order of big number field bnf (if bnf is not
 certified, this depends on GRH).
Doc: computes a complete system of
 solutions (modulo units of positive norm) of the absolute norm equation
 $\Norm(a)=x$,
 where $a$ is an integer in $\var{bnf}$. If $\var{bnf}$ has not been certified,
 the correctness of the result depends on the validity of \idx{GRH}.
 
 See also \tet{bnfisnorm}.

Function: bnfisnorm
Class: basic
Section: number_fields
C-Name: bnfisnorm
Prototype: GGD1,L,
Help: bnfisnorm(bnf,x,{flag=1}): Tries to tell whether x (in Q) is the norm
 of some fractional y (in bnf). Returns a vector [a,b] where x=Norm(a)*b.
 Looks for a solution which is a S-unit, with S a certain list of primes (in
 bnf) containing (among others) all primes dividing x. If bnf is known to be
 Galois, set flag=0 (in this case, x is a norm iff b=1). If flag is non zero
 the program adds to S all the primes : dividing flag if flag<0, or less than
 flag if flag>0. The answer is guaranteed (i.e x norm iff b=1) under GRH, if
 S contains all primes less than 12.log(disc(Bnf))^2, where Bnf is the Galois
 closure of bnf.
Doc: tries to tell whether the
 rational number $x$ is the norm of some element y in $\var{bnf}$. Returns a
 vector $[a,b]$ where $x=Norm(a)*b$. Looks for a solution which is an $S$-unit,
 with $S$ a certain set of prime ideals containing (among others) all primes
 dividing $x$. If $\var{bnf}$ is known to be \idx{Galois}, set $\fl=0$ (in
 this case, $x$ is a norm iff $b=1$). If $\fl$ is non zero the program adds to
 $S$ the following prime ideals, depending on the sign of $\fl$. If $\fl>0$,
 the ideals of norm less than $\fl$. And if $\fl<0$ the ideals dividing $\fl$.
 
 Assuming \idx{GRH}, the answer is guaranteed (i.e.~$x$ is a norm iff $b=1$),
 if $S$ contains all primes less than $12\log(\disc(\var{Bnf}))^2$, where
 $\var{Bnf}$ is the Galois closure of $\var{bnf}$.
 
 See also \tet{bnfisintnorm}.

Function: bnfisprincipal
Class: basic
Section: number_fields
C-Name: bnfisprincipal0
Prototype: GGD1,L,
Help: bnfisprincipal(bnf,x,{flag=1}): bnf being output by bnfinit (with
 flag<=2), gives [v,alpha], where v is the vector of exponents on
 the class group generators and alpha is the generator of the resulting
 principal ideal. In particular x is principal if and only if v is the zero
 vector. flag is optional, whose binary digits mean 1: output [v,alpha] (only v
 if unset); 2: increase precision until alpha can be computed (do not insist
 if unset).
Doc: $\var{bnf}$ being the \sidx{principal ideal}
 number field data output by \kbd{bnfinit}, and $x$ being an ideal, this
 function tests whether the ideal is principal or not. The result is more
 complete than a simple true/false answer and solves general discrete
 logarithm problem. Assume the class group is $\oplus (\Z/d_i\Z)g_i$
 (where the generators $g_i$ and their orders $d_i$ are respectively given by
 \kbd{bnf.gen} and \kbd{bnf.cyc}). The routine returns a row vector $[e,t]$,
 where $e$ is a vector of exponents $0 \leq e_i < d_i$, and $t$ is a number
 field element such that
 $$ x = (t) \prod_i  g_i^{e_i}.$$
 For \emph{given} $g_i$ (i.e. for a given \kbd{bnf}), the $e_i$ are unique,
 and $t$ is unique modulo units.
 
 In particular, $x$ is principal if and only if $e$ is the zero vector. Note
 that the empty vector, which is returned when the class number is $1$, is
 considered to be a zero vector (of dimension $0$).
 \bprog
 ? K = bnfinit(y^2+23);
 ? K.cyc
 %2 = [3]
 ? K.gen
 %3 = [[2, 0; 0, 1]]          \\ a prime ideal above 2
 ? P = idealprimedec(K,3)[1]; \\ a prime ideal above 3
 ? v = bnfisprincipal(K, P)
 %5 = [[2]~, [3/4, 1/4]~]
 ? idealmul(K, v[2], idealfactorback(K, K.gen, v[1]))
 %6 =
 [3 0]
 
 [0 1]
 ? % == idealhnf(K, P)
 %7 = 1
 @eprog
 
 \noindent The binary digits of \fl mean:
 
 \item $1$: If set, outputs $[e,t]$ as explained above, otherwise returns
 only $e$, which is much easier to compute. The following idiom only tests
 whether an ideal is principal:
 \bprog
   is_principal(bnf, x) = !bnfisprincipal(bnf,x,0);
 @eprog
 
 \item $2$: It may not be possible to recover $t$, given the initial accuracy
 to which \kbd{bnf} was computed. In that case, a warning is printed and $t$ is
 set equal to the empty vector \kbd{[]\til}. If this bit is set,
 increase the precision and recompute needed quantities until $t$ can be
 computed. Warning: setting this may induce \emph{very} lengthy computations.
Variant: Instead of the above hardcoded numerical flags, one should
 rather use an or-ed combination of the symbolic flags \tet{nf_GEN} (include
 generators, possibly a place holder if too difficult) and \tet{nf_FORCE}
 (insist on finding the generators).

Function: bnfissunit
Class: basic
Section: number_fields
C-Name: bnfissunit
Prototype: GGG
Help: bnfissunit(bnf,sfu,x): bnf being output by bnfinit (with flag<=2), sfu
 by bnfsunit, gives the column vector of exponents of x on the fundamental
 S-units and the roots of unity if x is a unit, the empty vector otherwise.
Doc: $\var{bnf}$ being output by
 \kbd{bnfinit}, \var{sfu} by \kbd{bnfsunit}, gives the column vector of
 exponents of $x$ on the fundamental $S$-units and the roots of unity.
 If $x$ is not a unit, outputs an empty vector.

Function: bnfisunit
Class: basic
Section: number_fields
C-Name: bnfisunit
Prototype: GG
Help: bnfisunit(bnf,x): bnf being output by bnfinit, gives
 the column vector of exponents of x on the fundamental units and the roots
 of unity if x is a unit, the empty vector otherwise.
Doc: \var{bnf} being the number field data
 output by \kbd{bnfinit} and $x$ being an algebraic number (type integer,
 rational or polmod), this outputs the decomposition of $x$ on the fundamental
 units and the roots of unity if $x$ is a unit, the empty vector otherwise.
 More precisely, if $u_1$,\dots,$u_r$ are the fundamental units, and $\zeta$
 is the generator of the group of roots of unity (\kbd{bnf.tu}), the output is
 a vector $[x_1,\dots,x_r,x_{r+1}]$ such that $x=u_1^{x_1}\cdots
 u_r^{x_r}\cdot\zeta^{x_{r+1}}$. The $x_i$ are integers for $i\le r$ and is an
 integer modulo the order of $\zeta$ for $i=r+1$.
 
 Note that \var{bnf} need not contain the fundamental unit explicitly:
 \bprog
 ? setrand(1); bnf = bnfinit(x^2-x-100000);
 ? bnf.fu
   ***   at top-level: bnf.fu
   ***                     ^--
   *** _.fu: missing units in .fu.
 ? u = [119836165644250789990462835950022871665178127611316131167, \
        379554884019013781006303254896369154068336082609238336]~;
 ? bnfisunit(bnf, u)
 %3 = [-1, Mod(0, 2)]~
 @eprog\noindent The given $u$ is the inverse of the fundamental unit
 implicitly stored in \var{bnf}. In this case, the fundamental unit was not
 computed and stored in algebraic form since the default accuracy was too
 low. (Re-run the command at \bs g1 or higher to see such diagnostics.)

Function: bnfnarrow
Class: basic
Section: number_fields
C-Name: buchnarrow
Prototype: G
Help: bnfnarrow(bnf): given a big number field as output by bnfinit, gives
 as a 3-component vector the structure of the narrow class group.
Doc: $\var{bnf}$ being as output by
 \kbd{bnfinit}, computes the narrow class group of $\var{bnf}$. The output is
 a 3-component row vector $v$ analogous to the corresponding class group
 component \kbd{\var{bnf}.clgp} (\kbd{\var{bnf}[8][1]}): the first component
 is the narrow class number \kbd{$v$.no}, the second component is a vector
 containing the SNF\sidx{Smith normal form} cyclic components \kbd{$v$.cyc} of
 the narrow class group, and the third is a vector giving the generators of
 the corresponding \kbd{$v$.gen} cyclic groups. Note that this function is a
 special case of \kbd{bnrinit}.

Function: bnfsignunit
Class: basic
Section: number_fields
C-Name: signunits
Prototype: G
Help: bnfsignunit(bnf): matrix of signs of the real embeddings of the system
 of fundamental units found by bnfinit.
Doc: $\var{bnf}$ being as output by
 \kbd{bnfinit}, this computes an $r_1\times(r_1+r_2-1)$ matrix having $\pm1$
 components, giving the signs of the real embeddings of the fundamental units.
 The following functions compute generators for the totally positive units:
 
 \bprog
 /* exponents of totally positive units generators on bnf.tufu */
 tpuexpo(bnf)=
 { my(S,d,K);
 
   S = bnfsignunit(bnf); d = matsize(S);
   S = matrix(d[1],d[2], i,j, if (S[i,j] < 0, 1,0));
   S = concat(vectorv(d[1],i,1), S);   \\ add sign(-1)
   K = lift(matker(S * Mod(1,2)));
   if (K, mathnfmodid(K, 2), 2*matid(d[1]))
 }
 
 /* totally positive units */
 tpu(bnf)=
 { my(vu = bnf.tufu, ex = tpuexpo(bnf));
 
   vector(#ex-1, i, factorback(vu, ex[,i+1]))  \\ ex[,1] is 1
 }
 @eprog

Function: bnfsunit
Class: basic
Section: number_fields
C-Name: bnfsunit
Prototype: GGp
Help: bnfsunit(bnf,S): compute the fundamental S-units of the number field
 bnf output by bnfinit, S being a list of prime ideals. res[1] contains the
 S-units, res[5] the S-classgroup. See manual for details.
Doc: computes the fundamental $S$-units of the
 number field $\var{bnf}$ (output by \kbd{bnfinit}), where $S$ is a list of
 prime ideals (output by \kbd{idealprimedec}). The output is a vector $v$ with
 6 components.
 
 $v[1]$ gives a minimal system of (integral) generators of the $S$-unit group
 modulo the unit group.
 
 $v[2]$ contains technical data needed by \kbd{bnfissunit}.
 
 $v[3]$ is an empty vector (used to give the logarithmic embeddings of the
 generators in $v[1]$ in version 2.0.16).
 
 $v[4]$ is the $S$-regulator (this is the product of the regulator, the
 determinant of $v[2]$ and the natural logarithms of the norms of the ideals
 in $S$).
 
 $v[5]$ gives the $S$-class group structure, in the usual format
 (a row vector whose three components give in order the $S$-class number,
 the cyclic components and the generators).
 
 $v[6]$ is a copy of $S$.

Function: bnrL1
Class: basic
Section: number_fields
C-Name: bnrL1
Prototype: GDGD0,L,p
Help: bnrL1(bnr, {subgrp}, {flag=0}): bnr being output by bnrinit(,,1) and
 subgrp being a square matrix defining a congruence subgroup of bnr (the
 trivial subgroup if omitted), for each character of bnr trivial on this
 subgroup, compute L(1, chi) (or equivalently the first non-zero term c(chi)
 of the expansion at s = 0). The binary digits of flag mean 1: if 0 then
 compute the term c(chi) and return [r(chi), c(chi)] where r(chi) is the
 order of L(s, chi) at s = 0, or if 1 then compute the value at s = 1 (and in
 this case, only for non-trivial characters), 2: if 0 then compute the value
 of the primitive L-function associated to chi, if 1 then compute the value
 of the L-function L_S(s, chi) where S is the set of places dividing the
 modulus of bnr (and the infinite places), 3: return also the characters.
Doc: \var{bnr} being
 the number field data which is output by \kbd{bnrinit(,,1)} and
 \var{subgrp} being a square matrix defining a congruence subgroup of the
 ray class group corresponding to \var{bnr} (the trivial congruence subgroup
 if omitted), returns for each \idx{character} $\chi$ of the ray class group
 which is trivial on this subgroup, the value at $s = 1$ (or $s = 0$) of the
 abelian $L$-function associated to $\chi$. For the value at $s = 0$, the
 function returns in fact for each character $\chi$ a vector $[r_\chi ,
 c_\chi]$ where $r_\chi$ is the order of $L(s, \chi)$ at $s = 0$ and $c_\chi$
 the first non-zero term in the expansion of $L(s, \chi)$ at $s = 0$; in other
 words
 %
 $$L(s, \chi) = c_\chi \cdot s^{r_\chi} + O(s^{r_\chi + 1})$$
 %
 \noindent near $0$. \fl\ is optional, default value is 0; its binary digits
 mean 1: compute at $s = 1$ if set to 1 or $s = 0$ if set to 0, 2: compute the
 primitive $L$-functions associated to $\chi$ if set to 0 or the $L$-function
 with Euler factors at prime ideals dividing the modulus of \var{bnr} removed
 if set to 1 (this is the so-called $L_S(s, \chi)$ function where $S$ is the
 set of infinite places of the number field together with the finite prime
 ideals dividing the modulus of \var{bnr}, see the example below), 3: returns
 also the character. Example:
 \bprog
 bnf = bnfinit(x^2 - 229);
 bnr = bnrinit(bnf,1,1);
 bnrL1(bnr)
 @eprog\noindent
 returns the order and the first non-zero term of the abelian
 $L$-functions $L(s, \chi)$ at $s = 0$ where $\chi$ runs through the
 characters of the class group of $\Q(\sqrt{229})$. Then
 \bprog
 bnr2 = bnrinit(bnf,2,1);
 bnrL1(bnr2,,2)
 @eprog\noindent
 returns the order and the first non-zero terms of the abelian
 $L$-functions $L_S(s, \chi)$ at $s = 0$ where $\chi$ runs through the
 characters of the class group of $\Q(\sqrt{229})$ and $S$ is the set
 of infinite places of $\Q(\sqrt{229})$ together with the finite prime
 $2$. Note that the ray class group modulo $2$ is in fact the class
 group, so \kbd{bnrL1(bnr2,0)} returns exactly the same answer as
 \kbd{bnrL1(bnr,0)}.

Function: bnrclassno
Class: basic
Section: number_fields
C-Name: bnrclassno
Prototype: GG
Help: bnrclassno(bnf,I): ray class number of the module I for the big number
 field bnf. Faster than bnrinit if only the ray class number is wanted.
Doc: $\var{bnf}$ being as output by
 \kbd{bnfinit} (units are mandatory unless the ideal is trivial), and $I$
 being a modulus, computes the ray class number of the number field for the
 modulus $I$. One can input the associated \var{bid} for $I$ instead of the
 module itself, saving some time.
 
 This function is faster than \kbd{bnrinit} and should be used if only the
 ray class number is desired. See \tet{bnrclassnolist} if you need ray class
 numbers for all moduli less than some bound.

Function: bnrclassnolist
Class: basic
Section: number_fields
C-Name: bnrclassnolist
Prototype: GG
Help: bnrclassnolist(bnf,list): if list is as output by ideallist or
 similar, gives list of corresponding ray class numbers.
Doc: $\var{bnf}$ being as
 output by \kbd{bnfinit}, and \var{list} being a list of moduli (with units) as
 output by \kbd{ideallist} or \kbd{ideallistarch}, outputs the list of the
 class numbers of the corresponding ray class groups. To compute a single
 class number, \tet{bnrclassno} is more efficient.
 
 \bprog
 ? bnf = bnfinit(x^2 - 2);
 ? L = ideallist(bnf, 100, 2);
 ? H = bnrclassnolist(bnf, L);
 ? H[98]
 %4 = [1, 3, 1]
 ? l = L[1][98]; ids = vector(#l, i, l[i].mod[1])
 %5 = [[98, 88; 0, 1], [14, 0; 0, 7], [98, 10; 0, 1]]
 @eprog
 The weird \kbd{l[i].mod[1]}, is the first component of \kbd{l[i].mod}, i.e.
 the finite part of the conductor. (This is cosmetic: since by construction
 the Archimedean part is trivial, I do not want to see it). This tells us that
 the ray class groups modulo the ideals of norm 98 (printed as \kbd{\%5}) have
 respectively order $1$, $3$ and $1$. Indeed, we may check directly :
 \bprog
 ? bnrclassno(bnf, ids[2])
 %6 = 3
 @eprog

Function: bnrconductor
Class: basic
Section: number_fields
C-Name: bnrconductor0
Prototype: GDGDGD0,L,
Help: bnrconductor(A,{B},{C},{flag=0}): conductor f of the subfield of
 the ray class field given by A,B,C. flag is optional and
 can be 0: default, 1: returns [f, Cl_f, H], H subgroup of the ray class
 group modulo f defining the extension, 2: returns [f, bnr(f), H].
Doc: conductor $f$ of the subfield of a ray class field as defined by $[A,B,C]$
 (of type \kbd{[\var{bnr}]},
 \kbd{[\var{bnr}, \var{subgroup}]},
 \kbd{[\var{bnf}, \var{modulus}]} or
 \kbd{[\var{bnf}, \var{modulus}, \var{subgroup}]},
 \secref{se:CFT})
 
 If $\fl = 0$, returns $f$.
 
 If $\fl = 1$, returns $[f, Cl_f, H]$, where $Cl_f$ is the ray class group
 modulo $f$, as a finite abelian group; finally $H$ is the subgroup of $Cl_f$
 defining the extension.
 
 If $\fl = 2$, returns $[f, \var{bnr}(f), H]$, as above except $Cl_f$ is
 replaced by a \kbd{bnr} structure, as output by $\tet{bnrinit}(,f,1)$.
Variant: 
 Also available is \fun{GEN}{bnrconductor}{GEN bnr, GEN H, long flag}

Function: bnrconductorofchar
Class: basic
Section: number_fields
C-Name: bnrconductorofchar
Prototype: GG
Help: bnrconductorofchar(bnr,chi): conductor of the character chi on the ray
 class group bnr.
Doc: \var{bnr} being a big
 ray number field as output by \kbd{bnrinit}, and \var{chi} being a row vector
 representing a \idx{character} as expressed on the generators of the ray
 class group, gives the conductor of this character as a modulus.

Function: bnrdisc
Class: basic
Section: number_fields
C-Name: bnrdisc0
Prototype: GDGDGD0,L,
Help: bnrdisc(A,{B},{C},{flag=0}): absolute or relative [N,R1,discf] of
 the field defined by A,B,C. [A,{B},{C}] is of type [bnr],
 [bnr,subgroup], [bnf, modulus] or [bnf,modulus,subgroup], where bnf is as
 output by bnfinit, bnr by bnrinit, and
 subgroup is the HNF matrix of a subgroup of the corresponding ray class
 group (if omitted, the trivial subgroup). flag is optional whose binary
 digits mean 1: give relative data; 2: return 0 if modulus is not the
 conductor.
Doc: $A$, $B$, $C$ defining a class field $L$ over a ground field $K$
 (of type \kbd{[\var{bnr}]},
 \kbd{[\var{bnr}, \var{subgroup}]},
 \kbd{[\var{bnf}, \var{modulus}]} or
 \kbd{[\var{bnf}, \var{modulus}, \var{subgroup}]},
 \secref{se:CFT}), outputs data $[N,r_1,D]$ giving the discriminant and
 signature of $L$, depending on the binary digits of \fl:
 
 \item 1: if this bit is unset, output absolute data related to $L/\Q$:
 $N$ is the absolute degree $[L:\Q]$, $r_1$ the number of real places of $L$,
 and $D$ the discriminant of $L/\Q$. Otherwise, output relative data for $L/K$:
 $N$ is the relative degree $[L:K]$, $r_1$ is the number of real places of $K$
 unramified in $L$ (so that the number of real places of $L$ is equal to $r_1$
 times $N$), and $D$ is the relative discriminant ideal of $L/K$.
 
 \item 2: if this bit is set and if the modulus is not the conductor of $L$,
 only return 0.

Function: bnrdisclist
Class: basic
Section: number_fields
C-Name: bnrdisclist0
Prototype: GGDG
Help: bnrdisclist(bnf,bound,{arch}): gives list of discriminants of
 ray class fields of all conductors up to norm bound, in a long vector
 The ramified Archimedean places are given by arch; all possible values are
 taken if arch is omitted. Supports the alternative syntax
 bnrdisclist(bnf,list), where list is as output by ideallist or ideallistarch
 (with units).
Doc: $\var{bnf}$ being as output by \kbd{bnfinit} (with units), computes a
 list of discriminants of Abelian extensions of the number field by increasing
 modulus norm up to bound \var{bound}. The ramified Archimedean places are
 given by \var{arch}; all possible values are taken if \var{arch} is omitted.
 
 The alternative syntax $\kbd{bnrdisclist}(\var{bnf},\var{list})$ is
 supported, where \var{list} is as output by \kbd{ideallist} or
 \kbd{ideallistarch} (with units), in which case \var{arch} is disregarded.
 
 The output $v$ is a vector of vectors, where $v[i][j]$ is understood to be in
 fact $V[2^{15}(i-1)+j]$ of a unique big vector $V$. (This awkward scheme
 allows for larger vectors than could be otherwise represented.)
 
 $V[k]$ is itself a vector $W$, whose length is the number of ideals of norm
 $k$. We consider first the case where \var{arch} was specified. Each
 component of $W$ corresponds to an ideal $m$ of norm $k$, and
 gives invariants associated to the ray class field $L$ of $\var{bnf}$ of
 conductor $[m, \var{arch}]$. Namely, each contains a vector $[m,d,r,D]$ with
 the following meaning: $m$ is the prime ideal factorization of the modulus,
 $d = [L:\Q]$ is the absolute degree of $L$, $r$ is the number of real places
 of $L$, and $D$ is the factorization of its absolute discriminant. We set $d
 = r = D = 0$ if $m$ is not the finite part of a conductor.
 
 If \var{arch} was omitted, all $t = 2^{r_1}$ possible values are taken and a
 component of $W$ has the form $[m, [[d_1,r_1,D_1], \dots, [d_t,r_t,D_t]]]$,
 where $m$ is the finite part of the conductor as above, and
 $[d_i,r_i,D_i]$ are the invariants of the ray class field of conductor
 $[m,v_i]$, where $v_i$ is the $i$-th Archimedean component, ordered by
 inverse lexicographic order; so $v_1 = [0,\dots,0]$, $v_2 = [1,0\dots,0]$,
 etc. Again, we set $d_i = r_i = D_i = 0$ if $[m,v_i]$ is not a conductor.
 
 Finally, each prime ideal $pr = [p,\alpha,e,f,\beta]$ in the prime
 factorization $m$ is coded as the integer $p\cdot n^2+(f-1)\cdot n+(j-1)$,
 where $n$ is the degree of the base field and $j$ is such that
 
 \kbd{pr = idealprimedec(\var{nf},p)[j]}.
 
 \noindent $m$ can be decoded using \tet{bnfdecodemodule}.
 
 Note that to compute such data for a single field, either \tet{bnrclassno}
 or \tet{bnrdisc} is more efficient.

Function: bnrinit
Class: basic
Section: number_fields
C-Name: bnrinit0
Prototype: GGD0,L,
Help: bnrinit(bnf,f,{flag=0}): given a bnf as output by
 bnfinit and a modulus f, initializes data
 linked to the ray class group structure corresponding to this module. flag
 is optional, and can be 0: default, 1: compute also the generators.
Description: 
 (gen,gen,?small):bnr       bnrinit0($1, $2, $3)
Doc: $\var{bnf}$ is as
 output by \kbd{bnfinit}, $f$ is a modulus, initializes data linked to
 the ray class group structure corresponding to this module, a so-called
 \var{bnr} structure. The following member functions are available
 on the result: \kbd{.bnf} is the underlying \var{bnf},
 \kbd{.mod} the modulus, \kbd{.bid} the \var{bid} structure associated to the
 modulus; finally, \kbd{.clgp}, \kbd{.no}, \kbd{.cyc}, \kbd{.gen} refer to the
 ray class group (as a finite abelian group), its cardinality, its elementary
 divisors, its generators.
 
 The last group of functions are different from the members of the underlying
 \var{bnf}, which refer to the class group; use \kbd{\var{bnr}.bnf.\var{xxx}}
 to access these, e.g.~\kbd{\var{bnr}.bnf.cyc} to get the cyclic decomposition
 of the class group.
 
 They are also different from the members of the underlying \var{bid}, which
 refer to $(\Z_K/f)^*$; use \kbd{\var{bnr}.bid.\var{xxx}} to access these,
 e.g.~\kbd{\var{bnr}.bid.no} to get $\phi(f)$.
 
 If $\fl=0$ (default), the generators of the ray class group are not computed,
 which saves time. Hence \kbd{\var{bnr}.gen} would produce an error.
 
 If $\fl=1$, as the default, except that generators are computed.
Variant: Instead the above  hardcoded  numerical flags,  one should rather use
 \fun{GEN}{Buchray}{GEN bnf, GEN module, long flag}
 where flag is an or-ed combination of \kbd{nf\_GEN} (include generators)
 and \kbd{nf\_INIT} (if omitted, return just the cardinal of the ray class group
 and its structure), possibly 0.

Function: bnrisconductor
Class: basic
Section: number_fields
C-Name: bnrisconductor0
Prototype: lGDGDG
Help: bnrisconductor(A,{B},{C}): returns 1 if the modulus is the
 conductor of the subfield of the ray class field given by A,B,C (see
 bnrdisc), and 0 otherwise. Slightly faster than bnrconductor if this is the
 only desired result.
Doc: $A$, $B$, $C$ represent
 an extension of the base field, given by class field theory
 (see~\secref{se:CFT}). Outputs 1 if this modulus is the conductor, and 0
 otherwise. This is slightly faster than \kbd{bnrconductor}.

Function: bnrisprincipal
Class: basic
Section: number_fields
C-Name: bnrisprincipal
Prototype: GGD1,L,
Help: bnrisprincipal(bnr,x,{flag=1}): bnr being output by bnrinit, gives
 [v,alpha], where v is the vector of exponents on the class group
 generators and alpha is the generator of the resulting principal ideal. In
 particular x is principal if and only if v is the zero vector. If (optional)
 flag is set to 0, output only v.
Doc: \var{bnr} being the
 number field data which is output by \kbd{bnrinit}$(,,1)$ and $x$ being an
 ideal in any form, outputs the components of $x$ on the ray class group
 generators in a way similar to \kbd{bnfisprincipal}. That is a 2-component
 vector $v$ where $v[1]$ is the vector of components of $x$ on the ray class
 group generators, $v[2]$ gives on the integral basis an element $\alpha$ such
 that $x=\alpha\prod_ig_i^{x_i}$.
 
 If $\fl=0$, outputs only $v_1$. In that case, \var{bnr} need not contain the
 ray class group generators, i.e.~it may be created with \kbd{bnrinit}$(,,0)$
 If $x$ is not coprime to the modulus of \var{bnr} the result is undefined.
Variant: Instead of hardcoded  numerical flags,  one should rather
 use
 \fun{GEN}{isprincipalray}{GEN bnr, GEN x} for $\kbd{flag} = 0$, and if you
 want generators:
 \bprog
   bnrisprincipal(bnr, x, nf_GEN)
 @eprog

Function: bnrrootnumber
Class: basic
Section: number_fields
C-Name: bnrrootnumber
Prototype: GGD0,L,p
Help: bnrrootnumber(bnr,chi,{flag=0}): returns the so-called Artin Root
 Number, i.e. the constant W appearing in the functional equation of the
 Hecke L-function associated to chi. Set flag = 1 if the character is known
 to be primitive.
Doc: if $\chi=\var{chi}$ is a
 \idx{character} over \var{bnr}, not necessarily primitive, let
 $L(s,\chi) = \sum_{id} \chi(id) N(id)^{-s}$ be the associated
 \idx{Artin L-function}. Returns the so-called \idx{Artin root number}, i.e.~the
 complex number $W(\chi)$ of modulus 1 such that
 %
 $$\Lambda(1-s,\chi) = W(\chi) \Lambda(s,\overline{\chi})$$
 %
 \noindent where $\Lambda(s,\chi) = A(\chi)^{s/2}\gamma_\chi(s) L(s,\chi)$ is
 the enlarged L-function associated to $L$.
 
 The generators of the ray class group are needed, and you can set $\fl=1$ if
 the character is known to be primitive. Example:
 
 \bprog
 bnf = bnfinit(x^2 - x - 57);
 bnr = bnrinit(bnf, [7,[1,1]], 1);
 bnrrootnumber(bnr, [2,1])
 @eprog\noindent
 returns the root number of the character $\chi$ of
 $\Cl_{7\infty_1\infty_2}(\Q(\sqrt{229}))$ defined by $\chi(g_1^ag_2^b)
 = \zeta_1^{2a}\zeta_2^b$. Here $g_1, g_2$ are the generators of the
 ray-class group given by \kbd{bnr.gen} and $\zeta_1 = e^{2i\pi/N_1},
 \zeta_2 = e^{2i\pi/N_2}$ where $N_1, N_2$ are the orders of $g_1$ and
 $g_2$ respectively ($N_1=6$ and $N_2=3$ as \kbd{bnr.cyc} readily tells us).

Function: bnrstark
Class: basic
Section: number_fields
C-Name: bnrstark
Prototype: GDGp
Help: bnrstark(bnr,{subgroup}): bnr being as output by
 bnrinit(,,1), finds a relative equation for the class field corresponding to
 the module in bnr and the given congruence subgroup (the trivial subgroup if
 omitted) using Stark's units. The ground field and the class field must be
 totally real.
Doc: \var{bnr} being as output by \kbd{bnrinit(,,1)}, finds a relative equation
 for the class field corresponding to the modulus in \var{bnr} and the given
 congruence subgroup (as usual, omit $\var{subgroup}$ if you want the whole ray
 class group).
 
 The main variable of \var{bnr} must not be $x$, and the ground field and the
 class field must be totally real. When the base field is $\Q$, the vastly
 simpler \tet{galoissubcyclo} is used instead. Here is an example:
 \bprog
 bnf = bnfinit(y^2 - 3);
 bnr = bnrinit(bnf, 5, 1);
 bnrstark(bnr)
 @eprog\noindent
 returns the ray class field of $\Q(\sqrt{3})$ modulo $5$. Usually, one wants
 to apply to the result one of
 \bprog
 rnfpolredabs(bnf, pol, 16)     \\@com compute a reduced relative polynomial
 rnfpolredabs(bnf, pol, 16 + 2) \\@com compute a reduced absolute polynomial
 @eprog
 
 The routine uses \idx{Stark units} and needs to find a suitable auxiliary
 conductor, which may not exist when the class field is not cyclic over the
 base. In this case \kbd{bnrstark} is allowed to return a vector of
 polynomials defining \emph{independent} relative extensions, whose compositum
 is the requested class field. It was decided that it was more useful
 to keep the extra information thus made available, hence the user has to take
 the compositum herself.
 
 Even if it exists, the auxiliary conductor may be so large that later
 computations become unfeasible. (And of course, Stark's conjecture may simply
 be wrong.) In case of difficulties, try \tet{rnfkummer}:
 \bprog
 ? bnr = bnrinit(bnfinit(y^8-12*y^6+36*y^4-36*y^2+9,1), 2, 1);
 ? bnrstark(bnr)
   ***   at top-level: bnrstark(bnr)
   ***                 ^-------------
   *** bnrstark: need 3919350809720744 coefficients in initzeta.
   *** Computation impossible.
 ? lift( rnfkummer(bnr) )
 time = 24 ms.
 %2 = x^2 + (1/3*y^6 - 11/3*y^4 + 8*y^2 - 5)
 @eprog

Function: break
Class: basic
Section: programming/control
C-Name: break0
Prototype: D1,L,
Help: break({n=1}): interrupt execution of current instruction sequence, and
 exit from the n innermost enclosing loops.
Doc: interrupts execution of current \var{seq}, and
 immediately exits from the $n$ innermost enclosing loops, within the
 current function call (or the top level loop); the integer $n$ must be
 positive. If $n$ is greater than the number of enclosing loops, all
 enclosing loops are exited.

Function: ceil
Class: basic
Section: conversions
C-Name: gceil
Prototype: G
Help: ceil(x): ceiling of x = smallest integer >= x.
Description: 
 (small):small:parens   $1
 (int):int:copy:parens  $1
 (real):int             ceilr($1)
 (mp):int               mpceil($1)
 (gen):gen              gceil($1)
Doc: 
 ceiling of $x$. When $x$ is in $\R$, the result is the
 smallest integer greater than or equal to $x$. Applied to a rational
 function, $\kbd{ceil}(x)$ returns the Euclidean quotient of the numerator by
 the denominator.

Function: centerlift
Class: basic
Section: conversions
C-Name: centerlift0
Prototype: GDn
Help: centerlift(x,{v}): centered lift of x. Same as lift except for
 integermods.
Description: 
 (pol):pol        centerlift($1)
 (vec):vec        centerlift($1)
 (gen):gen        centerlift($1)
 (pol, var):pol        centerlift0($1, $2)
 (vec, var):vec        centerlift0($1, $2)
 (gen, var):gen        centerlift0($1, $2)
Doc: 
 lifts an element $x=a \bmod n$ of $\Z/n\Z$
 to $a$ in $\Z$, and similarly lifts a polmod to a polynomial. This is the
 same as \tet{lift} except that in the particular case of elements of
 $\Z/n\Z$, the lift $y$ is such that $-n/2<y\le n/2$.  A \typ{PADIC} is lifted
 as above if its valuation $v$ is non-negative; if not, returns the fraction
 $p^v$ \kbd{centerlift}$(x^{-v})$; in particular, note that rational
 reconstruction is not attempted.
 
 If $x$ is of type fraction, complex, quadratic, polynomial, power series,
 rational function, vector or matrix, the lift is done for each coefficient.
 Reals are forbidden.
Variant: Also available is \fun{GEN}{centerlift}{GEN x} corresponding to
 \kbd{centerlift0(x,-1)}.

Function: charpoly
Class: basic
Section: linear_algebra
C-Name: charpoly0
Prototype: GDnD3,L,
Help: charpoly(A,{v=x},{flag=3}): det(v*Id-A)=characteristic polynomial of
 the matrix or polmod A. flag is optional and ignored unless A is a matrix;
 it may be set to 0 (Le Verrier), 1
 (Lagrange interpolation) or 2 (use Hessenberg form), 3 (Berkowitz, default).
 All algorithms except flag = 3 (Berkowitz) assume that n! is invertible,
 where n is the dimension of the matrix.
Doc: 
 \idx{characteristic polynomial}
 of $A$ with respect to the variable $v$, i.e.~determinant of $v*I-A$ if $A$
 is a square matrix. If $A$ is not a square matrix, it returns the
 characteristic polynomial of the map ``multiplication by $A$'' if $A$ is a
 scalar, in particular a polmod. E.g.~\kbd{charpoly(I) = x\pow2+1}.
 
 The value of $\fl$ is only significant for matrices. Let $n$ be the dimension
 of $A$.
 
 If $\fl=0$, same method (Le Verrier's) as for computing the adjoint matrix,
 i.e.~using the traces of the powers of $A$. Assumes that $n!$ is
 invertible; uses $O(n^4)$ scalar operations.
 
 If $\fl=1$, uses Lagrange interpolation which is usually the slowest method.
 Assumes that $n!$ is invertible; uses $O(n^4)$ scalar operations.
 
 If $\fl=2$, uses the Hessenberg form. Assumes that the base ring is a field.
 Uses $O(n^3)$ scalar operations, but suffers from coefficient explosion
 unless the base field is finite or $\R$.
 
 If $\fl=3$, uses Berkowitz's division free algorithm, valid over any
 ring (commutative, with unit). Uses $O(n^4)$ scalar operations.
 
 If $\fl=4$, $x$ must be integral. Uses a modular algorithm.
 
 In practice one should use the default (Berkowitz) unless the base ring is
 $\Z$ (use $\fl=4$) or a field where coefficient explosion does not occur,
 e.g.~a finite field or the reals (use $\fl=2$).
Variant: Also available are \fun{GEN}{caract}{GEN A, long v} ($\fl=1$),
 \fun{GEN}{carhess}{GEN A, long v} ($\fl=2$), \fun{GEN}{carberkowitz}{GEN A,
 long v} ($\fl=3$) and \fun{GEN}{caradj}{GEN A, long v, GEN *pt}. In this
 last case, if \var{pt} is not \kbd{NULL}, \kbd{*pt} receives the address of
 the adjoint matrix of $A$ (see \tet{matadjoint}), so both can be obtained at
 once.

Function: chinese
Class: basic
Section: number_theoretical
C-Name: chinese
Prototype: GDG
Help: chinese(x,{y}): x,y being both intmods (or polmods) computes z in the
 same residue classes as x and y.
Description: 
 (gen):gen      chinese1($1)
 (gen, gen):gen chinese($1, $2)
Doc: if $x$ and $y$ are both intmods or both
 polmods, creates (with the same type) a $z$ in the same residue class
 as $x$ and in the same residue class as $y$, if it is possible.
 
 This function also allows vector and matrix arguments, in which case the
 operation is recursively applied to each component of the vector or matrix.
 For polynomial arguments, it is applied to each coefficient.
 
 If $y$ is omitted, and $x$ is a vector, \kbd{chinese} is applied recursively
 to the components of $x$, yielding a residue belonging to the same class as all
 components of $x$.
 
 Finally $\kbd{chinese}(x,x) = x$ regardless of the type of $x$; this allows
 vector arguments to contain other data, so long as they are identical in both
 vectors.
Variant: \fun{GEN}{chinese1}{GEN x} is also available.

Function: clone
Class: gp2c
Description: 
 (small):small:parens             $1
 (int):int                        gclone($1)
 (real):real                      gclone($1)
 (mp):mp                          gclone($1)
 (vecsmall):vecsmall              gclone($1)
 (vec):vec                        gclone($1)
 (pol):pol                        gclone($1)
 (gen):gen                        gclone($1)

Function: component
Class: basic
Section: conversions
C-Name: compo
Prototype: GL
Help: component(x,n): the n'th component of the internal representation of
 x. For vectors or matrices, it is simpler to use x[]. For list objects such
 as nf, bnf, bnr or ell, it is much easier to use member functions starting
 with ".".
Doc: extracts the $n^{\text{th}}$-component of $x$. This is to be understood
 as follows: every PARI type has one or two initial \idx{code words}. The
 components are counted, starting at 1, after these code words. In particular
 if $x$ is a vector, this is indeed the $n^{\text{th}}$-component of $x$, if
 $x$ is a matrix, the $n^{\text{th}}$ column, if $x$ is a polynomial, the
 $n^{\text{th}}$ coefficient (i.e.~of degree $n-1$), and for power series,
 the $n^{\text{th}}$ significant coefficient.
 
 For polynomials and power series, one should rather use \tet{polcoeff}, and
 for vectors and matrices, the \kbd{[$\,$]} operator. Namely, if $x$ is a
 vector, then \tet{x[n]} represents the $n^{\text{th}}$ component of $x$. If
 $x$ is a matrix, \tet{x[m,n]} represents the coefficient of row \kbd{m} and
 column \kbd{n} of the matrix, \tet{x[m,]} represents the $m^{\text{th}}$
 \emph{row} of $x$, and \tet{x[,n]} represents the $n^{\text{th}}$
 \emph{column} of $x$.
 
 Using of this function requires detailed knowledge of the structure of the
 different PARI types, and thus it should almost never be used directly.
 Some useful exceptions:
 \bprog
     ? x = 3 + O(3^5);
     ? component(x, 2)
     %2 = 81   \\ p^(p-adic acurracy)
     ? component(x, 1)
     %3 = 3    \\ p
     ? q = Qfb(1,2,3);
     ? component(q, 1)
     %5 = 1
 @eprog

Function: concat
Class: basic
Section: linear_algebra
C-Name: concat
Prototype: GDG
Help: concat(x,{y}): concatenation of x and y, which can be scalars, vectors
 or matrices, or lists (in this last case, both x and y have to be lists). If
 y is omitted, x has to be a list or row vector and its elements are
 concatenated.
Description: 
 (mp,mp):vec           concat($1, $2)
 (vec,mp):vec          concat($1, $2)
 (mp,vec):vec          concat($1, $2)
 (vec,vec):vec         concat($1, $2)
 (list,list):list      concat($1, $2)
 (genstr,gen):genstr   concat($1, $2)
 (gen,genstr):genstr   concat($1, $2)
 (gen,?gen):gen        concat($1, $2)
Doc: concatenation of $x$ and $y$. If $x$ or $y$ is
 not a vector or matrix, it is considered as a one-dimensional vector. All
 types are allowed for $x$ and $y$, but the sizes must be compatible. Note
 that matrices are concatenated horizontally, i.e.~the number of rows stays
 the same. Using transpositions, it is easy to concatenate them vertically.
 
 To concatenate vectors sideways (i.e.~to obtain a two-row or two-column
 matrix), use \tet{Mat} instead (see the example there). Concatenating a row
 vector to a matrix having the same number of columns will add the row to the
 matrix (top row if the vector is $x$, i.e.~comes first, and bottom row
 otherwise).
 
 The empty matrix \kbd{[;]} is considered to have a number of rows compatible
 with any operation, in particular concatenation. (Note that this is
 definitely \emph{not} the case for empty vectors \kbd{[~]} or \kbd{[~]\til}.)
 
 If $y$ is omitted, $x$ has to be a row vector or a list, in which case its
 elements are concatenated, from left to right, using the above rules.
 
 \bprog
 ? concat([1,2], [3,4])
 %1 = [1, 2, 3, 4]
 ? a = [[1,2]~, [3,4]~]; concat(a)
 %2 =
 [1 3]
 
 [2 4]
 
 ? concat([1,2; 3,4], [5,6]~)
 %3 =
 [1 2 5]
 
 [3 4 6]
 ? concat([%, [7,8]~, [1,2,3,4]])
 %5 =
 [1 2 5 7]
 
 [3 4 6 8]
 
 [1 2 3 4]
 @eprog
Variant: \fun{GEN}{concat1}{GEN x} is a shortcut for \kbd{concat(x,NULL)}.

Function: conj
Class: basic
Section: conversions
C-Name: gconj
Prototype: G
Help: conj(x): the algebraic conjugate of x.
Doc: 
 conjugate of $x$. The meaning of this
 is clear, except that for real quadratic numbers, it means conjugation in the
 real quadratic field. This function has no effect on integers, reals,
 intmods, fractions or $p$-adics. The only forbidden type is polmod
 (see \kbd{conjvec} for this).

Function: conjvec
Class: basic
Section: conversions
C-Name: conjvec
Prototype: Gp
Help: conjvec(z): conjugate vector of the algebraic number z.
Doc: 
 conjugate vector representation of $z$. If $z$ is a
 polmod, equal to \kbd{Mod}$(a,T)$, this gives a vector of length
 $\text{degree}(T)$ containing:
 
 \item the complex embeddings of $z$ if $T$ has rational coefficients,
 i.e.~the $a(r[i])$ where $r = \kbd{polroots}(T)$;
 
 \item the conjugates of $z$ if $T$ has some intmod coefficients;
 
 \noindent if $z$ is a finite field element, the result is the vector of
 conjugates $[z,z^p,z^{p^2},\ldots,z^{p^{n-1}}]$ where $n=\text{degree}(T)$.
 
 \noindent If $z$ is an integer or a rational number, the result is~$z$. If
 $z$ is a (row or column) vector, the result is a matrix whose columns are
 the conjugate vectors of the individual elements of $z$.

Function: content
Class: basic
Section: number_theoretical
C-Name: content
Prototype: G
Help: content(x): gcd of all the components of x, when this makes sense.
Doc: computes the gcd of all the coefficients of $x$,
 when this gcd makes sense. This is the natural definition
 if $x$ is a polynomial (and by extension a power series) or a
 vector/matrix. This is in general a weaker notion than the \emph{ideal}
 generated by the coefficients:
 \bprog
 ? content(2*x+y)
 %1 = 1            \\ = gcd(2,y) over Q[y]
 @eprog
 
 If $x$ is a scalar, this simply returns the absolute value of $x$ if $x$ is
 rational (\typ{INT} or \typ{FRAC}), and either $1$ (inexact input) or $x$
 (exact input) otherwise; the result should be identical to \kbd{gcd(x, 0)}.
 
 The content of a rational function is the ratio of the contents of the
 numerator and the denominator. In recursive structures, if a
 matrix or vector \emph{coefficient} $x$ appears, the gcd is taken
 not with $x$, but with its content:
 \bprog
 ? content([ [2], 4*matid(3) ])
 %1 = 2
 @eprog

Function: contfrac
Class: basic
Section: number_theoretical
C-Name: contfrac0
Prototype: GDGD0,L,
Help: contfrac(x,{b},{nmax}): continued fraction expansion of x (x
 rational,real or rational function). b and nmax are both optional, where b
 is the vector of numerators of the continued fraction, and nmax is a bound
 for the number of terms in the continued fraction expansion.
Doc: returns the row vector whose components are the partial quotients of the
 \idx{continued fraction} expansion of $x$. In other words, a result
 $[a_0,\dots,a_n]$ means that $x \approx a_0+1/(a_1+\dots+1/a_n)$. The
 output is normalized so that $a_n \neq 1$ (unless we also have $n = 0$).
 
 The number of partial quotients $n+1$ is limited by \kbd{nmax}. If
 \kbd{nmax} is omitted, the expansion stops at the last significant partial
 quotient.
 \bprog
 ? \p19
   realprecision = 19 significant digits
 ? contfrac(Pi)
 %1 = [3, 7, 15, 1, 292, 1, 1, 1, 2, 1, 3, 1, 14, 2, 1, 1, 2, 2]
 ? contfrac(Pi,, 3)  \\ n = 2
 %2 = [3, 7, 15]
 @eprog\noindent
 $x$ can also be a rational function or a power series.
 
 If a vector $b$ is supplied, the numerators are equal to the coefficients
 of $b$, instead of all equal to $1$ as above; more precisely, $x \approx
 (1/b_0)(a_0+b_1/(a_1+\dots+b_n/a_n))$; for a numerical continued fraction
 ($x$ real), the $a_i$ are integers, as large as possible; if $x$ is a
 rational function, they are polynomials with $\deg a_i = \deg b_i + 1$.
 The length of the result is then equal to the length of $b$, unless the next
 partial quotient cannot be reliably computed, in which case the expansion
 stops. This happens when a partial remainder is equal to zero (or too small
 compared to the available significant digits for $x$ a \typ{REAL}).
 
 A direct implementation of the numerical continued fraction
 \kbd{contfrac(x,b)} described above would be
 \bprog
 \\ "greedy" generalized continued fraction
 cf(x, b) =
 { my( a= vector(#b), t );
 
   x *= b[1];
   for (i = 1, #b,
     a[i] = floor(x);
     t = x - a[i]; if (!t || i == #b, break);
     x = b[i+1] / t;
   ); a;
 }
 @eprog\noindent There is some degree of freedom when choosing the $a_i$; the
 program above can easily be modified to derive variants of the standard
 algorithm. In the same vein, although no builtin
 function implements the related \idx{Engel expansion} (a special kind of
 \idx{Egyptian fraction} decomposition: $x = 1/a_1 + 1/(a_1a_2) + \dots$ ),
 it can be obtained as follows:
 \bprog
 \\ n terms of the Engel expansion of x
 engel(x, n = 10) =
 { my( u = x, a = vector(n) );
   for (k = 1, n,
     a[k] = ceil(1/u);
     u = u*a[k] - 1;
     if (!u, break);
   ); a
 }
 @eprog
 
 \misctitle{Obsolete hack} (don't use this): If $b$ is an integer, \var{nmax}
 is ignored and the command is understood as \kbd{contfrac($x,, b$)}.
Variant: Also available are \fun{GEN}{gboundcf}{GEN x, long nmax},
 \fun{GEN}{gcf}{GEN x} and \fun{GEN}{gcf2}{GEN b, GEN x}.

Function: contfracpnqn
Class: basic
Section: number_theoretical
C-Name: pnqn
Prototype: G
Help: contfracpnqn(x): [p_n,p_{n-1}; q_n,q_{n-1}] corresponding to the
 continued fraction x.
Doc: when $x$ is a vector or a one-row matrix, $x$
 is considered as the list of partial quotients $[a_0,a_1,\dots,a_n]$ of a
 rational number, and the result is the 2 by 2 matrix
 $[p_n,p_{n-1};q_n,q_{n-1}]$ in the standard notation of continued fractions,
 so $p_n/q_n=a_0+1/(a_1+\dots+1/a_n)$. If $x$ is a matrix with two rows
 $[b_0,b_1,\dots,b_n]$ and $[a_0,a_1,\dots,a_n]$, this is then considered as a
 generalized continued fraction and we have similarly
 $p_n/q_n=(1/b_0)(a_0+b_1/(a_1+\dots+b_n/a_n))$. Note that in this case one
 usually has $b_0=1$.

Function: copy
Class: gp2c
Description: 
 (small):small:parens             $1
 (int):int                        icopy($1)
 (real):real                      gcopy($1)
 (mp):mp                          gcopy($1)
 (vecsmall):vecsmall              gcopy($1)
 (vec):vec                        gcopy($1)
 (pol):pol                        gcopy($1)
 (gen):gen                        gcopy($1)

Function: core
Class: basic
Section: number_theoretical
C-Name: core0
Prototype: GD0,L,
Help: core(n,{flag=0}): unique squarefree integer d
 dividing n such that n/d is a square. If (optional) flag is non-null, output
 the two-component row vector [d,f], where d is the unique squarefree integer
 dividing n such that n/d=f^2 is a square.
Doc: if $n$ is an integer written as
 $n=df^2$ with $d$ squarefree, returns $d$. If $\fl$ is non-zero,
 returns the two-element row vector $[d,f]$. By convention, we write $0 = 0
 \times 1^2$, so \kbd{core(0, 1)} returns $[0,1]$.
Variant: Also available are \fun{GEN}{core}{GEN n} ($\fl = 0$) and
 \fun{GEN}{core2}{GEN n} ($\fl = 1$)

Function: coredisc
Class: basic
Section: number_theoretical
C-Name: coredisc0
Prototype: GD0,L,
Help: coredisc(n,{flag=0}): discriminant of the quadratic field Q(sqrt(n)).
 If (optional) flag is non-null, output a two-component row vector [d,f],
 where d is the discriminant of the quadratic field Q(sqrt(n)) and n=df^2. f
 may be a half integer.
Doc: a \emph{fundamental discriminant} is an integer of the form $t\equiv 1
 \mod 4$ or $4t \equiv 8,12 \mod 16$, with $t$ squarefree (i.e.~$1$ or the
 discriminant of a quadratic number field). Given a non-zero integer
 $n$, this routine returns the (unique) fundamental discriminant $d$
 such that $n=df^2$, $f$ a positive rational number. If $\fl$ is non-zero,
 returns the two-element row vector $[d,f]$. If $n$ is congruent to
 0 or 1 modulo 4, $f$ is an integer, and a half-integer otherwise.
 
 By convention, \kbd{coredisc(0, 1))} returns $[0,1]$.
 
 Note that \tet{quaddisc}$(n)$ returns the same value as \kbd{coredisc}$(n)$,
 and also works with rational inputs $n\in\Q^*$.
Variant: Also available are \fun{GEN}{coredisc}{GEN n} ($\fl = 0$) and
 \fun{GEN}{coredisc2}{GEN n} ($\fl = 1$)

Function: cos
Class: basic
Section: transcendental
C-Name: gcos
Prototype: Gp
Help: cos(x): cosine of x.
Doc: cosine of $x$.

Function: cosh
Class: basic
Section: transcendental
C-Name: gch
Prototype: Gp
Help: cosh(x): hyperbolic cosine of x.
Doc: hyperbolic cosine of $x$.

Function: cotan
Class: basic
Section: transcendental
C-Name: gcotan
Prototype: Gp
Help: cotan(x): cotangent of x.
Doc: cotangent of $x$.

Function: default
Class: basic
Section: programming/specific
C-Name: default0
Prototype: DrDs
Help: default({key},{val}): returns the current value of the
 default key. If val is present, set opt to val first. If no argument is
 given, print a list of all defaults as well as their values.
Description: 
 ("realprecision"):small:prec              getrealprecision()
 ("realprecision",small):small:prec        setrealprecision($2, &prec)
 ("seriesprecision"):small                 precdl
 ("seriesprecision",small):small:parens    precdl = $2
 ("debug"):small                           DEBUGLEVEL
 ("debug",small):small:parens              DEBUGLEVEL = $2
 ("debugmem"):small                        DEBUGMEM
 ("debugmem",small):small:parens           DEBUGMEM = $2
 ("debugfiles"):small                      DEBUGFILES
 ("debugfiles",small):small:parens         DEBUGFILES = $2
 ("factor_add_primes"):small               factor_add_primes
 ("factor_add_primes",small):small         factor_add_primes = $2
 ("factor_proven"):small                   factor_proven
 ("factor_proven",small):small             factor_proven = $2
 ("new_galois_format"):small               new_galois_format
 ("new_galois_format",small):small         new_galois_format = $2
Doc: returns the default corresponding to keyword \var{key}. If \var{val} is
 present, sets the default to \var{val} first (which is subject to string
 expansion first). Typing \kbd{default()} (or \b{d}) yields the complete
 default list as well as their current values. See \secref{se:defaults} for an
 introduction to GP defaults, \secref{se:gp_defaults} for a
 list of available defaults, and \secref{se:meta} for some shortcut
 alternatives. Note that the shortcuts are meant for interactive use and
 usually display more information than \kbd{default}.

Function: denominator
Class: basic
Section: conversions
C-Name: denom
Prototype: G
Help: denominator(x): denominator of x (or lowest common denominator in case
 of an array).
Doc: 
 denominator of $x$. The meaning of this
 is clear when $x$ is a rational number or function. If $x$ is an integer
 or a polynomial, it is treated as a rational number or function,
 respectively, and the result is equal to $1$. For polynomials, you
 probably want to use
 \bprog
 denominator( content(x) )
 @eprog\noindent
 instead. As for modular objects, \typ{INTMOD} and \typ{PADIC} have
 denominator $1$, and the denominator of a \typ{POLMOD} is the denominator
 of its (minimal degree) polynomial representative.
 
 If $x$ is a recursive structure, for instance a vector or matrix, the lcm
 of the denominators of its components (a common denominator) is computed.
 This also applies for \typ{COMPLEX}s and \typ{QUAD}s.
 
 \misctitle{Warning} Multivariate objects are created according to variable
 priorities, with possibly surprising side effects ($x/y$ is a polynomial, but
 $y/x$ is a rational function). See \secref{se:priority}.

Function: deriv
Class: basic
Section: polynomials
C-Name: deriv
Prototype: GDn
Help: deriv(x,{v}): derivative of x with respect to v, or to the main
 variable of x if v is omitted.
Doc: 
 derivative of $x$ with respect to the main
 variable if $v$ is omitted, and with respect to $v$ otherwise. The derivative
 of a scalar type is zero, and the derivative of a vector or matrix is done
 componentwise. One can use $x'$ as a shortcut if the derivative is with
 respect to the main variable of $x$.
 
 By definition, the main variable of a \typ{POLMOD} is the main variable among
 the coefficients from its two polynomial components (representative and
 modulus); in other words, assuming a polmod represents an element of
 $R[X]/(T(X))$, the variable $X$ is a mute variable and the derivative is
 taken with respect to the main variable used in the base ring $R$.

Function: derivnum
Class: basic
Section: sums
C-Name: derivnum0
Prototype: V=GEp
Help: derivnum(X=a,expr): numerical derivation of expr with respect to
 X at X = a.
Wrapper: (,G)
Description: 
  (gen,gen):gen:prec derivnum(${2 cookie}, ${2 wrapper}, $1, prec)
Doc: numerical derivation of \var{expr} with respect to $X$ at $X=a$.
 
 \bprog
 ? derivnum(x=0,sin(exp(x))) - cos(1)
 %1 = -1.262177448 E-29
 @eprog
 A clumsier approach, which would not work in library mode, is
 \bprog
 ? f(x) = sin(exp(x))
 ? f'(0) - cos(1)
 %1 = -1.262177448 E-29
 @eprog
 When $a$ is a power series, compute \kbd{derivnum(t=a,f)} as $f'(a) =
 (f(a))'/a'$.
 
 \synt{derivnum}{void *E, GEN (*eval)(void*,GEN), GEN a, long prec}. Also
 available is \fun{GEN}{derivfun}{void *E, GEN (*eval)(void *, GEN), GEN a,
 long prec}, which also allows power series for $a$.

Function: diffop
Class: basic
Section: polynomials
C-Name: diffop0
Prototype: GGGD1,L,
Help: diffop(x,v,d,{n=1}): apply the differential operator D to x, where D is defined
 by D(v[i])=d[i], where v is a vector of variable names. D is 0 for variables
 outside of v unless they appear as modulus of a POLMOD. If the optional parameter n
 is given, return D^n(x) instead.
Description: 
 (gen,gen,gen,?1):gen    diffop($1, $2, $3)
 (gen,gen,gen,small):gen diffop0($1, $2, $3, $4)
Doc: 
 Let $v$ be a vector of variables, and $d$ a vector of the same length,
 return the image of $x$ by the $n$-power ($1$ if n is not given) of the differential
 operator $D$ that assumes the value \kbd{d[i]} on the variable \kbd{v[i]}.
 The value of $D$ on a scalar type is zero, and $D$ applies componentwise to a vector
 or matrix. When applied to a \typ{POLMOD}, if no value is provided for the variable
 of the modulus, such value is derived using the implicit function theorem.
 
 Some examples:
 This function can be used to differentiate formal expressions:
 If $E=\exp(X^2)$ then we have $E'=2*X*E$. We can derivate $X*exp(X^2)$ as follow:
 \bprog
 ? diffop(E*X,[X,E],[1,2*X*E])
 %1 = (2*X^2 + 1)*E
 @eprog
 Let \kbd{Sin} and \kbd{Cos} be two function such that $\kbd{Sin}^2+\kbd{Cos}^2=1$
 and $\kbd{Cos}'=-\kbd{Sin}$. We can differentiate $\kbd{Sin}/\kbd{Cos}$ as follow,
 PARI inferring the value of $\kbd{Sin}'$ from the equation:
 \bprog
 ? diffop(Mod('Sin/'Cos,'Sin^2+'Cos^2-1),['Cos],[-'Sin])
 %1 = Mod(1/Cos^2, Sin^2 + (Cos^2 - 1))
 
 @eprog
 Compute the Bell polynomials (both complete and partial) via the Faa di Bruno formula:
 \bprog
 Bell(k,n=-1)=
 {
   my(var(i)=eval(Str("X",i)));
   my(x,v,dv);
   v=vector(k,i,if(i==1,'E,var(i-1)));
   dv=vector(k,i,if(i==1,'X*var(1)*'E,var(i)));
   x=diffop('E,v,dv,k)/'E;
   if(n<0,subst(x,'X,1),polcoeff(x,n,'X))
 }
 @eprog
Variant: 
 For $n=1$, the function \fun{GEN}{diffop}{GEN x, GEN v, GEN d} is also available.

Function: dilog
Class: basic
Section: transcendental
C-Name: dilog
Prototype: Gp
Help: dilog(x): dilogarithm of x.
Doc: principal branch of the dilogarithm of $x$,
 i.e.~analytic continuation of the power series $\log_2(x)=\sum_{n\ge1}x^n/n^2$.

Function: dirdiv
Class: basic
Section: number_theoretical
C-Name: dirdiv
Prototype: GG
Help: dirdiv(x,y): division of the Dirichlet series x by the Dirichlet
 series y.
Doc: $x$ and $y$ being vectors of perhaps different
 lengths but with $y[1]\neq 0$ considered as \idx{Dirichlet series}, computes
 the quotient of $x$ by $y$, again as a vector.

Function: direuler
Class: basic
Section: number_theoretical
C-Name: direuler0
Prototype: V=GGEDG
Help: direuler(p=a,b,expr,{c}): Dirichlet Euler product of expression expr
 from p=a to p=b, limited to b terms. Expr should be a polynomial or rational
 function in p and X, and X is understood to mean p^(-s). If c is present,
 output only the first c terms.
Wrapper: (,,G)
Description: 
  (gen,gen,gen,?gen):gen direuler(${3 cookie}, ${3 wrapper}, $1, $2, $4)
Doc: computes the \idx{Dirichlet series} associated to the \idx{Euler
 product} of expression \var{expr} as $p$ ranges through the primes from $a$
 to $b$. \var{expr} must be a polynomial or rational function in another
 variable than $p$ (say $X$) and $\var{expr}(X)$ is understood as the local
 factor $\var{expr}(p^{-s})$.
 
 The series is output as a vector of coefficients. If $c$ is present, output
 only the first $c$ coefficients in the series. The following command computes
 the \teb{sigma} function, associated to $\zeta(s)\zeta(s-1)$:
 \bprog
 ? direuler(p=2, 10, 1/((1-X)*(1-p*X)))
 %1 = [1, 3, 4, 7, 6, 12, 8, 15, 13, 18]
 @eprog
 
 \synt{direuler}{void *E, GEN (*eval)(void*,GEN), GEN a, GEN b}

Function: dirmul
Class: basic
Section: number_theoretical
C-Name: dirmul
Prototype: GG
Help: dirmul(x,y): multiplication of the Dirichlet series x by the Dirichlet
 series y.
Doc: $x$ and $y$ being vectors of perhaps different lengths considered as
 \idx{Dirichlet series}, computes the product of $x$ by $y$, again as a vector.

Function: dirzetak
Class: basic
Section: number_fields
C-Name: dirzetak
Prototype: GG
Help: dirzetak(nf,b): Dirichlet series of the Dedekind zeta function of the
 number field nf up to the bound b-1.
Doc: gives as a vector the first $b$
 coefficients of the \idx{Dedekind} zeta function of the number field $\var{nf}$
 considered as a \idx{Dirichlet series}.

Function: divisors
Class: basic
Section: number_theoretical
C-Name: divisors
Prototype: G
Help: divisors(x): gives a vector formed by the divisors of x in increasing
 order.
Description: 
 (gen):vec        divisors($1)
Doc: creates a row vector whose components are the
 divisors of $x$. The factorization of $x$ (as output by \tet{factor}) can
 be used instead.
 
 By definition, these divisors are the products of the irreducible
 factors of $n$, as produced by \kbd{factor(n)}, raised to appropriate
 powers (no negative exponent may occur in the factorization). If $n$ is
 an integer, they are the positive divisors, in increasing order.

Function: divrem
Class: basic
Section: operators
C-Name: divrem
Prototype: GGDn
Help: divrem(x,y,{v}): euclidean division of x by y giving as a
 2-dimensional column vector the quotient and the remainder, with respect to
 v (to main variable if v is omitted)
Doc: creates a column vector with two components, the first being the Euclidean
 quotient (\kbd{$x$ \bs\ $y$}), the second the Euclidean remainder
 (\kbd{$x$ - ($x$\bs$y$)*$y$}), of the division of $x$ by $y$. This avoids the
 need to do two divisions if one needs both the quotient and the remainder.
 If $v$ is present, and $x$, $y$ are multivariate
 polynomials, divide with respect to the variable $v$.
 
 Beware that \kbd{divrem($x$,$y$)[2]} is in general not the same as
 \kbd{$x$ \% $y$}; no GP operator corresponds to it:
 \bprog
 ? divrem(1/2, 3)[2]
 %1 = 1/2
 ? (1/2) % 3
 %2 = 2
 ? divrem(Mod(2,9), 3)[2]
  ***   at top-level: divrem(Mod(2,9),3)[2
  ***                 ^--------------------
  ***   forbidden division t_INTMOD \ t_INT.
 ? Mod(2,9) % 6
 %3 = Mod(2,3)
 @eprog
Variant: Also available is \fun{GEN}{gdiventres}{GEN x, GEN y} when $v$ is
 not needed.

Function: eint1
Class: basic
Section: transcendental
C-Name: veceint1
Prototype: GDGp
Help: eint1(x,{n}): exponential integral E1(x). If n is present, computes
 the vector of the first n values of the exponential integral E1(n.x) (x > 0).
Doc: exponential integral $\int_x^\infty \dfrac{e^{-t}}{t}\,dt$ ($x\in\R$)
 
 If $n$ is present, outputs the $n$-dimensional vector
 $[\kbd{eint1}(x),\dots,\kbd{eint1}(nx)]$ ($x \geq 0$). This is faster than
 repeatedly calling \kbd{eint1($i$ * x)}.
Variant: Also available is \fun{GEN}{eint1}{GEN x, long prec}.

Function: ellL1
Class: basic
Section: elliptic_curves
C-Name: ellL1
Prototype: GLp
Help: ellL1(e, r): returns the value at s=1 of the derivative of order r of the L-function of the elliptic curve e assuming that r is at most the order of vanishing of the function at s=1.
Doc: returns the value at $s=1$ of the derivative of order $r$ of the
 $L$-function of the elliptic curve $e$ assuming that $r$ is at most the order
 of vanishing of the $L$-function at $s=1$. (The result is wrong if $r$ is
 strictly larger than the order of vanishing at 1.)
 \bprog
 ? e = ellinit("11a1"); \\ order of vanishing is 0
 ? ellL1(e, 0)
 %2 = 0.2538418608559106843377589233
 ? e = ellinit("389a1");  \\ order of vanishing is 2
 ? ellL1(e, 0)
 %4 = -5.384067311837218089235032414 E-29
 ? ellL1(e, 1)
 %5 = 0
 ? ellL1(e, 2)
 %6 = 1.518633000576853540460385214
 @eprog\noindent
 The main use of this function, after computing at \emph{low} accuracy the
 order of vanishing using \tet{ellanalyticrank}, is to compute the
 leading term at \emph{high} accuracy to check (or use) the Birch and
 Swinnerton-Dyer conjecture:
 \bprog
 ? \p18
   realprecision = 18 significant digits
 ? ellanalyticrank(ellinit([0, 0, 1, -7, 6]))
 time = 32 ms.
 %1 = [3, 10.3910994007158041]
 ? \p200
   realprecision = 202 significant digits (200 digits displayed)
 ? ellL1(e, 3)
 time = 23,113 ms.
 %3 = 10.3910994007158041387518505103609170697263563756570092797@com$[\dots]$
 @eprog

Function: elladd
Class: basic
Section: elliptic_curves
C-Name: addell
Prototype: GGG
Help: elladd(E,z1,z2): sum of the points z1 and z2 on elliptic curve E.
Doc: 
 sum of the points $z1$ and $z2$ on the
 elliptic curve corresponding to $E$.

Function: ellak
Class: basic
Section: elliptic_curves
C-Name: akell
Prototype: GG
Help: ellak(E,n): computes the n-th Fourier coefficient of the L-function of
 the elliptic curve E (assumed E is a minimal model).
Doc: 
 computes the coefficient $a_n$ of the
 $L$-function of the elliptic curve $E$, i.e.~in principle coefficients of a
 newform of weight 2 assuming \idx{Taniyama-Weil conjecture} (which is now
 known to hold in full generality thanks to the work of \idx{Breuil},
 \idx{Conrad}, \idx{Diamond}, \idx{Taylor} and \idx{Wiles}). $E$ must be a
 \var{smallell} as output by \kbd{ellinit}. For this function
 to work for every $n$ and not just those prime to the conductor, $E$ must
 be a minimal Weierstrass equation. If this is not the case, use the
 function \kbd{ellminimalmodel} before using \kbd{ellak}.

Function: ellan
Class: basic
Section: elliptic_curves
C-Name: anell
Prototype: GL
Help: ellan(E,n): computes the first n Fourier coefficients of the
 L-function of the elliptic curve E (n<2^24 on a 32-bit machine).
Doc: 
 computes the vector of the first $n$ $a_k$
 corresponding to the elliptic curve $E$. All comments in \kbd{ellak}
 description remain valid.

Function: ellanalyticrank
Class: basic
Section: elliptic_curves
C-Name: ellanalyticrank
Prototype: GDGp
Help: ellanalyticrank(e, {eps}): returns the order of vanishing at s=1
 of the L-function of the elliptic curve e and the value of the first
 non-zero derivative. To determine this order, it is assumed that any
 value less than eps is zero. If no value of eps is given, a value of
 half the current precision is used.
Doc: returns the order of vanishing at $s=1$ of the $L$-function of the
 elliptic curve $e$ and the value of the first non-zero derivative. To
 determine this order, it is assumed that any value less than \kbd{eps} is
 zero. If no value of \kbd{eps} is given, a value of half the current
 precision is used.
 \bprog
 ? e = ellinit("11a1"); \\ rank 0
 ? ellanalyticrank(e)
 %2 = [0, 0.2538418608559106843377589233]
 ? e = ellinit("37a1"); \\ rank 1
 ? ellanalyticrank(e)
 %4 = [1, 0.3059997738340523018204836835]
 ? e = ellinit("389a1"); \\ rank 2
 ? ellanalyticrank(e)
 %6 = [2, 1.518633000576853540460385214]
 ? e = ellinit("5077a1"); \\ rank 3
 ? ellanalyticrank(e)
 %8 = [3, 10.39109940071580413875185035]
 @eprog

Function: ellap
Class: basic
Section: elliptic_curves
C-Name: ellap
Prototype: GDG
Help: ellap(E,{p}): computes a_p for the elliptic curve E using
 Shanks-Mestre's method, or SEA algorithm if the package seadata is installed.
 Assume the equation is minimal at p.
Doc: computes the trace of Frobenius $a_p$ for the elliptic curve $E$ and the
 prime number $p$. This is defined by the equation $\#E(\F_p) = p+1 - a_p$,
 where $\#E(\F_p)$ stands for the number of points of the curve $E$ over the
 finite field $\F_p$.
 
 No checking is done that $p$ is indeed prime. $E$ must be a \var{smallell} as
 output by \kbd{ellinit}, defined over $\Q$, $\Q_p$, or $\F_p$. The prime $p$
 may be omitted if the curve was defined over $\F_p$ (\typ{INTMOD}
 coefficients) or $\Q_p$ (\typ{PADIC} coefficients). Otherwise the curve must
 be defined over $\Q$, and $p$ must be explicitly given. Over $\Q$ or
 $\Q_p$, the equation is assumed to be minimal at $p$.
 \bprog
 ? E = ellinit([0,0,0,0,1]);  \\ defined over Q
 ? ellap(E, 3)  \\ 3 necessary here
 %2 = 0    \\ #E(F_3) = 3+1 - 0 = 4
 ? ellap(E, 7)
 %3 = -4   \\ #E(F_7) = 12
 
 ? E = ellinit([0,0,0,0,1] * Mod(1,11));  \\ defined over F_11
 ? ellap(E)       \\ no need to repeat 11
 %5 = 0
 ? ellap(E, 11)   \\ ... but it also works
 %6 = 0
 ? ellgroup(E, 13) \\ ouch, inconsistent input !
    ***   at top-level: ellap(E,13)
    ***                 ^-----------
    *** ellap: inconsistent moduli in Rg_to_Fp: 11, 13.
 @eprog
 \misctitle{Algorithms used} If $E/\F_p$ has CM by a principal imaginary
 quadratic order we use an explicit formula (involving essentially Kronecker
 symbols and Cornacchia's algorithm, hence very fast: $O(\log p)^2$).
 Otherwise, we use Shanks-Mestre's baby-step/giant-step method, which runs in
 time $O(p^{1/4})$ using $O(p^{1/4})$ storage, hence becomes unreasonable when
 $p$ has about 30~digits. If the \tet{seadata} package is installed, the
 \tet{SEA} algorithm becomes available and primes of the order of 200~digits
 become feasible.

Function: ellbil
Class: basic
Section: elliptic_curves
C-Name: bilhell
Prototype: GGGp
Help: ellbil(E,z1,z2): canonical bilinear form for the points z1,z2 on the
 elliptic curve E (assumed to be minimal). Either z1 or z2 can also be a
 vector/matrix of points.
Doc: 
 if $z1$ and $z2$ are points on the elliptic
 curve $E$, assumed to be integral given by a minimal model, this function
 computes the value of the canonical bilinear form on $z1$, $z2$:
 $$ ( h(E,z1\kbd{+}z2) - h(E,z1) - h(E,z2) ) / 2 $$
 where \kbd{+} denotes of course addition on $E$. In addition, $z1$ or $z2$
 (but not both) can be vectors or matrices.

Function: ellchangecurve
Class: basic
Section: elliptic_curves
C-Name: ellchangecurve
Prototype: GG
Help: ellchangecurve(E,v): change data on elliptic curve according to
 v=[u,r,s,t].
Description: 
 (gen, gen):ell        ellchangecurve($1, $2)
Doc: 
 changes the data for the elliptic curve $E$
 by changing the coordinates using the vector \kbd{v=[u,r,s,t]}, i.e.~if $x'$
 and $y'$ are the new coordinates, then $x=u^2x'+r$, $y=u^3y'+su^2x'+t$.
 $E$ must be a \var{smallell} as output by \kbd{ellinit}.

Function: ellchangepoint
Class: basic
Section: elliptic_curves
C-Name: ellchangepoint
Prototype: GG
Help: ellchangepoint(x,v): change data on point or vector of points x on an
 elliptic curve according to v=[u,r,s,t].
Doc: 
 changes the coordinates of the point or
 vector of points $x$ using the vector \kbd{v=[u,r,s,t]}, i.e.~if $x'$ and
 $y'$ are the new coordinates, then $x=u^2x'+r$, $y=u^3y'+su^2x'+t$ (see also
 \kbd{ellchangecurve}).
Variant: The reciprocal function \fun{GEN}{ellchangepointinv}{GEN x, GEN ch}
 inverts the coordinate change.

Function: ellconvertname
Class: basic
Section: elliptic_curves
C-Name: ellconvertname
Prototype: G
Help: ellconvertname(name): convert an elliptic curve name (as found in
 the elldata database) from a string to a triplet [conductor, isogeny class,
 index]. It will also convert a triplet back to a curve name.
Doc: 
 converts an elliptic curve name, as found in the \tet{elldata} database,
 from a string to a triplet $[\var{conductor}, \var{isogeny class},
 \var{index}]$. It will also convert a triplet back to a curve name.
 Examples:
 \bprog
 ? ellconvertname("123b1")
 %1 = [123, 1, 1]
 ? ellconvertname(%)
 %2 = "123b1"
 @eprog

Function: elldivpol
Class: basic
Section: elliptic_curves
C-Name: elldivpol
Prototype: GLDn
Help: elldivpol(E,n,{v='x}): n-division polynomial for the curve E in the
 variable v.
Doc: $n$-division polynomial for the curve \kbd{E} in the
 variable $v$.

Function: elleisnum
Class: basic
Section: elliptic_curves
C-Name: elleisnum
Prototype: GLD0,L,p
Help: elleisnum(E,k,{flag=0}): E being an elliptic curve (or, alternatively,
 given by a 2-component vector representing its periods)
 and k an even positive integer, computes the
 numerical value of the Eisenstein series of weight k. When flag is non-zero
 and k=4 or 6, this gives g2 or g3 with the correct normalization.
Doc: 
 $E$ being an elliptic curve as
 output by \kbd{ellinit} (or, alternatively, given by a 2-component vector
 $[\omega_1,\omega_2]$ representing its periods), and $k$ being an even
 positive integer, computes the numerical value of the Eisenstein series of
 weight $k$ at $E$, namely
 $$
 (2i \pi/\omega_2)^k
 \Big(1 + 2/\zeta(1-k) \sum_{n\geq 0} n^{k-1}q^n / (1-q^n)\Big),
 $$
 where $q = \exp(2i\pi \tau)$ and $\tau:=\omega_1/\omega_2$ belongs to the
 complex upper half-plane.
 
 When \fl\ is non-zero and $k=4$ or 6, returns the elliptic invariants $g_2$
 or $g_3$, such that
 $$y^2 = 4x^3 - g_2 x - g_3$$
 is a Weierstrass equation for $E$.

Function: elleta
Class: basic
Section: elliptic_curves
C-Name: elleta
Prototype: Gp
Help: elleta(om): om=[om1,om2], returns the two-component row vector
 [eta1,eta2] of quasi-periods associated to [om1,om2].
Doc: 
 returns the quasi-periods $[\eta_1,\eta_2]$
 associated to the lattice basis $\var{om} = [\omega_1, \omega_2]$.
 Alternatively, \var{om} can be an elliptic curve $E$ as output by
 \kbd{ellinit}, in which case, the quasi periods associated to the period
 lattice basis \kbd{$E$.omega} (namely, \kbd{$E$.eta}) are returned.
 
 \bprog
 ? elleta([1, I])
 %1 = [3.141592653589793238462643383, 9.424777960769379715387930149*I]
 @eprog

Function: ellgenerators
Class: basic
Section: elliptic_curves
C-Name: ellgenerators
Prototype: G
Help: ellgenerators(E): if E is an elliptic curve as output by ellinit(),
 return the generators of the Mordell-Weil group associated to the curve.
 This function depends on the curve being referenced in the elldata database.
Doc: 
 returns a $\Z$-basis of the free part of the
 \idx{Mordell-Weil group} associated to $E$.  This function depends on the
 \tet{elldata} database being installed and referencing the curve, and so
 is only available for curves over $\Z$ of small conductors.

Function: ellglobalred
Class: basic
Section: elliptic_curves
C-Name: ellglobalred
Prototype: G
Help: ellglobalred(E): E being an elliptic curve, returns [N,[u,r,s,t],c],
 where N is the conductor of E, [u,r,s,t] leads to the standard model for E,
 and c is the product of the local Tamagawa numbers c_p.
Description: 
 (gen):gen        ellglobalred($1)
Doc: 
 calculates the arithmetic conductor, the global
 minimal model of $E$ and the global \idx{Tamagawa number} $c$.
 $E$ must be a \var{smallell} as output by \kbd{ellinit}, \emph{and is supposed
 to have all its coefficients $a_i$ in} $\Q$. The result is a 3 component
 vector $[N,v,c]$. $N$ is the arithmetic conductor of the curve. $v$ gives the
 coordinate change for $E$ over $\Q$ to the minimal integral model (see
 \tet{ellminimalmodel}). Finally $c$ is the product of the local Tamagawa
 numbers $c_p$, a quantity which enters in the \idx{Birch and Swinnerton-Dyer
 conjecture}.\sidx{minimal model}

Function: ellgroup
Class: basic
Section: elliptic_curves
C-Name: ellgroup
Prototype: GDG
Help: ellgroup(E,{p}): computes the structure of the group E(Fp)
 Assume the equation is minimal at p.
Doc: computes the structure of the group $E(\F_p) \sim \Z/d_1\Z \times
 \Z/d_2\Z$, with $d_2\mid d_1$. The prime $p$ may be omitted if the curve
 was defined over $\F_p$ (\typ{INTMOD} coefficients) or $\Q_p$ (\typ{PADIC}
 coefficients). Otherwise the curve must be defined over $\Q$, and $p$ must
 be explicitly given. Over $\Q$ or $\Q_p$, the equation is assumed to be
 minimal at $p$.
 \bprog
 ? E = ellinit([0,0,0,0,1]);  \\ defined over Q
 ? ellgroup(E, 3)  \\ 3 necessary here
 %2 = [4]    \\ cyclic
 ? ellgroup(E, 7)
 %3 = [6, 2] \\ non-cyclic
 
 ? E = ellinit([0,0,0,0,1] * Mod(1,11));  \\ defined over F_11
 ? ellgroup(E)   \\ no need to repeat 11
 %5 = [12]
 ? ellgroup(E, 11)   \\ ... but it also works
 %6 = [12]
 ? ellgroup(E, 13) \\ ouch, inconsistent input !
    ***   at top-level: ellgroup(E,13)
    ***                 ^--------------
    *** ellgroup: inconsistent moduli in Rg_to_Fp: 11, 13.
 @eprog

Function: ellheight
Class: basic
Section: elliptic_curves
C-Name: ellheight0
Prototype: GGD2,L,p
Help: ellheight(E,x,{flag=2}): canonical height of point x on elliptic curve
 E (assumed to be a minimal model). flag is optional and selects the algorithm
 used to compute the Archimedean local height. Its meaning is 0: use
 theta-functions, 1: use Tate's method, 2: use Mestre's AGM.
Doc: global \idx{N\'eron-Tate height} of the point $z$ on the elliptic curve
 $E$ (defined over $\Q$), given by a standard minimal integral model. $E$
 must be an \kbd{ell} as output by \kbd{ellinit}. \fl selects the algorithm
 used to compute the Archimedean local height. If $\fl=0$, this computation
 is done using sigma and theta-functions and a trick due to J.~Silverman. If
 $\fl=1$, use Tate's $4^n$ algorithm. If $\fl=2$, use Mestre's AGM algorithm.
 The latter is much faster than the other two, both in theory (converges
 quadratically) and in practice.
Variant: Also available is \fun{GEN}{ghell}{GEN E, GEN x, long prec}
 ($\fl=2$).

Function: ellheightmatrix
Class: basic
Section: elliptic_curves
C-Name: mathell
Prototype: GGp
Help: ellheightmatrix(E,x): gives the height matrix for vector of points x
 on elliptic curve E, assume to be a minimal model.
Doc: 
 $x$ being a vector of points, this
 function outputs the Gram matrix of $x$ with respect to the N\'eron-Tate
 height, in other words, the $(i,j)$ component of the matrix is equal to
 \kbd{ellbil($E$,x[$i$],x[$j$])}. The rank of this matrix, at least in some
 approximate sense, gives the rank of the set of points, and if $x$ is a
 basis of the \idx{Mordell-Weil group} of $E$, its determinant is equal to
 the regulator of $E$. Note that this matrix should be divided by 2 to be in
 accordance with certain normalizations. $E$ is assumed to be integral,
 given by a minimal model.

Function: ellidentify
Class: basic
Section: elliptic_curves
C-Name: ellidentify
Prototype: G
Help: ellidentify(E): look up the elliptic curve E in the elldata database and
 return [[N, M, ...], C] where N is the name of the curve in J. E. Cremona
 database, M the minimal model and C the coordinates change (see
 ellchangecurve).
Doc: 
 look up the elliptic curve $E$ (over $\Z$)
 in the \tet{elldata} database and return \kbd{[[N, M, G], C]}  where $N$
 is the name of the curve in the J.~E.~Cremona database, $M$ the minimal
 model, $G$ a $\Z$-basis of the free part of the \idx{Mordell-Weil group}
 of $E$ and $C$ the coordinates change (see \kbd{ellchangecurve}).

Function: ellinit
Class: basic
Section: elliptic_curves
C-Name: ellinit0
Prototype: GD0,L,p
Help: ellinit(x,{flag=0}): x being the vector [a1,a2,a3,a4,a6] defining the
 curve Y^2 + a1.XY + a3.Y = X^3 + a2.X^2 + a4.X + a6, gives the vector:
 [a1,a2,a3,a4,a6,b2,b4,b6,b8,c4,c6,disc,j,[e1,e2,e3],w1,w2,eta1,eta2,area].
 If the curve is defined over a p-adic field, the last six components are
 replaced by root,u^2,u,q,w,0. If optional flag is 1, omit them altogether.
 x can also be a string, in this case the coefficients of the curve with
 matching name are looked in the elldata database if available.
Description: 
 (gen, ?0):bell:prec    ellinit($1, prec)
 (gen, 1):ell           smallellinit($1)
 (gen, small):ell:prec  ellinit0($1, $2, prec)
Doc: 
 initialize an \tet{ell} structure,
 associated to the elliptic curve $E$. $E$ is either a $5$-component
 vector $[a_1,a_2,a_3,a_4,a_6]$ defining the elliptic curve with Weierstrass
 equation
 $$ Y^2 + a_1 XY + a_3 Y = X^3 + a_2 X^2 + a_4 X + a_6 $$
 or a string, in this case the coefficients of the curve with matching name
 are looked in the \tet{elldata} database if available.
 \bprog
 ? E = ellinit([0,0,0,0,1]); \\ y^2 = x^3 + 1
 ? E = ellinit("36a1");      \\ the same curve, using Cremona's notations
 @eprog\noindent
 For the time being, only curves over a prime field $\F_p$ and over the
 $p$-adic or real numbers (including rational numbers) are fully supported.
 Other domains are only supported for very basic operations such as point
 addition.
 
 The result of \tet{ellinit} is an \tev{ell} structure by default, and
 a shorter \tev{sell} if $\fl=1$. Both contain the following information in
 their components:
 %
 $$ a_1,a_2,a_3,a_4,a_6,b_2,b_4,b_6,b_8,c_4,c_6,\Delta,j.$$
 %
 All are accessible via member functions. In particular, the discriminant is
 \kbd{$E$.disc}, and the $j$-invariant is \kbd{$E$.j}.
 
 The other six components are only present if $\fl$ is $0$ or omitted, in
 which case the computation will be 10 ($p$-adic) to 200 (complex) times
 slower. Their content depends on whether the curve is defined over $\R$ or
 not:
 \smallskip
 \item When $E$ is defined over $\R$, \kbd{$E$.roots} is a vector whose
 three components contain the roots of the right hand side of the associated
 Weierstrass equation.
 $$ (y + a_1x/2 + a_3/2)^2 = g(x) $$
 If the roots are all real, they are ordered by decreasing value. If only
 one is real, it is the first component.
 
 Then $\omega_1 = $\kbd{$E$.omega[1]} is the real period of $E$ (integral of
 $dx/(2y+a_1x+a_3)$ over the connected component of the identity element of
 the real points of the curve), and $\omega_2 = $\kbd{$E$.omega[2]} is a
 complex period. \kbd{$E$.omega} forms a basis of the
 complex lattice defining $E$, such that
 $\tau=\dfrac{\omega_1}{\omega_2}$ has positive imaginary part.
 
 \kbd{$E$.eta} is a row vector containing the quasi-periods $\eta_1$ and
 $\eta_2$ such that $\eta_i = 2\zeta(\omega_i/2)$, where $\zeta$ is the
 Weierstrass zeta function associated to the period lattice (see
 \tet{ellzeta}). In particular, the Legendre relation holds:
 $\eta_2\omega_1 - \eta_1\omega_2 = 2i\pi$.
 
 Finally, \kbd{$E$.area} is the volume of the complex lattice defining
 $E$.\smallskip
 
 \item When $E$ is defined over $\Q_p$, the $p$-adic valuation of $j$
 must be negative. Then \kbd{$E$.roots} is the vector with a single component
 equal to the $p$-adic root of the associated Weierstrass equation
 corresponding to $-1$ under the Tate parametrization.
 
 \kbd{$E$.tate} yields the three-component vector $[u^2,u,q]$, in the
 notations of Tate. If the $u$-component does not belong to $\Q_p$, it is set
 to zero.
 
 \kbd{$E$.w} is Mestre's $w$ (this is technical).
 
 \smallskip For all other base fields or rings, the last six components are
 arbitrarily set to zero. See also the description of member functions
 related to elliptic curves at the beginning of this section.
Variant: Also available are \fun{GEN}{ellinit}{GEN E, long prec} ($\fl=0$) and
 \fun{GEN}{smallellinit}{GEN E, long prec} ($\fl=1$).

Function: ellisoncurve
Class: basic
Section: elliptic_curves
C-Name: ellisoncurve
Prototype: GG
Help: ellisoncurve(E,z): true(1) if z is on elliptic curve E, false(0) if not.
Doc: gives 1 (i.e.~true) if the point $z$ is on the elliptic curve $E$, 0
 otherwise. If $E$ or $z$ have imprecise coefficients, an attempt is made to
 take this into account, i.e.~an imprecise equality is checked, not a precise
 one. It is allowed for $z$ to be a vector of points in which case a vector
 (of the same type) is returned.
Variant: Also available is \fun{int}{oncurve}{GEN E, GEN z} which does not
 accept vectors of points.

Function: ellj
Class: basic
Section: elliptic_curves
C-Name: jell
Prototype: Gp
Help: ellj(x): elliptic j invariant of x.
Doc: 
 elliptic $j$-invariant. $x$ must be a complex number
 with positive imaginary part, or convertible into a power series or a
 $p$-adic number with positive valuation.

Function: elllocalred
Class: basic
Section: elliptic_curves
C-Name: elllocalred
Prototype: GG
Help: elllocalred(E,p): E being an elliptic curve, returns
 [f,kod,[u,r,s,t],c], where f is the conductor's exponent, kod is the Kodaira
 type for E at p, [u,r,s,t] is the change of variable needed to make E
 minimal at p, and c is the local Tamagawa number c_p.
Doc: 
 calculates the \idx{Kodaira} type of the
 local fiber of the elliptic curve $E$ at the prime $p$.
 $E$ must be a \var{smallell} as output by \kbd{ellinit}, and is assumed to have
 all its coefficients $a_i$ in $\Z$. The result is a 4-component vector
 $[f,kod,v,c]$. Here $f$ is the exponent of $p$ in the arithmetic conductor of
 $E$, and $kod$ is the Kodaira type which is coded as follows:
 
 1 means good reduction (type I$_0$), 2, 3 and 4 mean types II, III and IV
 respectively, $4+\nu$ with $\nu>0$ means type I$_\nu$;
 finally the opposite values $-1$, $-2$, etc.~refer to the starred types
 I$_0^*$, II$^*$, etc. The third component $v$ is itself a vector $[u,r,s,t]$
 giving the coordinate changes done during the local reduction. Normally, this
 has no use if $u$ is 1, that is, if the given equation was already minimal.
 Finally, the last component $c$ is the local \idx{Tamagawa number} $c_p$.

Function: elllog
Class: basic
Section: elliptic_curves
C-Name: elllog
Prototype: GGGDG
Help: elllog(E,P,G,{o}): return the discrete logarithm of the point P of
 the elliptic curve E in base G. If present, o represents the order of G.
 If not present, assume that G generates the curve.
Doc: discrete logarithm of the point $P$ of the elliptic curve $E$ in base $G$.
 See \tet{znlog} for the limitations of the underlying discrete log algorithms.
 If present, $o$ represents the order of $G$, see \secref{se:DLfun};
 the preferred format for this parameter is \kbd{[N, factor(N)]}, where $N$
 is  the order of $G$.
 
 If no $o$ is given, assume that $G$ generates the curve.
 The function also assumes that $P$ is a multiple of $G$.
 \bprog
 ? a = ffgen(ffinit(2,8),'a);
 ? E = ellinit([a,1,0,0,1]);  \\ over F_{2^8}
 ? x = a^3; y = ellordinate(E,x)[1];
 ? P = [x,y]; G = ellpow(E, P, 113);
 ? ord = [242, factor(242)]; \\ P generates a group of order 242. Initialize.
 ? ellorder(E, G, ord)
 %4 = 242
 ? e = elllog(E, P, G, ord)
 %5 = 15
 ? ellpow(E,G,e) == P
 %6 = 1
 @eprog

Function: elllseries
Class: basic
Section: elliptic_curves
C-Name: elllseries
Prototype: GGDGp
Help: elllseries(E,s,{A=1}): L-series at s of the elliptic curve E, where A
 a cut-off point close to 1.
Doc: 
 $E$ being an \var{sell} as output by
 \kbd{ellinit}, this computes the value of the L-series of $E$ at $s$. It is
 assumed that $E$ is defined over $\Q$, not necessarily minimal. The optional
 parameter $A$ is a cutoff point for the integral, which must be chosen close
 to 1 for best speed. The result must be independent of $A$, so this allows
 some internal checking of the function.
 
 Note that if the conductor of the curve is large, say greater than $10^{12}$,
 this function will take an unreasonable amount of time since it uses an
 $O(N^{1/2})$ algorithm.

Function: ellminimalmodel
Class: basic
Section: elliptic_curves
C-Name: ellminimalmodel
Prototype: GD&
Help: ellminimalmodel(E,{&v}): return the standard minimal integral model of
 the rational elliptic curve E. Sets v to the corresponding change of
 variables.
Doc: return the standard minimal integral model of the rational elliptic
 curve $E$. If present, sets $v$ to the corresponding change of variables,
 which is a vector $[u,r,s,t]$ with rational components. The return value is
 identical to that of \kbd{ellchangecurve(E, v)}.
 
 The resulting model has integral coefficients, is everywhere minimal, $a_1$
 is 0 or 1, $a_2$ is 0, 1 or $-1$ and $a_3$ is 0 or 1. Such a model is
 unique, and the vector $v$ is unique if we specify that $u$ is positive,
 which we do. \sidx{minimal model}

Function: ellmodulareqn
Class: basic
Section: elliptic_curves
C-Name: ellmodulareqn
Prototype: LDnDn
Help: ellmodulareqn(l,{x},{y}): return a vector [eqn, t] where eqn is a modular
 equation of level l, for l<500, l prime. This requires the package seadata to
 be installed.  The equation is either of canonical type (t=0) or of Atkin type
 (t=1)
Doc: return a vector [\kbd{eqn},$t$] where \kbd{eqn} is a modular equation of
 level $l$, for $l<500$, $l$ prime. This requires the package seadata to be
 installed. The equation is either of canonical type ($t=0$) or of Atkin type
 ($t=1$).

Function: ellorder
Class: basic
Section: elliptic_curves
C-Name: ellorder
Prototype: GGDG
Help: ellorder(E,z,{o}): order of the point z on the elliptic curve E over Q
 or a finite field, 0 if non-torsion. The parameter o, if present,
 represents a non-zero multiple of the order of z
 (mandatory over non-prime finite fields).
Doc: 
 gives the order of the point $z$ on the elliptic
 curve $E$. If the curve is defined over $\Q$, return zero if the point has
 infinite order. The parameter $o$, if present, represents a non-zero
 multiple of the order of $z$, see \secref{se:DLfun}; the preferred format for
 this parameter is \kbd{[ord, factor(ord)]}, where \kbd{ord} is the
 cardinality of the curve.
 
 For a curve defined over $\F_p$, it is very important to supply $o$ since
 its computation is very expensive and should only be done once, using
 \bprog
 ? N = p+1-ellap(E,p); o = [N, factor(N)];
 @eprog\noindent possibly using the \tet{seadata} package; for a curve defined
 over a non-prime finite field,
 giving the order is \emph{mandatory} since no function is available yet to
 compute the cardinality or trace of Frobenius in that case.
Variant: The obsolete form \fun{GEN}{orderell}{GEN e, GEN z} should no longer be
 used.

Function: ellordinate
Class: basic
Section: elliptic_curves
C-Name: ellordinate
Prototype: GGp
Help: ellordinate(E,x): y-coordinates corresponding to x-ordinate x on
 elliptic curve E.
Doc: 
 gives a 0, 1 or 2-component vector containing
 the $y$-coordinates of the points of the curve $E$ having $x$ as
 $x$-coordinate.

Function: ellpointtoz
Class: basic
Section: elliptic_curves
C-Name: zell
Prototype: GGp
Help: ellpointtoz(E,P): lattice point z corresponding to the point P on the
 elliptic curve E.
Doc: 
 if $E$ is an elliptic curve with coefficients
 in $\R$, this computes a complex number $t$ (modulo the lattice defining
 $E$) corresponding to the point $z$, i.e.~such that, in the standard
 Weierstrass model, $\wp(t)=z[1],\wp'(t)=z[2]$. In other words, this is the
 inverse function of \kbd{ellztopoint}. More precisely, if $(w1,w2)$ are the
 real and complex periods of $E$, $t$ is such that $0 \leq \Re(t) < w1$
 and $0 \leq \Im(t) < \Im(w2)$.
 
 If $E$ has coefficients in $\Q_p$, then either Tate's $u$ is in $\Q_p$, in
 which case the output is a $p$-adic number $t$ corresponding to the point $z$
 under the Tate parametrization, or only its square is, in which case the
 output is $t+1/t$. $E$ must be an \var{ell} as output by \kbd{ellinit}.

Function: ellpow
Class: basic
Section: elliptic_curves
C-Name: powell
Prototype: GGG
Help: ellpow(E,z,n): n times the point z on elliptic curve E (n in Z).
Doc: 
 computes $[n]z$, where $z$ is a point on the elliptic curve $E$. The
 exponent $n$ is in $\Z$, or may be a complex quadratic integer if the curve $E$
 has complex multiplication by $n$ (if not, an error message is issued).
 \bprog
 ? Ei = ellinit([0,0,0,1,0]); z = [0,0];
 ? ellpow(Ei, z, 10)
 %2 = [0]     \\ unsurprising: z has order 2
 ? ellpow(Ei, z, I)
 %3 = [0, 0]  \\ Ei has complex multiplication by Z[i]
 ? ellpow(Ei, z, quadgen(-4))
 %4 = [0, 0]  \\ an alternative syntax for the same query
 ? Ej  = ellinit([0,0,0,0,1]); z = [-1,0];
 ? ellpow(Ej, z, I)
   ***   at top-level: ellpow(Ej,z,I)
   ***                 ^--------------
   *** ellpow: not a complex multiplication in powell.
 ? ellpow(Ej, z, 1+quadgen(-3))
 %6 = [1 - w, 0]
 @eprog
 The simple-minded algorithm for the CM case assumes that we are in
 characteristic $0$, and that the quadratic order to which $n$ belongs has
 small discriminant.

Function: ellrootno
Class: basic
Section: elliptic_curves
C-Name: ellrootno
Prototype: lGDG
Help: ellrootno(E,{p=1}): root number for the L-function of the elliptic
 curve E. p can be 1 (default), global root number, or a prime p (including
 0) for the local root number at p.
Doc: 
 $E$ being a \var{smallell} as output by
 \kbd{ellinit}, this computes the local (if $p\neq 1$) or global (if $p=1$)
 root number of the L-series of the elliptic curve $E$. Note that the global
 root number is the sign of the functional equation and conjecturally is the
 parity of the rank of the \idx{Mordell-Weil group}. The equation for $E$ must
 have coefficients in $\Q$ but need \emph{not} be minimal.

Function: ellsearch
Class: basic
Section: elliptic_curves
C-Name: ellsearch
Prototype: G
Help: ellsearch(N): if N is an integer, it is taken as a conductor else if N is
 a string, it can be a curve name ("11a1"), a isogeny class ("11a") or a
 conductor ("11"). Return all curves in the elldata database that match the
 property.
Doc: if $N$ is an integer, it is taken as a conductor else if $N$ is a
 string, it can be a curve name ("11a1"), an isogeny class ("11a") or a
 conductor "11". This function finds all curves in the \tet{elldata} database
 with the given property.
 
 If $N$ is a full curve name, the output format is $[N, [a_1,a_2,a_3,a_4,a_6],
 G]$ where $[a_1,a_2,a_3,a_4,a_6]$ are the coefficients of the Weierstrass
 equation of the curve and $G$ is a $\Z$-basis of the free part of the
 \idx{Mordell-Weil group} associated to the curve.
 
 If $N$ is not a full-curve name, the output is a vector of all matching
 curves in the above format.
Variant: Also available is \fun{GEN}{ellsearchcurve}{GEN N} that only
 accepts complete curve names.

Function: ellsigma
Class: basic
Section: elliptic_curves
C-Name: ellsigma
Prototype: GGD0,L,p
Help: ellsigma(E,z,{flag=0}): E being given by ellinit, returns the value of
 the Weierstrass sigma
 function of the lattice generated by om at z if flag = 0 (default). If flag
 = 1, arbitrary determination of the logarithm of sigma. If flag = 2 or 3,
 same but using the product expansion instead of theta series.
Doc: 
 $E$ being given by \kbd{ellinit},
 returns the value at $z$ of the Weierstrass $\sigma$ function of the period
 lattice $L$ of $E$:
 $$ \sigma(z, L) = z \prod_{\omega\in L^*} \left(1 -
 \dfrac{z}{\omega}\right)e^{\dfrac{z}{\omega} + \dfrac{z^2}{2\omega^2}}$$
 Alternatively, one can input a lattice basis $[\omega_1,\omega_2]$ directly
 instead of $E$.
 
 If $\fl=1$, computes an (arbitrary) determination of $\log(\sigma(z))$.
 
 If $\fl=2,3$, same using the product expansion instead of theta series.

Function: ellsub
Class: basic
Section: elliptic_curves
C-Name: subell
Prototype: GGG
Help: ellsub(E,z1,z2): difference of the points z1 and z2 on elliptic curve E.
Doc: 
 difference of the points $z1$ and $z2$ on the
 elliptic curve corresponding to $E$.

Function: elltaniyama
Class: basic
Section: elliptic_curves
C-Name: elltaniyama
Prototype: GDP
Help: elltaniyama(E, {d = seriesprecision}): modular parametrization of elliptic curve E (minimal
 model).
Doc: 
 computes the modular parametrization of the
 elliptic curve $E$, where $E$ is a \var{smallell} as output by \kbd{ellinit},
 in the form of a two-component vector $[u,v]$ of power series, given to $d$
 significant terms (\tet{seriesprecision} by default). This vector is
 characterized by the
 following two properties. First the point $(x,y)=(u,v)$ satisfies the
 equation of the elliptic curve. Second, the differential $du/(2v+a_1u+a_3)$
 is equal to $f(z)dz$, a differential form on $H/\Gamma_0(N)$ where $N$ is the
 conductor of the curve. The variable used in the power series for $u$ and $v$
 is $x$, which is implicitly understood to be equal to $\exp(2i\pi z)$. It is
 assumed that the curve is a \emph{strong} \idx{Weil curve}, and that the
 Manin constant is equal to 1. The equation of the curve $E$ must be minimal
 (use \kbd{ellminimalmodel} to get a minimal equation).

Function: elltatepairing
Class: basic
Section: elliptic_curves
C-Name: elltatepairing
Prototype: GGGG
Help: elltatepairing(E, P, Q, m): Computes the Tate pairing of the two points
 P and Q on the elliptic curve E. The point P must be of m-torsion.
Doc: Computes the Tate pairing of the two points $P$ and $Q$ on the elliptic
 curve $E$. The point $P$ must be of $m$-torsion.

Function: elltors
Class: basic
Section: elliptic_curves
C-Name: elltors0
Prototype: GD0,L,
Help: elltors(E,{flag=0}): torsion subgroup of elliptic curve E: order,
 structure, generators. If flag = 0, use Doud's algorithm; if flag = 1, use
 Lutz-Nagell.
Doc: 
 if $E$ is an elliptic curve \emph{defined
 over $\Q$}, outputs the torsion subgroup of $E$ as a 3-component vector
 \kbd{[t,v1,v2]}, where \kbd{t} is the order of the torsion group, \kbd{v1}
 gives the structure of the torsion group as a product of cyclic groups
 (sorted by decreasing order), and \kbd{v2} gives generators for these cyclic
 groups. $E$ must be an \var{ell} as output by \kbd{ellinit}.
 
 \bprog
 ?  E = ellinit([0,0,0,-1,0]);
 ?  elltors(E)
 %1 = [4, [2, 2], [[0, 0], [1, 0]]]
 @eprog
 Here, the torsion subgroup is isomorphic to $\Z/2\Z \times \Z/2\Z$, with
 generators $[0,0]$ and $[1,0]$.
 
 If $\fl = 0$, use Doud's algorithm: bound torsion by computing $\#E(\F_p)$
 for small primes of good reduction, then look for torsion points using
 Weierstrass parametrization (and Mazur's classification).
 
 If $\fl = 1$, use Lutz-Nagell (\emph{much} slower), $E$ is allowed to be a
 \var{smallell}.
Variant: Also available is \fun{GEN}{elltors}{GEN E} for \kbd{elltors(E, 0)}.

Function: ellweilpairing
Class: basic
Section: elliptic_curves
C-Name: ellweilpairing
Prototype: GGGG
Help: ellweilpairing(E, P, Q, m): Computes the Weil pairing of the two points
 of m-torsion P and Q on the elliptic curve E.
Doc: Computes the Weil pairing of the two points of $m$-torsion $P$ and $Q$
 on the elliptic curve $E$.

Function: ellwp
Class: basic
Section: elliptic_curves
C-Name: ellwp0
Prototype: GDGD0,L,DPp
Help: ellwp(E,{z=x},{flag=0},{d=seriesprecision}):
 computes the value at z of the Weierstrass P function attached to the
 elliptic curve E as given by ellinit (alternatively, E can be
 given as a lattice [om1,om2]). Optional flag means 0 (default), compute only
 P(z), 1 compute [P(z),P'(z)], 2 consider om as an elliptic curve and compute
 P(z) for that curve (identical to ellztopoint in that case). If z is omitted
 or is a simple variable, return formal expansion in z with d significant
 terms.
Doc: Computes the value at $z$ of the Weierstrass $\wp$ function attached to
 the elliptic curve $E$ as given by \kbd{ellinit} (alternatively, $E$ can be
 given as a lattice $[\omega_1,\omega_2]$).
 
 If $z$ is omitted or is a simple variable, computes the \emph{power series}
 expansion in $z$ (starting $z^{-2}+O(z^2)$). The series is given to $d$
 significant terms (\tet{seriesprecision} by default).
 
 Optional \fl\ is (for now) only taken into account when $z$ is numeric, and
 means 0: compute only $\wp(z)$, 1: compute $[\wp(z),\wp'(z)]$.
Variant: Also available is \fun{GEN}{weipell}{GEN E, long precdl} for the power
 series.

Function: ellzeta
Class: basic
Section: elliptic_curves
C-Name: ellzeta
Prototype: GGp
Help: ellzeta(E,z): E being given by ellinit, returns the value at z of the
 Weierstrass zeta function of the period lattice of E.
Doc: 
 $E$ being given by \kbd{ellinit}, returns the
 value at $z$ of the Weierstrass $\zeta$ function of the period lattice $L$
 of $E$:
 $$ \zeta(z, L) = \dfrac{1}{z} + z^2\sum_{\omega\in L^*}
 \dfrac{1}{\omega^2(z-\omega)}.$$
 Alternatively, one can input a lattice basis $[\omega_1,\omega_2]$ directly
 instead of $E$.
 \bprog
 ? e = ellinit([0,0,0,1,0]);
 ? ellzeta(e, e.omega[1]/2)
 %2 = 0.8472130847939790866064991234 + 4.417621070 E-29*I
 ? 2*ellzeta([1,I], 1/2)
 %3 = 3.141592653589793238462643384 + 0.E-37*I
 @eprog\noindent
 The quasi-periods of $\zeta$, such that
 $$\zeta(z + a\omega_1 + b\omega_2) = \zeta(z) + a\eta_1 + b\eta_2 $$
 for integers $a$ and $b$ are obtained directly as $\eta_i =
 2\zeta(\omega_i/2)$ or using \tet{elleta}.

Function: ellztopoint
Class: basic
Section: elliptic_curves
C-Name: pointell
Prototype: GGp
Help: ellztopoint(E,z): coordinates of point P on the curve E corresponding
 to the complex number z.
Doc: 
 $E$ being an \var{ell} as output by
 \kbd{ellinit}, computes the coordinates $[x,y]$ on the curve $E$
 corresponding to the complex number $z$. Hence this is the inverse function
 of \kbd{ellpointtoz}. In other words, if the curve is put in Weierstrass
 form, $[x,y]$ represents the \idx{Weierstrass $\wp$-function} and its
 derivative. If $z$ is in the lattice defining $E$ over $\C$, the result is
 the point at infinity $[0]$.

Function: erfc
Class: basic
Section: transcendental
C-Name: gerfc
Prototype: Gp
Help: erfc(x): complementary error function.
Doc: complementary error function, analytic continuation of
 $(2/\sqrt\pi)\int_x^\infty e^{-t^2}\,dt$ ($x\in\R$).

Function: error
Class: basic
Section: programming/specific
C-Name: error0
Prototype: vs*
Help: error({str}*): abort script with error message str.
Description: 
 (?gen,...):void  pari_err(talker, "${2 format_string}"${2 format_args})
Doc: outputs its argument list (each of
 them interpreted as a string), then interrupts the running \kbd{gp} program,
 returning to the input prompt. For instance
 \bprog
 error("n = ", n, " is not squarefree !")
 @eprog\noindent
  % \syn{NO}

Function: eta
Class: basic
Section: transcendental
C-Name: eta0
Prototype: GD0,L,p
Help: eta(z,{flag=0}): if flag=0, returns prod(n=1,oo, 1-q^n), where
 q = exp(2 i Pi z) if z is a complex scalar (belonging to the upper half plane);
 q = z if z is a p-adic number or can be converted to a power series.
 If flag is non-zero, the function only applies to complex scalars and returns
 the true eta function, with the factor q^(1/24) included.
Doc: Variants of \idx{Dedekind}'s $\eta$ function.
 If $\fl = 0$, return $\prod_{n=1}^\infty(1-q^n)$, where $q$ depends on $x$
 in the following way:
 
 \item $q = e^{2i\pi x}$ if $x$ is a \emph{complex number} (which must then
 have positive imaginary part); notice that the factor $q^{1/24}$ is
 missing!
 
 \item $q = x$ if $x$ is a \typ{PADIC}, or can be converted to a
 \emph{power series} (which must then have positive valuation).
 
 If $\fl$ is non-zero, $x$ is converted to a complex number and we return the
 true $\eta$ function, $q^{1/24}\prod_{n=1}^\infty(1-q^n)$,
 where $q = e^{2i\pi x}$.
Variant: 
 Also available is \fun{GEN}{trueeta}{GEN x, long prec} ($\fl=1$).

Function: eulerphi
Class: basic
Section: number_theoretical
C-Name: geulerphi
Prototype: G
Help: eulerphi(x): Euler's totient function of x.
Description: 
 (int):int        eulerphi($1)
 (gen):gen        geulerphi($1)
Doc: Euler's $\phi$ (totient)\sidx{Euler totient function} function of $|x|$,
 in other words $|(\Z/x\Z)^*|$. Normally, $x$ must be of type integer, but
 the function accepts vector/matrices arguments, and is then applied
 componentwise.
Variant: For a \typ{INT} $x$, the variant
 \fun{GEN}{eulerphi}{GEN n} is also available.

Function: eval
Class: basic
Section: polynomials
C-Name: geval_gp
Prototype: GC
Help: eval(x): evaluation of x, replacing variables by their value.
Description: 
 (gen):gen      geval($1)
Doc: replaces in $x$ the formal variables by the values that
 have been assigned to them after the creation of $x$. This is mainly useful
 in GP, and not in library mode. Do not confuse this with substitution (see
 \kbd{subst}).
 
 If $x$ is a character string, \kbd{eval($x$)} executes $x$ as a GP
 command, as if directly input from the keyboard, and returns its
 output. For convenience, $x$ is evaluated as if
 \kbd{strictmatch} was off. In particular, unused characters at the end of
 $x$ do not prevent its evaluation:
 \bprog
 ? eval("1a")
   *** eval: Warning: unused characters: a.
 % 1 = 1
 @eprog
 
 \synt{geval}{GEN x}.

Function: exp
Class: basic
Section: transcendental
C-Name: gexp
Prototype: Gp
Help: exp(x): exponential of x.
Description: 
 (real):real         mpexp($1)
 (mp):mp:prec        gexp($1, prec)
 (gen):gen:prec      gexp($1, prec)
Doc: exponential of $x$.
 $p$-adic arguments with positive valuation are accepted.
Variant: For a \typ{PADIC} $x$, the function
 \fun{GEN}{Qp_exp}{GEN x} is also available.

Function: extern
Class: gp
Section: programming/specific
C-Name: extern0
Prototype: s
Help: extern(str): execute shell command str, and feeds the result to GP (as
 if loading from file).
Doc: the string \var{str} is the name of an external command (i.e.~one you
 would type from your UNIX shell prompt). This command is immediately run and
 its output fed into \kbd{gp}, just as if read from a file.

Function: externstr
Class: gp
Section: programming/specific
C-Name: externstr
Prototype: s
Help: externstr(str): execute shell command str, and returns the result as a
 vector of GP strings, one component per output line.
Doc: the string \var{str} is the name of an external command (i.e.~one you
 would type from your UNIX shell prompt). This command is immediately run and
 its output is returned as a vector of GP strings, one component per output
 line.

Function: factor
Class: basic
Section: number_theoretical
C-Name: gp_factor0
Prototype: GDG
Help: factor(x,{lim}): factorization of x. lim is optional and can be set
 whenever x is of (possibly recursive) rational type. If lim is set return
 partial factorization, using primes < lim (up to primelimit if lim=0).
Description: 
 (int, ?-1):vec        Z_factor($1)
 (gen, ?-1):vec        factor($1)
 (gen, small):vec      factor0($1, $2)
Doc: general factorization function, where $x$ is a
 rational (including integers), a complex number with rational
 real and imaginary parts, or a rational function (including polynomials).
 The result is a two-column matrix: the first contains the irreducibles
 dividing $x$ (rational or Gaussian primes, irreducible polynomials),
 and the second the exponents. By convention, $0$ is factored as $0^1$.
 
 \misctitle{$\Q$ and $\Q(i)$}
 See \tet{factorint} for more information about the algorithms used.
 The rational or Gaussian primes are in fact \var{pseudoprimes}
 (see \kbd{ispseudoprime}), a priori not rigorously proven primes. In fact,
 any factor which is $\leq 10^{15}$ (whose norm is $\leq 10^{15}$ for an
 irrational Gaussian prime) is a genuine prime. Use
 \kbd{isprime} to prove primality of other factors, as in
 \bprog
 ? fa = factor(2^2^7 + 1)
 %1 =
 [59649589127497217 1]
 
 [5704689200685129054721 1]
 
 ? isprime( fa[,1] )
 %2 = [1, 1]~   \\ both entries are proven primes
 @eprog\noindent
 Another possibility is to set the global default \tet{factor_proven}, which
 will perform a rigorous primality proof for each pseudoprime factor.
 
 A \typ{INT} argument \var{lim} can be added, meaning that we look only for
 prime factors $p < \var{lim}$. The limit \var{lim} must be non-negative and
 satisfy
 $\var{lim} \leq \kbd{primelimit} + 1$; setting $\var{lim}=0$ is the same
 as setting it to $\kbd{primelimit} + 1$. In this case, all but the last
 factor
 are proven primes, but the remaining factor may actually be a proven composite!
 If the remaining factor is less than $\var{lim}^2$, then it is prime.
 \bprog
 ? factor(2^2^7 +1, 10^5)
 %3 =
 [340282366920938463463374607431768211457 1]
 @eprog\noindent
 This routine uses trial division and perfect power tests, and should not be
 used for huge values
 of \var{lim} (at most $10^9$, say): \kbd{factorint(, 1 + 8)} will in general
 be faster. The latter does not guarantee that all small prime factors are
 found, but it also finds larger factors, and in a much more efficient way.
 \bprog
 ? F = (2^2^7 + 1) * 1009 * 100003; factor(F, 10^5)  \\ fast, incomplete
 time = 0 ms.
 %4 =
 [1009 1]
 
 [34029257539194609161727850866999116450334371 1]
 
 ? default(primelimit,10^9)
 time = 4,360 ms.
 %5 = 1000000000
 ? factor(F, 10^9)    \\ very slow
 time = 6,120 ms.
 %6 =
 [1009 1]
 
 [100003 1]
 
 [340282366920938463463374607431768211457 1]
 
 ? factorint(F, 1+8)  \\ much faster, all small primes were found
 time = 40 ms.
 %7 =
 [1009 1]
 
 [100003 1]
 
 [340282366920938463463374607431768211457 1]
 
 ? factorint(F)   \\ complete factorisation
 time = 260 ms.
 %8 =
 [1009 1]
 
 [100003 1]
 
 [59649589127497217 1]
 
 [5704689200685129054721 1]
 @eprog
 
 \misctitle{Rational functions}
 The polynomials or rational functions to be factored must have scalar
 coefficients. In particular PARI does not know how to factor
 \emph{multivariate} polynomials. See \tet{factormod} and \tet{factorff} for
 the algorithms used over finite fields, \tet{factornf} for the algorithms
 over number fields. Over $\Q$, \idx{van Hoeij}'s method is used, which is
 able to cope with hundreds of modular factors.
 
 The routine guesses a sensible ring over which you want to factor: the
 smallest ring containing all coefficients, taking into account quotient
 structures induced by \typ{INTMOD}s and \typ{POLMOD}s (e.g.~if a coefficient
 in $\Z/n\Z$ is known, all rational numbers encountered are first mapped to
 $\Z/n\Z$; different moduli will produce an error).
 Note that factorization of polynomials is done up to
 multiplication by a constant. In particular, the factors of rational
 polynomials will have integer coefficients, and the content of a polynomial
 or rational function is discarded and not included in the factorization. If
 needed, you can always ask for the content explicitly:
 \bprog
 ? factor(t^2 + 5/2*t + 1)
 %1 =
 [2*t + 1 1]
 
 [t + 2 1]
 
 ? content(t^2 + 5/2*t + 1)
 %2 = 1/2
 @eprog\noindent
 See also \tet{nffactor}.
Variant: This function should only be used by the \kbd{gp} interface. Use
 directly \fun{GEN}{factor}{GEN x} or \fun{GEN}{boundfact}{GEN x, long lim}.
 The obsolete function \fun{GEN}{factor0}{GEN x, long lim} is kept for
 backward compatibility.

Function: factorback
Class: basic
Section: number_theoretical
C-Name: factorback2
Prototype: GDG
Help: factorback(f,{e}): given a factorisation f, gives the factored
 object back. If this is a prime ideal factorisation you must supply the
 corresponding number field as last argument. If e is present, f has to be a
 vector of the same length, and we return the product of the f[i]^e[i].
Description: 
 (gen):gen      factorback($1)
 (gen,):gen     factorback($1)
 (gen,gen):gen  factorback2($1, $2)
Doc: gives back the factored object
 corresponding to a factorization. The integer $1$ corresponds to the empty
 factorization.
 
 If $e$ is present, $e$ and $f$ must be vectors of the same length ($e$ being
 integral), and the corresponding factorization is the product of the
 $f[i]^{e[i]}$.
 
 If not, and $f$ is vector, it is understood as in the preceding case with $e$
 a vector of 1s: we return the product of the $f[i]$. Finally, $f$ can be a
 regular factorization, as produced with any \kbd{factor} command. A few
 examples:
 \bprog
 ? factor(12)
 %1 =
 [2 2]
 
 [3 1]
 
 ? factorback(%)
 %2 = 12
 ? factorback([2,3], [2,1])   \\ 2^3 * 3^1
 %3 = 12
 ? factorback([5,2,3])
 %4 = 30
 @eprog
Variant: Also available is \fun{GEN}{factorback}{GEN f} (case $e = \kbd{NULL}$).

Function: factorcantor
Class: basic
Section: number_theoretical
C-Name: factcantor
Prototype: GG
Help: factorcantor(x,p): factorization mod p of the polynomial x using
 Cantor-Zassenhaus.
Doc: factors the polynomial $x$ modulo the
 prime $p$, using distinct degree plus
 \idx{Cantor-Zassenhaus}\sidx{Zassenhaus}. The coefficients of $x$ must be
 operation-compatible with $\Z/p\Z$. The result is a two-column matrix, the
 first column being the irreducible polynomials dividing $x$, and the second
 the exponents. If you want only the \emph{degrees} of the irreducible
 polynomials (for example for computing an $L$-function), use
 $\kbd{factormod}(x,p,1)$. Note that the \kbd{factormod} algorithm is
 usually faster than \kbd{factorcantor}.

Function: factorff
Class: basic
Section: number_theoretical
C-Name: factorff
Prototype: GDGDG
Help: factorff(x,{p},{a}): factorization of the polynomial x in the finite field
 F_p[X]/a(X)F_p[X].
Doc: factors the polynomial $x$ in the field
 $\F_q$ defined by the irreducible polynomial $a$ over $\F_p$. The
 coefficients of $x$ must be operation-compatible with $\Z/p\Z$. The result
 is a two-column matrix: the first column contains the irreducible factors of
 $x$, and the second their exponents. If all the coefficients of $x$ are in
 $\F_p$, a much faster algorithm is applied, using the computation of
 isomorphisms between finite fields.
 
 Either $a$ or $p$ can omitted (in which case both are ignored) if x has
 \typ{FFELT} coefficients; the function then becomes identical to \kbd{factor}:
 \bprog
 ? factorff(x^2 + 1, 5, y^2+3)  \\ over F_5[y]/(y^2+3) ~ F_25
 %1 =
 [Mod(Mod(1, 5), Mod(1, 5)*y^2 + Mod(3, 5))*x
  + Mod(Mod(2, 5), Mod(1, 5)*y^2 + Mod(3, 5)) 1]
 
 [Mod(Mod(1, 5), Mod(1, 5)*y^2 + Mod(3, 5))*x
  + Mod(Mod(3, 5), Mod(1, 5)*y^2 + Mod(3, 5)) 1]
 ? t = ffgen(y^2 + Mod(3,5), 't); \\ a generator for F_25 as a t_FFELT
 ? factorff(x^2 + 1)   \\ not enough information to determine the base field
  ***   at top-level: factorff(x^2+1)
  ***                 ^---------------
  *** factorff: incorrect type in factorff.
 ? factorff(x^2 + t^0) \\ make sure a coeff. is a t_FFELT
 %3 =
 [x + 2 1]
 
 [x + 3 1]
 ? factorff(x^2 + t + 1)
 %11 =
 [x + (2*t + 1) 1]
 
 [x + (3*t + 4) 1]
 @eprog\noindent
 Notice that the second syntax is easier to use and much more readable.

Function: factorial
Class: basic
Section: number_theoretical
C-Name: mpfactr
Prototype: Lp
Help: factorial(x): factorial of x, the result being given as a real number.
Doc: factorial of $x$. The expression $x!$ gives a result which is an integer,
 while $\kbd{factorial}(x)$ gives a real number.
Variant: \fun{GEN}{mpfact}{long x} returns $x!$ as a \typ{INT}.

Function: factorint
Class: basic
Section: number_theoretical
C-Name: factorint
Prototype: GD0,L,
Help: factorint(x,{flag=0}): factor the integer x. flag is optional, whose
 binary digits mean 1: avoid MPQS, 2: avoid first-stage ECM (may fall back on
 it later), 4: avoid Pollard-Brent Rho and Shanks SQUFOF, 8: skip final ECM
 (huge composites will be declared prime).
Doc: factors the integer $n$ into a product of
 pseudoprimes (see \kbd{ispseudoprime}), using a combination of the
 \idx{Shanks SQUFOF} and \idx{Pollard Rho} method (with modifications due to
 Brent), \idx{Lenstra}'s \idx{ECM} (with modifications by Montgomery), and
 \idx{MPQS} (the latter adapted from the \idx{LiDIA} code with the kind
 permission of the LiDIA maintainers), as well as a search for pure powers.
 The output is a two-column matrix as for \kbd{factor}: the first column
 contains the ``prime'' divisors of $n$, the second one contains the
 (positive) exponents.
 
 By convention $0$ is factored as $0^1$, and $1$ as the empty factorization;
 also the divisors are by default not proven primes is they are larger than
 $2^64$, they only failed the BPSW compositeness test (see
 \tet{ispseudoprime}). Use \kbd{isprime} on the result if you want to
 guarantee primality or set the \tet{factor_proven} default to $1$.
 Entries of the private prime tables (see \tet{addprimes}) are also included
 as is.
 
 This gives direct access to the integer factoring engine called by most
 arithmetical functions. \fl\ is optional; its binary digits mean 1: avoid
 MPQS, 2: skip first stage ECM (we may still fall back to it later), 4: avoid
 Rho and SQUFOF, 8: don't run final ECM (as a result, a huge composite may be
 declared to be prime). Note that a (strong) probabilistic primality test is
 used; thus composites might not be detected, although no example is known.
 
 You are invited to play with the flag settings and watch the internals at
 work by using \kbd{gp}'s \tet{debug} default parameter (level 3 shows
 just the outline, 4 turns on time keeping, 5 and above show an increasing
 amount of internal details).

Function: factormod
Class: basic
Section: number_theoretical
C-Name: factormod0
Prototype: GGD0,L,
Help: factormod(x,p,{flag=0}): factors the polynomial x modulo the prime p, using Berlekamp. flag is optional, and can be 0: default or 1:
 only the degrees of the irreducible factors are given.
Doc: factors the polynomial $x$ modulo the prime integer $p$, using
 \idx{Berlekamp}. The coefficients of $x$ must be operation-compatible with
 $\Z/p\Z$. The result is a two-column matrix, the first column being the
 irreducible polynomials dividing $x$, and the second the exponents. If $\fl$
 is non-zero, outputs only the \emph{degrees} of the irreducible polynomials
 (for example, for computing an $L$-function). A different algorithm for
 computing the mod $p$ factorization is \kbd{factorcantor} which is sometimes
 faster.

Function: factornf
Class: basic
Section: number_fields
C-Name: polfnf
Prototype: GG
Help: factornf(x,t): factorization of the polynomial x over the number field
 defined by the polynomial t.
Doc: factorization of the univariate polynomial $x$
 over the number field defined by the (univariate) polynomial $t$. $x$ may
 have coefficients in $\Q$ or in the number field. The algorithm reduces to
 factorization over $\Q$ (\idx{Trager}'s trick). The direct approach of
 \tet{nffactor}, which uses \idx{van Hoeij}'s method in a relative setting, is
 in general faster.
 
 The main variable of $t$ must be of \emph{lower} priority than that of $x$
 (see \secref{se:priority}). However if non-rational number field elements
 occur (as polmods or polynomials) as coefficients of $x$, the variable of
 these polmods \emph{must} be the same as the main variable of $t$. For
 example
 
 \bprog
 ? factornf(x^2 + Mod(y, y^2+1), y^2+1);
 ? factornf(x^2 + y, y^2+1); \\@com these two are OK
 ? factornf(x^2 + Mod(z,z^2+1), y^2+1)
   ***   at top-level: factornf(x^2+Mod(z,z
   ***                 ^--------------------
   *** factornf: inconsistent data in rnf function.
 ? factornf(x^2 + z, y^2+1)
   ***   at top-level: factornf(x^2+z,y^2+1
   ***                 ^--------------------
   *** factornf: incorrect variable in rnf function.
 @eprog

Function: factorpadic
Class: basic
Section: polynomials
C-Name: factorpadic0
Prototype: GGLD0,L,
Help: factorpadic(pol,p,r,{flag=0}): p-adic factorization of the polynomial pol
 to precision r. flag is optional and may be set to 0 (use round 4) or 1 (use
 Buchmann-Lenstra).
Doc: $p$-adic factorization
 of the polynomial \var{pol} to precision $r$, the result being a
 two-column matrix as in \kbd{factor}. The factors are normalized so that
 their leading coefficient is a power of $p$. $r$ must be strictly larger than
 the $p$-adic valuation of the discriminant of \var{pol} for the result to
 make any sense. The method used is a modified version of the \idx{round 4}
 algorithm of \idx{Zassenhaus}.
 
 If $\fl=1$, use an algorithm due to \idx{Buchmann} and \idx{Lenstra}, which is
 much less efficient.
Variant: 
 \fun{GEN}{factorpadic}{GEN f,GEN p, long r} corresponds to the default
 $\fl=0$.

Function: ffgen
Class: basic
Section: number_theoretical
C-Name: ffgen
Prototype: GDn
Help: ffgen(P,{v}): return the generator g=X mod P(X) of the finite field
 defined by the polynomial P(X). If v is given, the variable name is used to
 display g, else the variable of the polynomial P is used.
Doc: return the generator $g=X \pmod{P(X)}$ of the
 finite field defined by the polynomial $P$ (which must have \typ{INTMOD}
 coefficients). If \kbd{v} is given, the variable name is used to display $g$,
 else the variable of the polynomial $P$ is used.

Function: ffinit
Class: basic
Section: number_theoretical
C-Name: ffinit
Prototype: GLDn
Help: ffinit(p,n,{v=x}): monic irreducible polynomial of degree n over F_p[v].
Description: 
 (int, small, ?var):pol        ffinit($1, $2, $3)
Doc: computes a monic polynomial of degree $n$ which is irreducible over
  $\F_p$, where $p$ is assumed to be prime. This function uses a fast variant
  of Adleman-Lenstra's algorithm.
 
 It is useful in conjunction with \tet{ffgen}; for instance if \kbd{P =
 ffinit(3,2)}, you can represent elements in $\F_{3^2}$ in term of \kbd{g =
 ffgen(P,g)}.

Function: fflog
Class: basic
Section: number_theoretical
C-Name: fflog
Prototype: GGDG
Help: fflog(x,g,{o}): return the discrete logarithm of the finite field
 element x in base g. If present, o must represents the multiplicative
 order of g. If no o is given, assume that g is a primitive root.
Doc: discrete logarithm of the finite field element $x$ in base $g$. If
 present, $o$ represents the multiplicative order of $g$, see
 \secref{se:DLfun}; the preferred format for
 this parameter is \kbd{[ord, factor(ord)]}, where \kbd{ord} is the
 order of $g$. It may be set as a side effect of calling \tet{ffprimroot}.
 
 If no $o$ is given, assume that $g$ is a primitive root.
 See \tet{znlog} for the limitations of the underlying discrete log algorithms.
 \bprog
 ? t = ffgen(ffinit(7,5));
 ? o = fforder(t)
 %2 = 5602   \\@com \emph{not} a primitive root.
 ? fflog(t^10,t)
 %3 = 11214  \\@com Actually correct modulo o. We are lucky !
 ? fflog(t^10,t, o)
 %4 = 10
 ? g = ffprimroot(t, &o);
 ? o   \\ order is 16806, bundled with its factorization matrix
 %6 = [16806, [2, 1; 3, 1; 2801, 1]]
 ? fforder(g, o)
 %7 = 16806  \\ no surprise there !
 ? fforder(g^10000, g, o)
 ? fflog(g^10000, g, o)
 %9 = 10000
 @eprog

Function: fforder
Class: basic
Section: number_theoretical
C-Name: fforder
Prototype: GDG
Help: fforder(x,{o}): multiplicative order of the finite field element x.
 Optional o represents a multiple of the order of the element.
Doc: multiplicative order of the finite field element $x$.  If $o$ is
 present, it represents a multiple of the order of the element,
 see \secref{se:DLfun}; the preferred format for
 this parameter is \kbd{[N, factor(N)]}, where \kbd{N} is the cardinality
 of the multiplicative group of the underlying finite field.
 \bprog
 ? t = ffgen(ffinit(nextprime(10^8), 5));
 ? g = ffprimroot(t, &o);  \\@com o will be useful !
 ? fforder(g^1000000, o)
 time = 0 ms.
 %5 = 5000001750000245000017150000600250008403
 ? fforder(g^1000000)
 time = 16 ms. \\@com noticeably slower, same result of course
 %6 = 5000001750000245000017150000600250008403
 @eprog

Function: ffprimroot
Class: basic
Section: number_theoretical
C-Name: ffprimroot
Prototype: GD&
Help: ffprimroot(x, {&o}): return a primitive root of the multiplicative group
 of the definition field of the finite field element x (not necessarily the
 same as the field generated by x). If present, o is set to [ord, fa], where
 ord is the order of the group, and fa its factorization
 (useful in fflog and fforder).
Doc: return a primitive root of the multiplicative
 group of the definition field of the finite field element $x$ (not necessarily
 the same as the field generated by $x$). If present, $o$ is set to
 a vector \kbd{[ord, fa]}, where \kbd{ord} is the order of the group
 and \kbd{fa} its factorisation \kbd{factor(ord)}. This last parameter is
 useful in \tet{fflog} and \tet{fforder}, see \secref{se:DLfun}.
 \bprog
 ? t = ffgen(ffinit(nextprime(10^7), 5));
 ? g = ffprimroot(t, &o);
 ? o[1]
 %3 = 100000950003610006859006516052476098
 ? o[2]
 %4 =
 [2 1]
 
 [7 2]
 
 [31 1]
 
 [41 1]
 
 [67 1]
 
 [1523 1]
 
 [10498781 1]
 
 [15992881 1]
 
 [46858913131 1]
 
 ? fflog(g^1000000, g, o)
 time = 1,312 ms.
 %5 = 1000000
 @eprog

Function: fibonacci
Class: basic
Section: number_theoretical
C-Name: fibo
Prototype: L
Help: fibonacci(x): fibonacci number of index x (x C-integer).
Doc: $x^{\text{th}}$ Fibonacci number.

Function: floor
Class: basic
Section: conversions
C-Name: gfloor
Prototype: G
Help: floor(x): floor of x = largest integer <= x.
Description: 
 (small):small:parens   $1
 (int):int:copy:parens  $1
 (real):int             floorr($1)
 (mp):int               mpfloor($1)
 (gen):gen              gfloor($1)
Doc: 
 floor of $x$. When $x$ is in $\R$, the result is the
 largest integer smaller than or equal to $x$. Applied to a rational function,
 $\kbd{floor}(x)$ returns the Euclidean quotient of the numerator by the
 denominator.

Function: for
Class: basic
Section: programming/control
C-Name: forpari
Prototype: vV=GGI
Help: for(X=a,b,seq): the sequence is evaluated, X going from a up to b.
Doc: evaluates \var{seq}, where
 the formal variable $X$ goes from $a$ to $b$. Nothing is done if $a>b$.
 $a$ and $b$ must be in $\R$.

Function: fordiv
Class: basic
Section: programming/control
C-Name: fordiv
Prototype: vGVI
Help: fordiv(n,X,seq): the sequence is evaluated, X running over the
 divisors of n.
Doc: evaluates \var{seq}, where
 the formal variable $X$ ranges through the divisors of $n$
 (see \tet{divisors}, which is used as a subroutine). It is assumed that
 \kbd{factor} can handle $n$, without negative exponents. Instead of $n$,
 it is possible to input a factorization matrix, i.e. the output of
 \kbd{factor(n)}.
 
 This routine uses \kbd{divisors} as a subroutine, then loops over the
 divisors. In particular, if $n$ is an integer, divisors are sorted by
 increasing size.
 
 To avoid storing all divisors, possibly using a lot of memory, the following
 (much slower) routine loops over the divisors using essentially constant
 space:
 \bprog
 FORDIV(N)=
 { my(P, E);
 
   P = factor(N); E = P[,2]; P = P[,1];
   forvec( v = vector(#E, i, [0,E[i]]),
   X = factorback(P, v)
   \\ ...
 );
 }
 ? for(i=1,10^5, FORDIV(i))
 time = 3,445 ms.
 ? for(i=1,10^5, fordiv(i, d, ))
 time = 490 ms.
 @eprog

Function: forell
Class: basic
Section: programming/control
C-Name: forell0
Prototype: vVLLI
Help: forell(E,a,b,seq): execute seq for each elliptic curves E of conductor
 between a and b in the elldata database.
Wrapper: (,,,vG)
Description: 
 (,small,small,closure):void  forell(${4 cookie}, ${4 wrapper}, $2, $3)
Doc: evaluates \var{seq}, where the formal variable $E$ ranges through all
 elliptic curves of conductors from $a$ to $b$. Th \tet{elldata} database must
 be installed and contain data for the specified conductors.
 
 \synt{forell}{void *data, long (*call)(void*,GEN), GEN a, GEN b}.

Function: forprime
Class: basic
Section: programming/control
C-Name: forprime
Prototype: vV=GGI
Help: forprime(X=a,b,seq): the sequence is evaluated, X running over the
 primes between a and b.
Doc: evaluates \var{seq},
 where the formal variable $X$ ranges over the prime numbers between $a$ to
 $b$ (including $a$ and $b$ if they are prime). More precisely, the value of
 $X$ is incremented to the smallest prime strictly larger than $X$ at the end
 of each iteration. Nothing is done if $a>b$. Note that $a$ and $b$ must be in
 $\R$.
 
 \bprog
 f(N) =
 {
   forprime(p = 2, N,
     print(p);
     if (p == 3, p = 6);
   )
 }
 ? f(12)
 2
 3
 7
 11
 @eprog

Function: forstep
Class: basic
Section: programming/control
C-Name: forstep
Prototype: vV=GGGI
Help: forstep(X=a,b,s,seq): the sequence is evaluated, X going from a to b
 in steps of s (can be a vector of steps).
Doc: evaluates \var{seq},
 where the formal variable $X$ goes from $a$ to $b$, in increments of $s$.
 Nothing is done if $s>0$ and $a>b$ or if $s<0$ and $a<b$. $s$ must be in
 $\R^*$ or a vector of steps $[s_1,\dots,s_n]$. In the latter case, the
 successive steps are used in the order they appear in $s$.
 
 \bprog
 ? forstep(x=5, 20, [2,4], print(x))
 5
 7
 11
 13
 17
 19
 @eprog

Function: forsubgroup
Class: basic
Section: programming/control
C-Name: forsubgroup0
Prototype: vV=GDGI
Help: forsubgroup(H=G,{bound},seq): execute seq for each subgroup H of the
 abelian group G (in SNF form), whose index is bounded by bound. H is given
 as a left divisor of G in HNF form.
Wrapper: (,,vG)
Description: 
 (gen,?gen,closure):void  forsubgroup(${3 cookie}, ${3 wrapper}, $1, $2)
Doc: evaluates \var{seq} for
 each subgroup $H$ of the \emph{abelian} group $G$ (given in
 SNF\sidx{Smith normal form} form or as a vector of elementary divisors),
 whose index is bounded by $B$. The subgroups are not ordered in any
 obvious way, unless $G$ is a $p$-group in which case Birkhoff's algorithm
 produces them by decreasing index. A \idx{subgroup} is given as a matrix
 whose columns give its generators on the implicit generators of $G$. For
 example, the following prints all subgroups of index less than 2 in $G =
 \Z/2\Z g_1 \times \Z/2\Z g_2$:
 
 \bprog
 ? G = [2,2]; forsubgroup(H=G, 2, print(H))
 [1; 1]
 [1; 2]
 [2; 1]
 [1, 0; 1, 1]
 @eprog\noindent
 The last one, for instance is generated by $(g_1, g_1 + g_2)$. This
 routine is intended to treat huge groups, when \tet{subgrouplist} is not an
 option due to the sheer size of the output.
 
 For maximal speed the subgroups have been left as produced by the algorithm.
 To print them in canonical form (as left divisors of $G$ in HNF form), one
 can for instance use
 \bprog
 ? G = matdiagonal([2,2]); forsubgroup(H=G, 2, print(mathnf(concat(G,H))))
 [2, 1; 0, 1]
 [1, 0; 0, 2]
 [2, 0; 0, 1]
 [1, 0; 0, 1]
 @eprog\noindent
 Note that in this last representation, the index $[G:H]$ is given by the
 determinant. See \tet{galoissubcyclo} and \tet{galoisfixedfield} for
 applications to \idx{Galois} theory.
 
 \synt{forsubgroup}{void *data, long (*call)(void*,GEN), GEN G, GEN bound}.

Function: forvec
Class: basic
Section: programming/control
C-Name: forvec
Prototype: vV=GID0,L,
Help: forvec(X=v,seq,{flag=0}): v being a vector of two-component vectors of
 length n, the sequence is evaluated with X[i] going from v[i][1] to v[i][2]
 for i=n,..,1 if flag is zero or omitted. If flag = 1 (resp. flag = 2),
 restrict to increasing (resp. strictly increasing) sequences.
Doc: Let $v$ be an $n$-component
 vector (where $n$ is arbitrary) of two-component vectors $[a_i,b_i]$
 for $1\le i\le n$. This routine evaluates \var{seq}, where the formal
 variables $X[1],\dots, X[n]$ go from $a_1$ to $b_1$,\dots, from $a_n$ to
 $b_n$, i.e.~$X$ goes from $[a_1,\dots,a_n]$ to $[b_1,\dots,b_n]$ with respect
 to the lexicographic ordering. (The formal variable with the highest index
 moves the fastest.) If $\fl=1$, generate only nondecreasing vectors $X$, and
 if $\fl=2$, generate only strictly increasing vectors $X$.
 
 The type of $X$ is the same as the type of $v$: \typ{VEC} or \typ{COL}.

Function: frac
Class: basic
Section: conversions
C-Name: gfrac
Prototype: G
Help: frac(x): fractional part of x = x-floor(x).
Doc: 
 fractional part of $x$. Identical to
 $x-\text{floor}(x)$. If $x$ is real, the result is in $[0,1[$.

Function: galoisexport
Class: basic
Section: number_fields
C-Name: galoisexport
Prototype: GD0,L,
Help: galoisexport(gal,{flag}): gal being a Galois group as output by
 galoisinit, output a string representing the underlying permutation group in
 GAP notation (default) or Magma notation (flag = 1).
Doc: \var{gal} being be a Galois group as output by \tet{galoisinit},
 export the underlying permutation group as a string suitable
 for (no flags or $\fl=0$) GAP or ($\fl=1$) Magma. The following example
 compute the index of the underlying abstract group in the GAP library:
 \bprog
 ? G = galoisinit(x^6+108);
 ? s = galoisexport(G)
 %2 = "Group((1, 2, 3)(4, 5, 6), (1, 4)(2, 6)(3, 5))"
 ? extern("echo \"IdGroup("s");\" | gap -q")
 %3 = [6, 1]
 ? galoisidentify(G)
 %4 = [6, 1]
 @eprog\noindent
 This command also accepts subgroups returned by \kbd{galoissubgroups}.
 
 To \emph{import} a GAP permutation into gp (for \tet{galoissubfields} for
 instance), the following GAP function may be useful :
 \bprog
  PermToGP := function(p, n)
    return Permuted([1..n],p);
  end;
 
  gap> p:= (1,26)(2,5)(3,17)(4,32)(6,9)(7,11)(8,24)(10,13)(12,15)(14,27)
    (16,22)(18,28)(19,20)(21,29)(23,31)(25,30)
  gap> PermToGP(p,32);
  [ 26, 5, 17, 32, 2, 9, 11, 24, 6, 13, 7, 15, 10, 27, 12, 22, 3, 28, 20, 19,
    29, 16, 31, 8, 30, 1, 14, 18, 21, 25, 23, 4 ]
  @eprog

Function: galoisfixedfield
Class: basic
Section: number_fields
C-Name: galoisfixedfield
Prototype: GGD0,L,Dn
Help: galoisfixedfield(gal,perm,{flag},{v=y}): gal being a Galois group as
 output by galoisinit and perm a subgroup, an element of gal.group or a vector
 of such elements, return [P,x] such that P is a polynomial defining the fixed
 field of gal[1] by the subgroup generated by perm, and x is a root of P in gal
 expressed as a polmod in gal.pol. If flag is 1 return only P. If flag is 2
 return [P,x,F] where F is the factorization of gal.pol over the field
 defined by P, where the variable v stands for a root of P.
Description: 
 (gen, gen, ?small, ?var):vec        galoisfixedfield($1, $2, $3, $4)
Doc: \var{gal} being be a Galois group as output by \tet{galoisinit} and
 \var{perm} an element of $\var{gal}.group$, a vector of such elements
 or a subgroup of \var{gal} as returned by galoissubgroups,
 computes the fixed field of \var{gal} by the automorphism defined by the
 permutations \var{perm} of the roots $\var{gal}.roots$. $P$ is guaranteed to
 be squarefree modulo $\var{gal}.p$.
 
 If no flags or $\fl=0$, output format is the same as for \tet{nfsubfield},
 returning $[P,x]$ such that $P$ is a polynomial defining the fixed field, and
 $x$ is a root of $P$ expressed as a polmod in $\var{gal}.pol$.
 
 If $\fl=1$ return only the polynomial $P$.
 
 If $\fl=2$ return $[P,x,F]$ where $P$ and $x$ are as above and $F$ is the
 factorization of $\var{gal}.pol$ over the field defined by $P$, where
 variable $v$ ($y$ by default) stands for a root of $P$. The priority of $v$
 must be less than the priority of the variable of $\var{gal}.pol$ (see
 \secref{se:priority}). Example:
 
 \bprog
 ? G = galoisinit(x^4+1);
 ? galoisfixedfield(G,G.group[2],2)
 %2 = [x^2 + 2, Mod(x^3 + x, x^4 + 1), [x^2 - y*x - 1, x^2 + y*x - 1]]
 @eprog\noindent
 computes the factorization  $x^4+1=(x^2-\sqrt{-2}x-1)(x^2+\sqrt{-2}x-1)$

Function: galoisgetpol
Class: basic
Section: number_fields
C-Name: galoisgetpol
Prototype: LD0,L,D1,L,
Help: galoisgetpol(a,{b},{s}): Query the galpol package for a polynomial with
 Galois group isomorphic to GAP4(a,b), totally real if s=1 (default) and
 totally complex if s=2.  The output is a vector [pol, den] where pol is the
 polynomial and den is the common denominator of the conjugates expressed
 as a polynomial in a root of pol. If b and s are omitted, return the number of
 isomorphism classes of groups of order a.
Description: 
 (small):int               galoisnbpol($1)
 (small,):int              galoisnbpol($1)
 (small,,):int             galoisnbpol($1)
 (small,small,small):vec   galoisgetpol($1, $2 ,$3)
Doc: Query the galpol package for a polynomial with Galois group isomorphic to
 GAP4(a,b), totally real if $s=1$ (default) and totally complex if $s=2$. The
 output is a vector [\kbd{pol}, \kbd{den}] where \kbd{pol} is the polynomial and
 \kbd{den} is the common denominator of the conjugates expressed as a
 polynomial in a root of \kbd{pol}, which can be passed as an optional argument
 to \tet{galoisinit} and \tet{nfgaloisconj} as follows:
 \bprog
 V=galoisgetpol(8,4,1);
 G=galoisinit(V[1], V[2])  \\ passing V[2] speeds up the computation
 @eprog
 
 If $b$ and $s$ are omitted, return the number of isomorphic class of groups
 of order $a$.
Variant: Also available is \fun{GEN}{galoisnbpol}{long a} when $b$ and $s$
 are omitted.

Function: galoisidentify
Class: basic
Section: number_fields
C-Name: galoisidentify
Prototype: G
Help: galoisidentify(gal): gal being a Galois group as output by galoisinit,
 output the isomorphism class of the underlying abstract group as a
 two-components vector [o,i], where o is the group order, and i is the group
 index in the GAP4 small group library.
Doc: \var{gal} being be a Galois group as output by \tet{galoisinit},
 output the isomorphism class of the underlying abstract group as a
 two-components vector $[o,i]$, where $o$ is the group order, and $i$ is the
 group index in the GAP4 Small Group library, by Hans Ulrich Besche, Bettina
 Eick and Eamonn O'Brien.
 
 This command also accepts subgroups returned by \kbd{galoissubgroups}.
 
 The current implementation is limited to degree less or equal to $127$.
 Some larger ``easy'' orders are also supported.
 
 The output is similar to the output of the function \kbd{IdGroup} in GAP4.
 Note that GAP4 \kbd{IdGroup} handles all groups of order less than $2000$
 except $1024$, so you can use \tet{galoisexport} and GAP4 to identify large
 Galois groups.

Function: galoisinit
Class: basic
Section: number_fields
C-Name: galoisinit
Prototype: GDG
Help: galoisinit(pol,{den}): pol being a polynomial or a number field as
 output by nfinit defining a Galois extension of Q, compute the Galois group
 and all neccessary informations for computing fixed fields. den is optional
 and has the same meaning as in nfgaloisconj(,4)(see manual).
Description: 
 (gen, ?int):gal        galoisinit($1, $2)
Doc: computes the Galois group
 and all necessary information for computing the fixed fields of the
 Galois extension $K/\Q$ where $K$ is the number field defined by
 $\var{pol}$ (monic irreducible polynomial in $\Z[X]$ or
 a number field as output by \tet{nfinit}). The extension $K/\Q$ must be
 Galois with Galois group ``weakly'' super-solvable, see below;
 returns 0 otherwise. Hence this permits to quickly check whether a polynomial
 of order strictly less than $36$ is Galois or not.
 
 The algorithm used is an improved version of the paper
 ``An efficient algorithm for the computation of Galois automorphisms'',
 Bill Allombert, Math.~Comp, vol.~73, 245, 2001, pp.~359--375.
 
 A group $G$ is said to be ``weakly'' super-solvable if there exists a
 normal series
 
 $\{1\} = H_0 \triangleleft H_1 \triangleleft \cdots \triangleleft H_{n-1}
 \triangleleft H_n$
 
 such that each $H_i$ is normal in $G$ and for $i<n$, each quotient group
 $H_{i+1}/H_i$ is cyclic, and either $H_n=G$ (then $G$ is super-solvable) or
 $G/H_n$ is isomorphic to either $A_4$ or $S_4$.
 
 In practice, almost all small groups are WKSS, the exceptions having order
 36(1 exception), 48(2), 56(1), 60(1), 72(5), 75(1), 80(1), 96(10) and $\geq
 108$.
 
 This function is a prerequisite for most of the \kbd{galois}$xxx$ routines.
 For instance:
 
 \bprog
 P = x^6 + 108;
 G = galoisinit(P);
 L = galoissubgroups(G);
 vector(#L, i, galoisisabelian(L[i],1))
 vector(#L, i, galoisidentify(L[i]))
 @eprog
 
 The output is an 8-component vector \var{gal}.
 
 $\var{gal}[1]$ contains the polynomial \var{pol}
 (\kbd{\var{gal}.pol}).
 
 $\var{gal}[2]$ is a three-components vector $[p,e,q]$ where $p$ is a
 prime number (\kbd{\var{gal}.p}) such that \var{pol} totally split
 modulo $p$ , $e$ is an integer and $q=p^e$ (\kbd{\var{gal}.mod}) is the
 modulus of the roots in \kbd{\var{gal}.roots}.
 
 $\var{gal}[3]$ is a vector $L$ containing the $p$-adic roots of
 \var{pol} as integers implicitly modulo \kbd{\var{gal}.mod}.
 (\kbd{\var{gal}.roots}).
 
 $\var{gal}[4]$ is the inverse of the Vandermonde matrix of the
 $p$-adic roots of \var{pol}, multiplied by $\var{gal}[5]$.
 
 $\var{gal}[5]$ is a multiple of the least common denominator of the
 automorphisms expressed as polynomial in a root of \var{pol}.
 
 $\var{gal}[6]$ is the Galois group $G$ expressed as a vector of
 permutations of $L$ (\kbd{\var{gal}.group}).
 
 $\var{gal}[7]$ is a generating subset $S=[s_1,\ldots,s_g]$ of $G$
 expressed as a vector of permutations of $L$ (\kbd{\var{gal}.gen}).
 
 $\var{gal}[8]$ contains the relative orders $[o_1,\ldots,o_g]$ of
 the generators of $S$ (\kbd{\var{gal}.orders}).
 
 Let $H_n$ be as above, we have the following properties:
 
 \quad\item if $G/H_n\simeq A_4$ then $[o_1,\ldots,o_g]$ ends by
 $[2,2,3]$.
 
 \quad\item if $G/H_n\simeq S_4$ then $[o_1,\ldots,o_g]$ ends by
 $[2,2,3,2]$.
 
 \quad\item for $1\leq i \leq g$ the subgroup of $G$ generated by
 $[s_1,\ldots,s_g]$ is normal, with the exception of $i=g-2$ in the
 $A_4$ case and of $i=g-3$ in the $S_A$ case.
 
 \quad\item the relative order $o_i$ of $s_i$ is its order in the
 quotient group $G/\langle s_1,\ldots,s_{i-1}\rangle$, with the same
 exceptions.
 
 \quad\item for any $x\in G$ there exists a unique family
 $[e_1,\ldots,e_g]$ such that (no exceptions):
 
 -- for $1\leq i \leq g$ we have $0\leq e_i<o_i$
 
 -- $x=g_1^{e_1}g_2^{e_2}\ldots g_n^{e_n}$
 
 If present $den$ must be a suitable value for $\var{gal}[5]$.

Function: galoisisabelian
Class: basic
Section: number_fields
C-Name: galoisisabelian
Prototype: GD0,L,
Help: galoisisabelian(gal,{flag=0}): gal being as output by galoisinit,
 return 0 if gal is not abelian, the HNF matrix of gal over gal.gen if
 flag=0, 1 if flag is 1, and the SNF of gal is flag=2.
Doc: \var{gal} being as output by \kbd{galoisinit}, return $0$ if
 \var{gal} is not an abelian group, and the HNF matrix of \var{gal} over
 \kbd{gal.gen} if $fl=0$, $1$ if $fl=1$.
 
 This command also accepts subgroups returned by \kbd{galoissubgroups}.

Function: galoisisnormal
Class: basic
Section: number_fields
C-Name: galoisisnormal
Prototype: lGG
Help: galoisisnormal(gal,subgrp): gal being as output by galoisinit,
 and subgrp a subgroup of gal as output by galoissubgroups,
 return 1 if subgrp is a normal subgroup of gal, else return 0.
Doc: \var{gal} being as output by \kbd{galoisinit}, and \var{subgrp} a subgroup
 of \var{gal} as output by \kbd{galoissubgroups},return $1$ if \var{subgrp} is a
 normal subgroup of \var{gal}, else return 0.
 
 This command also accepts subgroups returned by \kbd{galoissubgroups}.

Function: galoispermtopol
Class: basic
Section: number_fields
C-Name: galoispermtopol
Prototype: GG
Help: galoispermtopol(gal,perm): gal being a Galois group as output by
 galoisinit and perm a element of gal.group, return the polynomial defining
 the corresponding Galois automorphism.
Doc: \var{gal} being a
 Galois group as output by \kbd{galoisinit} and \var{perm} a element of
 $\var{gal}.group$, return the polynomial defining the Galois
 automorphism, as output by \kbd{nfgaloisconj}, associated with the
 permutation \var{perm} of the roots $\var{gal}.roots$. \var{perm} can
 also be a vector or matrix, in this case, \kbd{galoispermtopol} is
 applied to all components recursively.
 
 \noindent Note that
 \bprog
 G = galoisinit(pol);
 galoispermtopol(G, G[6])~
 @eprog\noindent
 is equivalent to \kbd{nfgaloisconj(pol)}, if degree of \var{pol} is greater
 or equal to $2$.

Function: galoissubcyclo
Class: basic
Section: number_fields
C-Name: galoissubcyclo
Prototype: GDGD0,L,Dn
Help: galoissubcyclo(N,H,{fl=0},{v}):Compute a polynomial (in variable v)
 defining the subfield of Q(zeta_n) fixed by the subgroup H of (Z/nZ)*. N can
 be an integer n, znstar(n) or bnrinit(bnfinit(y),[n,[1]],1). H can be given
 by a generator, a set of generator given by a vector or a HNF matrix (see
 manual). If flag is 1, output only the conductor of the abelian extension.
 If flag is 2 output [pol,f] where pol is the polynomial and f the conductor.
Doc: computes the subextension
 of $\Q(\zeta_n)$ fixed by the subgroup $H \subset (\Z/n\Z)^*$. By the
 Kronecker-Weber theorem, all abelian number fields can be generated in this
 way (uniquely if $n$ is taken to be minimal).
 
 \noindent The pair $(n, H)$ is deduced from the parameters $(N, H)$ as follows
 
 \item $N$ an integer: then $n = N$; $H$ is a generator, i.e. an
 integer or an integer modulo $n$; or a vector of generators.
 
 \item $N$ the output of \kbd{znstar($n$)}. $H$ as in the first case
 above, or a matrix, taken to be a HNF left divisor of the SNF for $(\Z/n\Z)^*$
 (of type \kbd{$N$.cyc}), giving the generators of $H$ in terms of \kbd{$N$.gen}.
 
 \item $N$ the output of \kbd{bnrinit(bnfinit(y), $m$, 1)} where $m$ is a
 module. $H$ as in the first case, or a matrix taken to be a HNF left
 divisor of the SNF for the ray class group modulo $m$
 (of type \kbd{$N$.cyc}), giving the generators of $H$ in terms of \kbd{$N$.gen}.
 
 In this last case, beware that $H$ is understood relatively to $N$; in
 particular, if the infinite place does not divide the module, e.g if $m$ is
 an integer, then it is not a subgroup of $(\Z/n\Z)^*$, but of its quotient by
 $\{\pm 1\}$.
 
 If $fl=0$, compute a polynomial (in the variable \var{v}) defining the
 the subfield of $\Q(\zeta_n)$ fixed by the subgroup \var{H} of $(\Z/n\Z)^*$.
 
 If $fl=1$, compute only the conductor of the abelian extension, as a module.
 
 If $fl=2$, output $[pol, N]$, where $pol$ is the polynomial as output when
 $fl=0$ and $N$ the conductor as output when $fl=1$.
 
 The following function can be used to compute all subfields of
 $\Q(\zeta_n)$ (of exact degree \kbd{d}, if \kbd{d} is set):
 \bprog
 polsubcyclo(n, d = -1)=
 { my(bnr,L,IndexBound);
   IndexBound = if (d < 0, n, [d]);
   bnr = bnrinit(bnfinit(y), [n,[1]], 1);
   L = subgrouplist(bnr, IndexBound, 1);
   vector(#L,i, galoissubcyclo(bnr,L[i]));
 }
 @eprog\noindent
 Setting \kbd{L = subgrouplist(bnr, IndexBound)} would produce subfields of exact
 conductor $n\infty$.

Function: galoissubfields
Class: basic
Section: number_fields
C-Name: galoissubfields
Prototype: GD0,L,Dn
Help: galoissubfields(G,{flags=0},{v}):Output all the subfields of G. flags
 have the same meaning as for galoisfixedfield.
Doc: outputs all the subfields of the Galois group \var{G}, as a vector.
 This works by applying \kbd{galoisfixedfield} to all subgroups. The meaning of
 the flag \var{fl} is the same as for \kbd{galoisfixedfield}.

Function: galoissubgroups
Class: basic
Section: number_fields
C-Name: galoissubgroups
Prototype: G
Help: galoissubgroups(G):Output all the subgroups of G.
Doc: outputs all the subgroups of the Galois group \kbd{gal}. A subgroup is a
 vector [\var{gen}, \var{orders}], with the same meaning
 as for $\var{gal}.gen$ and $\var{gal}.orders$. Hence \var{gen} is a vector of
 permutations generating the subgroup, and \var{orders} is the relatives
 orders of the generators. The cardinal of a subgroup is the product of the
 relative orders. Such subgroup can be used instead of a Galois group in the
 following command: \kbd{galoisisabelian}, \kbd{galoissubgroups},
 \kbd{galoisexport} and \kbd{galoisidentify}.
 
 To get the subfield fixed by a subgroup \var{sub} of \var{gal}, use
 \bprog
 galoisfixedfield(gal,sub[1])
 @eprog

Function: gamma
Class: basic
Section: transcendental
C-Name: ggamma
Prototype: Gp
Help: gamma(s): gamma function at x, s a complex or p-adic number.
Doc: For $s$ a complex number, evaluates Euler's gamma
 function \sidx{gamma-function}
 $$\Gamma(s)=\int_0^\infty t^{s-1}\exp(-t)\,dt.$$
 Error if $s$ is a non-positive integer, where $\Gamma$ has a pole.
 
 For $s$ a $p$-adic number, evaluates the Morita gamma function at $s$, that
 is the unique continuous $p$-adic function on the $p$-adic integers
 extending $\Gamma_p(k)=(-1)^k \prod_{j<k}'j$, where the prime means that $p$
 does not divide $j$.
 \bprog
 ? gamma(1/4 + O(5^10))
 %1= 1 + 4*5 + 3*5^4 + 5^6 + 5^7 + 4*5^9 + O(5^10)
 ? algdep(%,4)
 %2 = x^4 + 4*x^2 + 5
 @eprog
Variant: For a \typ{PADIC} $x$, the function
 \fun{GEN}{Qp_gamma}{GEN x} is also available.

Function: gammah
Class: basic
Section: transcendental
C-Name: ggamd
Prototype: Gp
Help: gammah(x): gamma of x+1/2 (x integer).
Doc: gamma function evaluated at the argument $x+1/2$.

Function: gcd
Class: basic
Section: number_theoretical
C-Name: ggcd0
Prototype: GDG
Help: gcd(x,{y}): greatest common divisor of x and y.
Description: 
 (small, small):small   cgcd($1, $2)
 (int, int):int         gcdii($1, $2)
 (gen):gen              content($1)
 (gen, gen):gen         ggcd($1, $2)
Doc: creates the greatest common divisor of $x$ and $y$.
 If you also need the $u$ and $v$ such that $x*u + y*v = \gcd(x,y)$,
 use the \tet{bezout} function. $x$ and $y$ can have rather quite general
 types, for instance both rational numbers. If $y$ is omitted and $x$ is a
 vector, returns the $\text{gcd}$ of all components of $x$, i.e.~this is
 equivalent to \kbd{content(x)}.
 
 When $x$ and $y$ are both given and one of them is a vector/matrix type,
 the GCD is again taken recursively on each component, but in a different way.
 If $y$ is a vector, resp.~matrix, then the result has the same type as $y$,
 and components equal to \kbd{gcd(x, y[i])}, resp.~\kbd{gcd(x, y[,i])}. Else
 if $x$ is a vector/matrix the result has the same type as $x$ and an
 analogous definition. Note that for these types, \kbd{gcd} is not
 commutative.
 
 The algorithm used is a naive \idx{Euclid} except for the following inputs:
 
 \item integers: use modified right-shift binary (``plus-minus''
 variant).
 
 \item univariate polynomials with coefficients in the same number
 field (in particular rational): use modular gcd algorithm.
 
 \item general polynomials: use the \idx{subresultant algorithm} if
 coefficient explosion is likely (non modular coefficients).
 
 If $u$ and $v$ are polynomials in the same variable with \emph{inexact}
 coefficients, their gcd is defined to be scalar, so that
 \bprog
 ? a = x + 0.0; gcd(a,a)
 %1 = 1
 ? b = y*x + O(y); gcd(b,b)
 %2 = y
 ? c = 4*x + O(2^3); gcd(c,c)
 %2 = 4
 @eprog\noindent A good quantitative check to decide whether such a
 gcd ``should be'' non-trivial, is to use \tet{polresultant}: a value
 close to $0$ means that a small deformation of the inputs has non-trivial gcd.
 You may also use \tet{bezout}, which does try to compute an approximate gcd
 $d$ and provides $u$, $v$ to check whether $u x + v y$ is close to $d$.
Variant: Also available are \fun{GEN}{ggcd}{GEN x, GEN y}, if \kbd{y} is not
 \kbd{NULL}, and \fun{GEN}{content}{GEN x}, if $\kbd{y} = \kbd{NULL}$.

Function: getheap
Class: basic
Section: programming/specific
C-Name: getheap
Prototype: 
Help: getheap(): 2-component vector giving the current number of objects in
 the heap and the space they occupy.
Doc: returns a two-component row vector giving the
 number of objects on the heap and the amount of memory they occupy in long
 words. Useful mainly for debugging purposes.

Function: getrand
Class: basic
Section: programming/specific
C-Name: getrand
Prototype: 
Help: getrand(): current value of random number seed.
Doc: returns the current value of the seed used by the
 pseudo-random number generator \tet{random}. Useful mainly for debugging
 purposes, to reproduce a specific chain of computations. The returned value
 is technical (reproduces an internal state array), and can only be used as an
 argument to \tet{setrand}.

Function: getstack
Class: basic
Section: programming/specific
C-Name: getstack
Prototype: l
Help: getstack(): current value of stack pointer avma.
Doc: returns the current value of $\kbd{top}-\kbd{avma}$, i.e.~the number of
 bytes used up to now on the stack. Useful mainly for debugging purposes.

Function: gettime
Class: basic
Section: programming/specific
C-Name: gettime
Prototype: l
Help: gettime(): time (in milliseconds) since last call to gettime.
Doc: returns the time (in milliseconds) elapsed since either the last call to
 \kbd{gettime}, or to the beginning of the containing GP instruction (if
 inside \kbd{gp}), whichever came last.

Function: global
Class: basic
Section: programming/specific
Help: global(list of variables): obsolete. Scheduled for deletion.
Doc: obsolete. Scheduled for deletion.
 % \syn{NO}

Function: hilbert
Class: basic
Section: number_theoretical
C-Name: hilbert
Prototype: lGGDG
Help: hilbert(x,y,{p}): Hilbert symbol at p of x,y.
Doc: \idx{Hilbert symbol} of $x$ and $y$ modulo the prime $p$, $p=0$ meaning
 the place at infinity (the result is undefined if $p\neq 0$ is not prime).
 
 It is possible to omit $p$, in which case we take $p = 0$ if both $x$
 and $y$ are rational, or one of them is a real number. And take $p = q$
 if one of $x$, $y$ is a \typ{INTMOD} modulo $q$ or a $q$-adic. (Incompatible
 types will raise an error.)

Function: hyperu
Class: basic
Section: transcendental
C-Name: hyperu
Prototype: GGGp
Help: hyperu(a,b,x): U-confluent hypergeometric function.
Doc: $U$-confluent hypergeometric function with
 parameters $a$ and $b$. The parameters $a$ and $b$ can be complex but
 the present implementation requires $x$ to be positive.

Function: idealadd
Class: basic
Section: number_fields
C-Name: idealadd
Prototype: GGG
Help: idealadd(nf,x,y): sum of two ideals x and y in the number field
 defined by nf.
Doc: sum of the two ideals $x$ and $y$ in the number field $\var{nf}$. The
 result is given in HNF.
 \bprog
  ? K = nfinit(x^2 + 1);
  ? a = idealadd(K, 2, x + 1)  \\ ideal generated by 2 and 1+I
  %2 =
  [2 1]
 
  [0 1]
  ? pr = idealprimedec(K, 5)[1];  \\ a prime ideal above 5
  ? idealadd(K, a, pr)     \\ coprime, as expected
  %4 =
  [1 0]
 
  [0 1]
 @eprog\noindent
 This function cannot be used to add arbitrary $\Z$-modules, since it assumes
 that its arguments are ideals:
 \bprog
   ? b = Mat([1,0]~);
   ? idealadd(K, b, b)     \\ only square t_MATs represent ideals
   *** idealadd: non-square t_MAT in idealtyp.
   ? c = [2, 0; 2, 0]; idealadd(K, c, c)   \\ non-sense
   %6 =
   [2 0]
 
   [0 2]
   ? d = [1, 0; 0, 2]; idealadd(K, d, d)   \\ non-sense
   %7 =
   [1 0]
 
   [0 1]
 
 @eprog\noindent In the last two examples, we get wrong results since the
 matrices $c$ and $d$ do not correspond to an ideal : the $\Z$-span of their
 columns (as usual interpreted as coordinates with respect to the integer basis
 \kbd{K.zk}) is not an $O_K$-module. To add arbitrary $\Z$-modules generated
 by the columns of matrices $A$ and $B$, use \kbd{mathnf(concat(A,B))}.

Function: idealaddtoone
Class: basic
Section: number_fields
C-Name: idealaddtoone0
Prototype: GGDG
Help: idealaddtoone(nf,x,{y}): if y is omitted, when the sum of the ideals
 in the number field K defined by nf and given in the vector x is equal to
 Z_K, gives a vector of elements of the corresponding ideals who sum to 1.
 Otherwise, x and y are ideals, and if they sum up to 1, find one element in
 each of them such that the sum is 1.
Doc: $x$ and $y$ being two co-prime
 integral ideals (given in any form), this gives a two-component row vector
 $[a,b]$ such that $a\in x$, $b\in y$ and $a+b=1$.
 
 The alternative syntax $\kbd{idealaddtoone}(\var{nf},v)$, is supported, where
 $v$ is a $k$-component vector of ideals (given in any form) which sum to
 $\Z_K$. This outputs a $k$-component vector $e$ such that $e[i]\in x[i]$ for
 $1\le i\le k$ and $\sum_{1\le i\le k}e[i]=1$.

Function: idealappr
Class: basic
Section: number_fields
C-Name: idealappr0
Prototype: GGD0,L,
Help: idealappr(nf,x,{flag=0}): x being a fractional ideal, gives an element
 b such that v_p(b)=v_p(x) for all prime ideals p dividing x, and v_p(b)>=0
 for all other p. If (optional) flag is non-null x must be a prime ideal
 factorization with possibly zero exponents.
Doc: if $x$ is a fractional ideal
 (given in any form), gives an element $\alpha$ in $\var{nf}$ such that for
 all prime ideals $\goth{p}$ such that the valuation of $x$ at $\goth{p}$ is
 non-zero, we have $v_{\goth{p}}(\alpha)=v_{\goth{p}}(x)$, and
 $v_{\goth{p}}(\alpha)\ge0$ for all other $\goth{p}$.
 
 If $\fl$ is non-zero, $x$ must be given as a prime ideal factorization, as
 output by \kbd{idealfactor}, but possibly with zero or negative exponents.
 This yields an element $\alpha$ such that for all prime ideals $\goth{p}$
 occurring in $x$, $v_{\goth{p}}(\alpha)$ is equal to the exponent of
 $\goth{p}$ in $x$, and for all other prime ideals,
 $v_{\goth{p}}(\alpha)\ge0$. This generalizes $\kbd{idealappr}(\var{nf},x,0)$
 since zero exponents are allowed. Note that the algorithm used is slightly
 different, so that
 \bprog
   idealappr(nf, idealfactor(nf,x))
 @eprog\noindent
 may not be the same as \kbd{idealappr(nf,x,1)}.

Function: idealchinese
Class: basic
Section: number_fields
C-Name: idealchinese
Prototype: GGG
Help: idealchinese(nf,x,y): x being a prime ideal factorization and y a
 vector of elements, gives an element b such that v_p(b-y_p)>=v_p(x) for all
 prime ideals p dividing x, and v_p(b)>=0 for all other p.
Doc: $x$ being a prime ideal factorization
 (i.e.~a 2 by 2 matrix whose first column contains prime ideals, and the second
 column integral exponents), $y$ a vector of elements in $\var{nf}$ indexed by
 the ideals in $x$, computes an element $b$ such that
 
 $v_{\goth{p}}(b - y_{\goth{p}}) \geq v_{\goth{p}}(x)$ for all prime ideals
 in $x$ and $v_{\goth{p}}(b)\geq 0$ for all other $\goth{p}$.

Function: idealcoprime
Class: basic
Section: number_fields
C-Name: idealcoprime
Prototype: GGG
Help: idealcoprime(nf,x,y): gives an element b in nf such that b. x is an
 integral ideal coprime to the integral ideal y.
Doc: given two integral ideals $x$ and $y$
 in the number field $\var{nf}$, returns a $\beta$ in the field,
 such that $\beta\cdot x$ is an integral ideal coprime to $y$.

Function: idealdiv
Class: basic
Section: number_fields
C-Name: idealdiv0
Prototype: GGGD0,L,
Help: idealdiv(nf,x,y,{flag=0}): quotient x/y of two ideals x and y in HNF
 in the number field nf. If (optional) flag is non-null, the quotient is
 supposed to be an integral ideal (slightly faster).
Description: 
 (gen, gen, gen, ?0):gen        idealdiv($1, $2, $3)
 (gen, gen, gen, 1):gen         idealdivexact($1, $2, $3)
 (gen, gen, gen, #small):gen    $"invalid flag in idealdiv"
 (gen, gen, gen, small):gen     idealdiv0($1, $2, $3, $4)
Doc: quotient $x\cdot y^{-1}$ of the two ideals $x$ and $y$ in the number
 field $\var{nf}$. The result is given in HNF.
 
 If $\fl$ is non-zero, the quotient $x \cdot y^{-1}$ is assumed to be an
 integral ideal. This can be much faster when the norm of the quotient is
 small even though the norms of $x$ and $y$ are large.
Variant: Also available are \fun{GEN}{idealdiv}{GEN nf, GEN x, GEN y}
 ($\fl=0$) and \fun{GEN}{idealdivexact}{GEN nf, GEN x, GEN y} ($\fl=1$).

Function: idealfactor
Class: basic
Section: number_fields
C-Name: idealfactor
Prototype: GG
Help: idealfactor(nf,x): factorization of the ideal x given in HNF into
 prime ideals in the number field nf.
Doc: factors into prime ideal powers the
 ideal $x$ in the number field $\var{nf}$. The output format is similar to the
 \kbd{factor} function, and the prime ideals are represented in the form
 output by the \kbd{idealprimedec} function, i.e.~as 5-element vectors.

Function: idealfactorback
Class: basic
Section: number_fields
C-Name: idealfactorback
Prototype: GGDGD0,L,
Help: idealfactorback(nf,f,{e},{flag = 0}): given a factorisation f, gives the
 ideal product back. If e is present, f has to be a
 vector of the same length, and we return the product of the f[i]^e[i]. If
 flag is non-zero, perform idealred along the way.
Doc: gives back the ideal corresponding to a factorization. The integer $1$
 corresponds to the empty factorization.
 If $e$ is present, $e$ and $f$ must be vectors of the same length ($e$ being
 integral), and the corresponding factorization is the product of the
 $f[i]^{e[i]}$.
 
 If not, and $f$ is vector, it is understood as in the preceding case with $e$
 a vector of 1s: we return the product of the $f[i]$. Finally, $f$ can be a
 regular factorization, as produced by \kbd{idealfactor}.
 \bprog
 ? nf = nfinit(y^2+1); idealfactor(nf, 4 + 2*y)
 %1 =
 [[2, [1, 1]~, 2, 1, [1, 1]~] 2]
 
 [[5, [2, 1]~, 1, 1, [-2, 1]~] 1]
 
 ? idealfactorback(nf, %)
 %2 =
 [10 4]
 
 [0  2]
 
 ? f = %1[,1]; e = %1[,2]; idealfactorback(nf, f, e)
 %3 =
 [10 4]
 
 [0  2]
 
 ? % == idealhnf(nf, 4 + 2*y)
 %4 = 1
 @eprog
 If \kbd{flag} is non-zero, perform ideal reductions (\tet{idealred}) along the
 way. This is most useful if the ideals involved are all \emph{extended}
 ideals (for instance with trivial principal part), so that the principal parts
 extracted by \kbd{idealred} are not lost. Here is an example:
 \bprog
 ? f = vector(#f, i, [f[i], [;]]);  \\ transform to extended ideals
 ? idealfactorback(nf, f, e, 1)
 %6 = [[1, 0; 0, 1], [2, 1; [2, 1]~, 1]]
 ? nffactorback(nf, %[2])
 %7 = [4, 2]~
 @eprog
 The extended ideal returned in \kbd{\%6} is the trivial ideal $1$, extended
 with a principal generator given in factored form. We use \tet{nffactorback}
 to recover it in standard form.

Function: idealfrobenius
Class: basic
Section: number_fields
C-Name: idealfrobenius
Prototype: GGG
Help: idealfrobenius(nf,gal,pr): Returns the Frobenius element (pr|nf/Q)
 associated with the unramified prime ideal pr in prid format, in the Galois
 group gal of the number field nf.
Doc: Let $K$ be the number field defined by $nf$ and assume $K/\Q$ be a
 Galois extension with Galois group given \kbd{gal=galoisinit(nf)},
 and that $pr$ is the prime ideal $\goth{P}$ in prid format, and that
 $\goth{P}$ is unramified.
 This function returns a permutation of \kbd{gal.group} which defines the
 automorphism $\sigma=\left(\goth{P}\over K/\Q \right)$, i.e the Frobenius
 element associated to $\goth{P}$. If $p$ is the unique prime number
 in $\goth{P}$, then $\sigma(x)\equiv x^p\mod\P$ for all $x\in\Z_K$.
 \bprog
 ? nf = nfinit(polcyclo(31));
 ? gal = galoisinit(nf);
 ? pr = idealprimedec(nf,101)[1];
 ? g = idealfrobenius(nf,gal,pr);
 ? galoispermtopol(gal,g)
 %5 = x^8
 @eprog\noindent This is correct since $101\equiv 8\mod{31}$.

Function: idealhnf
Class: basic
Section: number_fields
C-Name: idealhnf0
Prototype: GGDG
Help: idealhnf(nf,a,{b}): hermite normal form of the ideal a in the number
 field nf. If called as idealhnf(nf,a,b), the ideal
 is given as aZ_K+bZ_K in the number field K defined by nf.
Doc: gives the \idx{Hermite normal form} of the ideal $a\Z_K+b\Z_K$, where $a$
 and $b$ are elements of the number field $K$ defined by \kbd{nf}.
 \bprog
 ? nf = nfinit(y^3 - 2);
 ? idealhnf(nf, 2, y+1)
 %2 =
 [1 0 0]
 
 [0 1 0]
 
 [0 0 1]
 ? idealhnf(nf, y/2, [0,0,1/3]~)
 %3 =
 [1/3 0 0]
 
 [0 1/6 0]
 
 [0 0 1/6]
 @eprog
 
 If $b$ is omitted, returns the HNF of the ideal defined by $a$: $a$ may be an
 algebraic number (defining a principal ideal), a maximal ideal (as given by
 \kbd{idealprimedec} or \kbd{idealfactor}), or a matrix whose columns give
 generators for the ideal. This last format is a little complicated, but
 useful to reduce general modules to the canonical form once in a while:
 
 \item if strictly less than $N = [K:\Q]$ generators are given, $a$
 is the $\Z_K$-module they generate,
 
 \item if $N$ or more are given, it is \emph{assumed} that they form a
 $\Z$-basis (that the matrix has maximal rank $N$). This acts
 as \kbd{mathnf} since the $\Z_K$-module structure is (taken for
 granted hence) not taken into account in this case.
 \bprog
 ? idealhnf(nf, idealprimedec(nf,2)[1])
 %4 =
 [2 0 0]
 
 [0 1 0]
 
 [0 0 1]
 ? idealhnf(nf, [1,2;2,3;3,4])
 %5 =
 [1 0 0]
 
 [0 1 0]
 
 [0 0 1]
 @eprog
Variant: Also available is \fun{GEN}{idealhnf}{GEN nf, GEN a}.

Function: idealintersect
Class: basic
Section: number_fields
C-Name: idealintersect
Prototype: GGG
Help: idealintersect(nf,A,B): intersection of two ideals A and B in the
 number field defined by nf.
Doc: intersection of the two ideals
 $A$ and $B$ in the number field $\var{nf}$. The result is given in HNF.
 \bprog
 ? nf = nfinit(x^2+1);
 ? idealintersect(nf, 2, x+1)
 %2 =
 [2 0]
 
 [0 2]
 @eprog
 
 This function does not apply to general $\Z$-modules, e.g.~orders, since its
 arguments are replaced by the ideals they generate. The following script
 intersects $\Z$-modules $A$ and $B$ given by matrices of compatible
 dimensions with integer coefficients:
 \bprog
 ZM_intersect(A,B) =
 { my(Ker = matkerint(concat(A,B));
   mathnf( A * vecextract(Ker, Str("..", #A), "..") )
 }
 @eprog

Function: idealinv
Class: basic
Section: number_fields
C-Name: idealinv
Prototype: GG
Help: idealinv(nf,x): inverse of the ideal x in the number field nf.
Description: 
 (gen, gen):gen        idealinv($1, $2)
Doc: inverse of the ideal $x$ in the
 number field $\var{nf}$, given in HNF. If $x$ is an extended
 ideal\sidx{ideal (extended)}, its principal part is suitably
 updated: i.e. inverting $[I,t]$, yields $[I^{-1}, 1/t]$.

Function: ideallist
Class: basic
Section: number_fields
C-Name: ideallist0
Prototype: GLD4,L,
Help: ideallist(nf,bound,{flag=4}): vector of vectors L of all idealstar of
 all ideals of norm<=bound. If (optional) flag is present, its binary digits
 are toggles meaning 1: give generators; 2: add units; 4: give only the
 ideals and not the bid.
Doc: computes the list
 of all ideals of norm less or equal to \var{bound} in the number field
 \var{nf}. The result is a row vector with exactly \var{bound} components.
 Each component is itself a row vector containing the information about
 ideals of a given norm, in no specific order, depending on the value of
 $\fl$:
 
 The possible values of $\fl$ are:
 
 \quad 0: give the \var{bid} associated to the ideals, without generators.
 
 \quad 1: as 0, but include the generators in the \var{bid}.
 
 \quad 2: in this case, \var{nf} must be a \var{bnf} with units. Each
 component is of the form $[\var{bid},U]$, where \var{bid} is as case 0
 and $U$ is a vector of discrete logarithms of the units. More precisely, it
 gives the \kbd{ideallog}s with respect to \var{bid} of \kbd{bnf.tufu}.
 This structure is technical, and only meant to be used in conjunction with
 \tet{bnrclassnolist} or \tet{bnrdisclist}.
 
 \quad 3: as 2, but include the generators in the \var{bid}.
 
 \quad 4: give only the HNF of the ideal.
 
 \bprog
 ? nf = nfinit(x^2+1);
 ? L = ideallist(nf, 100);
 ? L[1]
 %3 = [[1, 0; 0, 1]]  \\@com A single ideal of norm 1
 ? #L[65]
 %4 = 4               \\@com There are 4 ideals of norm 4 in $\Z[i]$
 @eprog
 If one wants more information, one could do instead:
 \bprog
 ? nf = nfinit(x^2+1);
 ? L = ideallist(nf, 100, 0);
 ? l = L[25]; vector(#l, i, l[i].clgp)
 %3 = [[20, [20]], [16, [4, 4]], [20, [20]]]
 ? l[1].mod
 %4 = [[25, 18; 0, 1], []]
 ? l[2].mod
 %5 = [[5, 0; 0, 5], []]
 ? l[3].mod
 %6 = [[25, 7; 0, 1], []]
 @eprog\noindent where we ask for the structures of the $(\Z[i]/I)^*$ for all
 three ideals of norm $25$. In fact, for all moduli with finite part of norm
 $25$ and trivial Archimedean part, as the last 3 commands show. See
 \tet{ideallistarch} to treat general moduli.

Function: ideallistarch
Class: basic
Section: number_fields
C-Name: ideallistarch
Prototype: GGG
Help: ideallistarch(nf,list,arch): list is a vector of vectors of of bid's as
 output by ideallist. Return a vector of vectors with the same number of
 components as the original list. The leaves give information about
 moduli whose finite part is as in original list, in the same order, and
 Archimedean part is now arch. The information contained is of the same kind
 as was present in the input.
Doc: 
 \var{list} is a vector of vectors of bid's, as output by \tet{ideallist} with
 flag $0$ to $3$. Return a vector of vectors with the same number of
 components as the original \var{list}. The leaves give information about
 moduli whose finite part is as in original list, in the same order, and
 Archimedean part is now \var{arch} (it was originally trivial). The
 information contained is of the same kind as was present in the input; see
 \tet{ideallist}, in particular the meaning of \fl.
 
 \bprog
 ? bnf = bnfinit(x^2-2);
 ? bnf.sign
 %2 = [2, 0]                         \\@com two places at infinity
 ? L = ideallist(bnf, 100, 0);
 ? l = L[98]; vector(#l, i, l[i].clgp)
 %4 = [[42, [42]], [36, [6, 6]], [42, [42]]]
 ? La = ideallistarch(bnf, L, [1,1]); \\@com add them to the modulus
 ? l = La[98]; vector(#l, i, l[i].clgp)
 %6 = [[168, [42, 2, 2]], [144, [6, 6, 2, 2]], [168, [42, 2, 2]]]
 @eprog
 Of course, the results above are obvious: adding $t$ places at infinity will
 add $t$ copies of $\Z/2\Z$ to the ray class group. The following application
 is more typical:
 \bprog
 ? L = ideallist(bnf, 100, 2);        \\@com units are required now
 ? La = ideallistarch(bnf, L, [1,1]);
 ? H = bnrclassnolist(bnf, La);
 ? H[98];
 %6 = [2, 12, 2]
 @eprog

Function: ideallog
Class: basic
Section: number_fields
C-Name: ideallog
Prototype: GGG
Help: ideallog(nf,x,bid): if bid is a big ideal, as given by
 idealstar(nf,I,1) or idealstar(nf,I,2), gives the vector of exponents on the
 generators bid[2][3] (even if these generators have not been computed).
Doc: $\var{nf}$ is a number field,
 \var{bid} is as output by \kbd{idealstar(nf, D, \dots)} and $x$ a
 non-necessarily integral element of \var{nf} which must have valuation
 equal to 0 at all prime ideals in the support of $\kbd{D}$. This function
 computes the discrete logarithm of $x$ on the generators given in
 \kbd{\var{bid}.gen}. In other words, if $g_i$ are these generators, of orders
 $d_i$ respectively, the result is a column vector of integers $(x_i)$ such
 that $0\le x_i<d_i$ and
 $$x \equiv \prod_i g_i^{x_i} \pmod{\ ^*D}\enspace.$$
 Note that when the support of \kbd{D} contains places at infinity, this
 congruence implies also sign conditions on the associated real embeddings.
 See \tet{znlog} for the limitations of the underlying discrete log algorithms.

Function: idealmin
Class: basic
Section: number_fields
C-Name: idealmin
Prototype: GGDG
Help: idealmin(nf,ix,{vdir}): pseudo-minimum of the ideal ix in the direction
 vdir in the number field nf.
Doc: \emph{This function is useless and kept for backward compatibility only,
 use \kbd{idealred}}. Computes a pseudo-minimum of the ideal $x$ in the
 direction \var{vdir} in the number field \var{nf}.

Function: idealmul
Class: basic
Section: number_fields
C-Name: idealmul0
Prototype: GGGD0,L,
Help: idealmul(nf,x,y,{flag=0}): product of the two ideals x and y in the
 number field nf. If (optional) flag is non-nul, reduce the result.
Description: 
 (gen, gen, gen, ?0):gen        idealmul($1, $2, $3)
 (gen, gen, gen, 1):gen         idealmulred($1, $2, $3)
 (gen, gen, gen, #small):gen    $"invalid flag in idealmul"
 (gen, gen, gen, small):gen     idealmul0($1, $2, $3, $4)
Doc: ideal multiplication of the ideals $x$ and $y$ in the number field
 \var{nf}; the result is the ideal product in HNF. If either $x$ or $y$
 are extended ideals\sidx{ideal (extended)}, their principal part is suitably
 updated: i.e. multiplying $[I,t]$, $[J,u]$ yields $[IJ, tu]$; multiplying
 $I$ and $[J, u]$ yields $[IJ, u]$.
 \bprog
 ? nf = nfinit(x^2 + 1);
 ? idealmul(nf, 2, x+1)
 %2 =
 [4 2]
 
 [0 2]
 ? idealmul(nf, [2, x], x+1)        \\ extended ideal * ideal
 %4 = [[4, 2; 0, 2], x]
 ? idealmul(nf, [2, x], [x+1, x])   \\ two extended ideals
 %5 = [[4, 2; 0, 2], [-1, 0]~]
 @eprog\noindent
 If $\fl$ is non-zero, reduce the result using \kbd{idealred}.
Variant: 
 \noindent See also \fun{GEN}{idealmul}{GEN
 nf, GEN x, GEN y} ($\fl=0$) and \fun{GEN}{idealmulred}{GEN nf, GEN x, GEN y}
 ($\fl\neq0$).

Function: idealnorm
Class: basic
Section: number_fields
C-Name: idealnorm
Prototype: GG
Help: idealnorm(nf,x): norm of the ideal x in the number field nf.
Doc: computes the norm of the ideal~$x$ in the number field~$\var{nf}$.

Function: idealpow
Class: basic
Section: number_fields
C-Name: idealpow0
Prototype: GGGD0,L,
Help: idealpow(nf,x,k,{flag=0}): k-th power of the ideal x in HNF in the
 number field nf. If (optional) flag is non-null, reduce the result.
Doc: computes the $k$-th power of
 the ideal $x$ in the number field $\var{nf}$; $k\in\Z$.
 If $x$ is an extended
 ideal\sidx{ideal (extended)}, its principal part is suitably
 updated: i.e. raising $[I,t]$ to the $k$-th power, yields $[I^k, t^k]$.
 
 If $\fl$ is non-zero, reduce the result using \kbd{idealred}, \emph{throughout
 the (binary) powering process}; in particular, this is \emph{not} the same as
 as $\kbd{idealpow}(\var{nf},x,k)$ followed by reduction.
Variant: 
 \noindent See also
 \fun{GEN}{idealpow}{GEN nf, GEN x, GEN k} and
 \fun{GEN}{idealpows}{GEN nf, GEN x, long k} ($\fl = 0$).
 Corresponding to $\fl=1$ is \fun{GEN}{idealpowred}{GEN nf, GEN vp, GEN k}.

Function: idealprimedec
Class: basic
Section: number_fields
C-Name: idealprimedec
Prototype: GG
Help: idealprimedec(nf,p): prime ideal decomposition of the prime number p
 in the number field nf as a vector of 5 component vectors [p,a,e,f,b]
 representing the prime ideals pZ_K+a. Z_K, e,f as usual, a as vector of
 components on the integral basis, b Lenstra's constant.
Doc: computes the prime ideal
 decomposition of the (positive) prime number $p$ in the number field $K$
 represented by \var{nf}. If a non-prime $p$ is given the result is undefined.
 
 The result is a vector of \tev{prid} structures, each representing one of the
 prime ideals above $p$ in the number field $\var{nf}$. The representation
 $\kbd{pr}=[p,a,e,f,b]$ of a prime ideal means the following: $a$ and $b$ are
 algebraic integers in the maximal order $\Z_K$; the prime ideal is
 equal to $\goth{p} = p\Z_K + a\Z_K$;
 $e$ is the ramification index; $f$ is the residual index;
 and $b$ is such that $\goth{p}^{-1}=\Z_K+ b/ p\Z_K$, which is used internally
 to compute valuations. The algebraic number $a$ is guaranteed to have a
 valuation equal to 1 at the prime ideal (this is automatic if $e>1$).
 
 The components of \kbd{pr} should be accessed by member functions: \kbd{pr.p},
 \kbd{pr.e}, \kbd{pr.f}, and \kbd{pr.gen} (returns the vector $[p,a]$):
 \bprog
 ? K = nfinit(x^3-2);
 ? L = idealprimedec(K, 5);
 ? #L       \\ 2 primes above 5 in Q(2^(1/3))
 %3 = 2
 ? p1 = L[1]; p2 = L[2];
 ? [p1.e, p1.f]    \\ the first is unramified of degree 1
 %4 = [1, 1]
 ? [p2.e, p2.f]    \\ the second is unramified of degree 2
 %5 = [1, 2]
 ? p1.gen
 %6 = [5, [2, 1, 0]~]
 ? nfbasistoalg(K, %[2])  \\ a uniformizer for p1
 %7 = Mod(x + 2, x^3 - 2)
 @eprog

Function: idealramgroups
Class: basic
Section: number_fields
C-Name: idealramgroups
Prototype: GGG
Help: idealramgroups(nf,gal,pr): let pr be a prime ideal pr in prid format, in
 the Galois group gal of the number field nf, return a vector g such that g[1]
 is the decomposition group of pr, g[2] is the inertia group, g[i] is the
 (i-2)th ramification group of pr, all trivial subgroups being omitted.
Doc: Let $K$ be the number field defined by $nf$ and assume $K/\Q$ be a
 Galois extension with Galois group $G$ given \kbd{gal=galoisinit(nf)},
 and that $pr$ is the prime ideal $\goth{P}$ in prid format.
 This function returns a vector $g$ of subgroups of \kbd{gal}
 as follow:
 
 \item \kbd{g[1]} is the decomposition group of $\goth{P}$,
 
 \item \kbd{g[2]} is $G_0(\goth{P})$, the inertia group of $\goth{P}$,
 
 and for $i\geq 2$,
 
 \item \kbd{g[i]} is $G_{i-2}(\goth{P})$, the $i-2$-th ramification group of
 $\goth{P}$.
 
 The length of $g$ is the number of non-trivial groups in the sequence, thus
 is $0$ if $e=1$ and $f=1$, and $1$ if $f>1$ and $e=1$.
 
 \bprog
 ? nf=nfinit(x^6+108);
 ? gal=galoisinit(nf);
 ? pr=idealprimedec(nf,2)[1];
 ? iso=idealramgroups(nf,gal,pr)[2]
 %4 = [[Vecsmall([2, 3, 1, 5, 6, 4])], Vecsmall([3])]
 ? nfdisc(galoisfixedfield(gal,iso,1))
 %5 = -3
 @eprog\noindent The field fixed by the inertia group of $2$ is not ramified at
 $2$.

Function: idealred
Class: basic
Section: number_fields
C-Name: idealred0
Prototype: GGDG
Help: idealred(nf,I,{v=0}): LLL reduction of the ideal I in the number
 field nf along direction v, in HNF.
Doc: \idx{LLL} reduction of
 the ideal $I$ in the number field \var{nf}, along the direction $v$.
 The $v$ parameter is best left omitted, but if it is present, it must
 be an $\kbd{nf.r1} + \kbd{nf.r2}$-component vector of \emph{non-negative}
 integers. (What counts is the relative magnitude of the entries: if all
 entries are equal, the effect is the same as if the vector had been omitted.)
 
 This function finds a ``small'' $a$ in $I$ (see the end for technical details).
 The result is the Hermite normal form of
 the ``reduced'' ideal $J = r I/a$, where $r$ is the unique rational number such
 that $J$ is integral and primitive. (This is usually not a reduced ideal in
 the sense of \idx{Buchmann}.)
 \bprog
 ? K = nfinit(y^2+1);
 ? P = idealprimedec(K,5)[1];
 ? idealred(K, P)
 %3 =
 [1 0]
 
 [0 1]
 @eprog\noindent More often than not, a \idx{principal ideal} yields the unit
 ideal as above. This is a quick and dirty way to check if ideals are principal,
 but it is not a necessary condition: a non-trivial result does not prove that
 the ideal is non-principal. For guaranteed results, see \kbd{bnfisprincipal},
 which requires the computation of a full \kbd{bnf} structure.
 
 If the input is an extended ideal $[I,s]$, the output is $[J,sa/r]$; this way,
 one can keep track of the principal ideal part:
 \bprog
 ? idealred(K, [P, 1])
 %5 = [[1, 0; 0, 1], [-2, 1]~]
 @eprog\noindent
 meaning that $P$ is generated by $[-2, 1]~$. The number field element in the
 extended part is an algebraic number in any form \emph{or} a factorization
 matrix (in terms of number field elements, not ideals!). In the latter case,
 elements stay in factored form, which is a convenient way to avoid
 coefficient explosion; see also \tet{idealpow}.
 
 \misctitle{Technical note} The routine computes an LLL-reduced
 basis for the lattice $I$ equipped with the quadratic form
 $$|| x ||_v^2 = \sum_{i=1}^{r_1+r_2} 2^{v_i}\varepsilon_i|\sigma_i(x)|^2,$$
 where as usual the $\sigma_i$ are the (real and) complex embeddings and
 $\varepsilon_i = 1$, resp.~$2$, for a real, resp.~complex place. The element
 $a$ is simply the first vector in the LLL basis. The only reason you may want
 to try to change some directions and set some $v_i\neq 0$ is to randomize
 the elements found for a fixed ideal, which is heuristically useful in index
 calculus algorithms like \tet{bnfinit} and \tet{bnfisprincipal}.
 
 \misctitle{Even more technical note} In fact, the above is a white lie.
 We do not use $||\cdot||_v$ exactly but a rescaled rounded variant which
 gets us faster and simpler LLLs. There's no harm since we are not using any
 theoretical property of $a$ after all, except that it belongs to $I$ and is
 ``expected to be small''.

Function: idealstar
Class: basic
Section: number_fields
C-Name: idealstar0
Prototype: GGD1,L,
Help: idealstar(nf,I,{flag=1}): gives the structure of (Z_K/I)^*. flag is
 optional, and can be 0: simply gives the structure as a 3-component vector v
 such that v[1] is the order (i.e. eulerphi(I)), v[2] is a vector of cyclic
 components, and v[3] is a vector giving the corresponding generators. If
 flag=1 (default), gives idealstarinit, i.e. a 6-component vector
 [I,v,fa,f2,U,V] where v is as above without the generators, fa is the prime
 ideal factorisation of I and f2, U and V are technical but essential to work
 in (Z_K/I)^*. Finally if flag=2, same as with flag=1 except that the
 generators are also given.
Doc: outputs a \var{bid} structure,
 necessary for computing in the finite abelian group $G = (\Z_K/I)^*$. Here,
 \var{nf} is a number field and $I$ is a \var{modulus}: either an ideal in any
 form, or a row vector whose first component is an ideal and whose second
 component is a row vector of $r_1$ 0 or 1.
 
 This \var{bid} is used in \tet{ideallog} to compute discrete logarithms. It
 also contains useful information which can be conveniently retrieved as
 \kbd{\var{bid}.mod} (the modulus),
 \kbd{\var{bid}.clgp} ($G$ as a finite abelian group),
 \kbd{\var{bid}.no} (the cardinality of $G$),
 \kbd{\var{bid}.cyc} (elementary divisors) and
 \kbd{\var{bid}.gen} (generators).
 
 If $\fl=1$ (default), the result is a \var{bid} structure without
 generators.
 
 If $\fl=2$, as $\fl=1$, but including generators, which wastes some time.
 
 If $\fl=0$, only outputs $(\Z_K/I)^*$ as an abelian group,
 i.e as a 3-component vector $[h,d,g]$: $h$ is the order, $d$ is the vector of
 SNF\sidx{Smith normal form} cyclic components and $g$ the corresponding
 generators.
Variant: Instead the above hardcoded numerical flags, one should rather use
 \fun{GEN}{Idealstar}{GEN nf, GEN ideal, long flag}, where \kbd{flag} is
 an or-ed combination of \tet{nf_GEN} (include generators) and \tet{nf_INIT}
 (return a full \kbd{bid}, not a group), possibly $0$. This offers
 one more combination: gen, but no init.

Function: idealtwoelt
Class: basic
Section: number_fields
C-Name: idealtwoelt0
Prototype: GGDG
Help: idealtwoelt(nf,x,{a}): two-element representation of an ideal x in the
 number field nf. If (optional) a is non-zero, first element will be equal to a.
Doc: computes a two-element
 representation of the ideal $x$ in the number field $\var{nf}$, combining a
 random search and an explicit approximation theorem. $x$ is an ideal
 in any form (possibly an extended ideal, whose principal part is ignored)
 and the
 result is a row vector $[a,\alpha]$ with two components such that
 $x=a\Z_K+\alpha\Z_K$ and $a\in\Z$, where $a$ is the one passed as argument if
 any. Unless $x$ was given as a principal ideal, $a$ is chosen to be the
 positive generator of $x\cap\Z$.
 
 Note that when an explicit $a$ is given, we must factor it and this may
 be costly. When $a$ is omitted, we use a fast lazy factorization of $x\cap
 \Z$, yielding an algorithm in randomized polynomial time (and generally
 much faster in practice).
Variant: Also available are
 \fun{GEN}{idealtwoelt}{GEN nf, GEN x} and
 \fun{GEN}{idealtwoelt2}{GEN nf, GEN x, GEN a}.

Function: idealval
Class: basic
Section: number_fields
C-Name: idealval
Prototype: lGGG
Help: idealval(nf,x,pr): valuation at pr given in idealprimedec format of the
 ideal x in the number field nf.
Doc: gives the valuation of the ideal $x$ at the prime ideal \var{pr} in the
 number field $\var{nf}$, where \var{pr} is in \kbd{idealprimedec} format.

Function: if
Class: basic
Section: programming/control
C-Name: ifpari
Prototype: GDEDE
Help: if(a,{seq1},{seq2}): if a is nonzero, seq1 is evaluated, otherwise seq2.
 seq1 and seq2 are optional, and if seq2 is omitted, the preceding comma can
 be omitted also.
Doc: evaluates the expression sequence \var{seq1} if $a$ is non-zero, otherwise
 the expression \var{seq2}. Of course, \var{seq1} or \var{seq2} may be empty:
 
 \kbd{if ($a$,\var{seq})} evaluates \var{seq} if $a$ is not equal to zero
 (you don't have to write the second comma), and does nothing otherwise,
 
 \kbd{if ($a$,,\var{seq})} evaluates \var{seq} if $a$ is equal to zero, and
 does nothing otherwise. You could get the same result using the \kbd{!}
 (\kbd{not}) operator: \kbd{if (!$a$,\var{seq})}.
 
 Note that the boolean operators \kbd{\&\&} and \kbd{||} are evaluated
 according to operator precedence as explained in \secref{se:operators}, but
 that, contrary to other operators, the evaluation of the arguments is stopped
 as soon as the final truth value has been determined. For instance
 \bprog
 if (reallydoit && longcomplicatedfunction(), ...)
 @eprog
 \noindent is a perfectly safe statement.
 
 Recall that functions such as \kbd{break} and \kbd{next} operate on
 \emph{loops} (such as \kbd{for$xxx$}, \kbd{while}, \kbd{until}). The \kbd{if}
 statement is \emph{not} a loop (obviously!).

Function: imag
Class: basic
Section: conversions
C-Name: gimag
Prototype: G
Help: imag(x): imaginary part of x.
Doc: imaginary part of $x$. When $x$ is a quadratic number, this is the
 coefficient of $\omega$ in the ``canonical'' integral basis $(1,\omega)$.

Function: incgam
Class: basic
Section: transcendental
C-Name: incgam0
Prototype: GGDGp
Help: incgam(s,x,{y}): incomplete gamma function. y is optional and is the
 precomputed value of gamma(s).
Doc: incomplete gamma function. The argument $x$
 and $s$ are complex numbers ($x$ must be a positive real number if $s = 0$).
 The result returned is $\int_x^\infty e^{-t}t^{s-1}\,dt$. When $y$ is given,
 assume (of course without checking!) that $y=\Gamma(s)$. For small $x$, this
 will speed up the computation.
Variant: Also available is \fun{GEN}{incgam}{GEN s, GEN x, long prec}.

Function: incgamc
Class: basic
Section: transcendental
C-Name: incgamc
Prototype: GGp
Help: incgamc(s,x): complementary incomplete gamma function.
Doc: complementary incomplete gamma function.
 The arguments $x$ and $s$ are complex numbers such that $s$ is not a pole of
 $\Gamma$ and $|x|/(|s|+1)$ is not much larger than 1 (otherwise the
 convergence is very slow). The result returned is $\int_0^x
 e^{-t}t^{s-1}\,dt$.

Function: input
Class: gp
Section: programming/specific
C-Name: input0
Prototype: 
Help: input(): read an expression from the input file or standard input.
Doc: reads a string, interpreted as a GP expression,
 from the input file, usually standard input (i.e.~the keyboard). If a
 sequence of expressions is given, the result is the result of the last
 expression of the sequence. When using this instruction, it is useful to
 prompt for the string by using the \kbd{print1} function. Note that in the
 present version 2.19 of \kbd{pari.el}, when using \kbd{gp} under GNU Emacs (see
 \secref{se:emacs}) one \emph{must} prompt for the string, with a string
 which ends with the same prompt as any of the previous ones (a \kbd{"? "}
 will do for instance).

Function: install
Class: highlevel
Section: programming/specific
C-Name: gpinstall
Prototype: vrrD"",r,D"",s,
Help: install(name,code,{gpname},{lib}): load from dynamic library 'lib' the
 function 'name'. Assign to it the name 'gpname' in this GP session, with
 argument code 'code'. If 'lib' is omitted use 'libpari.so'. If 'gpname' is
 omitted, use 'name'.
Doc: loads from dynamic library \var{lib} the function \var{name}. Assigns to it
 the name \var{gpname} in this \kbd{gp} session, with argument code \var{code}
 (see the Libpari Manual for an explanation of those). If \var{lib} is
 omitted, uses \kbd{libpari.so}. If \var{gpname} is omitted, uses
 \var{name}.
 
 This function is useful for adding custom functions to the \kbd{gp} interpreter,
 or picking useful functions from unrelated libraries. For instance, it
 makes the function \tet{system} obsolete:
 
 \bprog
 ? install(system, vs, sys, "libc.so")
 ? sys("ls gp*")
 gp.c            gp.h            gp_rl.c
 @eprog
 
 But it also gives you access to all (non static) functions defined in the
 PARI library. For instance, the function \kbd{GEN addii(GEN x, GEN y)} adds
 two PARI integers, and is not directly accessible under \kbd{gp} (it is
 eventually called by the \kbd{+} operator of course):
 
 \bprog
 ? install("addii", "GG")
 ? addii(1, 2)
 %1 = 3
 @eprog\noindent
 Re-installing a function will print a warning and update the prototype code
 if needed. However, it will not reload a symbol from the library, even it the
 latter has been recompiled.
 
 \misctitle{Caution} This function may not work on all systems, especially
 when \kbd{gp} has been compiled statically. In that case, the first use of an
 installed function will provoke a Segmentation Fault, i.e.~a major internal
 blunder (this should never happen with a dynamically linked executable).
 Hence, if you intend to use this function, please check first on some
 harmless example such as the ones above that it works properly on your
 machine.

Function: intcirc
Class: basic
Section: sums
C-Name: intcirc0
Prototype: V=GGEDGp
Help: intcirc(X=a,R,expr,{tab}): numerical integration of expr on the circle
 |z-a|=R, divided by 2*I*Pi. tab is as in intnum.
Wrapper: (,,G)
Description: 
  (gen,gen,gen,?gen):gen:prec intcirc(${3 cookie}, ${3 wrapper}, $1, $2, $4, prec)
Doc: numerical
 integration of $(2i\pi)^{-1}\var{expr}$ with respect to $X$ on the circle
 $|X-a| = R$.
 In other words, when \var{expr} is a meromorphic
 function, sum of the residues in the corresponding disk. \var{tab} is as in
 \kbd{intnum}, except that if computed with \kbd{intnuminit} it should be with
 the endpoints \kbd{[-1, 1]}.
 
 \bprog
 ? \p105
 ? intcirc(s=1, 0.5, zeta(s)) - 1
 %1 = -2.398082982 E-104 - 7.94487211 E-107*I
 @eprog
 
 \synt{intcirc}{void *E, GEN (*eval)(void*,GEN), GEN a,GEN R,GEN tab, long prec}.

Function: intformal
Class: basic
Section: polynomials
C-Name: integ
Prototype: GDn
Help: intformal(x,{v}): formal integration of x with respect to v, or to the
 main variable of x if v is omitted.
Doc: \idx{formal integration} of $x$ with respect to the main variable if $v$
 is omitted, with respect to the variable $v$ otherwise. Since PARI does not
 know about ``abstract'' logarithms (they are immediately evaluated, if only
 to a power series), logarithmic terms in the result will yield an error. $x$
 can be of any type. When $x$ is a rational function, it is assumed that the
 base ring is an integral domain of characteristic zero.

Function: intfouriercos
Class: basic
Section: sums
C-Name: intfourcos0
Prototype: V=GGGEDGp
Help: intfouriercos(X=a,b,z,expr,{tab}): numerical integration from a to b
 of cos(2*Pi*z*X)*expr(X) from a to b, where a, b, and tab are as in intnum.
 This is the cosine-Fourier transform if a=-infty and b=+infty.
Wrapper: (,,,G)
Description: 
  (gen,gen,gen,gen,?gen):gen:prec intfouriercos(${4 cookie}, ${4 wrapper}, $1, $2, $3, $5, prec)
Doc: numerical
 integration of $\var{expr}(X)\cos(2\pi zX)$ from $a$ to $b$, in other words
 Fourier cosine transform (from $a$ to $b$) of the function represented by
 \var{expr}. Endpoints $a$ and $b$ are coded as in \kbd{intnum}, and are not
 necessarily at infinity, but if they are, oscillations (i.e. $[[\pm1],\alpha
 I]$) are forbidden.
 
 \synt{intfouriercos}{void *E, GEN (*eval)(void*,GEN), GEN a, GEN b, GEN z, GEN tab, long prec}.

Function: intfourierexp
Class: basic
Section: sums
C-Name: intfourexp0
Prototype: V=GGGEDGp
Help: intfourierexp(X=a,b,z,expr,{tab}): numerical integration from a to b
 of exp(-2*I*Pi*z*X)*expr(X) from a to b, where a, b, and tab are as in intnum.
 This is the ordinary Fourier transform if a=-infty and b=+infty. Note the
 minus sign.
Wrapper: (,,,G)
Description: 
  (gen,gen,gen,gen,?gen):gen:prec intfourierexp(${4 cookie}, ${4 wrapper}, $1, $2, $3, $5, prec)
Doc: numerical
 integration of $\var{expr}(X)\exp(-2i\pi zX)$ from $a$ to $b$, in other words
 Fourier transform (from $a$ to $b$) of the function represented by
 \var{expr}. Note the minus sign. Endpoints $a$ and $b$ are coded as in
 \kbd{intnum}, and are not necessarily at infinity but if they are,
 oscillations (i.e. $[[\pm1],\alpha I]$) are forbidden.
 
 \synt{intfourierexp}{void *E, GEN (*eval)(void*,GEN), GEN a, GEN b, GEN z, GEN tab, long prec}.

Function: intfouriersin
Class: basic
Section: sums
C-Name: intfoursin0
Prototype: V=GGGEDGp
Help: intfouriersin(X=a,b,z,expr,{tab}): numerical integration from a to b
 of sin(2*Pi*z*X)*expr(X) from a to b, where a, b, and tab are as in intnum.
 This is the sine-Fourier transform if a=-infty and b=+infty.
Wrapper: (,,,G)
Description: 
  (gen,gen,gen,gen,?gen):gen:prec intfouriercos(${4 cookie}, ${4 wrapper}, $1, $2, $3, $5, prec)
Doc: numerical
 integration of $\var{expr}(X)\sin(2\pi zX)$ from $a$ to $b$, in other words
 Fourier sine transform (from $a$ to $b$) of the function represented by
 \var{expr}. Endpoints $a$ and $b$ are coded as in \kbd{intnum}, and are not
 necessarily at infinity but if they are, oscillations (i.e. $[[\pm1],\alpha
 I]$) are forbidden.
 
 \synt{intfouriersin}{void *E, GEN (*eval)(void*,GEN), GEN a, GEN b, GEN z, GEN tab, long prec}.

Function: intfuncinit
Class: basic
Section: sums
C-Name: intfuncinit0
Prototype: V=GGED0,L,D0,L,p
Help: intfuncinit(X=a,b,expr,{flag=0},{m=0}): initialize tables for integrations
 from a to b using a weight expr(X). Essential for integral transforms such
 as intmellininv, intlaplaceinv and intfourier, since it avoids recomputing
 all the time the same quantities. Must then be used with intmellininvshort
 (for intmellininv) and directly with intnum and not with the corresponding
 integral transforms for the others. See help for intnum for coding of a
 and b, and m is as in intnuminit. If flag is nonzero, assumes that
 expr(-X)=conj(expr(X)), which is twice faster.
Wrapper: (,,G)
Description: 
  (gen,gen,gen,?small,?small):gen:prec intfuncinit(${3 cookie}, ${3 wrapper}, $1, $2, $4, $5, prec)
Doc: initialize tables for use with integral transforms such as \kbd{intmellininv},
 etc., where $a$ and $b$ are coded as in \kbd{intnum}, $\var{expr}$ is the
 function $s(X)$ to which the integral transform is to be applied (which will
 multiply the weights of integration) and $m$ is as in \kbd{intnuminit}. If
 $\fl$ is nonzero, assumes that $s(-X)=\overline{s(X)}$, which makes the
 computation twice as fast. See \kbd{intmellininvshort} for examples of the
 use of this function, which is particularly useful when the function $s(X)$
 is lengthy to compute, such as a gamma product.
 
 \synt{intfuncinit}{void *E, GEN (*eval)(void*,GEN), GEN a,GEN b,long m, long
 flag, long prec}. Note that the order of $m$ and $\fl$ are reversed compared
 to the \kbd{GP} syntax.

Function: intlaplaceinv
Class: basic
Section: sums
C-Name: intlaplaceinv0
Prototype: V=GGEDGp
Help: intlaplaceinv(X=sig,z,expr,{tab}): numerical integration on the line
 real(X) = sig of expr(X)exp(zX)dz/(2*I*Pi), i.e. inverse Laplace transform of
 expr at z. tab is as in intnum.
Wrapper: (,,G)
Description: 
  (gen,gen,gen,?gen):gen:prec intlaplaceinv(${3 cookie}, ${3 wrapper}, $1, $2, $4, prec)
Doc: numerical integration of $(2i\pi)^{-1}\var{expr}(X)e^{Xz}$ with respect
 to $X$ on the line $\Re(X)=sig$. In other words, inverse Laplace transform
 of the function corresponding to \var{expr} at the value $z$.
 
 $sig$ is coded as follows. Either it is a real number $\sigma$, equal to the
 abscissa of integration, and then the integrand is assumed to
 be slowly decreasing when the imaginary part of the variable tends to
 $\pm\infty$. Or it is a two component vector $[\sigma,\alpha]$, where
 $\sigma$ is as before, and either $\alpha=0$ for slowly decreasing functions,
 or $\alpha>0$ for functions decreasing like $\exp(-\alpha t)$. Note that it
 is not necessary to choose the exact value of $\alpha$. \var{tab} is as in
 \kbd{intnum}.
 
 It is often a good idea to use this function with a value of $m$ one or two
 higher than the one chosen by default (which can be viewed thanks to the
 function \kbd{intnumstep}), or to increase the abscissa of integration
 $\sigma$. For example:
 
 \bprog
 ? \p 105
 ? intlaplaceinv(x=2, 1, 1/x) - 1
 time = 350 ms.
 %1 = 7.37... E-55 + 1.72... E-54*I \\@com not so good
 ? m = intnumstep()
 %2 = 7
 ? intlaplaceinv(x=2, 1, 1/x, m+1) - 1
 time = 700 ms.
 %3 = 3.95... E-97 + 4.76... E-98*I \\@com better
 ? intlaplaceinv(x=2, 1, 1/x, m+2) - 1
 time = 1400 ms.
 %4 = 0.E-105 + 0.E-106*I \\@com perfect but slow.
 ? intlaplaceinv(x=5, 1, 1/x) - 1
 time = 340 ms.
 %5 = -5.98... E-85 + 8.08... E-85*I \\@com better than \%1
 ? intlaplaceinv(x=5, 1, 1/x, m+1) - 1
 time = 680 ms.
 %6 = -1.09... E-106 + 0.E-104*I \\@com perfect, fast.
 ? intlaplaceinv(x=10, 1, 1/x) - 1
 time = 340 ms.
 %7 = -4.36... E-106 + 0.E-102*I \\@com perfect, fastest, but why $sig=10$?
 ? intlaplaceinv(x=100, 1, 1/x) - 1
 time = 330 ms.
 %7 = 1.07... E-72 + 3.2... E-72*I \\@com too far now...
 @eprog
 
 \synt{intlaplaceinv}{void *E, GEN (*eval)(void*,GEN), GEN sig,GEN z, GEN tab, long prec}.

Function: intmellininv
Class: basic
Section: sums
C-Name: intmellininv0
Prototype: V=GGEDGp
Help: intmellininv(X=sig,z,expr,{tab}): numerical integration on the
 line real(X) = sig (or sig[1]) of expr(X)z^(-X)dX/(2*I*Pi), i.e. inverse Mellin
 transform of s at x. sig is coded as follows: either it is real, and then
 by default assume s(z) decreases like exp(-z). Or sig = [sigR, al], sigR is
 the abscissa of integration, and al = 0 for slowly decreasing functions, or
 al > 0 if s(z) decreases like exp(-al*z). tab is as in intnum. Use
 intmellininvshort if several values must be computed.
Wrapper: (,,G)
Description: 
  (gen,gen,gen,?gen):gen:prec intmellininv(${3 cookie}, ${3 wrapper}, $1, $2, $4, prec)
Doc: numerical
 integration of $(2i\pi)^{-1}\var{expr}(X)z^{-X}$ with respect to $X$ on the
 line $\Re(X)=sig$,  in other words, inverse Mellin transform of
 the function corresponding to \var{expr} at the value $z$.
 
 $sig$ is coded as follows. Either it is a real number $\sigma$, equal to the
 abscissa of integration, and then the integrated is assumed to decrease
 exponentially fast, of the order of $\exp(-t)$ when the imaginary part of the
 variable tends to $\pm\infty$. Or it is a two component vector
 $[\sigma,\alpha]$, where $\sigma$ is as before, and either $\alpha=0$ for
 slowly decreasing functions, or $\alpha>0$ for functions decreasing like
 $\exp(-\alpha t)$, such as gamma products. Note that it is not necessary to
 choose the exact value of $\alpha$, and that $\alpha=1$ (equivalent to $sig$
 alone) is usually sufficient. \var{tab} is as in \kbd{intnum}.
 
 As all similar functions, this function is provided for the convenience of
 the user, who could use \kbd{intnum} directly. However it is in general
 better to use \kbd{intmellininvshort}.
 
 \bprog
 ? \p 105
 ? intmellininv(s=2,4, gamma(s)^3);
 time = 1,190 ms. \\@com reasonable.
 ? \p 308
 ? intmellininv(s=2,4, gamma(s)^3);
 time = 51,300 ms. \\@com slow because of $\Gamma(s)^3$.
 @eprog\noindent
 
 \synt{intmellininv}{void *E, GEN (*eval)(void*,GEN), GEN sig, GEN z, GEN tab, long prec}.

Function: intmellininvshort
Class: basic
Section: sums
C-Name: intmellininvshort
Prototype: GGGp
Help: intmellininvshort(sig,z,tab): numerical integration on the
 line real(X) = sig (or sig[1]) of s(X)z^(-X)dX/(2*I*Pi), i.e. inverse Mellin
 transform of s at z. sig is coded as follows: either it is real, and then
 by default assume s(X) decreases like exp(-X). Or sig = [sigR, al], sigR is
 the abscissa of integration, and al = 0 for slowly decreasing functions, or
 al > 0 if s(X) decreases like exp(-al*X). Compulsory table tab has been
 precomputed using the command intfuncinit(t=[[-1],sig[2]],[[1],sig[2]],s)
 (with possibly its two optional additional parameters), where sig[2] = 1
 if not given. Orders of magnitude faster than intmellininv.
Doc: numerical integration
 of $(2i\pi)^{-1}s(X)z^{-X}$ with respect to $X$ on the line $\Re(X)=sig$.
 In other words, inverse Mellin transform of $s(X)$ at the value $z$.
 Here $s(X)$ is implicitly contained in \var{tab} in \kbd{intfuncinit} format,
 typically
 \bprog
 tab = intfuncinit(T = [-1], [1], s(sig + I*T))
 @eprog\noindent
 or similar commands. Take the example of the inverse Mellin transform of
 $\Gamma(s)^3$ given in \kbd{intmellininv}:
 
 \bprog
 ? \p 105
 ? oo = [1]; \\@com for clarity
 ? A = intmellininv(s=2,4, gamma(s)^3);
 time = 2,500 ms. \\@com not too fast because of $\Gamma(s)^3$.
 \\ @com function of real type, decreasing as $\exp(-3\pi/2\cdot |t|)$
 ? tab = intfuncinit(t=[-oo, 3*Pi/2],[oo, 3*Pi/2], gamma(2+I*t)^3, 1);
 time = 1,370 ms.
 ? intmellininvshort(2,4, tab) - A
 time = 50 ms.
 %4 = -1.26... - 3.25...E-109*I \\@com 50 times faster than \kbd{A} and perfect.
 ? tab2 = intfuncinit(t=-oo, oo, gamma(2+I*t)^3, 1);
 ? intmellininvshort(2,4, tab2)
 %6 = -1.2...E-42 - 3.2...E-109*I  \\@com 63 digits lost
 @eprog\noindent
 In the computation of \var{tab}, it was not essential to include the
 \emph{exact} exponential decrease of $\Gamma(2+it)^3$. But as the last
 example shows, a rough indication \emph{must} be given, otherwise slow
 decrease is assumed, resulting in catastrophic loss of accuracy.

Function: intnum
Class: basic
Section: sums
C-Name: intnum0
Prototype: V=GGEDGp
Help: intnum(X=a,b,expr,{tab}): numerical integration of expr from a to b with
 respect to X. Plus/minus infinity is coded as [+1]/ [-1]. Finally tab is
 either omitted (let the program choose the integration step), a positive
 integer m (choose integration step 1/2^m), or data precomputed with intnuminit.
Wrapper: (,,G)
Description: 
  (gen,gen,gen,?gen):gen:prec intnum(${3 cookie}, ${3 wrapper}, $1, $2, $4, prec)
Doc: numerical integration
 of \var{expr} on $]a,b[$ with respect to $X$. The integrand may have values
 belonging to a vector space over the real numbers; in particular, it can be
 complex-valued or vector-valued. But it is assumed that the function is regular
 on $]a,b[$. If the endpoints $a$ and $b$ are finite and the function is regular
 there, the situation is simple:
 \bprog
 ? intnum(x = 0,1, x^2)
 %1 = 0.3333333333333333333333333333
 ? intnum(x = 0,Pi/2, [cos(x), sin(x)])
 %2 = [1.000000000000000000000000000, 1.000000000000000000000000000]
 @eprog\noindent
 An endpoint equal to $\pm\infty$ is coded as the single-component vector
 $[\pm1]$. You are welcome to set, e.g \kbd{oo = [1]} or \kbd{INFINITY = [1]},
 then using \kbd{+oo}, \kbd{-oo}, \kbd{-INFINITY}, etc. will have the expected
 behavior.
 \bprog
 ? oo = [1];  \\@com for clarity
 ? intnum(x = 1,+oo, 1/x^2)
 %2 = 1.000000000000000000000000000
 @eprog\noindent
 In basic usage, it is assumed that the function does not decrease
 exponentially fast at infinity:
 \bprog
 ? intnum(x=0,+oo, exp(-x))
   ***   at top-level: intnum(x=0,+oo,exp(-
   ***                 ^--------------------
   *** exp: exponent (expo) overflow
 @eprog\noindent
 We shall see in a moment how to avoid the last problem, after describing
 the last argument \var{tab}, which is both optional and technical. The
 routine uses weights, which are mostly independent of the function being
 integrated, evaluated at many sampling points. If \var{tab} is
 
 \item a positive integer $m$, we use $2^m$ sampling points, hopefully
 increasing accuracy. But note that the running time is roughly proportional
 to $2^m$. One may try consecutive values of $m$ until they give the same
 value up to an accepted error. If \var{tab} is omitted, the algorithm guesses
 a reasonable value for $m$ depending on the current precision only, which
 should be sufficient for regular functions. That value may be obtained from
 \tet{intnumstep}, and increased in case of difficulties.
 
 \item a set of integration tables as output by \tet{intnuminit},
 they are used directly. This is useful if several integrations of the same
 type are performed (on the same kind of interval and functions, for a given
 accuracy), in particular for multivariate integrals, since we then skip
 expensive precomputations.
 
 \misctitle{Specifying the behavior at endpoints}
 This is done as follows. An endpoint $a$ is either given as such (a scalar,
 real or complex, or $[\pm1]$ for $\pm\infty$), or as a two component vector
 $[a,\alpha]$, to indicate the behavior of the integrand in a neighborhood
 of $a$.
 
 If $a$ is finite, the code $[a,\alpha]$ means the function has a
 singularity of the form $(x-a)^{\alpha}$, up to logarithms. (If $\alpha \ge
 0$, we only assume the function is regular, which is the default assumption.)
 If a wrong singularity exponent is used, the result will lose a catastrophic
 number of decimals:
 \bprog
 ? intnum(x=0, 1, x^(-1/2))         \\@com assume $x^{-1/2}$ is regular at 0
 %1 = 1.999999999999999999990291881
 ? intnum(x=[0,-1/2], 1, x^(-1/2))  \\@com no, it's not
 %2 = 2.000000000000000000000000000
 ? intnum(x=[0,-1/10], 1, x^(-1/2))
 %3 = 1.999999999999999999999946438 \\@com using a wrong exponent is bad
 @eprog
 
 If $a$ is $\pm\infty$, which is coded as $[\pm 1]$, the situation is more
 complicated, and $[[\pm1],\alpha]$ means:
 
 \item $\alpha=0$ (or no $\alpha$ at all, i.e. simply $[\pm1]$) assumes that the
 integrand tends to zero, but not exponentially fast, and not
 oscillating such as $\sin(x)/x$.
 
 \item $\alpha>0$ assumes that the function tends to zero exponentially fast
 approximately as $\exp(-\alpha x)$. This includes oscillating but quickly
 decreasing functions such as $\exp(-x)\sin(x)$.
 \bprog
 ? oo = [1];
 ? intnum(x=0, +oo, exp(-2*x))
   ***   at top-level: intnum(x=0,+oo,exp(-
   ***                 ^--------------------
   *** exp: exponent (expo) overflow
 ? intnum(x=0, [+oo, 2], exp(-2*x))
 %1 = 0.5000000000000000000000000000 \\@com OK!
 ? intnum(x=0, [+oo, 4], exp(-2*x))
 %2 = 0.4999999999999999999961990984 \\@com wrong exponent $\Rightarrow$ imprecise result
 ? intnum(x=0, [+oo, 20], exp(-2*x))
 %2 = 0.4999524997739071283804510227 \\@com disaster
 @eprog
 
 \item $\alpha<-1$ assumes that the function tends to $0$ slowly, like
 $x^{\alpha}$. Here it is essential to give the correct $\alpha$, if possible,
 but on the other hand $\alpha\le -2$ is equivalent to $\alpha=0$, in other
 words to no $\alpha$ at all.
 
 \smallskip The last two codes are reserved for oscillating functions.
 Let $k > 0$ real, and $g(x)$ a non-oscillating function tending slowly to $0$
 (e.g. like a negative power of $x$), then
 
 \item $\alpha=k * I$ assumes that the function behaves like $\cos(kx)g(x)$.
 
 \item $\alpha=-k* I$ assumes that the function behaves like $\sin(kx)g(x)$.
 
 \noindent Here it is critical to give the exact value of $k$. If the
 oscillating part is not a pure sine or cosine, one must expand it into a
 Fourier series, use the above codings, and sum the resulting contributions.
 Otherwise you will get nonsense. Note that $\cos(kx)$, and similarly
 $\sin(kx)$, means that very function, and not a translated version such as
 $\cos(kx+a)$.
 
 \misctitle{Note} If $f(x)=\cos(kx)g(x)$ where $g(x)$ tends to zero
 exponentially fast as $\exp(-\alpha x)$, it is up to the user to choose
 between $[[\pm1],\alpha]$ and $[[\pm1],k* I]$, but a good rule of thumb is that
 if the oscillations are much weaker than the exponential decrease, choose
 $[[\pm1],\alpha]$, otherwise choose $[[\pm1],k* I]$, although the latter can
 reasonably be used in all cases, while the former cannot. To take a specific
 example, in the inverse Mellin transform, the integrand is almost always a
 product of an exponentially decreasing and an oscillating factor. If we
 choose the oscillating type of integral we perhaps obtain the best results,
 at the expense of having to recompute our functions for a different value of
 the variable $z$ giving the transform, preventing us to use a function such
 as \kbd{intmellininvshort}. On the other hand using the exponential type of
 integral, we obtain less accurate results, but we skip expensive
 recomputations. See \kbd{intmellininvshort} and \kbd{intfuncinit} for more
 explanations.
 
 \smallskip
 
 We shall now see many examples to get a feeling for what the various
 parameters achieve. All examples below assume precision is set to $105$
 decimal digits. We first type
 \bprog
 ? \p 105
 ? oo = [1]  \\@com for clarity
 @eprog
 
 \misctitle{Apparent singularities} Even if the function $f(x)$ represented
 by \var{expr} has no singularities, it may be important to define the
 function differently near special points. For instance, if $f(x) = 1
 /(\exp(x)-1) - \exp(-x)/x$, then $\int_0^\infty f(x)\,dx=\gamma$, Euler's
 constant \kbd{Euler}. But
 
 \bprog
 ? f(x) = 1/(exp(x)-1) - exp(-x)/x
 ? intnum(x = 0, [oo,1],  f(x)) - Euler
 %1 = 6.00... E-67
 @eprog\noindent
 thus only correct to $67$ decimal digits. This is because close to $0$ the
 function $f$ is computed with an enormous loss of accuracy.
 A better solution is
 
 \bprog
 ? f(x) = 1/(exp(x)-1)-exp(-x)/x
 ? F = truncate( f(t + O(t^7)) ); \\@com expansion around t = 0
 ? g(x) = if (x > 1e-18, f(x), subst(F,t,x))  \\@com note that $6 \cdot 18 > 105$
 ? intnum(x = 0, [oo,1],  g(x)) - Euler
 %2 = 0.E-106 \\@com perfect
 @eprog\noindent
 It is up to the user to determine constants such as the $10^{-18}$ and $7$
 used above.
 
 \misctitle{True singularities} With true singularities the result is worse.
 For instance
 
 \bprog
 ? intnum(x = 0, 1,  1/sqrt(x)) - 2
 %1 = -1.92... E-59 \\@com only $59$ correct decimals
 
 ? intnum(x = [0,-1/2], 1,  1/sqrt(x)) - 2
 %2 = 0.E-105 \\@com better
 @eprog
 
 \misctitle{Oscillating functions}
 
 \bprog
 ? intnum(x = 0, oo, sin(x) / x) - Pi/2
 %1 = 20.78.. \\@com nonsense
 ? intnum(x = 0, [oo,1], sin(x)/x) - Pi/2
 %2 = 0.004.. \\@com bad
 ? intnum(x = 0, [oo,-I], sin(x)/x) - Pi/2
 %3 = 0.E-105 \\@com perfect
 ? intnum(x = 0, [oo,-I], sin(2*x)/x) - Pi/2  \\@com oops, wrong $k$
 %4 = 0.07...
 ? intnum(x = 0, [oo,-2*I], sin(2*x)/x) - Pi/2
 %5 = 0.E-105 \\@com perfect
 
 ? intnum(x = 0, [oo,-I], sin(x)^3/x) - Pi/4
 %6 = 0.0092... \\@com bad
 ? sin(x)^3 - (3*sin(x)-sin(3*x))/4
 %7 = O(x^17)
 @eprog\noindent
 We may use the above linearization and compute two oscillating integrals with
 ``infinite endpoints'' \kbd{[oo, -I]} and \kbd{[oo, -3*I]} respectively, or
 notice the obvious change of variable, and reduce to the single integral
 ${1\over 2}\int_0^\infty \sin(x)/x\,dx$. We finish with some more complicated
 examples:
 
 \bprog
 ? intnum(x = 0, [oo,-I], (1-cos(x))/x^2) - Pi/2
 %1 = -0.0004... \\@com bad
 ? intnum(x = 0, 1, (1-cos(x))/x^2) \
 + intnum(x = 1, oo, 1/x^2) - intnum(x = 1, [oo,I], cos(x)/x^2) - Pi/2
 %2 = -2.18... E-106 \\@com OK
 
 ? intnum(x = 0, [oo, 1], sin(x)^3*exp(-x)) - 0.3
 %3 = 5.45... E-107 \\@com OK
 ? intnum(x = 0, [oo,-I], sin(x)^3*exp(-x)) - 0.3
 %4 = -1.33... E-89 \\@com lost 16 decimals. Try higher $m$:
 ? m = intnumstep()
 %5 = 7 \\@com the value of $m$ actually used above.
 ? tab = intnuminit(0,[oo,-I], m+1); \\@com try $m$ one higher.
 ? intnum(x = 0, oo, sin(x)^3*exp(-x), tab) - 0.3
 %6 = 5.45... E-107 \\@com OK this time.
 @eprog
 
 \misctitle{Warning} Like \tet{sumalt}, \kbd{intnum} often assigns a
 reasonable value to diverging integrals. Use these values at your own risk!
 For example:
 
 \bprog
 ? intnum(x = 0, [oo, -I], x^2*sin(x))
 %1 = -2.0000000000...
 @eprog\noindent
 Note the formula
 $$ \int_0^\infty \sin(x)/x^s\,dx = \cos(\pi s/2) \Gamma(1-s)\;, $$
 a priori valid only for $0 < \Re(s) < 2$, but the right hand side provides an
 analytic continuation which may be evaluated at $s = -2$\dots
 
 \misctitle{Multivariate integration}
 Using successive univariate integration with respect to different formal
 parameters, it is immediate to do naive multivariate integration. But it is
 important to use a suitable \kbd{intnuminit} to precompute data for the
 \emph{internal} integrations at least!
 
 For example, to compute the double integral on the unit disc $x^2+y^2\le1$
 of the function $x^2+y^2$, we can write
 \bprog
 ? tab = intnuminit(-1,1);
 ? intnum(x=-1,1, intnum(y=-sqrt(1-x^2),sqrt(1-x^2), x^2+y^2, tab), tab)
 @eprog\noindent
 The first \var{tab} is essential, the second optional. Compare:
 
 \bprog
 ? tab = intnuminit(-1,1);
 time = 30 ms.
 ? intnum(x=-1,1, intnum(y=-sqrt(1-x^2),sqrt(1-x^2), x^2+y^2));
 time = 54,410 ms. \\@com slow
 ? intnum(x=-1,1, intnum(y=-sqrt(1-x^2),sqrt(1-x^2), x^2+y^2, tab), tab);
 time = 7,210 ms.  \\@com faster
 @eprog\noindent
 However, the \kbd{intnuminit} program is usually pessimistic when it comes to
 choosing the integration step $2^{-m}$. It is often possible to improve the
 speed by trial and error. Continuing the above example:
 \bprog
 ? test(M) =
 {
 tab = intnuminit(-1,1, M);
 intnum(x=-1,1, intnum(y=-sqrt(1-x^2),sqrt(1-x^2), x^2+y^2,tab), tab) - Pi/2
 }
 ? m = intnumstep() \\@com what value of $m$ did it take ?
 %1 = 7
 ? test(m - 1)
 time = 1,790 ms.
 %2 = -2.05... E-104 \\@com $4 = 2^2$ times faster and still OK.
 ? test(m - 2)
 time = 430 ms.
 %3 = -1.11... E-104 \\@com $16 = 2^4$ times faster and still OK.
 ? test(m - 3)
 time = 120 ms.
 %3 = -7.23... E-60 \\@com $64 = 2^6$ times faster, lost $45$ decimals.
 @eprog
 
 \synt{intnum}{void *E, GEN (*eval)(void*,GEN), GEN a,GEN b,GEN tab, long prec},
 where an omitted \var{tab} is coded as \kbd{NULL}.

Function: intnuminit
Class: basic
Section: sums
C-Name: intnuminit
Prototype: GGD0,L,p
Help: intnuminit(a,b,{m=0}): initialize tables for integrations from a to b.
 See help for intnum for coding of a and b. Possible types: compact interval,
 semi-compact (one extremity at + or - infinity) or R, and very slowly, slowly
 or exponentially decreasing, or sine or cosine oscillating at infinities.
Doc: initialize tables for integration from
 $a$ to $b$, where $a$ and $b$ are coded as in \kbd{intnum}. Only the
 compactness, the possible existence of singularities, the speed of decrease
 or the oscillations at infinity are taken into account, and not the values.
 For instance {\tt intnuminit(-1,1)} is equivalent to {\tt intnuminit(0,Pi)},
 and {\tt intnuminit([0,-1/2],[1])} is equivalent to {\tt
 intnuminit([-1],[-1,-1/2])}. If $m$ is not given, it is computed according to
 the current precision. Otherwise the integration step is $1/2^m$. Reasonable
 values of $m$ are $m=6$ or $m=7$ for $100$ decimal digits, and $m=9$ for
 $1000$ decimal digits.
 
 The result is technical, but in some cases it is useful to know the output.
 Let $x=\phi(t)$ be the change of variable which is used. \var{tab}[1] contains
 the integer $m$ as above, either given by the user or computed from the default
 precision, and can be recomputed directly using the function \kbd{intnumstep}.
 \var{tab}[2] and \var{tab}[3] contain respectively the abscissa and weight
 corresponding to $t=0$ ($\phi(0)$ and $\phi'(0)$). \var{tab}[4] and
 \var{tab}[5] contain the abscissas and weights corresponding to positive
 $t=nh$ for $1\le n\le N$ and $h=1/2^m$ ($\phi(nh)$ and $\phi'(nh)$). Finally
 \var{tab}[6] and \var{tab}[7] contain either the abscissas and weights
 corresponding to negative $t=nh$ for $-N\le n\le -1$, or may be empty (but
 not always) if $\phi(t)$ is an odd function (implicitly we would have
 $\var{tab}[6]=-\var{tab}[4]$ and $\var{tab}[7]=\var{tab}[5]$).

Function: intnuminitgen
Class: basic
Section: sums
C-Name: intnuminitgen0
Prototype: VGGED0,L,D0,L,p
Help: intnuminitgen(t,a,b,ph,{m=0},{flag=0}): initialize tables for
 integrations from a to b using abscissas ph(t) and weights ph'(t). Note that
 there is no equal sign after the variable name t since t always goes from
 -infty to +infty, but it is ph(t) which goes from a to b, and this is not
 checked. If flag = 1 or 2, multiply the reserved table length by 4^flag, to
 avoid corresponding error.
Doc: initialize tables for integrations from $a$ to $b$ using abscissas
 $ph(t)$ and weights $ph'(t)$. Note that there is no equal sign after the
 variable name $t$ since $t$ always goes from $-\infty$ to $+infty$, but it
 is $ph(t)$ which goes from $a$ to $b$, and this is not checked. If \fl = 1
 or 2, multiply the reserved table length by $4^{\fl}$, to avoid corresponding
 error.
 
 \synt{intnuminitgen}{void *E, GEN (*eval)(void*,GEN), GEN a, GEN b, long m, long flag, long prec}

Function: intnumromb
Class: basic
Section: sums
C-Name: intnumromb0
Prototype: V=GGED0,L,p
Help: intnumromb(X=a,b,expr,{flag=0}): numerical integration of expr (smooth in
 ]a,b[) from a to b with respect to X. flag is optional and mean 0: default.
 expr can be evaluated exactly on [a,b]; 1: general function; 2: a or b can be
 plus or minus infinity (chosen suitably), but of same sign; 3: expr has only
 limits at a or b.
Wrapper: (,,G)
Description: 
  (gen,gen,gen,?small):gen:prec intnumromb(${3 cookie}, ${3 wrapper}, $1, $2, $4, prec)
Doc: numerical integration of
 \var{expr} (smooth in $]a,b[$), with respect to $X$. This function is
 deprecated, use \tet{intnum} instead.
 
 Set $\fl=0$ (or omit it altogether) when $a$ and $b$ are not too large, the
 function is smooth, and can be evaluated exactly everywhere on the interval
 $[a,b]$.
 
 If $\fl=1$, uses a general driver routine for doing numerical integration,
 making no particular assumption (slow).
 
 $\fl=2$ is tailored for being used when $a$ or $b$ are infinite. One
 \emph{must} have $ab>0$, and in fact if for example $b=+\infty$, then it is
 preferable to have $a$ as large as possible, at least $a\ge1$.
 
 If $\fl=3$, the function is allowed to be undefined (but continuous) at $a$
 or $b$, for example the function $\sin(x)/x$ at $x=0$.
 
 The user should not require too much accuracy: 18 or 28 decimal digits is OK,
 but not much more. In addition, analytical cleanup of the integral must have
 been done: there must be no singularities in the interval or at the
 boundaries. In practice this can be accomplished with a simple change of
 variable. Furthermore, for improper integrals, where one or both of the
 limits of integration are plus or minus infinity, the function must decrease
 sufficiently rapidly at infinity. This can often be accomplished through
 integration by parts. Finally, the function to be integrated should not be
 very small (compared to the current precision) on the entire interval. This
 can of course be accomplished by just multiplying by an appropriate constant.
 
 Note that \idx{infinity} can be represented with essentially no loss of
 accuracy by 1e1000. However beware of real underflow when dealing with
 rapidly decreasing functions. For example, if one wants to compute the
 $\int_0^\infty e^{-x^2}\,dx$ to 28 decimal digits, then one should set
 infinity equal to 10 for example, and certainly not to 1e1000.
 
 \synt{intnumromb}{void *E, GEN (*eval)(void*,GEN), GEN a, GEN b, long flag, long prec},
 where $\kbd{eval}(x, E)$ returns the value of the function at $x$.
 You may store any additional information required by \kbd{eval} in $E$, or set
 it to \kbd{NULL}.

Function: intnumstep
Class: basic
Section: sums
C-Name: intnumstep
Prototype: lp
Help: intnumstep(): gives the default value of m used by all intnum and sumnum
 routines, such that the integration step is 1/2^m.
Doc: give the value of $m$ used in all the
 \kbd{intnum} and \kbd{sumnum} programs, hence such that the integration
 step is equal to $1/2^m$.

Function: isfundamental
Class: basic
Section: number_theoretical
C-Name: gisfundamental
Prototype: G
Help: isfundamental(x): true(1) if x is a fundamental discriminant
 (including 1), false(0) if not.
Description: 
 (int):bool       Z_isfundamental($1)
 (gen):gen        gisfundamental($1)
Doc: true (1) if $x$ is equal to 1 or to the discriminant of a quadratic
 field, false (0) otherwise.
 The function accepts vector/matrices arguments, and is then applied
 componentwise.

Function: ispower
Class: basic
Section: number_theoretical
C-Name: ispower
Prototype: lGDGD&
Help: ispower(x,{k},{&n}): if k > 0 is given, return true (1) if x is a k-th
 power, false (0) if not. If k is omitted, return the maximal k >= 2 such
 that x = n^k is a perfect power, or 0 if no such k exist.
 If n is present, and the function returns a non-zero result, set n to the
 k-th root of x.
Description: 
 (int):small       Z_isanypower($1, NULL)
 (int, &int):small Z_isanypower($1, &$2)
Doc: if $k$ is given, returns true (1) if $x$ is a $k$-th power, false
 (0) if not.
 
 If $k$ is omitted, only integers and fractions are allowed for $x$ and the
 function returns the maximal $k \geq 2$ such that $x = n^k$ is a perfect
 power, or 0 if no such $k$ exist; in particular \kbd{ispower(-1)},
 \kbd{ispower(0)}, and \kbd{ispower(1)} all return $0$.
 
 If a third argument $\&n$ is given and $x$ is indeed a $k$-th power, sets
 $n$ to a $k$-th root of $x$.
 
 \noindent For a \typ{FFELT} \kbd{x}, instead of omitting \kbd{k} (which is
 not allowed for this type), it may be natural to set
 \bprog
 k = (x.p ^ poldegree(x.pol) - 1) / fforder(x)
 @eprog
Variant: Also available is
 \fun{long}{gisanypower}{GEN x, GEN *pty} ($k$ omitted).

Function: isprime
Class: basic
Section: number_theoretical
C-Name: gisprime
Prototype: GD0,L,
Help: isprime(x,{flag=0}): true(1) if x is a (proven) prime number, false(0)
 if not. If flag is 0 or omitted, use a combination of algorithms. If flag is
 1, the primality is certified by the Pocklington-Lehmer Test. If flag is 2,
 the primality is certified using the APRCL test.
Description: 
 (int, ?0):bool        isprime($1)
 (int, 1):bool         plisprime($1, 0)
 (int, 2):gen          plisprime($1, 1)
 (gen, ?small):gen     gisprime($1, $2)
Doc: true (1) if $x$ is a prime
 number, false (0) otherwise. A prime number is a positive integer having
 exactly two distinct divisors among the natural numbers, namely 1 and
 itself.
 
 This routine proves or disproves rigorously that a number is prime, which can
 be very slow when $x$ is indeed prime and has more than $1000$ digits, say.
 Use \tet{ispseudoprime} to quickly check for compositeness. See also
 \kbd{factor}. It accepts vector/matrices arguments, and is then applied
 componentwise.
 
 If $\fl=0$, use a combination of Baillie-PSW pseudo primality test (see
 \tet{ispseudoprime}), Selfridge ``$p-1$'' test if $x-1$ is smooth enough, and
 Adleman-Pomerance-Rumely-Cohen-Lenstra (APRCL) for general $x$.
 
 If $\fl=1$, use Selfridge-Pocklington-Lehmer ``$p-1$'' test and output a
 primality certificate as follows: return
 
 \item 0 if $x$ is composite,
 
 \item 1 if $x$ is small enough that passing Baillie-PSW test guarantees
 its primality (currently $x < 2^{64}$, as checked by Jan Feitsma),
 
 \item $2$ if $x$ is a large prime whose primality could only sensibly be
 proven (given the algorithms implemented in PARI) using the APRCL test.
 
 \item Otherwise ($x$ is large and $x-1$ is smooth) output a three column
 matrix as a primality certificate. The first column contains prime
 divisors $p$ of $x-1$ (such that $\prod p^{v_p(x-1)} > x^{1/3}$), the second
 the corresponding elements $a_p$ as in Proposition~8.3.1 in GTM~138 , and the
 third the output of isprime(p,1).
 
 The algorithm fails if one of the pseudo-prime factors is not prime, which is
 exceedingly unlikely and well worth a bug report. Note that if you monitor
 \kbd{isprime} at a high enough debug level, you may see warnings about
 untested integers being declared primes. This is normal: we ask for partial
 factorisations (sufficient to prove primality if the unfactored part is not
 too large), and \kbd{factor} warns us that the cofactor hasn't been tested.
 It may or may not be tested later, and may or may not be prime. This does
 not affect the validity of the whole \kbd{isprime} procedure.
 
 If $\fl=2$, use APRCL.

Function: ispseudoprime
Class: basic
Section: number_theoretical
C-Name: gispseudoprime
Prototype: GD0,L,
Help: ispseudoprime(x,{flag}): true(1) if x is a strong pseudoprime, false(0)
 if not. If flag is 0 or omitted, use BPSW test, otherwise use strong
 Rabin-Miller test for flag randomly chosen bases.
Description: 
 (int,?0):bool      BPSW_psp($1)
 (int,#small):bool  millerrabin($1,$2)
 (int,small):bool   ispseudoprime($1, $2)
 (gen,?small):bool  gispseudoprime($1, $2)
Doc: true (1) if $x$ is a strong pseudo
 prime (see below), false (0) otherwise. If this function returns false, $x$
 is not prime; if, on the other hand it returns true, it is only highly likely
 that $x$ is a prime number. Use \tet{isprime} (which is of course much
 slower) to prove that $x$ is indeed prime.
 The function accepts vector/matrices arguments, and is then applied
 componentwise.
 
 If $\fl = 0$, checks whether $x$ is a Baillie-Pomerance-Selfridge-Wagstaff
 pseudo prime (strong Rabin-Miller pseudo prime for base $2$, followed by
 strong Lucas test for the sequence $(P,-1)$, $P$ smallest positive integer
 such that $P^2 - 4$ is not a square mod $x$).
 
 There are no known composite numbers passing this test, although it is
 expected that infinitely many such numbers exist. In particular, all
 composites $\leq 2^{64}$ are correctly detected (checked using
 \kbd{http://www.cecm.sfu.ca/Pseudoprimes/index-2-to-64.html}).
 
 If $\fl > 0$, checks whether $x$ is a strong Miller-Rabin pseudo prime  for
 $\fl$ randomly chosen bases (with end-matching to catch square roots of $-1$).

Function: issquare
Class: basic
Section: number_theoretical
C-Name: gissquareall
Prototype: GD&
Help: issquare(x,{&n}): true(1) if x is a square, false(0) if not. If n is
 given puts the exact square root there if it was computed.
Description: 
 (int):bool        Z_issquare($1)
 (mp):int          gissquare($1)
 (gen):gen         gissquare($1)
 (int, &int):bool  Z_issquarerem($1, &$2)
 (gen, &gen):gen   gissquareall($1, &$2)
Doc: true (1) if $x$ is a square, false (0)
 if not. What ``being a square'' means depends on the type of $x$: all
 \typ{COMPLEX} are squares, as well as all non-negative \typ{REAL}; for
 exact types such as \typ{INT}, \typ{FRAC} and \typ{INTMOD}, squares are
 numbers of the form $s^2$ with $s$ in $\Z$, $\Q$ and $\Z/N\Z$ respectively.
 \bprog
 ? issquare(3)          \\ as an integer
 %1 = 0
 ? issquare(3.)         \\ as a real number
 %2 = 1
 ? issquare(Mod(7, 8))  \\ in Z/8Z
 %3 = 0
 ? issquare( 5 + O(13^4) )  \\ in Q_13
 %4 = 0
 @eprog
 If $n$ is given, a square root of $x$ is put into $n$.
 \bprog
 ? issquare(4, &n)
 %1 = 1
 ? n
 %2 = 2
 ? issquare([4, x^2], &n)
 %3 = [1, 1]  \\ both are squares
 ? n
 %4 = [2, x]  \\ the square roots
 @eprog
 For polynomials, either we detect that the characteristic is 2 (and check
 directly odd and even-power monomials) or we assume that $2$ is invertible
 and check whether squaring the truncated power series for the square root
 yields the original input.
 The function accepts vector/matrices arguments, and is then applied
 componentwise.
Variant: Also available is \fun{GEN}{gissquare}{GEN x}.

Function: issquarefree
Class: basic
Section: number_theoretical
C-Name: gissquarefree
Prototype: G
Help: issquarefree(x): true(1) if x is squarefree, false(0) if not.
Description: 
 (int):bool       issquarefree($1)
 (gen):gen        gissquarefree($1)
Doc: true (1) if $x$ is squarefree, false (0) if not. Here $x$ can be an
 integer or a polynomial.
 The function accepts vector/matrices arguments, and is then applied
 componentwise.
Variant: For scalar arguments $x$ (\typ{INT} or \typ{POL}), the function
 \fun{long}{issquarefree}{GEN x} is easier to use.

Function: kill
Class: basic
Section: programming/specific
C-Name: kill0
Prototype: vr
Help: kill(sym): restores the symbol sym to its ``undefined'' status and kill
 associated help messages.
Doc: restores the symbol \kbd{sym} to its ``undefined'' status, and deletes any
 help messages associated to \kbd{sym} using \kbd{addhelp}. Variable names
 remain known to the interpreter and keep their former priority: you cannot
 make a variable ``less important" by killing it!
 \bprog
 ? z = y = 1; y
 %1 = 1
 ? kill(y)
 ? y            \\ restored to ``undefined'' status
 %2 = y
 ? variable()
 %3 = [x, y, z] \\ but the variable name y is still known, with y > z !
 @eprog\noindent
 For the same reason, killing a user function (which is an ordinary
 variable holding a \typ{CLOSURE}) does not remove its name from the list of
 variable names.
 
 If the symbol is associated to a variable --- user functions being an
 important special case ---, one may use the \idx{quote} operator
 \kbd{a = 'a} to reset variables to their starting values. However, this
 will not delete a help message associated to \kbd{a}, and is also slightly
 slower than \kbd{kill(a)}.
 \bprog
 ? x = 1; addhelp(x, "foo"); x
 %1 = 1
 ? x = 'x; x   \\ same as 'kill', except we don't delete help.
 %2 = x
 ? ?x
 foo
 @eprog\noindent
 On the other hand, \kbd{kill} is the only way to remove aliases and installed
 functions.
 \bprog
 ? alias(fun, sin);
 ? kill(fun);
 
 ? install(addii, GG);
 ? kill(addii);
 @eprog

Function: kronecker
Class: basic
Section: number_theoretical
C-Name: gkronecker
Prototype: GG
Help: kronecker(x,y): kronecker symbol (x/y).
Description: 
 (small, small):small  kross($1, $2)
 (int, small):small    krois($1, $2)
 (small, int):small    krosi($1, $2)
 (int, int):small      kronecker($1, $2)
 (gen, gen):gen        gkronecker($1, $2)
Doc: 
 \idx{Kronecker symbol} $(x|y)$, where $x$ and $y$ must be of type integer. By
 definition, this is the extension of \idx{Legendre symbol} to $\Z \times \Z$
 by total multiplicativity in both arguments with the following special rules
 for $y = 0, -1$ or $2$:
 
 \item $(x|0) = 1$ if $|x| = 1$ and $0$ otherwise.
 
 \item $(x|-1) = 1$ if $x \geq 0$ and $-1$ otherwise.
 
 \item $(x|2) = 0$ if $x$ is even and $1$ if $x = 1,-1 \mod 8$ and $-1$
 if $x=3,-3 \mod 8$.

Function: lcm
Class: basic
Section: number_theoretical
C-Name: glcm0
Prototype: GDG
Help: lcm(x,{y}): least common multiple of x and y, i.e. x*y / gcd(x,y).
Description: 
 (int, int):int lcmii($1, $2)
 (gen):gen      glcm0($1, NULL)
 (gen, gen):gen glcm($1, $2)
Doc: least common multiple of $x$ and $y$, i.e.~such
 that $\lcm(x,y)*\gcd(x,y) = \text{abs}(x*y)$. If $y$ is omitted and $x$
 is a vector, returns the $\text{lcm}$ of all components of $x$.
 
 When $x$ and $y$ are both given and one of them is a vector/matrix type,
 the LCM is again taken recursively on each component, but in a different way.
 If $y$ is a vector, resp.~matrix, then the result has the same type as $y$,
 and components equal to \kbd{lcm(x, y[i])}, resp.~\kbd{lcm(x, y[,i])}. Else
 if $x$ is a vector/matrix the result has the same type as $x$ and an
 analogous definition. Note that for these types, \kbd{lcm} is not
 commutative.
 
 Note that \kbd{lcm(v)} is quite different from
 \bprog
 l = v[1]; for (i = 1, #v, l = lcm(l, v[i]))
 @eprog\noindent
 Indeed, \kbd{lcm(v)} is a scalar, but \kbd{l} may not be (if one of
 the \kbd{v[i]} is a vector/matrix). The computation uses a divide-conquer tree
 and should be much more efficient, especially when using the GMP
 multiprecision kernel (and more subquadratic algorithms become available):
 \bprog
 ? v = vector(10^4, i, random);
 ? lcm(v);
 time = 323 ms.
 ? l = v[1]; for (i = 1, #v, l = lcm(l, v[i]))
 time = 833 ms.
 @eprog

Function: length
Class: basic
Section: conversions
C-Name: glength
Prototype: lG
Help: length(x): number of non code words in x, number of characters for a
 string.
Description: 
 (vecsmall):lg      lg($1)
 (vec):lg           lg($1)
 (pol):small        lgpol($1)
 (gen):small        glength($1)
Doc: length of $x$; \kbd{\#}$x$ is a shortcut for \kbd{length}$(x)$.
 This is mostly useful for
 
 \item vectors: dimension (0 for empty vectors),
 
 \item lists: number of entries (0 for empty lists),
 
 \item matrices: number of columns,
 
 \item character strings: number of actual characters (without
 trailing \kbd{\bs 0}, should you expect it from $C$ \kbd{char*}).
 \bprog
  ? #"a string"
  %1 = 8
  ? #[3,2,1]
  %2 = 3
  ? #[]
  %3 = 0
  ? #matrix(2,5)
  %4 = 5
  ? L = List([1,2,3,4]); #L
  %5 = 4
 @eprog
 
 The routine is in fact defined for arbitrary GP types, but is awkward and
 useless in other cases: it returns the number of non-code words in $x$, e.g.
 the effective length minus 2 for integers since the \typ{INT} type has two code
 words.

Function: lex
Class: basic
Section: operators
C-Name: lexcmp
Prototype: iGG
Help: lex(x,y): compare x and y lexicographically (1 if x>y, 0 if x=y, -1 if
 x<y)
Doc: gives the result of a lexicographic comparison
 between $x$ and $y$ (as $-1$, $0$ or $1$). This is to be interpreted in quite
 a wide sense: It is admissible to compare objects of different types
 (scalars, vectors, matrices), provided the scalars can be compared, as well
 as vectors/matrices of different lengths. The comparison is recursive.
 
 In case all components are equal up to the smallest length of the operands,
 the more complex is considered to be larger. More precisely, the longest is
 the largest; when lengths are equal, we have matrix $>$ vector $>$ scalar.
 For example:
 \bprog
 ? lex([1,3], [1,2,5])
 %1 = 1
 ? lex([1,3], [1,3,-1])
 %2 = -1
 ? lex([1], [[1]])
 %3 = -1
 ? lex([1], [1]~)
 %4 = 0
 @eprog

Function: lift
Class: basic
Section: conversions
C-Name: lift0
Prototype: GDn
Help: lift(x,{v}): lifts every element of Z/nZ to Z or T[x]/PT[x] to T[x]
 for a type T if v is omitted, otherwise lift only polmods with main
 variable v. If v does not occur in x, lift only intmods.
Description: 
 (pol):pol        lift($1)
 (vec):vec        lift($1)
 (gen):gen        lift($1)
 (pol, var):pol        lift0($1, $2)
 (vec, var):vec        lift0($1, $2)
 (gen, var):gen        lift0($1, $2)
Doc: lifts an element $x=a \bmod n$ of $\Z/n\Z$ to
 $a$ in $\Z$, and similarly lifts a polmod to a polynomial if $v$ is omitted.
 Otherwise, lifts only polmods whose modulus has main variable $v$ (if $v$
 does not occur in $x$, lifts only intmods). If $x$ is of recursive (non
 modular) type, the lift is done coefficientwise. For $p$-adics, this routine
 acts as \tet{truncate}. It is not allowed to have $x$ of type \typ{REAL}.
 \bprog
 ? lift(Mod(5,3))
 %1 = 2
 ? lift(3 + O(3^9))
 %2 = 3
 ? lift(Mod(x,x^2+1))
 %3 = x
 ? lift(x * Mod(1,3) + Mod(2,3))
 %4 = x + 2
 ? lift(x * Mod(y,y^2+1) + Mod(2,3))
 %5 = y*x + Mod(2, 3)   \\@com do you understand this one ?
 ? lift(x * Mod(y,y^2+1) + Mod(2,3), x)
 %6 = Mod(y, y^2+1) * x + Mod(2, y^2+1)
 @eprog
Variant: Also available is \fun{GEN}{lift}{GEN x} corresponding to
 \kbd{lift0(x,-1)}.

Function: lindep
Class: basic
Section: linear_algebra
C-Name: lindep0
Prototype: GD0,L,
Help: lindep(x,{flag=0}): Z-linear dependencies between components of x.
 flag is optional, and can be 0: default, uses a standard LLL; -1: uses
 Hastad et al; -2: returns a non-trivial kernel vector (not integral in
 general); -3: uses PSLQ; or positive, using LLL with 'flag' many digits of
 accuracy, which should be less than the input accuracy.
Doc: \sidx{linear dependence}$x$ being a
 vector with $p$-adic or real/complex coefficients, finds a small integral
 linear combination among these coefficients.
 
 If $x$ is $p$-adic, $\fl$ is meaningless and the algorithm LLL-reduces a
 suitable (dual) lattice.
 
 Otherwise, the value of $\fl$ determines the algorithm used; in the current
 version of PARI, we suggest to use \emph{non-negative} values, since it is by
 far the fastest and most robust implementation. See the detailed example in
 \secref{se:algdep} (\kbd{algdep}).
 
 If $\fl\geq 0$, uses a floating point (variable precision) LLL algorithm.
 This is in general much faster than the other variants.
 If $\fl = 0$ the accuracy is chosen internally using a crude heuristic.
 If $\fl > 0$ the computation is done with an accuracy of $\fl$ decimal digits.
 To get meaningful results in the latter case, the parameter $\fl$ should be
 smaller than the number of correct decimal digits in the input.
 
 If $\fl=-1$, uses a variant of the \idx{LLL} algorithm due to Hastad,
 Lagarias and Schnorr (STACS 1986). If the precision is too low, the routine
 may enter an infinite loop. Faster than the alternatives if it converges,
 especially when the accuracy is much larger than what is really necessary;
 usually diverges, though.
 
 If $\fl=-2$, $x$ is allowed to be (and in any case interpreted as) a matrix.
 Returns a non trivial element of the kernel of $x$, or $0$ if $x$ has trivial
 kernel. The element is defined over the field of coefficients of $x$, and is
 in general not integral.
 
 If $\fl=-3$, uses the PSLQ algorithm. This may return a real number $B$,
 indicating that the input accuracy was exhausted and that no relation exist
 whose sup norm is less than $B$.
 
 If $\fl=-4$, uses an experimental 2-level PSLQ, which does not work at all.
 Don't use it!
Variant: Also available are \fun{GEN}{lindep}{GEN x} ($\fl=0$)
 \fun{GEN}{lindep2}{GEN x, long bit} ($\fl\geq 0$, bypasses the check for
 $p$-adic inputs) and \fun{GEN}{deplin}{GEN x} ($\fl=-2$).

Function: listcreate
Class: basic
Section: linear_algebra
C-Name: listcreate
Prototype: D0,L,
Help: listcreate(): creates an empty list.
Description: 
 (?gen):list        listcreate()
Doc: creates an empty list. This routine used to have a mandatory argument,
 which is now ignored (for backward compatibility). In fact, this function
 has become redundant and obsolete; it will disappear in future versions of
 PARI: just use \kbd{List()}
 % \syn{NO}

Function: listinsert
Class: basic
Section: linear_algebra
C-Name: listinsert
Prototype: WGL
Help: listinsert(L,x,n): insert x at index n in list L, shifting the
 remaining elements to the right.
Description: 
 (list, gen, small):gen        listinsert($1, $2, $3)
Doc: inserts the object $x$ at
 position $n$ in $L$ (which must be of type \typ{LIST}). This has
 complexity $O(\#L - n + 1)$: all the
 remaining elements of \var{list} (from position $n+1$ onwards) are shifted
 to the right.

Function: listkill
Class: basic
Section: linear_algebra
C-Name: listkill
Prototype: vG
Help: listkill(L): obsolete, retained for backward compatibility.
Doc: obsolete, retained for backward compatibility. Just use \kbd{L = List()}
 instead of \kbd{listkill(L)}. In most cases, you won't even need that, e.g.
 local variables are automatically cleared when a user function returns.

Function: listpop
Class: basic
Section: linear_algebra
C-Name: listpop
Prototype: vWD0,L,
Help: listpop(list,{n}): removes n-th element from list. If n is
 omitted or greater than the current list length, removes last element.
Description: 
 (list, small):void     listpop($1, $2)
Doc: 
 removes the $n$-th element of the list
 \var{list} (which must be of type \typ{LIST}). If $n$ is omitted,
 or greater than the list current length, removes the last element.
 This runs in time $O(\#L - n + 1)$.

Function: listput
Class: basic
Section: linear_algebra
C-Name: listput
Prototype: WGD0,L,
Help: listput(list,x,{n}): sets n-th element of list equal to x. If n is
 omitted or greater than the current list length, appends x.
Description: 
 (list, gen, small):gen        listput($1, $2, $3)
Doc: 
 sets the $n$-th element of the list
 \var{list} (which must be of type \typ{LIST}) equal to $x$. If $n$ is omitted,
 or greater than the list length, appends $x$.
 You may put an element into an occupied cell (not changing the
 list length), but it is easier to use the standard \kbd{list[n] = x}
 construct. This runs in time $O(\#L)$ in the worst case (when the list must
 be reallocated), but in time $O(1)$ on average: any number of successive
 \kbd{listput}s run in time $O(\#L)$, where $\#L$ denotes the list
 \emph{final} length.

Function: listsort
Class: basic
Section: linear_algebra
C-Name: listsort
Prototype: vWD0,L,
Help: listsort(L,{flag=0}): sort the list L in place. If flag is non-zero,
 suppress all but one occurence of each element in list.
Doc: sorts the \typ{LIST} \var{list} in place. If $\fl$ is non-zero,
 suppresses all repeated coefficients. This is faster than the \kbd{vecsort}
 command since no copy has to be made. No value returned.

Function: lngamma
Class: basic
Section: transcendental
C-Name: glngamma
Prototype: Gp
Help: lngamma(x): logarithm of the gamma function of x.
Doc: principal branch of the logarithm of the gamma
 function of $x$. This function is analytic on the complex plane with
 non-positive integers removed. Can have much larger arguments than \kbd{gamma}
 itself. The $p$-adic \kbd{lngamma} function is not implemented.

Function: local
Class: basic
Section: programming/specific
Help: local(x,...,z): declare x,...,z as (dynamically scoped) local variables.

Function: log
Class: basic
Section: transcendental
C-Name: glog
Prototype: Gp
Help: log(x): natural logarithm of x.
Description: 
 (gen):gen:prec        glog($1, prec)
Doc: principal branch of the natural logarithm of
 $x \in \C^*$, i.e.~such that $\text{Im(log}(x))\in{} ]-\pi,\pi]$.
 The branch cut lies
 along the negative real axis, continuous with quadrant 2, i.e.~such that
 $\lim_{b\to 0^+} \log (a+bi) = \log a$ for $a \in\R^*$. The result is complex
 (with imaginary part equal to $\pi$) if $x\in \R$ and $x < 0$. In general,
 the algorithm uses the formula
 $$\log(x) \approx {\pi\over 2\text{agm}(1, 4/s)} - m \log 2, $$
 if $s = x 2^m$ is large enough. (The result is exact to $B$ bits provided
 $s > 2^{B/2}$.) At low accuracies, the series expansion near $1$ is used.
 
 $p$-adic arguments are also accepted for $x$, with the convention that
 $\log(p)=0$. Hence in particular $\exp(\log(x))/x$ is not in general equal to
 1 but to a $(p-1)$-th root of unity (or $\pm1$ if $p=2$) times a power of $p$.
Variant: For a \typ{PADIC} $x$, the function
 \fun{GEN}{Qp_log}{GEN x} is also available.

Function: matadjoint
Class: basic
Section: linear_algebra
C-Name: matadjoint0
Prototype: GD0,L,
Help: matadjoint(x,{flag=0}): adjoint matrix of x. If flag is 0 or omitted,
 n! must be invertible, where n is the dimension of the matrix. If flag is 1,
 uses a slower division-free algorithm.
Doc: 
 \idx{adjoint matrix} of $x$, i.e.~the matrix $y$
 of cofactors of $x$, satisfying $x*y=\det(x)*\Id$. $x$ must be a
 (non-necessarily invertible) square matrix of dimension $n$.
 If $\fl$ is 0 or omitted, use a fast algorithm which assumes that $n!$ is
 invertible. If $\fl$ is 1, use a slower division-free algorithm.
 \bprog
 ? a = [1,2,3;3,4,5;6,7,8] * Mod(1,2);
 ? matadjoint(a)
  ***   at top-level: matadjoint([1,2,3;3,
  ***                 ^--------------------
  *** matadjoint: impossible inverse modulo: Mod(0, 2).
 ? matadjoint(a, 1)  \\ use safe algorithm
 %2 =
 [Mod(1, 2) Mod(1, 2) Mod(0, 2)]
 
 [Mod(0, 2) Mod(0, 2) Mod(0, 2)]
 
 [Mod(1, 2) Mod(1, 2) Mod(0, 2)]
 @eprog\noindent
 Both algorithms use $O(n^4)$ operations in the base ring.
Variant: Also available are
 \fun{GEN}{adj}{GEN x} (\fl=0) and
 \fun{GEN}{adjsafe}{GEN x} (\fl=1).

Function: matalgtobasis
Class: basic
Section: number_fields
C-Name: matalgtobasis
Prototype: GG
Help: matalgtobasis(nf,x): nfalgtobasis applied to every element of the
 vector or matrix x.
Doc: $\var{nf}$ being a number field in \kbd{nfinit} format, and $x$ a
 (row or column) vector or matrix, apply \tet{nfalgtobasis} to each entry
 of $x$.

Function: matbasistoalg
Class: basic
Section: number_fields
C-Name: matbasistoalg
Prototype: GG
Help: matbasistoalg(nf,x): nfbasistoalg applied to every element of the
 matrix or vector x.
Doc: $\var{nf}$ being a number field in \kbd{nfinit} format, and $x$ a
 (row or column) vector or matrix, apply \tet{nfbasistoalg} to each entry
 of $x$.

Function: matcompanion
Class: basic
Section: linear_algebra
C-Name: matcompanion
Prototype: G
Help: matcompanion(x): companion matrix to polynomial x.
Doc: 
 the left companion matrix to the polynomial $x$.

Function: matdet
Class: basic
Section: linear_algebra
C-Name: det0
Prototype: GD0,L,
Help: matdet(x,{flag=0}): determinant of the matrix x using Gauss-Bareiss.
 If (optional) flag is set to 1, use classical Gaussian elimination (slightly
 better for integer entries).
Description: 
 (gen, ?0):gen           det($1)
 (gen, 1):gen            det2($1)
 (gen, #small):gen       $"incorrect flag in matdet"
 (gen, small):gen        det0($1, $2)
Doc: determinant of $x$. $x$ must be a square matrix.
 
 If $\fl=0$, uses Gauss-Bareiss.
 
 If $\fl=1$, uses classical Gaussian elimination, which is better when the
 entries of the matrix are reals or integers for example, but usually much
 worse for more complicated entries like multivariate polynomials.
Variant: Also available are \fun{GEN}{det}{GEN x} ($\fl=0$) and
 \fun{GEN}{det2}{GEN x} ($\fl=1$).

Function: matdetint
Class: basic
Section: linear_algebra
C-Name: detint
Prototype: G
Help: matdetint(x): some multiple of the determinant of the lattice
 generated by the columns of x (0 if not of maximal rank). Useful with
 mathnfmod.
Doc: 
 $x$ being an $m\times n$ matrix with integer
 coefficients, this function computes a non-zero \emph{multiple} of the
 determinant of
 the lattice generated by the columns of $x$ if it has maximal rank $m$, and
 returns zero otherwise, using the Gauss-Bareiss algorithm. When $x$ is square,
 the exact determinant is obtained.
 
 This function is useful in conjunction with \kbd{mathnfmod}, which needs to
 know such a multiple. If the rank is maximal and the matrix non-square,
 you can obtain the exact determinant using
 \bprog
   matdet( mathnfmod(x, matdetint(x)) )
 @eprog\noindent
 Note that as soon as one of the dimensions gets large ($m$ or $n$ is larger
 than 20, say), it will often be much faster to use \kbd{mathnf(x, 1)} or
 \kbd{mathnf(x, 4)} directly.

Function: matdiagonal
Class: basic
Section: linear_algebra
C-Name: diagonal
Prototype: G
Help: matdiagonal(x): creates the diagonal matrix whose diagonal entries are
 the entries of the vector x.
Doc: $x$ being a vector, creates the diagonal matrix
 whose diagonal entries are those of $x$.

Function: mateigen
Class: basic
Section: linear_algebra
C-Name: eigen
Prototype: Gp
Help: mateigen(x): eigenvectors of the matrix x given as columns of a matrix.
Doc: gives the eigenvectors of $x$ as columns of a matrix.

Function: matfrobenius
Class: basic
Section: linear_algebra
C-Name: matfrobenius
Prototype: GD0,L,Dn
Help: matfrobenius(M,{flag},{v=x}): Return the Frobenius form of the square
 matrix M. If flag is 1, return only the elementary divisors as a vector of
 polynomials in the variable v. If flag is 2, return a two-components vector
 [F,B] where F is the Frobenius form and B is the basis change so that
 M=B^-1*F*B.
Doc: returns the Frobenius form of
 the square matrix \kbd{M}. If $\fl=1$, returns only the elementary divisors as
 a vector of polynomials in the variable \kbd{v}.  If $\fl=2$, returns a
 two-components vector [F,B] where \kbd{F} is the Frobenius form and \kbd{B} is
 the basis change so that $M=B^{-1}FB$.

Function: mathess
Class: basic
Section: linear_algebra
C-Name: hess
Prototype: G
Help: mathess(x): Hessenberg form of x.
Doc: returns a matrix similar to the square matrix $x$, which is in upper Hessenberg
 form (zero entries below the first subdiagonal).

Function: mathilbert
Class: basic
Section: linear_algebra
C-Name: mathilbert
Prototype: L
Help: mathilbert(n): Hilbert matrix of order n.
Doc: $x$ being a \kbd{long}, creates the
 \idx{Hilbert matrix}of order $x$, i.e.~the matrix whose coefficient
 ($i$,$j$) is $1/ (i+j-1)$.

Function: mathnf
Class: basic
Section: linear_algebra
C-Name: mathnf0
Prototype: GD0,L,
Help: mathnf(x,{flag=0}): (upper triangular) Hermite normal form of x, basis
 for the lattice formed by the columns of x. flag is optional whose value
 range from 0 to 4 (0 if omitted), meaning : 0: naive algorithm. 1: as 0, but
 output 2-component vector [H,U] such that H is the HNF of
 x, and U is a unimodular matrix such that XU=H. 3: Batut's algorithm:
 output [H,U,P] where P is a permutation matrix such that P x U = H. 4:
 as 1, using a heuristic variant of LLL reduction along the way.
Doc: if $x$ is a (not necessarily square)
 matrix with integer entries, finds the \emph{upper triangular}
 \idx{Hermite normal form} of $x$. If the rank of $x$ is equal to its number
 of rows, the result is a square matrix. In general, the columns of the result
 form a basis of the lattice spanned by the columns of $x$.
 
 If $\fl=0$, uses the naive algorithm. This is in general fastest but may
 require too much memory as the dimension gets large (bigger than 100, say),
 in which case you may try \kbd{mathnfmod(x, matdetint(x))} when $x$ has
 maximal rank, and \kbd{mathnf(x, 4)} otherwise.
 
 If $\fl=1$, outputs a two-component row vector $[H,U]$, where $H$ is the
 Hermite normal form of $x$ defined as above,  and $U$ is the
 unimodular transformation matrix such that $xU=[0|H]$. When the kernel is
 large, $U$ has in general huge coefficients. In the worst case, the
 running time is exponential with respect to the dimension, but the
 routine behaves well in small dimension (less than 50 or 100, say).
 
 If $\fl=3$, uses Batut's algorithm and output $[H,U,P]$, such that $H$ and
 $U$ are as before and $P$ is a permutation of the rows such that $P$ applied
 to $xU$ gives $H$. This is in general slower than $\fl=1$ but the matrix $U$
 is smaller; it may still be large.
 
 If $\fl=4$, as in case 1 above, but uses a variant of \idx{LLL}
 reduction along the way. The matrix $U$ is in general close to optimal (in
 terms of smallest $L_2$ norm), but the reduction is in general slow,
 although provably polynomial-time.
Variant: Also available are \fun{GEN}{hnf}{GEN x} ($\fl=0$) and
 \fun{GEN}{hnfall}{GEN x} ($\fl=1$). To reduce \emph{huge} (say $400 \times
 400$ and more) relation matrices (sparse with small entries), you can use
 the pair \kbd{hnfspec} / \kbd{hnfadd}. Since this is quite technical and
 the calling interface may change, they are not documented yet. Look at the
 code in \kbd{basemath/alglin1.c}.

Function: mathnfmod
Class: basic
Section: linear_algebra
C-Name: hnfmod
Prototype: GG
Help: mathnfmod(x,d): (upper triangular) Hermite normal form of x, basis for
 the lattice formed by the columns of x, where d is a multiple of the
 non-zero determinant of this lattice.
Doc: if $x$ is a (not necessarily square) matrix of
 maximal rank with integer entries, and $d$ is a multiple of the (non-zero)
 determinant of the lattice spanned by the columns of $x$, finds the
 \emph{upper triangular} \idx{Hermite normal form} of $x$.
 
 If the rank of $x$ is equal to its number of rows, the result is a square
 matrix. In general, the columns of the result form a basis of the lattice
 spanned by the columns of $x$. Even when $d$ is known, this is in general
 slower than \kbd{mathnf} but uses much less memory.

Function: mathnfmodid
Class: basic
Section: linear_algebra
C-Name: hnfmodid
Prototype: GG
Help: mathnfmodid(x,d): (upper triangular) Hermite normal form of x
 concatenated with d times the identity matrix.
Doc: outputs the (upper triangular)
 \idx{Hermite normal form} of $x$ concatenated with $d$ times
 the identity matrix. Assumes that $x$ has integer entries.

Function: matid
Class: basic
Section: linear_algebra
C-Name: matid
Prototype: L
Help: matid(n): identity matrix of order n.
Description: 
 (small):vec    matid($1)
Doc: creates the $n\times n$ identity matrix.

Function: matimage
Class: basic
Section: linear_algebra
C-Name: matimage0
Prototype: GD0,L,
Help: matimage(x,{flag=0}): basis of the image of the matrix x. flag is
 optional and can be set to 0 or 1, corresponding to two different algorithms.
Doc: gives a basis for the image of the
 matrix $x$ as columns of a matrix. A priori the matrix can have entries of
 any type. If $\fl=0$, use standard Gauss pivot. If $\fl=1$, use
 \kbd{matsupplement} (much slower: keep the default flag!).
Variant: Also available is \fun{GEN}{image}{GEN x} ($\fl=0$).

Function: matimagecompl
Class: basic
Section: linear_algebra
C-Name: imagecompl
Prototype: G
Help: matimagecompl(x): vector of column indices not corresponding to the
 indices given by the function matimage.
Doc: gives the vector of the column indices which
 are not extracted by the function \kbd{matimage}. Hence the number of
 components of \kbd{matimagecompl(x)} plus the number of columns of
 \kbd{matimage(x)} is equal to the number of columns of the matrix $x$.

Function: matindexrank
Class: basic
Section: linear_algebra
C-Name: indexrank
Prototype: G
Help: matindexrank(x): gives two extraction vectors (rows and columns) for
 the matrix x such that the extracted matrix is square of maximal rank.
Doc: $x$ being a matrix of rank $r$, returns a vector with two
 \typ{VECSMALL} components $y$ and $z$ of length $r$ giving a list of rows
 and columns respectively (starting from 1) such that the extracted matrix
 obtained from these two vectors using $\tet{vecextract}(x,y,z)$ is
 invertible.

Function: matintersect
Class: basic
Section: linear_algebra
C-Name: intersect
Prototype: GG
Help: matintersect(x,y): intersection of the vector spaces whose bases are
 the columns of x and y.
Doc: $x$ and $y$ being two matrices with the same
 number of rows each of whose columns are independent, finds a basis of the
 $\Q$-vector space equal to the intersection of the spaces spanned by the
 columns of $x$ and $y$ respectively. The faster function
 \tet{idealintersect} can be used to intersect fractional ideals (projective
 $\Z_K$ modules of rank $1$); the slower but much more general function
 \tet{nfhnf} can be used to intersect general $\Z_K$-modules.

Function: matinverseimage
Class: basic
Section: linear_algebra
C-Name: inverseimage
Prototype: GG
Help: matinverseimage(x,y): an element of the inverse image of the vector y
 by the matrix x if one exists, the empty vector otherwise.
Doc: given a matrix $x$ and
 a column vector or matrix $y$, returns a preimage $z$ of $y$ by $x$ if one
 exists (i.e such that $x z = y$), an empty vector or matrix otherwise. The
 complete inverse image is $z + \text{Ker} x$, where a basis of the kernel of
 $x$ may be obtained by \kbd{matker}.
 \bprog
 ? M = [1,2;2,4];
 ? matinverseimage(M, [1,2]~)
 %2 = [1, 0]~
 ? matinverseimage(M, [3,4]~)
 %3 = []~    \\@com no solution
 ? matinverseimage(M, [1,3,6;2,6,12])
 %4 =
 [1 3 6]
 
 [0 0 0]
 ? matinverseimage(M, [1,2;3,4])
 %5 = [;]    \\@com no solution
 ? K = matker(M)
 %6 =
 [-2]
 
 [1]
 @eprog

Function: matisdiagonal
Class: basic
Section: linear_algebra
C-Name: isdiagonal
Prototype: iG
Help: matisdiagonal(x): true(1) if x is a diagonal matrix, false(0)
 otherwise.
Doc: returns true (1) if $x$ is a diagonal matrix, false (0) if not.

Function: matker
Class: basic
Section: linear_algebra
C-Name: matker0
Prototype: GD0,L,
Help: matker(x,{flag=0}): basis of the kernel of the matrix x. flag is
 optional, and may be set to 0: default; non-zero: x is known to have
 integral entries.
Doc: gives a basis for the kernel of the matrix $x$ as columns of a matrix.
 The matrix can have entries of any type, provided they are compatible with
 the generic arithmetic operations ($+$, $\times$ and $/$).
 
 If $x$ is known to have integral entries, set $\fl=1$.
Variant: Also available are \fun{GEN}{ker}{GEN x} ($\fl=0$),
 \fun{GEN}{keri}{GEN x} ($\fl=1$).

Function: matkerint
Class: basic
Section: linear_algebra
C-Name: matkerint0
Prototype: GD0,L,
Help: matkerint(x,{flag=0}): LLL-reduced Z-basis of the kernel of the matrix
 x with integral entries. flag is optional, and may be set to 0: default,
 uses LLL, 1: uses matrixqz (much slower).
Doc: gives an \idx{LLL}-reduced $\Z$-basis
 for the lattice equal to the kernel of the matrix $x$ as columns of the
 matrix $x$ with integer entries (rational entries are not permitted).
 
 If $\fl=0$, uses an integer LLL algorithm.
 
 If $\fl=1$, uses $\kbd{matrixqz}(x,-2)$. Many orders of magnitude slower
 than the default: never use this.
Variant: See also \fun{GEN}{kerint}{GEN x} ($\fl=0$), which is a trivial
 wrapper around
 \bprog
 ZM_lll(ZM_lll(x, 0.99, LLL_KER), 0.99, LLL_INPLACE);
 @eprog\noindent Remove the outermost \kbd{ZM\_lll} if LLL-reduction is not
 desired (saves time).

Function: matmuldiagonal
Class: basic
Section: linear_algebra
C-Name: matmuldiagonal
Prototype: GG
Help: matmuldiagonal(x,d): product of matrix x by diagonal matrix whose
 diagonal coefficients are those of the vector d, equivalent but faster than
 x*matdiagonal(d).
Doc: product of the matrix $x$ by the diagonal
 matrix whose diagonal entries are those of the vector $d$. Equivalent to,
 but much faster than $x*\kbd{matdiagonal}(d)$.

Function: matmultodiagonal
Class: basic
Section: linear_algebra
C-Name: matmultodiagonal
Prototype: GG
Help: matmultodiagonal(x,y): product of matrices x and y, knowing that the
 result will be a diagonal matrix. Much faster than general multiplication in
 that case.
Doc: product of the matrices $x$ and $y$ assuming that the result is a
 diagonal matrix. Much faster than $x*y$ in that case. The result is
 undefined if $x*y$ is not diagonal.

Function: matpascal
Class: basic
Section: linear_algebra
C-Name: matqpascal
Prototype: LDG
Help: matpascal(n,{q}): Pascal triangle of order n if q is omited. q-Pascal
 triangle otherwise.
Doc: creates as a matrix the lower triangular
 \idx{Pascal triangle} of order $x+1$ (i.e.~with binomial coefficients
 up to $x$). If $q$ is given, compute the $q$-Pascal triangle (i.e.~using
 $q$-binomial coefficients).
Variant: Also available is \fun{GEN}{matpascal}{GEN x}.

Function: matrank
Class: basic
Section: linear_algebra
C-Name: rank
Prototype: lG
Help: matrank(x): rank of the matrix x.
Doc: rank of the matrix $x$.

Function: matrix
Class: basic
Section: linear_algebra
C-Name: matrice
Prototype: GGDVDVDE
Help: matrix(m,n,{X},{Y},{expr=0}): mXn matrix of expression expr, the row
 variable X going from 1 to m and the column variable Y going from 1 to n. By
 default, fill with 0s.
Doc: creation of the
 $m\times n$ matrix whose coefficients are given by the expression
 \var{expr}. There are two formal parameters in \var{expr}, the first one
 ($X$) corresponding to the rows, the second ($Y$) to the columns, and $X$
 goes from 1 to $m$, $Y$ goes from 1 to $n$. If one of the last 3 parameters
 is omitted, fill the matrix with zeroes.
 %\syn{NO}

Function: matrixqz
Class: basic
Section: linear_algebra
C-Name: matrixqz0
Prototype: GDG
Help: matrixqz(A,{p=0}): if p>=0, transforms the rational or integral mxn (m>=n)
 matrix A into an integral matrix with gcd of maximal determinants coprime to
 p. If p=-1, finds a basis of the intersection with Z^n of the lattice spanned
 by the columns of A. If p=-2, finds a basis of the intersection with Z^n of
 the Q-vector space spanned by the columns of A.
Doc: $A$ being an $m\times n$ matrix in $M_{m,n}(\Q)$, let
 $\text{Im}_\Q A$ (resp.~$\text{Im}_\Z A$) the $\Q$-vector space
 (resp.~the $\Z$-module) spanned by the columns of $A$. This function has
 varying behavior depending on the sign of $p$:
 
 If $p \geq 0$, $A$ is assumed to have maximal rank $n\leq m$. The function
 returns a matrix $B\in M_{m,n}(\Z)$, with $\text{Im}_\Q B = \text{Im}_\Q A$,
 such that the GCD of all its $n\times n$ minors is coprime to
 $p$; in particular, if $p = 0$ (default), this GCD is $1$.
 \bprog
 ? minors(x) = vector(#x[,1], i, matdet( vecextract(x, Str("^",i), "..") ));
 ? A = [3,1/7; 5,3/7; 7,5/7]; minors(A)
 %1 = [4/7, 8/7, 4/7]   \\ determinants of all 2x2 minors
 ? B = matrixqz(A)
 %2 =
 [3 1]
 
 [5 2]
 
 [7 3]
 ? minors(%)
 %3 = [1, 2, 1]   \\ B integral with coprime minors
 @eprog
 
 If $p=-1$, returns the HNF basis of the lattice $\Z^n \cap \text{Im}_\Z A$.
 
 If $p=-2$, returns the HNF basis of the lattice $\Z^n \cap \text{Im}_\Q A$.
 \bprog
 ? matrixqz(A,-1)
 %4 =
 [8 5]
 
 [4 3]
 
 [0 1]
 
 ? matrixqz(A,-2)
 %5 =
 [2 -1]
 
 [1 0]
 
 [0 1]
 @eprog

Function: matsize
Class: basic
Section: linear_algebra
C-Name: matsize
Prototype: G
Help: matsize(x): number of rows and columns of the vector/matrix x as a
 2-vector.
Doc: $x$ being a vector or matrix, returns a row vector
 with two components, the first being the number of rows (1 for a row vector),
 the second the number of columns (1 for a column vector).

Function: matsnf
Class: basic
Section: linear_algebra
C-Name: matsnf0
Prototype: GD0,L,
Help: matsnf(X,{flag=0}): Smith normal form (i.e. elementary divisors) of
 the matrix X, expressed as a vector d. Binary digits of flag mean 1: returns
 [u,v,d] where d=u*X*v, otherwise only the diagonal d is returned, 2: allow
 polynomial entries, otherwise assume X is integral, 4: removes all
 information corresponding to entries equal to 1 in d.
Doc: if $X$ is a (singular or non-singular) matrix outputs the vector of
 \idx{elementary divisors} of $X$, i.e.~the diagonal of the
 \idx{Smith normal form} of $X$, normalized so that $d_n \mid d_{n-1} \mid
 \ldots \mid d_1$.
 
 The binary digits of \fl\ mean:
 
 1 (complete output): if set, outputs $[U,V,D]$, where $U$ and $V$ are two
 unimodular matrices such that $UXV$ is the diagonal matrix $D$. Otherwise
 output only the diagonal of $D$. If $X$ is not a square matrix, then $D$
 will be a square diagonal matrix padded with zeros on the left or the top.
 
 2 (generic input): if set, allows polynomial entries, in which case the
 input matrix must be square. Otherwise, assume that $X$ has integer
 coefficients with arbitrary shape.
 
 4 (cleanup): if set, cleans up the output. This means that elementary
 divisors equal to $1$ will be deleted, i.e.~outputs a shortened vector $D'$
 instead of $D$. If complete output was required, returns $[U',V',D']$ so
 that $U'XV' = D'$ holds. If this flag is set, $X$ is allowed to be of the
 form `vector of elementary divisors' or $[U,V,D]$ as would normally be output with the cleanup flag
 unset.

Function: matsolve
Class: basic
Section: linear_algebra
C-Name: gauss
Prototype: GG
Help: matsolve(M,B): Gaussian solution of MX=B (M matrix, B column vector).
Doc: $M$ being an invertible matrix and $B$ a column
 vector, finds the solution $X$ of $MX=B$, using Gaussian elimination. This
 has the same effect as, but is a bit faster, than $M^{-1}*B$.

Function: matsolvemod
Class: basic
Section: linear_algebra
C-Name: matsolvemod0
Prototype: GGGD0,L,
Help: matsolvemod(M,D,B,{flag=0}): one solution of system of congruences
 MX=B mod D (M matrix, B and D column vectors). If (optional) flag is
 non-null return all solutions.
Doc: $M$ being any integral matrix,
 $D$ a column vector of non-negative integer moduli, and $B$ an integral
 column vector, gives a small integer solution to the system of congruences
 $\sum_i m_{i,j}x_j\equiv b_i\pmod{d_i}$ if one exists, otherwise returns
 zero. Shorthand notation: $B$ (resp.~$D$) can be given as a single integer,
 in which case all the $b_i$ (resp.~$d_i$) above are taken to be equal to $B$
 (resp.~$D$).
 \bprog
 ? M = [1,2;3,4];
 ? matsolvemod(M, [3,4]~, [1,2]~)
 %2 = [-2, 0]~
 ? matsolvemod(M, 3, 1) \\ M X = [1,1]~ over F_3
 %3 = [-1, 1]~
 ? matsolvemod(M, [3,0]~, [1,2]~) \\ x + 2y = 1 (mod 3), 3x + 4y = 2 (in Z)
 %4 = [6, -4]~
 @eprog
 If $\fl=1$, all solutions are returned in the form of a two-component row
 vector $[x,u]$, where $x$ is a small integer solution to the system of
 congruences and $u$ is a matrix whose columns give a basis of the homogeneous
 system (so that all solutions can be obtained by adding $x$ to any linear
 combination of columns of $u$). If no solution exists, returns zero.
Variant: Also available are \fun{GEN}{gaussmodulo}{GEN M, GEN D, GEN B}
 ($\fl=0$) and \fun{GEN}{gaussmodulo2}{GEN M, GEN D, GEN B} ($\fl=1$).

Function: matsupplement
Class: basic
Section: linear_algebra
C-Name: suppl
Prototype: G
Help: matsupplement(x): supplement the columns of the matrix x to an
 invertible matrix.
Doc: assuming that the columns of the matrix $x$
 are linearly independent (if they are not, an error message is issued), finds
 a square invertible matrix whose first columns are the columns of $x$,
 i.e.~supplement the columns of $x$ to a basis of the whole space.

Function: mattranspose
Class: basic
Section: linear_algebra
C-Name: gtrans
Prototype: G
Help: mattranspose(x): x~ = transpose of x.
Doc: transpose of $x$ (also $x\til$).
 This has an effect only on vectors and matrices.

Function: max
Class: basic
Section: operators
C-Name: gmax
Prototype: GG
Help: max(x,y): maximum of x and y
Description: 
 (small, small):small  maxss($1, $2)
 (small, int):int      gmaxsg($1, $2)
 (int, small):int      gmaxgs($1, $2)
 (int, int):int        gmax($1, $2)
 (small, mp):mp        gmaxsg($1, $2)
 (mp, small):mp        gmaxgs($1, $2)
 (mp, mp):mp           gmax($1, $2)
 (small, gen):gen      gmaxsg($1, $2)
 (gen, small):gen      gmaxgs($1, $2)
 (gen, gen):gen        gmax($1, $2)
Doc: creates the maximum of $x$ and $y$ when they can be compared.

Function: min
Class: basic
Section: operators
C-Name: gmin
Prototype: GG
Help: min(x,y): minimum of x and y
Description: 
 (small, small):small  minss($1, $2)
 (small, int):int      gminsg($1, $2)
 (int, small):int      gmings($1, $2)
 (int, int):int        gmin($1, $2)
 (small, mp):mp        gminsg($1, $2)
 (mp, small):mp        gmings($1, $2)
 (mp, mp):mp           gmin($1, $2)
 (small, gen):gen      gminsg($1, $2)
 (gen, small):gen      gmings($1, $2)
 (gen, gen):gen        gmin($1, $2)
Doc: creates the minimum of $x$ and $y$ when they can be compared.

Function: minpoly
Class: basic
Section: linear_algebra
C-Name: minpoly
Prototype: GDn
Help: minpoly(A,{v=x}): minimal polynomial of the matrix or polmod A.
Doc: \idx{minimal polynomial}
 of $A$ with respect to the variable $v$., i.e. the monic polynomial $P$
 of minimal degree (in the variable $v$) such that $P(A) = 0$.

Function: modreverse
Class: basic
Section: number_fields
C-Name: modreverse
Prototype: G
Help: modreverse(z): reverse polmod of the polmod z, if it exists.
Doc: let $z = \kbd{Mod(A, T)}$ be a polmod, and $Q$ be its minimal
 polynomial, which must satisfy $\text{deg}(Q) = \text{deg}(T)$.
 Returns a ``reverse polmod'' \kbd{Mod(B, Q)}, which is a root of $T$.
 
 This is quite useful when one changes the generating element in algebraic
 extensions:
 \bprog
 ? u = Mod(x, x^3 - x -1); v = u^5;
 ? w = modreverse(v)
 %2 = Mod(x^2 - 4*x + 1, x^3 - 5*x^2 + 4*x - 1)
 @eprog\noindent
 which means that $x^3 - 5x^2 + 4x -1$ is another defining polynomial for the
 cubic field
 $$\Q(u) = \Q[x]/(x^3 - x - 1) = \Q[x]/(x^3 - 5x^2 + 4x - 1) = \Q(v),$$
 and that $u \to v^2 - 4v + 1$ gives an explicit isomorphism. From this, it is
 easy to convert elements between the $A(u)\in \Q(u)$ and $B(v)\in \Q(v)$
 representations:
 \bprog
 ? A = u^2 + 2*u + 3; subst(lift(A), 'x, w)
 %3 = Mod(x^2 - 3*x + 3, x^3 - 5*x^2 + 4*x - 1)
 ? B = v^2 + v + 1;   subst(lift(B), 'x, v)
 %4 = Mod(26*x^2 + 31*x + 26, x^3 - x - 1)
 @eprog
 If the minimal polynomial of $z$ has lower degree than expected, the routine
 fails
 \bprog
 ? u = Mod(-x^3 + 9*x, x^4 - 10*x^2 + 1)
 ? modreverse(u)
   ***   at top-level: modreverse(u)
   ***                 ^-------------
   *** modreverse: reverse polmod does not exist: Mod(-x^3+9*x, x^4-10*x^2+1).
 ? minpoly(u)
 %6 = x^2 - 8
 @eprog

Function: moebius
Class: basic
Section: number_theoretical
C-Name: gmoebius
Prototype: G
Help: moebius(x): Moebius function of x.
Description: 
 (int):small      moebius($1)
 (gen):gen        gmoebius($1)
Doc: \idx{Moebius} $\mu$-function of $|x|$. $x$ must be of type integer.
 The function accepts vector/matrices arguments, and is then applied
 componentwise.
Variant: For a \typ{INT} $x$, the variant
 \fun{long}{moebius}{GEN n} is generally easier to use.

Function: my
Class: basic
Section: programming/specific
Help: my(x,...,z): declare x,...,z as lexically-scoped local variables.

Function: newtonpoly
Class: basic
Section: number_fields
C-Name: newtonpoly
Prototype: GG
Help: newtonpoly(x,p): Newton polygon of polynomial x with respect to the
 prime p.
Doc: gives the vector of the slopes of the Newton
 polygon of the polynomial $x$ with respect to the prime number $p$. The $n$
 components of the vector are in decreasing order, where $n$ is equal to the
 degree of $x$. Vertical slopes occur iff the constant coefficient of $x$ is
 zero and are denoted by \tet{LONG_MAX}, the biggest single precision
 integer representable on the machine ($2^{31}-1$ (resp.~$2^{63}-1$) on 32-bit
 (resp.~64-bit) machines), see \secref{se:valuation}.

Function: next
Class: basic
Section: programming/control
C-Name: next0
Prototype: D1,L,
Help: next({n=1}): interrupt execution of current instruction sequence, and
 start another iteration from the n-th innermost enclosing loops.
Doc: interrupts execution of current $seq$,
 resume the next iteration of the innermost enclosing loop, within the
 current function call (or top level loop). If $n$ is specified, resume at
 the $n$-th enclosing loop. If $n$ is bigger than the number of enclosing
 loops, all enclosing loops are exited.

Function: nextprime
Class: basic
Section: number_theoretical
C-Name: gnextprime
Prototype: G
Help: nextprime(x): smallest pseudoprime >= x.
Description: 
 (int):int        nextprime($1)
 (gen):gen        gnextprime($1)
Doc: finds the smallest pseudoprime (see
 \tet{ispseudoprime}) greater than or equal to $x$. $x$ can be of any real
 type. Note that if $x$ is a pseudoprime, this function returns $x$ and not
 the smallest pseudoprime strictly larger than $x$. To rigorously prove that
 the result is prime, use \kbd{isprime}.
 The function accepts vector/matrices arguments, and is then applied
 componentwise.
Variant: For a scalar $x$,
 \fun{long}{nextprime}{GEN n} is also available.

Function: nfalgtobasis
Class: basic
Section: number_fields
C-Name: algtobasis
Prototype: GG
Help: nfalgtobasis(nf,x): transforms the algebraic number x into a column
 vector on the integral basis nf.zk.
Doc: Given an algebraic number $x$ in the number field $\var{nf}$,
 transforms it to a column vector on the integral basis \kbd{\var{nf}.zk}.
 \bprog
 ? nf = nfinit(y^2 + 4);
 ? nf.zk
 %2 = [1, 1/2*y]
 ? nfalgtobasis(nf, [1,1]~)
 %3 = [1, 1]~
 ? nfalgtobasis(nf, y)
 %4 = [0, 2]~
 ? nfalgtobasis(nf, Mod(y, y^2+4))
 %4 = [0, 2]~
 @eprog
 This is the inverse function of \kbd{nfbasistoalg}.

Function: nfbasis
Class: basic
Section: number_fields
C-Name: nfbasis0
Prototype: GD0,L,DG
Help: nfbasis(x,{flag=0},{fa}): integral basis of the field Q[a], where a is
 a root of the polynomial x, using the round 4 algorithm. Second and third
 args are optional. Binary digits of flag mean 1: assume that no square of a
 prime>primelimit divides the discriminant of x, 2: use round 2 algorithm
 instead. If present, fa provides the matrix of a partial factorization of the
 discriminant of x, useful if one wants only an order maximal at certain
 primes only.
Doc: \idx{integral basis} of the number
 field defined by the irreducible, preferably monic, polynomial $x$, using a
 modified version of the \idx{round 4} algorithm by default, due to David
 \idx{Ford}, Sebastian \idx{Pauli} and Xavier \idx{Roblot}. The binary digits
 of $\fl$ have the following meaning:
 
 1: assume that no square of a prime greater than the default \kbd{primelimit}
 divides the discriminant of $x$, i.e.~that the index of $x$ has only small
 prime divisors.
 
 2: use \idx{round 2} algorithm. For small degrees and coefficient size, this
 is sometimes a little faster. (This program is the translation into C of a
 program written by David \idx{Ford} in Algeb.)
 
 Thus for instance, if $\fl=3$, this uses the round 2 algorithm and outputs
 an order which will be maximal at all the small primes.
 
 If \var{fa} is present, we assume (without checking!) that it is the two-column
 matrix of the factorization of the discriminant of the polynomial $x$. Note
 that it does \emph{not} have to be a complete factorization. This is
 especially useful if only a local integral basis for some small set of places
 is desired: only factors with exponents greater or equal to 2 will be
 considered.
Variant: An extended version is
 \fun{GEN}{nfbasis}{GEN x, GEN *d, long flag, GEN fa = NULL}, where \kbd{*d}
 receives the discriminant of the number field
 (\emph{not} of the polynomial $x$).

Function: nfbasistoalg
Class: basic
Section: number_fields
C-Name: basistoalg
Prototype: GG
Help: nfbasistoalg(nf,x): transforms the column vector x on the integral
 basis into an algebraic number.
Doc: Given an algebraic number $x$ in the number field \kbd{nf}, transforms it
 into \typ{POLMOD} form.
 \bprog
 ? nf = nfinit(y^2 + 4);
 ? nf.zk
 %2 = [1, 1/2*y]
 ? nfbasistoalg(nf, [1,1]~)
 %3 = Mod(1/2*y + 1, y^2 + 4)
 ? nfbasistoalg(nf, y)
 %4 = Mod(y, y^2 + 4)
 ? nfbasistoalg(nf, Mod(y, y^2+4))
 %4 = Mod(y, y^2 + 4)
 @eprog
 This is the inverse function of \kbd{nfalgtobasis}.

Function: nfdetint
Class: basic
Section: number_fields
C-Name: nfdetint
Prototype: GG
Help: nfdetint(nf,x): multiple of the ideal determinant of the pseudo
 generating set x.
Doc: given a pseudo-matrix $x$, computes a
 non-zero ideal contained in (i.e.~multiple of) the determinant of $x$. This
 is particularly useful in conjunction with \kbd{nfhnfmod}.

Function: nfdisc
Class: basic
Section: number_fields
C-Name: nfdisc0
Prototype: GD0,L,DG
Help: nfdisc(x,{flag=0},{fa}): discriminant of the number field defined by
 the polynomial x using round 4. Optional args flag and fa are as in nfbasis.
Doc: \idx{field discriminant} of the number field defined by the integral,
 preferably monic, irreducible polynomial $x$. $\fl$ and $fa$ are exactly as
 in \kbd{nfbasis}. That is, $fa$ provides the matrix of a partial
 factorization of the discriminant of $x$, and binary digits of $\fl$ are as
 follows:
 
 1: assume that no square of a prime greater than \kbd{primelimit}
 divides the discriminant.
 
 2: use the round 2 algorithm, instead of the default \idx{round 4}. This
 should be slower except maybe for polynomials of small degree and
 coefficients.
Variant: Also available is \fun{GEN}{nfdisc}{GEN x} ($\fl=0$).

Function: nfeltadd
Class: basic
Section: number_fields
C-Name: nfadd
Prototype: GGG
Help: nfadd(nf,x,y): element x+y in nf.
Doc: 
 given two elements $x$ and $y$ in
 \var{nf}, computes their sum $x+y$ in the number field $\var{nf}$.

Function: nfeltdiv
Class: basic
Section: number_fields
C-Name: nfdiv
Prototype: GGG
Help: nfdiv(nf,x,y): element x/y in nf.
Doc: given two elements $x$ and $y$ in
 \var{nf}, computes their quotient $x/y$ in the number field $\var{nf}$.

Function: nfeltdiveuc
Class: basic
Section: number_fields
C-Name: nfdiveuc
Prototype: GGG
Help: nfdiveuc(nf,x,y): gives algebraic integer q such that x-by is small.
Doc: given two elements $x$ and $y$ in
 \var{nf}, computes an algebraic integer $q$ in the number field $\var{nf}$
 such that the components of $x-qy$ are reasonably small. In fact, this is
 functionally identical to \kbd{round(nfdiv(\var{nf},x,y))}.

Function: nfeltdivmodpr
Class: basic
Section: number_fields
C-Name: nfdivmodpr
Prototype: GGGG
Help: nfeltdivmodpr(nf,x,y,pr): element x/y modulo pr in nf, where pr is in
 modpr format (see nfmodprinit).
Doc: given two elements $x$
 and $y$ in \var{nf} and \var{pr} a prime ideal in \kbd{modpr} format (see
 \tet{nfmodprinit}), computes their quotient $x / y$ modulo the prime ideal
 \var{pr}.
Variant: This function is normally useless in library mode. Project your
 inputs to the residue field using \kbd{nf\_to\_Fq}, then work there.

Function: nfeltdivrem
Class: basic
Section: number_fields
C-Name: nfdivrem
Prototype: GGG
Help: nfeltdivrem(nf,x,y): gives [q,r] such that r=x-by is small.
Doc: given two elements $x$ and $y$ in
 \var{nf}, gives a two-element row vector $[q,r]$ such that $x=qy+r$, $q$ is
 an algebraic integer in $\var{nf}$, and the components of $r$ are
 reasonably small.

Function: nfeltmod
Class: basic
Section: number_fields
C-Name: nfmod
Prototype: GGG
Help: nfeltmod(nf,x,y): gives r such that r=x-by is small with q algebraic
 integer.
Doc: 
 given two elements $x$ and $y$ in
 \var{nf}, computes an element $r$ of $\var{nf}$ of the form $r=x-qy$ with
 $q$ and algebraic integer, and such that $r$ is small. This is functionally
 identical to
 $$\kbd{x - nfmul(\var{nf},round(nfdiv(\var{nf},x,y)),y)}.$$

Function: nfeltmul
Class: basic
Section: number_fields
C-Name: nfmul
Prototype: GGG
Help: nfmul(nf,x,y): element x.y in nf.
Doc: 
 given two elements $x$ and $y$ in
 \var{nf}, computes their product $x*y$ in the number field $\var{nf}$.

Function: nfeltmulmodpr
Class: basic
Section: number_fields
C-Name: nfmulmodpr
Prototype: GGGG
Help: nfeltmulmodpr(nf,x,y,pr): element x.y modulo pr in nf, where pr is in
 modpr format (see nfmodprinit).
Doc: given two elements $x$ and
 $y$ in \var{nf} and \var{pr} a prime ideal in \kbd{modpr} format (see
 \tet{nfmodprinit}), computes their product $x*y$ modulo the prime ideal
 \var{pr}.
Variant: This function is normally useless in library mode. Project your
 inputs to the residue field using \kbd{nf\_to\_Fq}, then work there.

Function: nfeltnorm
Class: basic
Section: number_fields
C-Name: nfnorm
Prototype: GG
Help: nfeltnorm(nf,x): norm of x.
Doc: returns the absolute norm of $x$.

Function: nfeltpow
Class: basic
Section: number_fields
C-Name: nfpow
Prototype: GGG
Help: nfeltpow(nf,x,k): element x^k in nf.
Doc: given an element $x$ in \var{nf}, and a positive or negative integer $k$,
 computes $x^k$ in the number field $\var{nf}$.
Variant: \fun{GEN}{nfinv}{GEN nf, GEN x} correspond to $k = -1$, and
 \fun{GEN}{nfsqr}{GEN nf,GEN x} to $k = 2$.

Function: nfeltpowmodpr
Class: basic
Section: number_fields
C-Name: nfpowmodpr
Prototype: GGGG
Help: nfeltpowmodpr(nf,x,k,pr): element x^k modulo pr in nf, where pr is in
 modpr format (see nfmodprinit).
Doc: given an element $x$ in \var{nf}, an integer $k$ and a prime ideal
 \var{pr} in \kbd{modpr} format
 (see \tet{nfmodprinit}), computes $x^k$ modulo the prime ideal \var{pr}.
Variant: This function is normally useless in library mode. Project your
 inputs to the residue field using \kbd{nf\_to\_Fq}, then work there.

Function: nfeltreduce
Class: basic
Section: number_fields
C-Name: nfreduce
Prototype: GGG
Help: nfeltreduce(nf,a,id): gives r such that a-r is in the ideal id and r
 is small.
Doc: given an ideal \var{id} in
 Hermite normal form and an element $a$ of the number field $\var{nf}$,
 finds an element $r$ in $\var{nf}$ such that $a-r$ belongs to the ideal
 and $r$ is small.

Function: nfeltreducemodpr
Class: basic
Section: number_fields
C-Name: nfreducemodpr
Prototype: GGG
Help: nfeltreducemodpr(nf,x,pr): element x modulo pr in nf, where pr is in
 modpr format (see nfmodprinit).
Doc: given an element $x$ of the number field $\var{nf}$ and a prime ideal
 \var{pr} in \kbd{modpr} format compute a canonical representative for the
 class of $x$ modulo \var{pr}.
Variant: This function is normally useless in library mode. Project your
 inputs to the residue field using \kbd{nf\_to\_Fq}, then work there.

Function: nfelttrace
Class: basic
Section: number_fields
C-Name: nftrace
Prototype: GG
Help: nfelttrace(nf,x): trace of x.
Doc: returns the absolute trace of $x$.

Function: nfeltval
Class: basic
Section: number_fields
C-Name: nfval
Prototype: lGGG
Help: nfeltval(nf,x,pr): valuation of element x at the prime pr as output by
 idealprimedec.
Doc: given an element $x$ in
 \var{nf} and a prime ideal \var{pr} in the format output by
 \kbd{idealprimedec}, computes their the valuation at \var{pr} of the
 element $x$. The same result could be obtained using
 \kbd{idealval(\var{nf},x,\var{pr})} (since $x$ would then be converted to a
 principal ideal), but it would be less efficient.

Function: nffactor
Class: basic
Section: number_fields
C-Name: nffactor
Prototype: GG
Help: nffactor(nf,x): factor polynomial x in number field nf.
Doc: factorization of the univariate
 polynomial $x$ over the number field $\var{nf}$ given by \kbd{nfinit}. $x$
 has coefficients in $\var{nf}$ (i.e.~either scalar, polmod, polynomial or
 column vector). The main variable of $\var{nf}$ must be of \emph{lower}
 priority than that of $x$ (see \secref{se:priority}). However if
 the polynomial defining the number field occurs explicitly  in the
 coefficients of $x$ (as modulus of a \typ{POLMOD}), its main variable must be
 \emph{the same} as the main variable of $x$. For example,
 \bprog
 ? nf = nfinit(y^2 + 1);
 ? nffactor(nf, x^2 + y); \\@com OK
 ? nffactor(nf, x^2 + Mod(y, y^2+1)); \\ @com OK
 ? nffactor(nf, x^2 + Mod(z, z^2+1)); \\ @com WRONG
 @eprog\noindent It is possible to input a defining polynomial for \var{nf}
 instead, but this is in general less efficient since parts of an \kbd{nf}
 structure will be computed internally. This is useful in two situations: when
 you don't need the \kbd{nf}, or when you can't compute its discriminant due
 to integer factorization difficulties. In the latter case, \tet{addprimes} is
 a possibility but a dangerous one: factors will probably be missed if the
 (true) field discriminant and an \kbd{addprimes} entry are strictly divisible
 by some prime. If you have such an unsafe \var{nf}, it is safer to input
 \kbd{nf.pol}.

Function: nffactorback
Class: basic
Section: number_fields
C-Name: nffactorback
Prototype: GGDG
Help: nffactorback(nf,f,{e}): given a factorisation f, returns
 the factored object back as an nf element.
Doc: gives back the \kbd{nf} element corresponding to a factorization.
 The integer $1$ corresponds to the empty factorization.
 
 If $e$ is present, $e$ and $f$ must be vectors of the same length ($e$ being
 integral), and the corresponding factorization is the product of the
 $f[i]^{e[i]}$.
 
 If not, and $f$ is vector, it is understood as in the preceding case with $e$
 a vector of 1s: we return the product of the $f[i]$. Finally, $f$ can be a
 regular factorization matrix.
 \bprog
 ? nf = nfinit(y^2+1);
 ? nffactorback(nf, [3, y+1, [1,2]~], [1, 2, 3])
 %2 = [12, -66]~
 ? 3 * (I+1)^2 * (1+2*I)^3
 %3 = 12 - 66*I
 @eprog

Function: nffactormod
Class: basic
Section: number_fields
C-Name: nffactormod
Prototype: GGG
Help: nffactormod(nf,pol,pr): factorize polynomial pol modulo prime ideal pr
 in number field nf.
Doc: factorization of the
 univariate polynomial $x$ modulo the prime ideal \var{pr} in the number
 field $\var{nf}$. $x$ can have coefficients in the number field (scalar,
 polmod, polynomial, column vector) or modulo the prime ideal (intmod
 modulo the rational prime under \var{pr}, polmod or polynomial with
 intmod coefficients, column vector of intmod). The prime ideal
 \var{pr} \emph{must} be in the format output by \kbd{idealprimedec}. The
 main variable of $\var{nf}$ must be of lower priority than that of $x$
 (see \secref{se:priority}). However if the coefficients of the number
 field occur explicitly (as polmods) as coefficients of $x$, the variable of
 these polmods \emph{must} be the same as the main variable of $t$ (see
 \kbd{nffactor}).

Function: nfgaloisapply
Class: basic
Section: number_fields
C-Name: galoisapply
Prototype: GGG
Help: nfgaloisapply(nf,aut,x): Apply the Galois automorphism aut to the object
 x (element or ideal) in the number field nf.
Doc: let $\var{nf}$ be a
 number field as output by \kbd{nfinit}, and let \var{aut} be a \idx{Galois}
 automorphism of $\var{nf}$ expressed by its image on the field generator
 (such automorphisms can be found using \kbd{nfgaloisconj}). The function
 computes the action of the automorphism \var{aut} on the object $x$ in the
 number field; $x$ can be a number field element, or an ideal (possibly
 extended). Because of possible confusion with elements and ideals, other
 vector or matrix arguments are forbidden.
  \bprog
  ? nf = nfinit(x^2+1);
  ? L = nfgaloisconj(nf)
  %2 = [-x, x]~
  ? aut = L[1]; /* the non-trivial automorphism */
  ? nfgaloisapply(nf, aut, x)
  %4 = Mod(-x, x^2 + 1)
  ? P = idealprimedec(nf,5); /* prime ideals above 5 */
  ? nfgaloisapply(nf, aut, P[2]) == P[1]
  %7 = 0 \\ !!!!
  ? idealval(nf, nfgaloisapply(nf, aut, P[2]), P[1])
  %8 = 1
 @eprog\noindent The surprising failure of the equality test (\kbd{\%7}) is
 due to the fact that although the corresponding prime ideals are equal, their
 representations are not. (A prime ideal is specificed by a uniformizer, and
 there is no guarantee that applying automorphisms yields the same elements
 as a direct \kbd{idealprimedec} call.)
 
 The automorphism can also be given as a column vector, representing the
 image of \kbd{Mod(x, nf.pol)} as an algebraic number. This last
 representation is more efficient and should be preferred if a given
 automorphism must be used in many such calls.
 \bprog
  ? nf = nfinit(x^3 - 37*x^2 + 74*x - 37);
  ? l = nfgaloisconj(nf); aut = l[2] \\ @com automorphisms in basistoalg form
  %2 = -31/11*x^2 + 1109/11*x - 925/11
  ? L = matalgtobasis(nf, l); AUT = L[2] \\ @com same in algtobasis form
  %3 = [16, -6, 5]~
  ? v = [1, 2, 3]~; nfgaloisapply(nf, aut, v) == nfgaloisapply(nf, AUT, v)
  %4 = 1 \\ @com same result...
  ? for (i=1,10^5, nfgaloisapply(nf, aut, v))
  time = 1,451 ms.
  ? for (i=1,10^5, nfgaloisapply(nf, AUT, v))
  time = 1,045 ms.  \\ @com but the latter is faster
 @eprog

Function: nfgaloisconj
Class: basic
Section: number_fields
C-Name: galoisconj0
Prototype: GD0,L,DGp
Help: nfgaloisconj(nf,{flag=0},{d}): list of conjugates of a root of the
 polynomial x=nf.pol in the same number field. flag is optional (set to 0 by
 default), meaning 0: use combination of flag 4 and 1, always complete; 1:
 use nfroots; 2 : use complex numbers, LLL on integral basis (not always
 complete); 4: use Allombert's algorithm, complete if the field is Galois of
 degree <= 35 (see manual for details). nf can be simply a polynomial.
Doc: $\var{nf}$ being a number field as output by \kbd{nfinit}, computes the
 conjugates of a root $r$ of the non-constant polynomial $x=\var{nf}[1]$
 expressed as polynomials in $r$. This also makes sense when the number field
 is not \idx{Galois} since some conjugates may lie in the field.
 $\var{nf}$ can simply be a polynomial.
 
 If no flags or $\fl=0$, use a combination of flag $4$ and $1$ and the result
 is always complete. There is no point whatsoever in using the other flags.
 
 If $\fl=1$, use \kbd{nfroots}: a little slow, but guaranteed to work in
 polynomial time.
 
 If $\fl=2$ (OBSOLETE), use complex approximations to the roots and an integral
 \idx{LLL}. The result is not guaranteed to be complete: some
 conjugates may be missing (a warning is issued if the result is not proved
 complete), especially so if the corresponding polynomial has a huge index,
 and increasing the default precision may help. This variant is slow and
 unreliable: don't use it.
 
 If $\fl=4$, use \kbd{galoisinit}: very fast, but only applies to (most) Galois
 fields. If the field is Galois with weakly
 super-solvable Galois group (see \tet{galoisinit}), return the complete list
 of automorphisms, else only the identity element. If present, $d$ is assumed to
 be a multiple of the least common denominator of the conjugates expressed as
 polynomial in a root of \var{pol}.
 
 This routine can only compute $\Q$-automorphisms, but it may be used to get
 $K$-automorphism for any base field $K$ as follows:
 \bprog
 rnfgaloisconj(nfK, R) = \\ K-automorphisms of L = K[X] / (R)
 { my(polabs, N);
   R *= Mod(1, nfK.pol);             \\ convert coeffs to polmod elts of K
   polabs = rnfequation(nfK, R);
   N = nfgaloisconj(polabs) % R;     \\ Q-automorphisms of L
   \\ select the ones that fix K
   select(s->subst(R, variable(R), Mod(s,R)) == 0, N);
 }
 K  = nfinit(y^2 + 7);
 rnfgaloisconj(K, x^4 - y*x^3 - 3*x^2 + y*x + 1)  \\ K-automorphisms of L
 @eprog
Variant: Use directly
 \fun{GEN}{galoisconj}{GEN nf, GEN d}, corresponding to $\fl = 0$, the others
 only have historical interest.

Function: nfhilbert
Class: basic
Section: number_fields
C-Name: nfhilbert0
Prototype: lGGGDG
Help: nfhilbert(nf,a,b,{pr}): if pr is omitted, global Hilbert symbol (a,b) in
 nf, that is 1 if X^2-aY^2-bZ^2 has a non-trivial solution (X,Y,Z) in nf, -1
 otherwise. Otherwise compute the local symbol modulo the prime ideal pr.
Doc: if \var{pr} is omitted,
 compute the global quadratic \idx{Hilbert symbol} $(a,b)$ in $\var{nf}$, that
 is $1$ if $x^2 - a y^2 - b z^2$ has a non trivial solution $(x,y,z)$ in
 $\var{nf}$, and $-1$ otherwise. Otherwise compute the local symbol modulo
 the prime ideal \var{pr}, as output by \kbd{idealprimedec}.
Variant: 
 Also available is \fun{long}{nfhilbert}{GEN bnf,GEN a,GEN b} (global
 quadratic Hilbert symbol).

Function: nfhnf
Class: basic
Section: number_fields
C-Name: nfhnf
Prototype: GG
Help: nfhnf(nf,x): if x=[A,I], gives a pseudo-basis of the module sum A_jI_j
Doc: given a pseudo-matrix $(A,I)$, finds a
 pseudo-basis in \idx{Hermite normal form} of the module it generates.
Variant: Also available:
 
 \fun{GEN}{rnfsimplifybasis}{GEN bnf, GEN x} simplifies the pseudo-basis
 given by $x = (A,I)$. The ideals in the list $I$ are integral, primitive and
 either trivial (equal to the full ring of integer) or non-principal.

Function: nfhnfmod
Class: basic
Section: number_fields
C-Name: nfhnfmod
Prototype: GGG
Help: nfhnfmod(nf,x,detx): if x=[A,I], and detx is a multiple of the ideal
 determinant of x, gives a pseudo-basis of the module sum A_jI_j.
Doc: given a pseudo-matrix $(A,I)$
 and an ideal \var{detx} which is contained in (read integral multiple of) the
 determinant of $(A,I)$, finds a pseudo-basis in \idx{Hermite normal form}
 of the module generated by $(A,I)$. This avoids coefficient explosion.
 \var{detx} can be computed using the function \kbd{nfdetint}.

Function: nfinit
Class: basic
Section: number_fields
C-Name: nfinit0
Prototype: GD0,L,p
Help: nfinit(pol,{flag=0}): pol being a nonconstant irreducible polynomial,
 gives the vector: [pol,[r1,r2],discf,index,[M,MC,T2,T,different] (see
 manual),r1+r2 first roots, integral basis, matrix of power basis in terms of
 integral basis, multiplication table of basis]. flag is optional and can be
 set to 0: default; 1: do not compute different; 2: first use polred to find
 a simpler polynomial; 3: outputs a two-element vector [nf,Mod(a,P)], where
 nf is as in 2 and Mod(a,P) is a polmod equal to Mod(x,pol) and P=nf.pol.
Description: 
 (gen, ?0):nf:prec       nfinit0($1, 0, prec)
 (gen, 1):nf:prec        nfinit0($1, 1, prec)
 (gen, 2):nf:prec        nfinit0($1, 2, prec)
 (gen, 3):gen:prec       nfinit0($1, 3, prec)
 (gen, 4):nf:prec        nfinit0($1, 4, prec)
 (gen, 5):gen:prec       nfinit0($1, 5, prec)
 (gen, #small):void      $"incorrect flag in nfinit"
 (gen, small):gen:prec   nfinit0($1, $2, prec)
Doc: \var{pol} being a non-constant,
 preferably monic, irreducible polynomial in $\Z[X]$, initializes a
 \emph{number field} structure (\kbd{nf}) associated to the field $K$ defined
 by \var{pol}. As such, it's a technical object passed as the first argument
 to most \kbd{nf}\var{xxx} functions, but it contains some information which
 may be directly useful. Access to this information via \emph{member
 functions} is preferred since the specific data organization specified below
 may change in the future. Currently, \kbd{nf} is a row vector with 9
 components:
 
 $\var{nf}[1]$ contains the polynomial \var{pol} (\kbd{\var{nf}.pol}).
 
 $\var{nf}[2]$ contains $[r1,r2]$ (\kbd{\var{nf}.sign}, \kbd{\var{nf}.r1},
 \kbd{\var{nf}.r2}), the number of real and complex places of $K$.
 
 $\var{nf}[3]$ contains the discriminant $d(K)$ (\kbd{\var{nf}.disc}) of $K$.
 
 $\var{nf}[4]$ contains the index of $\var{nf}[1]$ (\kbd{\var{nf}.index}),
 i.e.~$[\Z_K : \Z[\theta]]$, where $\theta$ is any root of $\var{nf}[1]$.
 
 $\var{nf}[5]$ is a vector containing 7 matrices $M$, $G$, \var{roundG}, $T$,
 $MD$, $TI$, $MDI$ useful for certain computations in the number field $K$.
 
 \quad\item $M$ is the $(r1+r2)\times n$ matrix whose columns represent
 the numerical values of the conjugates of the elements of the integral
 basis.
 
 \quad\item $G$ is an $n\times n$ matrix such that $T2 = {}^t G G$,
 where $T2$ is the quadratic form $T_2(x) = \sum |\sigma(x)|^2$, $\sigma$
 running over the embeddings of $K$ into $\C$.
 
 \quad\item \var{roundG} is a rescaled copy of $G$, rounded to nearest
 integers.
 
 \quad\item $T$ is the $n\times n$ matrix whose coefficients are
 $\text{Tr}(\omega_i\omega_j)$ where the $\omega_i$ are the elements of the
 integral basis. Note also that $\det(T)$ is equal to the discriminant of the
 field $K$. Also, when understood as an ideal, the matrix $T^{-1}$
 generates the codifferent ideal.
 
 \quad\item The columns of $MD$ (\kbd{\var{nf}.diff}) express a $\Z$-basis
 of the different of $K$ on the integral basis.
 
 \quad\item $TI$ is equal to the primitive part of $T^{-1}$, which has integral
 coefficients.
 
 \quad\item Finally, $MDI$ is a two-element representation (for faster
 ideal product) of $d(K)$ times the codifferent ideal
 (\kbd{\var{nf}.disc$*$\var{nf}.codiff}, which is an integral ideal). $MDI$
 is only used in \tet{idealinv}.
 
 $\var{nf}[6]$ is the vector containing the $r1+r2$ roots
 (\kbd{\var{nf}.roots}) of $\var{nf}[1]$ corresponding to the $r1+r2$
 embeddings of the number field into $\C$ (the first $r1$ components are real,
 the next $r2$ have positive imaginary part).
 
 $\var{nf}[7]$ is an integral basis for $\Z_K$ (\kbd{\var{nf}.zk}) expressed
 on the powers of~$\theta$. Its first element is guaranteed to be $1$. This
 basis is LLL-reduced with respect to $T_2$ (strictly speaking, it is a
 permutation of such a basis, due to the condition that the first element be
 $1$).
 
 $\var{nf}[8]$ is the $n\times n$ integral matrix expressing the power
 basis in terms of the integral basis, and finally
 
 $\var{nf}[9]$ is the $n\times n^2$ matrix giving the multiplication table
 of the integral basis.
 
 If a non monic polynomial is input, \kbd{nfinit} will transform it into a
 monic one, then reduce it (see $\fl=3$). It is allowed, though not very
 useful given the existence of \tet{nfnewprec}, to input a \kbd{nf} or a
 \kbd{bnf} instead of a polynomial.
 
 \bprog
 ? nf = nfinit(x^3 - 12); \\ initialize number field Q[X] / (X^3 - 12)
 ? nf.pol   \\ defining polynomial
 %2 = x^3 - 12
 ? nf.disc  \\ field discriminant
 %3 = -972
 ? nf.index \\ index of power basis order in maximal order
 %4 = 2
 ? nf.zk    \\ integer basis, lifted to Q[X]
 %5 = [1, x, 1/2*x^2]
 ? nf.sign  \\ signature
 %6 = [1, 1]
 ? factor(abs(nf.disc ))  \\ determines ramified primes
 %7 =
 [2 2]
 
 [3 5]
 ? idealfactor(nf, 2)
 %8 =
 [[2, [0, 0, -1]~, 3, 1, [0, 1, 0]~] 3]  \\ @com $\goth{p}_2^3$
 @eprog
 
 In case \var{pol} has a huge discriminant which is difficult to factor,
 the special input format $[\var{pol},B]$ is also accepted where \var{pol} is a
 polynomial as above and $B$ is the integer basis, as would be computed by
 \tet{nfbasis}. This is useful if the integer basis is known in advance,
 or was computed conditionally.
 \bprog
 ? pol = polcompositum(x^5 - 101, polcyclo(7))[1];
 ? B = nfbasis(pol, 1);   \\ faster than nfbasis(pol), but conditional
 ? nf = nfinit( [pol, B] );
 ? factor( abs(nf.disc) )
 [5 18]
 
 [7 25]
 
 [101 24]
 @eprog
 \kbd{B} is conditional when its discriminant, which is \kbd{nf.disc}, can't be
 factored. In this example, the above factorization proves the correctness of
 the computation.
 \medskip
 
 If $\fl=2$: \var{pol} is changed into another polynomial $P$ defining the same
 number field, which is as simple as can easily be found using the \kbd{polred}
 algorithm, and all the subsequent computations are done using this new
 polynomial. In particular, the first component of the result is the modified
 polynomial.
 
 If $\fl=3$, does a \kbd{polred} as in case 2, but outputs
 $[\var{nf},\kbd{Mod}(a,P)]$, where $\var{nf}$ is as before and
 $\kbd{Mod}(a,P)=\kbd{Mod}(x,\var{pol})$ gives the change of
 variables. This is implicit when \var{pol} is not monic: first a linear change
 of variables is performed, to get a monic polynomial, then a \kbd{polred}
 reduction.
Variant: Also available are
 \fun{GEN}{nfinit}{GEN x, long prec} ($\fl = 0$),
 \fun{GEN}{nfinitred}{GEN x, long prec} ($\fl = 2$),
 \fun{GEN}{nfinitred2}{GEN x, long prec} ($\fl = 3$).
 Instead of the above hardcoded numerical flags in \kbd{nfinit0}, one should
 rather use
 
 \fun{GEN}{nfinitall}{GEN x, long flag, long prec}, where \fl\ is an
 or-ed combination of
 
 \item \tet{nf_RED}: find a simpler defining polynomial,
 
 \item \tet{nf_ORIG}: if \tet{nf_RED} set, also return the change of variable,
 
 \item \tet{nf_ROUND2}: slow down the routine by using an obsolete
 normalization algorithm (do not use this one!),
 
 \item \tet{nf_PARTIALFACT}: lazy factorization of the polynomial discriminant.
 Result is conditional unless the \emph{field} discriminant obtained
 is fully factored by
 \bprog
   Z_factor_limit(disc, 0)
 @eprog\noindent Namely the ``maximal order'' may not be maximal at any prime
 bigger than \kbd{primelimit} dividing the field discriminant.

Function: nfisideal
Class: basic
Section: number_fields
C-Name: isideal
Prototype: lGG
Help: nfisideal(nf,x): true(1) if x is an ideal in the number field nf,
 false(0) if not.
Doc: returns 1 if $x$ is an ideal in the number field $\var{nf}$, 0 otherwise.

Function: nfisincl
Class: basic
Section: number_fields
C-Name: nfisincl
Prototype: GG
Help: nfisincl(x,y): tests whether the number field x is isomorphic to a
 subfield of y (where x and y are either polynomials or number fields as
 output by nfinit). Return 0 if not, and otherwise all the isomorphisms. If y
 is a number field, a faster algorithm is used.
Doc: tests whether the number field $K$ defined
 by the polynomial $x$ is conjugate to a subfield of the field $L$ defined
 by $y$ (where $x$ and $y$ must be in $\Q[X]$). If they are not, the output
 is the number 0. If they are, the output is a vector of polynomials, each
 polynomial $a$ representing an embedding of $K$ into $L$, i.e.~being such
 that $y\mid x\circ a$.
 
 If $y$ is a number field (\var{nf}), a much faster algorithm is used
 (factoring $x$ over $y$ using \tet{nffactor}). Before version 2.0.14, this
 wasn't guaranteed to return all the embeddings, hence was triggered by a
 special flag. This is no more the case.

Function: nfisisom
Class: basic
Section: number_fields
C-Name: nfisisom
Prototype: GG
Help: nfisisom(x,y): as nfisincl but tests whether x is isomorphic to y.
Doc: as \tet{nfisincl}, but tests for isomorphism. If either $x$ or $y$ is a
 number field, a much faster algorithm will be used.

Function: nfkermodpr
Class: basic
Section: number_fields
C-Name: nfkermodpr
Prototype: GGG
Help: nfkermodpr(nf,x,pr): kernel of the matrix x in Z_K/pr, where pr is in
 modpr format (see nfmodprinit).
Doc: kernel of the matrix $a$ in $\Z_K/\var{pr}$, where \var{pr} is in
 \key{modpr} format (see \kbd{nfmodprinit}).
Variant: This function is normally useless in library mode. Project your
 inputs to the residue field using \kbd{nfM\_to\_FqM}, then work there.

Function: nfmodprinit
Class: basic
Section: number_fields
C-Name: nfmodprinit
Prototype: GG
Help: nfmodprinit(nf,pr): transform the 5 element row vector pr representing
 a prime ideal into modpr format necessary for all operations mod pr in the
 number field nf (see manual for details about the format).
Doc: transforms the prime ideal \var{pr} into \tet{modpr} format necessary
 for all operations modulo \var{pr} in the number field \var{nf}.

Function: nfnewprec
Class: basic
Section: number_fields
C-Name: nfnewprec
Prototype: Gp
Help: nfnewprec(nf): transform the number field data nf into new data using
 the current (usually larger) precision.
Doc: transforms the number field $\var{nf}$
 into the corresponding data using current (usually larger) precision. This
 function works as expected if $\var{nf}$ is in fact a $\var{bnf}$ (update
 $\var{bnf}$ to current precision) but may be quite slow (many generators of
 principal ideals have to be computed).
Variant: See also \fun{GEN}{bnfnewprec}{GEN bnf, long prec}
 and \fun{GEN}{bnrnewprec}{GEN bnr, long prec}.

Function: nfroots
Class: basic
Section: number_fields
C-Name: nfroots
Prototype: DGG
Help: nfroots({nf},x): roots of polynomial x belonging to nf (Q if
 omitted) without multiplicity.
Doc: roots of the polynomial $x$ in the
 number field $\var{nf}$ given by \kbd{nfinit} without multiplicity (in $\Q$
 if $\var{nf}$ is omitted). $x$ has coefficients in the number field (scalar,
 polmod, polynomial, column vector). The main variable of $\var{nf}$ must be
 of lower priority than that of $x$ (see \secref{se:priority}). However if the
 coefficients of the number field occur explicitly (as polmods) as
 coefficients of $x$, the variable of these polmods \emph{must} be the same as
 the main variable of $t$ (see \kbd{nffactor}).
 
 It is possible to input a defining polynomial for \var{nf}
 instead, but this is in general less efficient since parts of an \kbd{nf}
 structure will be computed internally. This is useful in two situations: when
 you don't need the \kbd{nf}, or when you can't compute its discriminant due
 to integer factorization difficulties. In the latter case, \tet{addprimes} is
 a possibility but a dangerous one: roots will probably be missed if the
 (true) field discriminant and an \kbd{addprimes} entry are strictly divisible
 by some prime. If you have such an unsafe \var{nf}, it is safer to input
 \kbd{nf.pol}.
Variant: See also \fun{GEN}{nfrootsQ}{GEN x},
 corresponding to $\kbd{nf} = \kbd{NULL}$.

Function: nfrootsof1
Class: basic
Section: number_fields
C-Name: rootsof1
Prototype: G
Help: nfrootsof1(nf): number of roots of unity and primitive root of unity
 in the number field nf.
Doc: Returns a two-component vector $[w,z]$ where $w$ is the number of roots of
 unity in the number field \var{nf}, and $z$ is a primitive $w$-th root
 of unity.
 \bprog
 ? K = nfinit(polcyclo(11));
 ? nfrootsof1(K)
 %2 = [22, [0, 0, 0, 0, 0, -1, 0, 0, 0, 0]~]
 ? z = nfbasistoalg(K, %[2])   \\ in algebraic form
 %3 = Mod(-x^5, x^10 + x^9 + x^8 + x^7 + x^6 + x^5 + x^4 + x^3 + x^2 + x + 1)
 ? [lift(z^11), lift(z^2)]     \\ proves that the order of z is 22
 %4 = [-1, -x^9 - x^8 - x^7 - x^6 - x^5 - x^4 - x^3 - x^2 - x - 1]
 @eprog
 This function guesses the number $w$ as the gcd of the $\#k(v)^*$ for
 unramified $v$ above odd primes, then computes the roots in \var{nf}
 of the $w$-th cyclotomic polynomial: the algorithm is polynomial time with
 respect to the field degree and the bitsize of the multiplication table in
 \var{nf} (both of them polynomially bounded in terms of the size of the
 discriminant). Fields of degree up to $100$ or so should require less than
 one minute.
Variant: Also available is \fun{GEN}{rootsof1_kannan}{GEN nf}, that computes
 all algebraic integers of $T_2$ norm equal to the field degree
 (all roots of $1$, by Kronecker's theorem). This is in general a little
 faster than the default when there \emph{are} roots of $1$ in the field
 (say twice faster), but can be much slower (say, \emph{days} slower), since
 the algorithm is a priori exponential in the field degree.

Function: nfsnf
Class: basic
Section: number_fields
C-Name: nfsnf
Prototype: GG
Help: nfsnf(nf,x): if x=[A,I,J], outputs [c_1,...c_n] Smith normal form of x.
Doc: given a $\Z_K$-module $x$ associated to the integral pseudo-matrix
 $(A,I,J)$, returns an ideal list $d_1,\dots,d_n$ which is the \idx{Smith
 normal form} of $x$. In other words, $x$ is isomorphic to
 $\Z_K/d_1\oplus\cdots\oplus\Z_K/d_n$ and $d_i$ divides $d_{i-1}$ for $i\ge2$.
 
 See \secref{se:ZKmodules} for the definition of integral pseudo-matrix;
 briefly, it is input as a 3-component row vector $[A,I,J]$ where
 $I = [b_1,\dots,b_n]$ and $J = [a_1,\dots,a_n]$ are two ideal lists,
 and $A$ is a square $n\times n$ matrix with columns $(A_1,\dots,A_n)$,
 seen as elements in $K^n$ (with canonical basis $(e_1,\dots,e_n)$).
 This data defines the $\Z_K$ module $x$ given by
 $$ (b_1e_1\oplus\cdots\oplus b_ne_n) / (a_1A_1\oplus\cdots\oplus a_nA_n)
 \enspace, $$
 The integrality condition is $a_{i,j} \in b_i a_j^{-1}$ for all $i,j$. If it
 is not satisfied, then the $d_i$ will not be integral. Note that every
 finitely generated torsion module is isomorphic to a module of this form and
 even with $b_i=Z_K$ for all $i$.

Function: nfsolvemodpr
Class: basic
Section: number_fields
C-Name: nfsolvemodpr
Prototype: GGGG
Help: nfsolvemodpr(nf,a,b,pr): solution of a*x=b in Z_K/pr, where a is a
 matrix and b a column vector, and where pr is in modpr format (see
 nfmodprinit).
Doc: solution of $a\cdot x = b$
 in $\Z_K/\var{pr}$, where $a$ is a matrix and $b$ a column vector, and where
 \var{pr} is in \key{modpr} format (see \kbd{nfmodprinit}).
Variant: This function is normally useless in library mode. Project your
 inputs to the residue field using \kbd{nfM\_to\_FqM}, then work there.

Function: nfsubfields
Class: basic
Section: number_fields
C-Name: nfsubfields
Prototype: GD0,L,
Help: nfsubfields(pol,{d=0}): find all subfields of degree d of number field
 defined by pol (all subfields if d is null or omitted). Result is a vector of
 subfields, each being given by [g,h], where g is an absolute equation and h
 expresses one of the roots of g in terms of the root x of the polynomial
 defining nf.
Doc: finds all subfields of degree
 $d$ of the number field defined by the (monic, integral) polynomial
 \var{pol} (all subfields if $d$ is null or omitted). The result is a vector
 of subfields, each being given by $[g,h]$, where $g$ is an absolute equation
 and $h$ expresses one of the roots of $g$ in terms of the root $x$ of the
 polynomial defining $\var{nf}$. This routine uses J.~Kl\"uners's algorithm
 in the general case, and B.~Allombert's \tet{galoissubfields} when \var{nf}
 is Galois (with weakly supersolvable Galois group).\sidx{Galois}\sidx{subfield}

Function: norm
Class: basic
Section: conversions
C-Name: gnorm
Prototype: G
Help: norm(x): norm of x.
Doc: 
 algebraic norm of $x$, i.e.~the product of $x$ with
 its conjugate (no square roots are taken), or conjugates for polmods. For
 vectors and matrices, the norm is taken componentwise and hence is not the
 $L^2$-norm (see \kbd{norml2}). Note that the norm of an element of
 $\R$ is its square, so as to be compatible with the complex norm.

Function: norml2
Class: basic
Section: conversions
C-Name: gnorml2
Prototype: G
Help: norml2(x): square of the L2-norm of the vector x.
Doc: 
 square of the $L^2$-norm of $x$. More precisely,
 if $x$ is a scalar, $\kbd{norml2}(x)$ is defined to be \kbd{$x$ * conj($x$)}.
 If $x$ is a polynomial, a (row or column) vector or a matrix, \kbd{norml2($x$)} is
 defined recursively as $\sum_i \kbd{norml2}(x_i)$, where $(x_i)$ run through
 the components of $x$. In particular, this yields the usual $\sum |x_i|^2$
 (resp.~$\sum |x_{i,j}|^2$) if $x$ is a polynomial or vector (resp.~matrix) with
 complex components.
 
 \bprog
 ? norml2( [ 1, 2, 3 ] )      \\ vector
 %1 = 14
 ? norml2( [ 1, 2; 3, 4] )   \\ matrix
 %2 = 30
 ? norml2( 2*I + x )
 %3 = 5
 ? norml2( [ [1,2], [3,4], 5, 6 ] )   \\ recursively defined
 %4 = 91
 @eprog

Function: numbpart
Class: basic
Section: number_theoretical
C-Name: numbpart
Prototype: G
Help: numbpart(n): number of partitions of n.
Doc: gives the number of unrestricted partitions of
 $n$, usually called $p(n)$ in the literature; in other words the number of
 nonnegative integer solutions to $a+2b+3c+\cdots=n$. $n$ must be of type
 integer and $n<10^{15}$ (with trivial values $p(n) = 0$ for $n < 0$ and
 $p(0) = 1$). The algorithm uses the Hardy-Ramanujan-Rademacher formula.
 To explicitly enumerate them, see \tet{partitions}.

Function: numdiv
Class: basic
Section: number_theoretical
C-Name: gnumbdiv
Prototype: G
Help: numdiv(x): number of divisors of x.
Description: 
 (int):int        numbdiv($1)
 (gen):gen        gnumbdiv($1)
Doc: number of divisors of $|x|$. $x$ must be of type integer.
 The function accepts vector/matrices arguments, and is then applied
 componentwise.
Variant: If $x$ is a \typ{INT}, one may use \fun{GEN}{numbdiv}{GEN n} directly.

Function: numerator
Class: basic
Section: conversions
C-Name: numer
Prototype: G
Help: numerator(x): numerator of x.
Doc: 
 numerator of $x$. The meaning of this
 is clear when $x$ is a rational number or function. If $x$ is an integer
 or a polynomial, it is treated as a rational number or function,
 respectively, and the result is $x$ itself. For polynomials, you
 probably want to use
 \bprog
 numerator( content(x) )
 @eprog\noindent
 instead.
 
 In other cases, \kbd{numerator(x)} is defined to be
 \kbd{denominator(x)*x}. This is the case when $x$ is a vector or a
 matrix, but also for \typ{COMPLEX} or \typ{QUAD}. In particular since a
 \typ{PADIC} or \typ{INTMOD} has  denominator $1$, its numerator is
 itself.
 
 \misctitle{Warning} Multivariate objects are created according to variable
 priorities, with possibly surprising side effects ($x/y$ is a polynomial, but
 $y/x$ is a rational function). See \secref{se:priority}.

Function: numtoperm
Class: basic
Section: conversions
C-Name: numtoperm
Prototype: LG
Help: numtoperm(n,k): permutation number k (mod n!) of n letters (n
 C-integer).
Doc: generates the $k$-th permutation (as a row vector of length $n$) of the
 numbers $1$ to $n$. The number $k$ is taken modulo $n!\,$, i.e.~inverse
 function of \tet{permtonum}.

Function: omega
Class: basic
Section: number_theoretical
C-Name: gomega
Prototype: G
Help: omega(x): number of distinct prime divisors of x.
Description: 
 (int):small      omega($1)
 (gen):gen        gomega($1)
Doc: number of distinct prime divisors of $|x|$. $x$ must be of type integer.
 \bprog
 ? factor(392)
 %1 =
 [2 3]
 
 [7 2]
 
 ? omega(392)
 %2 = 2;  \\ without multiplicity
 ? bigomega(392)
 %3 = 5;  \\ = 3+2, with multiplicity
 @eprog
 The function accepts vector/matrices arguments, and is then applied
 componentwise.
Variant: For a \typ{INT} $x$, the variant
 \fun{long}{omega}{GEN n} is generally easier to use.

Function: padicappr
Class: basic
Section: polynomials
C-Name: padicappr
Prototype: GG
Help: padicappr(pol,a): p-adic roots of the polynomial pol congruent to a mod p.
Doc: vector of $p$-adic roots of the
 polynomial $pol$ congruent to the $p$-adic number $a$ modulo $p$, and with
 the same $p$-adic precision as $a$. The number $a$ can be an ordinary
 $p$-adic number (type \typ{PADIC}, i.e.~an element of $\Z_p$) or can be an
 integral element of a finite extension of $\Q_p$, given as a \typ{POLMOD}
 at least one of whose coefficients is a \typ{PADIC}. In this case, the result
 is the vector of roots belonging to the same extension of $\Q_p$ as $a$.

Function: padicfields
Class: basic
Section: polynomials
C-Name: padicfields0
Prototype: GGD0,L,
Help: padicfields(p, N, {flag=0}): returns polynomials generating all
 the extensions of degree N of the field of p-adic rational numbers; N is
 allowed to be a 2-component vector [n,d], in which case, returns the
 extensions of degree n and discriminant p^d. flag is optional,
 and can be 0: default, 1: return also the ramification index, the residual
 degree, the valuation of the discriminant and the number of conjugate fields,
 or 2: return only the number of extensions in a fixed algebraic closure.
Doc: returns a vector of polynomials generating all the extensions of degree
 $N$ of the field $\Q_p$ of $p$-adic rational numbers; $N$ is
 allowed to be a 2-component vector $[n,d]$, in which case we return the
 extensions of degree $n$ and discriminant $p^d$.
 
 The list is minimal in the sense that two different polynomials generate
 non-isomorphic extensions; in particular, the number of polynomials is the
 number of classes of isomorphic extensions. If $P$ is a polynomial in this
 list, $\alpha$ is any root of $P$ and $K = \Q_p(\alpha)$, then $\alpha$
 is the sum of a uniformizer and a (lift of a) generator of the residue field
 of $K$; in particular, the powers of $\alpha$ generate the ring of $p$-adic
 integers of $K$.
 
 If $\fl = 1$, replace each polynomial $P$ by a vector $[P, e, f, d, c]$
 where $e$ is the ramification index, $f$ the residual degree, $d$ the
 valuation of the discriminant, and $c$ the number of conjugate fields.
 If $\fl = 2$, only return the \emph{number} of extensions in a fixed
 algebraic closure (Krasner's formula), which is much faster.
Variant: Also available is \fun{GEN}{padicfields}{GEN p, long n,
 long d, long flag}, which computes extensions of $\Q_p$ of degree $n$ and
 discriminant $p^d$.

Function: padicprec
Class: basic
Section: conversions
C-Name: padicprec
Prototype: lGG
Help: padicprec(x,p): absolute p-adic precision of object x.
Doc: absolute $p$-adic precision of the object $x$. This is the minimum
 precision of the components of $x$. The result is \tet{LONG_MAX}
 ($2^{31}-1$ for 32-bit machines or $2^{63}-1$ for 64-bit machines) if $x$ is
 an exact object.

Function: partitions
Class: basic
Section: number_theoretical
C-Name: partitions
Prototype: LD0,L,
Help: partitions(n,{restr=0}): return vector of partitions of n, a positive
 integer. The second optional argument may be set to a number smaller than n
 to restrict the value of each element in the partitions to that value. The
 default of 0 means that this maximum is n itself.
Doc: returns vector of partitions of the integer $n$ (negative values return
 \kbd{[]}, $n = 0$ returns the trivial partition of the empty set).
 The second optional argument may be set to a non-negative number smaller than
 $n$ to restrict the value of each element in the partitions to that value.
 The default of 0 means that this maximum is $n$ itself.
 
 A partition is given by a \typ{VECSMALL}:
 \bprog
 ? partitions(4, 2)
 %1 = [Vecsmall([2, 2]), Vecsmall([1, 1, 2]), Vecsmall([1, 1, 1, 1])]
 @eprog\noindent
 correspond to $2+2$, $1+1+2$, $1+1+1+1$.

Function: permtonum
Class: basic
Section: conversions
C-Name: permtonum
Prototype: G
Help: permtonum(x): ordinal (between 1 and n!) of permutation x.
Doc: given a permutation $x$ on $n$ elements, gives the number $k$ such that
 $x=\kbd{numtoperm(n,k)}$, i.e.~inverse function of \tet{numtoperm}.

Function: plot
Class: highlevel
Section: graphic
C-Name: plot
Prototype: vV=GGEDGDGp
Help: plot(X=a,b,expr,{Ymin},{Ymax}): crude plot of expression expr, X goes
 from a to b, with Y ranging from Ymin to Ymax. If Ymin (resp. Ymax) is not
 given, the minima (resp. the maxima) of the expression is used instead.
Doc: crude ASCII plot of the function represented by expression \var{expr}
 from $a$ to $b$, with \var{Y} ranging from \var{Ymin} to \var{Ymax}. If
 \var{Ymin} (resp. \var{Ymax}) is not given, the minima (resp. the maxima) of
 the computed values of the expression is used instead.

Function: plotbox
Class: highlevel
Section: graphic
C-Name: rectbox
Prototype: vLGG
Help: plotbox(w,x2,y2): if the cursor is at position (x1,y1), draw a box
 with diagonal (x1,y1) and (x2,y2) in rectwindow w (cursor does not move).
Doc: let $(x1,y1)$ be the current position of the virtual cursor. Draw in the
 rectwindow $w$ the outline of the rectangle which is such that the points
 $(x1,y1)$ and $(x2,y2)$ are opposite corners. Only the part of the rectangle
 which is in $w$ is drawn. The virtual cursor does \emph{not} move.

Function: plotclip
Class: highlevel
Section: graphic
C-Name: rectclip
Prototype: vL
Help: plotclip(w): clip the contents of the rectwindow to the bounding box
 (except strings).
Doc: `clips' the content of rectwindow $w$, i.e remove all parts of the
 drawing that would not be visible on the screen. Together with
 \tet{plotcopy} this function enables you to draw on a scratchpad before
 committing the part you're interested in to the final picture.

Function: plotcolor
Class: highlevel
Section: graphic
C-Name: rectcolor
Prototype: vLL
Help: plotcolor(w,c): in rectwindow w, set default color to c. Possible
 values for c are given by the graphcolormap default: factory settings
 are 1=black, 2=blue, 3=sienna, 4=red, 5=green, 6=grey, 7=gainsborough.
Doc: set default color to $c$ in rectwindow $w$.
 This is only implemented for the X-windows, fltk and Qt graphing engines.
 Possible values for $c$ are given by the \tet{graphcolormap} default,
 factory setting are
 
 1=black, 2=blue, 3=violetred, 4=red, 5=green, 6=grey, 7=gainsborough.
 
 but this can be considerably extended.

Function: plotcopy
Class: highlevel
Section: graphic
C-Name: rectcopy_gen
Prototype: vLLGGD0,L,
Help: plotcopy(sourcew,destw,dx,dy,{flag=0}): copy the contents of
 rectwindow sourcew to rectwindow destw with offset (dx,dy). If flag's bit 1
 is set, dx and dy express fractions of the size of the current output
 device, otherwise dx and dy are in pixels. dx and dy are relative positions
 of northwest corners if other bits of flag vanish, otherwise of: 2:
 southwest, 4: southeast, 6: northeast corners.
Doc: copy the contents of rectwindow \var{sourcew} to rectwindow \var{destw}
 with offset (dx,dy). If flag's bit 1 is set, dx and dy express fractions of
 the size of the current output device, otherwise dx and dy are in pixels. dx
 and dy are relative positions of northwest corners if other bits of flag
 vanish, otherwise of: 2: southwest, 4: southeast, 6: northeast corners

Function: plotcursor
Class: highlevel
Section: graphic
C-Name: rectcursor
Prototype: L
Help: plotcursor(w): current position of cursor in rectwindow w.
Doc: give as a 2-component vector the current
 (scaled) position of the virtual cursor corresponding to the rectwindow $w$.

Function: plotdraw
Class: highlevel
Section: graphic
C-Name: rectdraw_flag
Prototype: vGD0,L,
Help: plotdraw(list, {flag=0}): draw vector of rectwindows list at indicated
 x,y positions; list is a vector w1,x1,y1,w2,x2,y2,etc. If flag!=0, x1, y1
 etc. express fractions of the size of the current output device.
Doc: physically draw the rectwindows given in $list$
 which must be a vector whose number of components is divisible by 3. If
 $list=[w1,x1,y1,w2,x2,y2,\dots]$, the windows $w1$, $w2$, etc.~are
 physically placed with their upper left corner at physical position
 $(x1,y1)$, $(x2,y2)$,\dots\ respectively, and are then drawn together.
 Overlapping regions will thus be drawn twice, and the windows are considered
 transparent. Then display the whole drawing in a special window on your
 screen. If $\fl \neq 0$, x1, y1 etc. express fractions of the size of the
 current output device

Function: ploth
Class: highlevel
Section: graphic
C-Name: ploth
Prototype: V=GGEpD0,M,D0,L,\nParametric|1; Recursive|2; no_Rescale|4; no_X_axis|8; no_Y_axis|16; no_Frame|32; no_Lines|64; Points_too|128; Splines|256; no_X_ticks|512; no_Y_ticks|1024; Same_ticks|2048; Complex|4096
Help: ploth(X=a,b,expr,{flags=0},{n=0}): plot of expression expr, X goes
 from a to b in high resolution. Both flags and n are optional. Binary digits
 of flags mean: 1=Parametric, 2=Recursive, 4=no_Rescale, 8=no_X_axis,
 16=no_Y_axis, 32=no_Frame, 64=no_Lines (do not join points), 128=Points_too
 (plot both lines and points), 256=Splines (use cubic splines),
 512=no_X_ticks, 1024= no_Y_ticks, 2048=Same_ticks (plot all ticks with the
 same length), 4096=Complex (the two coordinates of each points are encoded
 as a complex number). n specifies number of reference points on the graph
 (0=use default value). Returns a vector for the bounding box.
Doc: high precision plot of the function $y=f(x)$ represented by the expression
 \var{expr}, $x$ going from $a$ to $b$. This opens a specific window (which is
 killed whenever you click on it), and returns a four-component vector giving
 the coordinates of the bounding box in the form
 $[\var{xmin},\var{xmax},\var{ymin},\var{ymax}]$.
 
 \misctitle{Important note}: \kbd{ploth} may evaluate \kbd{expr} thousands of
 times; given the relatively low resolution of plotting devices, few
 significant digits of the result will be meaningful. Hence you should keep
 the current precision to a minimum (e.g.~9) before calling this function.
 
 $n$ specifies the number of reference point on the graph, where a value of 0
 means we use the hardwired default values (1000 for general plot, 1500 for
 parametric plot, and 15 for recursive plot).
 
 If no $\fl$ is given, \var{expr} is either a scalar expression $f(X)$, in which
 case the plane curve $y=f(X)$ will be drawn, or a vector
 $[f_1(X),\dots,f_k(X)]$, and then all the curves $y=f_i(X)$ will be drawn in
 the same window.
 
 \noindent The binary digits of $\fl$ mean:
 
 \item $1 = \kbd{Parametric}$: \tev{parametric plot}. Here \var{expr} must
 be a vector with an even number of components. Successive pairs are then
 understood as the parametric coordinates of a plane curve. Each of these are
 then drawn.
 
 For instance:
 \bprog
 ploth(X=0,2*Pi,[sin(X),cos(X)], "Parametric")
 ploth(X=0,2*Pi,[sin(X),cos(X)])
 ploth(X=0,2*Pi,[X,X,sin(X),cos(X)], "Parametric")
 @eprog\noindent draw successively a circle, two entwined sinusoidal curves
 and a circle cut by the line $y=x$.
 
 \item $2 = \kbd{Recursive}$: \tev{recursive plot}. If this flag is set,
 only \emph{one} curve can be drawn at a time, i.e.~\var{expr} must be either a
 two-component vector (for a single parametric curve, and the parametric flag
 \emph{has} to be set), or a scalar function. The idea is to choose pairs of
 successive reference points, and if their middle point is not too far away
 from the segment joining them, draw this as a local approximation to the
 curve. Otherwise, add the middle point to the reference points. This is
 fast, and usually more precise than usual plot. Compare the results of
 \bprog
 ploth(X=-1,1, sin(1/X), "Recursive")
 ploth(X=-1,1, sin(1/X))
 @eprog\noindent
 for instance. But beware that if you are extremely unlucky, or choose too few
 reference points, you may draw some nice polygon bearing little resemblance
 to the original curve. For instance you should \emph{never} plot recursively
 an odd function in a symmetric interval around 0. Try
 \bprog
 ploth(x = -20, 20, sin(x), "Recursive")
 @eprog\noindent
 to see why. Hence, it's usually a good idea to try and plot the same curve
 with slightly different parameters.
 
 The other values toggle various display options:
 
 \item $4 = \kbd{no\_Rescale}$: do not rescale plot according to the
 computed extrema. This is used in conjunction with \tet{plotscale} when
 graphing multiple functions on a rectwindow (as a \tet{plotrecth} call):
 \bprog
   s = plothsizes();
   plotinit(0, s[2]-1, s[2]-1);
   plotscale(0, -1,1, -1,1);
   plotrecth(0, t=0,2*Pi, [cos(t),sin(t)], "Parametric|no_Rescale")
   plotdraw([0, -1,1]);
 @eprog\noindent
 This way we get a proper circle instead of the distorted ellipse produced by
 \bprog
   ploth(t=0,2*Pi, [cos(t),sin(t)], "Parametric")
 @eprog
 
 \item $8 = \kbd{no\_X\_axis}$: do not print the $x$-axis.
 
 \item $16 = \kbd{no\_Y\_axis}$: do not print the $y$-axis.
 
 \item $32 = \kbd{no\_Frame}$: do not print frame.
 
 \item $64 = \kbd{no\_Lines}$: only plot reference points, do not join them.
 
 \item $128 = \kbd{Points\_too}$: plot both lines and points.
 
 \item $256 = \kbd{Splines}$: use splines to interpolate the points.
 
 \item $512 = \kbd{no\_X\_ticks}$: plot no $x$-ticks.
 
 \item $1024 = \kbd{no\_Y\_ticks}$: plot no $y$-ticks.
 
 \item $2048 = \kbd{Same\_ticks}$: plot all ticks with the same length.
 
 \item $4096 = \kbd{Complex}$: is a parametric plot but where each member of
 \kbd{expr} is considered a complex number encoding the two coordinates of a
 point. For instance:
 \bprog
 ploth(X=0,2*Pi,exp(I*X), "Complex")
 ploth(X=0,2*Pi,[(1+I)*X,exp(I*X)], "Complex")
 @eprog\noindent will draw respectively a circle and a circle cut by the line
 $y=x$.

Function: plothraw
Class: highlevel
Section: graphic
C-Name: plothraw
Prototype: GGD0,L,
Help: plothraw(listx,listy,{flag=0}): plot in high resolution points whose x
 (resp. y) coordinates are in listx (resp. listy). If flag is 1, join points,
 other non-0 flags should be combinations of bits 8,16,32,64,128,256 meaning
 the same as for ploth().
Doc: given \var{listx} and \var{listy} two vectors of equal length, plots (in
 high precision) the points whose $(x,y)$-coordinates are given in
 \var{listx} and \var{listy}. Automatic positioning and scaling is done, but
 with the same scaling factor on $x$ and $y$. If $\fl$ is 1, join points,
 other non-0 flags toggle display options and should be combinations of bits
 $2^k$, $k \geq 3$ as in \kbd{ploth}.

Function: plothsizes
Class: highlevel
Section: graphic
C-Name: plothsizes_flag
Prototype: D0,L,
Help: plothsizes({flag=0}): returns array of 6 elements: terminal width and
 height, sizes for ticks in horizontal and vertical directions, width and
 height of characters. If flag=0, sizes of ticks and characters are in
 pixels, otherwise are fractions of the screen size.
Doc: return data corresponding to the output window
 in the form of a 6-component vector: window width and height, sizes for ticks
 in horizontal and vertical directions (this is intended for the \kbd{gnuplot}
 interface and is currently not significant), width and height of characters.
 
 If $\fl = 0$, sizes of ticks and characters are in
 pixels, otherwise are fractions of the screen size

Function: plotinit
Class: highlevel
Section: graphic
C-Name: initrect_gen
Prototype: vLDGDGD0,L,
Help: plotinit(w,{x},{y},{flag=0}): initialize rectwindow w to size x,y.
 If flag!=0, x and y express fractions of the size of the current output
 device. Omitting x or y means use the full size of the device.
Doc: initialize the rectwindow $w$,
 destroying any rect objects you may have already drawn in $w$. The virtual
 cursor is set to $(0,0)$. The rectwindow size is set to width $x$ and height
 $y$; omitting either $x$ or $y$ means we use the full size of the device
 in that direction.
 If $\fl=0$, $x$ and $y$ represent pixel units. Otherwise, $x$ and $y$
 are understood as fractions of the size of the current output device (hence
 must be between $0$ and $1$) and internally converted to pixels.
 
 The plotting device imposes an upper bound for $x$ and $y$, for instance the
 number of pixels for screen output. These bounds are available through the
 \tet{plothsizes} function. The following sequence initializes in a portable
 way (i.e independent of the output device) a window of maximal size, accessed
 through coordinates in the $[0,1000] \times [0,1000]$ range:
 
 \bprog
 s = plothsizes();
 plotinit(0, s[1]-1, s[2]-1);
 plotscale(0, 0,1000, 0,1000);
 @eprog

Function: plotkill
Class: highlevel
Section: graphic
C-Name: killrect
Prototype: vL
Help: plotkill(w): erase the rectwindow w.
Doc: erase rectwindow $w$ and free the corresponding memory. Note that if you
 want to use the rectwindow $w$ again, you have to use \kbd{plotinit} first
 to specify the new size. So it's better in this case to use \kbd{plotinit}
 directly as this throws away any previous work in the given rectwindow.

Function: plotlines
Class: highlevel
Section: graphic
C-Name: rectlines
Prototype: vLGGD0,L,
Help: plotlines(w,X,Y,{flag=0}): draws an open polygon in rectwindow
 w where X and Y contain the x (resp. y) coordinates of the vertices.
 If X and Y are both single values (i.e not vectors), draw the
 corresponding line (and move cursor). If (optional) flag is non-zero, close
 the polygon.
Doc: draw on the rectwindow $w$
 the polygon such that the (x,y)-coordinates of the vertices are in the
 vectors of equal length $X$ and $Y$. For simplicity, the whole
 polygon is drawn, not only the part of the polygon which is inside the
 rectwindow. If $\fl$ is non-zero, close the polygon. In any case, the
 virtual cursor does not move.
 
 $X$ and $Y$ are allowed to be scalars (in this case, both have to).
 There, a single segment will be drawn, between the virtual cursor current
 position and the point $(X,Y)$. And only the part thereof which
 actually lies within the boundary of $w$. Then \emph{move} the virtual cursor
 to $(X,Y)$, even if it is outside the window. If you want to draw a
 line from $(x1,y1)$ to $(x2,y2)$ where $(x1,y1)$ is not necessarily the
 position of the virtual cursor, use \kbd{plotmove(w,x1,y1)} before using this
 function.

Function: plotlinetype
Class: highlevel
Section: graphic
C-Name: rectlinetype
Prototype: vLL
Help: plotlinetype(w,type): change the type of following lines in rectwindow
 w. type -2 corresponds to frames, -1 to axes, larger values may correspond
 to something else. w=-1 changes highlevel plotting.
Doc: change the type of lines subsequently plotted in rectwindow $w$.
 \var{type} $-2$ corresponds to frames, $-1$ to axes, larger values may
 correspond to something else. $w = -1$ changes highlevel plotting. This is
 only taken into account by the \kbd{gnuplot} interface.

Function: plotmove
Class: highlevel
Section: graphic
C-Name: rectmove
Prototype: vLGG
Help: plotmove(w,x,y): move cursor to position x,y in rectwindow w.
Doc: move the virtual cursor of the rectwindow $w$ to position $(x,y)$.

Function: plotpoints
Class: highlevel
Section: graphic
C-Name: rectpoints
Prototype: vLGG
Help: plotpoints(w,X,Y): draws in rectwindow w the points whose x
 (resp y) coordinates are in X (resp Y). If X and Y are both
 single values (i.e not vectors), draw the corresponding point (and move
 cursor).
Doc: draw on the rectwindow $w$ the
 points whose $(x,y)$-coordinates are in the vectors of equal length $X$ and
 $Y$ and which are inside $w$. The virtual cursor does \emph{not} move. This
 is basically the same function as \kbd{plothraw}, but either with no scaling
 factor or with a scale chosen using the function \kbd{plotscale}.
 
 As was the case with the \kbd{plotlines} function, $X$ and $Y$ are allowed to
 be (simultaneously) scalar. In this case, draw the single point $(X,Y)$ on
 the rectwindow $w$ (if it is actually inside $w$), and in any case
 \emph{move} the virtual cursor to position $(x,y)$.

Function: plotpointsize
Class: highlevel
Section: graphic
C-Name: rectpointsize
Prototype: vLG
Help: plotpointsize(w,size): change the "size" of following points in
 rectwindow w. w=-1 changes global value.
Doc: changes the ``size'' of following points in rectwindow $w$. If $w = -1$,
 change it in all rectwindows. This only works in the \kbd{gnuplot} interface.

Function: plotpointtype
Class: highlevel
Section: graphic
C-Name: rectpointtype
Prototype: vLL
Help: plotpointtype(w,type): change the type of following points in
 rectwindow w. type -1 corresponds to a dot, larger values may correspond to
 something else. w=-1 changes highlevel plotting.
Doc: change the type of points subsequently plotted in rectwindow $w$.
 $\var{type} = -1$ corresponds to a dot, larger values may correspond to
 something else. $w = -1$ changes highlevel plotting. This is only taken into
 account by the \kbd{gnuplot} interface.

Function: plotrbox
Class: highlevel
Section: graphic
C-Name: rectrbox
Prototype: vLGG
Help: plotrbox(w,dx,dy): if the cursor is at (x1,y1), draw a box with
 diagonal (x1,y1)-(x1+dx,y1+dy) in rectwindow w (cursor does not move).
Doc: draw in the rectwindow $w$ the outline of the rectangle which is such
 that the points $(x1,y1)$ and $(x1+dx,y1+dy)$ are opposite corners, where
 $(x1,y1)$ is the current position of the cursor. Only the part of the
 rectangle which is in $w$ is drawn. The virtual cursor does \emph{not} move.

Function: plotrecth
Class: highlevel
Section: graphic
C-Name: rectploth
Prototype: LV=GGEpD0,M,D0,L,\nParametric|1; Recursive|2; no_Rescale|4; no_X_axis|8; no_Y_axis|16; no_Frame|32; no_Lines|64; Points_too|128; Splines|256; no_X_ticks|512; no_Y_ticks|1024; Same_ticks|2048; Complex|4096
Help: plotrecth(w,X=a,b,expr,{flag=0},{n=0}):
 writes to rectwindow w the curve output of
 ploth(w,X=a,b,expr,flag,n). Returns a vector for the bounding box.
Doc: writes to rectwindow $w$ the curve output of
 \kbd{ploth}$(w,X=a,b,\var{expr},\fl,n)$. Returns a vector for the bounding box.

Function: plotrecthraw
Class: highlevel
Section: graphic
C-Name: rectplothraw
Prototype: LGD0,L,
Help: plotrecthraw(w,data,{flags=0}): plot graph(s) for data in rectwindow
 w, where data is a vector of vectors. If plot is parametric, length of data
 should be even, and pairs of entries give curves to plot. If not, first
 entry gives x-coordinate, and the other ones y-coordinates. Admits the same
 optional flags as plotrecth, save that recursive plot is meaningless.
Doc: plot graph(s) for
 \var{data} in rectwindow $w$. $\fl$ has the same significance here as in
 \kbd{ploth}, though recursive plot is no more significant.
 
 \var{data} is a vector of vectors, each corresponding to a list a coordinates.
 If parametric plot is set, there must be an even number of vectors, each
 successive pair corresponding to a curve. Otherwise, the first one contains
 the $x$ coordinates, and the other ones contain the $y$-coordinates
 of curves to plot.

Function: plotrline
Class: highlevel
Section: graphic
C-Name: rectrline
Prototype: vLGG
Help: plotrline(w,dx,dy): if the cursor is at (x1,y1), draw a line from
 (x1,y1) to (x1+dx,y1+dy) (and move the cursor) in the rectwindow w.
Doc: draw in the rectwindow $w$ the part of the segment
 $(x1,y1)-(x1+dx,y1+dy)$ which is inside $w$, where $(x1,y1)$ is the current
 position of the virtual cursor, and move the virtual cursor to
 $(x1+dx,y1+dy)$ (even if it is outside the window).

Function: plotrmove
Class: highlevel
Section: graphic
C-Name: rectrmove
Prototype: vLGG
Help: plotrmove(w,dx,dy): move cursor to position (dx,dy) relative to the
 present position in the rectwindow w.
Doc: move the virtual cursor of the rectwindow $w$ to position
 $(x1+dx,y1+dy)$, where $(x1,y1)$ is the initial position of the cursor
 (i.e.~to position $(dx,dy)$ relative to the initial cursor).

Function: plotrpoint
Class: highlevel
Section: graphic
C-Name: rectrpoint
Prototype: vLGG
Help: plotrpoint(w,dx,dy): draw a point (and move cursor) at position dx,dy
 relative to present position of the cursor in rectwindow w.
Doc: draw the point $(x1+dx,y1+dy)$ on the rectwindow $w$ (if it is inside
 $w$), where $(x1,y1)$ is the current position of the cursor, and in any case
 move the virtual cursor to position $(x1+dx,y1+dy)$.

Function: plotscale
Class: highlevel
Section: graphic
C-Name: rectscale
Prototype: vLGGGG
Help: plotscale(w,x1,x2,y1,y2): scale the coordinates in rectwindow w so
 that x goes from x1 to x2 and y from y1 to y2 (y2<y1 is allowed).
Doc: scale the local coordinates of the rectwindow $w$ so that $x$ goes from
 $x1$ to $x2$ and $y$ goes from $y1$ to $y2$ ($x2<x1$ and $y2<y1$ being
 allowed). Initially, after the initialization of the rectwindow $w$ using
 the function \kbd{plotinit}, the default scaling is the graphic pixel count,
 and in particular the $y$ axis is oriented downwards since the origin is at
 the upper left. The function \kbd{plotscale} allows to change all these
 defaults and should be used whenever functions are graphed.

Function: plotstring
Class: highlevel
Section: graphic
C-Name: rectstring3
Prototype: vLsD0,L,
Help: plotstring(w,x,{flags=0}): draw in rectwindow w the string
 corresponding to x. Bits 1 and 2 of flag regulate horizontal alignment: left
 if 0, right if 2, center if 1. Bits 4 and 8 regulate vertical alignment:
 bottom if 0, top if 8, v-center if 4. Can insert additional gap between
 point and string: horizontal if bit 16 is set, vertical if bit 32 is set.
Doc: draw on the rectwindow $w$ the String $x$ (see \secref{se:strings}), at
 the current position of the cursor.
 
 \fl\ is used for justification: bits 1 and 2 regulate horizontal alignment:
 left if 0, right if 2, center if 1. Bits 4 and 8 regulate vertical
 alignment: bottom if 0, top if 8, v-center if 4. Can insert additional small
 gap between point and string: horizontal if bit 16 is set, vertical if bit
 32 is set (see the tutorial for an example).

Function: polchebyshev
Class: basic
Section: polynomials
C-Name: polchebyshev_eval
Prototype: LD1,L,DG
Help: polchebyshev(n,{flag=1},{a='x}): Chebychev polynomial of the first (flag
 = 1) or second (flag = 2) kind, of degree n, evaluated at a.
Description: 
 (small,?1,?var):gen polchebyshev1($1,$3)
 (small,2,?var):gen  polchebyshev2($1,$3)
 (small,small,?var):gen polchebyshev($1,$2,$3)
Doc: returns the $n^{\text{th}}$
 \idx{Chebyshev} polynomial of the first kind $T_n$ ($\fl=1$) or the second
 kind $U_n$ ($\fl=2$), evaluated at $a$ (\kbd{'x} by default). Both series of
 polynomials satisfy the 3-term relation
 $$ P_{n+1} = 2xP_n - P_{n-1}, $$
 and are determined by the initial conditions $U_0 = T_0 = 1$, $T_1 = x$,
 $U_1 = 2x$. In fact $T_n' = n U_{n-1}$ and, for all complex numbers $z$, we
 have $T_n(\cos z) = \cos (nz)$ and $U_{n-1}(\cos z) = \sin(nz)/\sin z$.
 If $n \geq 0$, then these polynomials have degree $n$.  For $n < 0$,
 $T_n$ is equal to $T_{-n}$ and $U_n$ is equal to $-U_{-2-n}$.
 In particular, $U_{-1} = 0$.
Variant: Also available are \fun{GEN}{polchebyshev1}{long n, long v} and
 \fun{GEN}{polchebyshev2}{long n, long v} for $T_n$ and $U_n$ respectively.

Function: polcoeff
Class: basic
Section: polynomials
C-Name: polcoeff0
Prototype: GLDn
Help: polcoeff(x,n,{v}): coefficient of degree n of x, or the n-th component
 for vectors or matrices (for which it is simpler to use x[]). With respect
 to the main variable if v is omitted, with respect to the variable v
 otherwise.
Description: 
 (pol, 0):gen:copy      constant_term($1)
 (gen, small, ?var):gen polcoeff0($1, $2, $3)
Doc: coefficient of degree $n$ of the polynomial $x$, with respect to the
 main variable if $v$ is omitted, with respect to $v$ otherwise.  If $n$
 is greater than the degree, the result is zero.
 
 Naturally applies to scalars (polynomial of degree $0$), as well as to
 rational functions whose denominator is a monomial.
 It also applies to power series: if $n$ is less than the valuation, the result
 is zero. If it is greater than the largest significant degree, then an error
 message is issued.
 
  For greater flexibility, vector or matrix types are also accepted for $x$,
  and the meaning is then identical with that of \kbd{component(x,n)}.

Function: polcompositum
Class: basic
Section: number_fields
C-Name: polcompositum0
Prototype: GGD0,L,
Help: polcompositum(P,Q,{flag=0}): vector of all possible compositums
 of the number fields defined by the polynomials P and Q. If (optional)
 flag is set (i.e non-null), output for each compositum, not only the
 compositum polynomial pol, but a vector [R,a,b,k] where a (resp. b) is a root
 of P (resp. Q) expressed as a polynomial modulo R,
 and a small integer k such that al2+k*al1 is the chosen root of R.
Doc: \sidx{compositum} $P$ and $Q$
 being squarefree polynomials in $\Z[X]$ in the same variable, outputs
 the simple factors of the \'etale $\Q$-algebra $A = \Q(X, Y) / (P(X), Q(Y))$.
 The factors are given by a list of polynomials $R$ in $\Z[X]$, associated to
 the number field $\Q(X)/ (R)$, and sorted by increasing degree (with respect
 to lexicographic ordering for factors of equal degrees). Returns an error if
 one of the polynomials is not squarefree.
 
 Note that it is more efficient to reduce to the case where $P$ and $Q$ are
 irreducible first. The routine will not perform this for you, since it may be
 expensive, and the inputs are irreducible in most applications anyway.
 Assuming $P$ is irreducible (of smaller degree than $Q$ for efficiency), it
 is in general \emph{much} faster to proceed as follows
 \bprog
 nf = nfinit(P); L = nffactor(nf, Q)[,1];
 vector(#L, i, rnfequation(nf, L[i]))
 @eprog\noindent
 to obtain the same result. If you are only interested in the degrees of the
 simple factors, the \kbd{rnfequation} instruction can be replaced by a
 trivial \kbd{poldegree(P) * poldegree(L[i])}.
 
 If $\fl=1$, outputs a vector of 4-component vectors $[R,a,b,k]$, where $R$
 ranges through the list of all possible compositums as above, and $a$
 (resp. $b$) expresses the root of $P$ (resp. $Q$) as an element of
 $\Q(X)/(R)$. Finally, $k$ is a small integer such that $b + ka = X$ modulo
 $R$.
 
 A compositum is quite often defined by a complicated polynomial, which it is
 advisable to reduce before further work. Here is a simple example involving
 the field $\Q(\zeta_5, 5^{1/5})$:
 \bprog
 ? z = polcompositum(x^5 - 5, polcyclo(5), 1)[1];
 ? pol = z[1]                 \\@com \kbd{pol} defines the compositum
 %2 = x^20 + 5*x^19 + 15*x^18 + 35*x^17 + 70*x^16 + 141*x^15 + 260*x^14 \
 + 355*x^13 + 95*x^12 - 1460*x^11 - 3279*x^10 - 3660*x^9 - 2005*x^8    \
 + 705*x^7 + 9210*x^6 + 13506*x^5 + 7145*x^4 - 2740*x^3 + 1040*x^2     \
 - 320*x + 256
 ? a = z[2]; a^5 - 5          \\@com \kbd{a} is a fifth root of $5$
 %3 = 0
 ? z = polredabs(pol, 1);     \\@com look for a simpler polynomial
 ? pol = z[1]
 %5 = x^20 + 25*x^10 + 5
 ? a = subst(a.pol, x, z[2])  \\@com \kbd{a} in the new coordinates
 %6 = Mod(-5/22*x^19 + 1/22*x^14 - 123/22*x^9 + 9/11*x^4, x^20 + 25*x^10 + 5)
 @eprog
Variant: Also available are
 \fun{GEN}{compositum}{GEN P, GEN Q} ($\fl = 0$) and
 \fun{GEN}{compositum2}{GEN P, GEN Q} ($\fl = 1$).

Function: polcyclo
Class: basic
Section: polynomials
C-Name: polcyclo_eval
Prototype: LDG
Help: polcyclo(n,{a = 'x}): n-th cyclotomic polynomial evaluated at a.
Description: 
  (small,?var):gen     polcyclo($1,$2)
  (small,gen):gen      polcyclo_eval($1,$2)
Doc: $n$-th cyclotomic polynomial, evaluated at $a$ (\kbd{'x} by default). The
 integer $n$ must be positive.
 
 Algorithm used: reduce to the case where $n$ is squarefree; to compute the
 cyclotomic polynomial, use $\Phi_{np}(x)=\Phi_n(x^p)/\Phi(x)$; to compute
 it evaluated, use $\Phi_n(x) = \prod_{d\mid n} (x^d-1)^{\mu(n/d)}$. In the
 evaluated case, the algorithm can deal with all rational values $a$;
 otherwise it assumes that $a^d - 1$ is invertible for all $d\mid n$. If this
 is not the case, use \kbd{subst(polcyclo(n),x,a)}.
Variant: The variant \fun{GEN}{polcyclo}{long n, long v} returns the $n$-th
 cyclotomic polynomial in variable $v$.

Function: poldegree
Class: basic
Section: polynomials
C-Name: poldegree
Prototype: lGDn
Help: poldegree(x,{v}): degree of the polynomial or rational function x with
 respect to main variable if v is omitted, with respect to v otherwise.
 For scalar x, return 0 is x is non-zero and a negative number otherwise.
Description: 
 (pol):small                degpol($1)
 (gen):small                degree($1)
 (gen, var):small           poldegree($1, $2)
Doc: degree of the polynomial $x$ in the main variable if $v$ is omitted, in
 the variable $v$ otherwise.
 
 The degree of $0$ is a fixed negative number, whose exact value should not
 be used. The degree of a non-zero scalar is $0$. Finally, when $x$ is a
 non-zero polynomial or rational function, returns the ordinary degree of
 $x$. Raise an error otherwise.

Function: poldisc
Class: basic
Section: polynomials
C-Name: poldisc0
Prototype: GDn
Help: poldisc(pol,{v}): discriminant of the polynomial pol, with respect to main
 variable if v is omitted, with respect to v otherwise.
Description: 
 (pol):gen        discsr($1)
 (gen):gen        poldisc0($1, -1)
 (gen, var):gen   poldisc0($1, $2)
Doc: discriminant of the polynomial
 \var{pol} in the main variable if $v$ is omitted, in $v$ otherwise. The
 algorithm used is the \idx{subresultant algorithm}.

Function: poldiscreduced
Class: basic
Section: polynomials
C-Name: reduceddiscsmith
Prototype: G
Help: poldiscreduced(f): vector of elementary divisors of Z[a]/f'(a)Z[a],
 where a is a root of the polynomial f.
Doc: reduced discriminant vector of the
 (integral, monic) polynomial $f$. This is the vector of elementary divisors
 of $\Z[\alpha]/f'(\alpha)\Z[\alpha]$, where $\alpha$ is a root of the
 polynomial $f$. The components of the result are all positive, and their
 product is equal to the absolute value of the discriminant of~$f$.

Function: polgalois
Class: basic
Section: number_fields
C-Name: polgalois
Prototype: Gp
Help: polgalois(x): Galois group of the polynomial x (see manual for group
 coding). Return [n, s, k, name] where n is the order, s the signature, k the
 index and name is the GAP4 name of the transitive group.
Doc: \idx{Galois} group of the non-constant
 polynomial $x\in\Q[X]$. In the present version \vers, $x$ must be irreducible
 and the degree of $x$ must be less than or equal to 7. On certain versions for
 which the data file of Galois resolvents has been installed (available in the
 Unix distribution as a separate package), degrees 8, 9, 10 and 11 are also
 implemented.
 
 The output is a 4-component vector $[n,s,k,name]$ with the
 following meaning: $n$ is the cardinality of the group, $s$ is its signature
 ($s=1$ if the group is a subgroup of the alternating group $A_n$, $s=-1$
 otherwise) and name is a character string containing name of the transitive
 group according to the GAP 4 transitive groups library by Alexander Hulpke.
 
 $k$ is more arbitrary and the choice made up to version~2.2.3 of PARI is rather
 unfortunate: for $n > 7$, $k$ is the numbering of the group among all
 transitive subgroups of $S_n$, as given in ``The transitive groups of degree up
 to eleven'', G.~Butler and J.~McKay, \emph{Communications in Algebra}, vol.~11,
 1983,
 pp.~863--911 (group $k$ is denoted $T_k$ there). And for $n \leq 7$, it was ad
 hoc, so as to ensure that a given triple would design a unique group.
 Specifically, for polynomials of degree $\leq 7$, the groups are coded as
 follows, using standard notations
 \smallskip
 In degree 1: $S_1=[1,1,1]$.
 \smallskip
 In degree 2: $S_2=[2,-1,1]$.
 \smallskip
 In degree 3: $A_3=C_3=[3,1,1]$, $S_3=[6,-1,1]$.
 \smallskip
 In degree 4: $C_4=[4,-1,1]$, $V_4=[4,1,1]$, $D_4=[8,-1,1]$, $A_4=[12,1,1]$,
 $S_4=[24,-1,1]$.
 \smallskip
 In degree 5: $C_5=[5,1,1]$, $D_5=[10,1,1]$, $M_{20}=[20,-1,1]$,
 $A_5=[60,1,1]$, $S_5=[120,-1,1]$.
 \smallskip
 In degree 6: $C_6=[6,-1,1]$, $S_3=[6,-1,2]$, $D_6=[12,-1,1]$, $A_4=[12,1,1]$,
 $G_{18}=[18,-1,1]$, $S_4^-=[24,-1,1]$, $A_4\times C_2=[24,-1,2]$,
 $S_4^+=[24,1,1]$, $G_{36}^-=[36,-1,1]$, $G_{36}^+=[36,1,1]$,
 $S_4\times C_2=[48,-1,1]$, $A_5=PSL_2(5)=[60,1,1]$, $G_{72}=[72,-1,1]$,
 $S_5=PGL_2(5)=[120,-1,1]$, $A_6=[360,1,1]$, $S_6=[720,-1,1]$.
 \smallskip
 In degree 7: $C_7=[7,1,1]$, $D_7=[14,-1,1]$, $M_{21}=[21,1,1]$,
 $M_{42}=[42,-1,1]$, $PSL_2(7)=PSL_3(2)=[168,1,1]$, $A_7=[2520,1,1]$,
 $S_7=[5040,-1,1]$.
 \smallskip
 This is deprecated and obsolete, but for reasons of backward compatibility,
 we cannot change this behavior yet. So you can use the default
 \tet{new_galois_format} to switch to a consistent naming scheme, namely $k$ is
 always the standard numbering of the group among all transitive subgroups of
 $S_n$. If this default is in effect, the above groups will be coded as:
 \smallskip
 In degree 1: $S_1=[1,1,1]$.
 \smallskip
 In degree 2: $S_2=[2,-1,1]$.
 \smallskip
 In degree 3: $A_3=C_3=[3,1,1]$, $S_3=[6,-1,2]$.
 \smallskip
 In degree 4: $C_4=[4,-1,1]$, $V_4=[4,1,2]$, $D_4=[8,-1,3]$, $A_4=[12,1,4]$,
 $S_4=[24,-1,5]$.
 \smallskip
 In degree 5: $C_5=[5,1,1]$, $D_5=[10,1,2]$, $M_{20}=[20,-1,3]$,
 $A_5=[60,1,4]$, $S_5=[120,-1,5]$.
 \smallskip
 In degree 6: $C_6=[6,-1,1]$, $S_3=[6,-1,2]$, $D_6=[12,-1,3]$, $A_4=[12,1,4]$,
 $G_{18}=[18,-1,5]$, $A_4\times C_2=[24,-1,6]$, $S_4^+=[24,1,7]$,
 $S_4^-=[24,-1,8]$, $G_{36}^-=[36,-1,9]$, $G_{36}^+=[36,1,10]$,
 $S_4\times C_2=[48,-1,11]$, $A_5=PSL_2(5)=[60,1,12]$, $G_{72}=[72,-1,13]$,
 $S_5=PGL_2(5)=[120,-1,14]$, $A_6=[360,1,15]$, $S_6=[720,-1,16]$.
 \smallskip
 In degree 7: $C_7=[7,1,1]$, $D_7=[14,-1,2]$, $M_{21}=[21,1,3]$,
 $M_{42}=[42,-1,4]$, $PSL_2(7)=PSL_3(2)=[168,1,5]$, $A_7=[2520,1,6]$,
 $S_7=[5040,-1,7]$.
 \smallskip
 
 \misctitle{Warning} The method used is that of resolvent polynomials and is
 sensitive to the current precision. The precision is updated internally but,
 in very rare cases, a wrong result may be returned if the initial precision
 was not sufficient.
Variant: To enable the new format in library mode,
 set the global variable \tet{new_galois_format} to $1$.

Function: polhensellift
Class: basic
Section: polynomials
C-Name: polhensellift
Prototype: GGGL
Help: polhensellift(A, B, p, e): lift the factorization B of A modulo p to a
 factorization modulo p^e using Hensel lift. The factors in B must be
 pairwise relatively prime modulo p.
Doc: given a prime $p$, an integral polynomial $A$ whose leading coefficient
 is a $p$-unit, a vector $B$ of integral polynomials that are monic and
 pairwise relatively prime modulo $p$, and whose product is congruent to
 $A/\text{lc}(A)$ modulo $p$, lift the elements of $B$ to polynomials whose
 product is congruent to $A$ modulo $p^e$.
 
 More generally, if $T$ is an integral polynomial irreducible mod $p$, and
 $B$ is a factorization of $A$ over the finite field $\F_p[t]/(T)$, you can
 lift it to $\Z_p[t]/(T, p^e)$ by replacing the $p$ argument with $[p,T]$:
 \bprog
 ? { T = t^3 - 2; p = 7; A = x^2 + t + 1;
     B = [x + (3*t^2 + t + 1), x + (4*t^2 + 6*t + 6)];
     r = polhensellift(A, B, [p, T], 6) }
 %1 = [x + (20191*t^2 + 50604*t + 75783), x + (97458*t^2 + 67045*t + 41866)]
 ? lift(lift( r[1] * r[2] * Mod(Mod(1,p^6),T) ))
 %2 = x^2 + (t + 1)
 @eprog

Function: polhermite
Class: basic
Section: polynomials
C-Name: polhermite_eval
Prototype: LDG
Help: polhermite(n,{a='x}): Hermite polynomial H(n,v) of degree n, evaluated
 at a.
Description: 
  (small,?var):gen    polhermite($1,$2)
  (small,gen):gen     polhermite_eval($1,$2)
Doc: $n^{\text{th}}$ \idx{Hermite} polynomial $H_n$ evaluated at $a$
 (\kbd{'x} by default), i.e.
 $$ H_(x) = (-1)^n e^{x^2} \dfrac{d^n}{dx^n}e^{-x^2}.$$
Variant: The variant \fun{GEN}{polhermite}{long n, long v} returns the $n$-th
 Hermite polynomial in variable $v$.

Function: polinterpolate
Class: basic
Section: polynomials
C-Name: polint
Prototype: GDGDGD&
Help: polinterpolate(X,{Y},{x},{&e}): polynomial interpolation at x
 according to data vectors X, Y (ie return P such that P(X[i]) = Y[i] for
 all i). If Y is omitted, return P such that P(i) = X[i]. If present, e
 will contain an error estimate on the returned value.
Doc: given the data vectors
 $X$ and $Y$ of the same length $n$ ($X$ containing the $x$-coordinates,
 and $Y$ the corresponding $y$-coordinates), this function finds the
 \idx{interpolating polynomial} passing through these points and evaluates it
 at~$x$. If $Y$ is omitted, return the polynomial interpolating the
 $(i,X[i])$. If present, $e$ will contain an error estimate on the returned
 value.

Function: polisirreducible
Class: basic
Section: polynomials
C-Name: gisirreducible
Prototype: G
Help: polisirreducible(pol): true(1) if pol is an irreducible non-constant
 polynomial, false(0) if pol is reducible or constant.
Doc: \var{pol} being a polynomial (univariate in the present version \vers),
 returns 1 if \var{pol} is non-constant and irreducible, 0 otherwise.
 Irreducibility is checked over the smallest base field over which \var{pol}
 seems to be defined.

Function: pollead
Class: basic
Section: polynomials
C-Name: pollead
Prototype: GDn
Help: pollead(x,{v}): leading coefficient of polynomial or series x, or x
 itself if x is a scalar. Error otherwise. With respect to the main variable
 of x if v is omitted, with respect to the variable v otherwise.
Description: 
 (pol):gen:copy         leading_term($1)
 (gen):gen              pollead($1, -1)
 (gen, var):gen         pollead($1, $2)
Doc: leading coefficient of the polynomial or power series $x$. This is
  computed with respect to the main variable of $x$ if $v$ is omitted, with
  respect to the variable $v$ otherwise.

Function: pollegendre
Class: basic
Section: polynomials
C-Name: pollegendre_eval
Prototype: LDG
Help: pollegendre(n,{a='x}): legendre polynomial of degree n evaluated at a.
Description: 
  (small,?var):gen    pollegendre($1,$2)
  (small,gen):gen     pollegendre_eval($1,$2)
Doc: $n^{\text{th}}$ \idx{Legendre polynomial} evaluated at $a$ (\kbd{'x} by
 default).
Variant: To obtain the $n$-th Legendre polynomial in variable $v$,
 use \fun{GEN}{pollegendre}{long n, long v}.

Function: polrecip
Class: basic
Section: polynomials
C-Name: polrecip
Prototype: G
Help: polrecip(pol): reciprocal polynomial of pol.
Doc: reciprocal polynomial of \var{pol}, i.e.~the coefficients are in
 reverse order. \var{pol} must be a polynomial.

Function: polred
Class: basic
Section: number_fields
C-Name: polred0
Prototype: GD0,L,DG
Help: polred(x,{flag=0},{fa}): reduction of the polynomial x (gives minimal
 polynomials only). Second and third args are optional. The following binary
 digits of flag are significant 1: partial reduction, 2: gives also elements.
 fa, if present, contains the factorization matrix of the discriminant.
Doc: finds polynomials with reasonably
 small coefficients defining subfields of the number field defined by $x$.
 One of the polynomials always defines $\Q$ (hence is equal to $x-1$),
 and another always defines the same number field as $x$ if $x$ is irreducible.
 All $x$ accepted by \tet{nfinit} are also allowed here (e.g. non-monic
 polynomials, \kbd{nf}, \kbd{bnf}, \kbd{[x,Z\_K\_basis]}).
 
 The following binary digits of $\fl$ are significant:
 
 1: possibly use a suborder of the maximal order. The primes dividing the
 index of the order chosen are larger than \tet{primelimit} or divide integers
 stored in the \tet{addprimes} table.
 
 2: gives also elements. The result is a two-column matrix, the first column
 giving primitive elements defining these subfields, the second giving the
 corresponding minimal polynomials.
 \bprog
 ? M = polred(x^4 + 8, 2)
 %1 =
 [1 x - 1]
 
 [1/2*x^2 x^2 + 2]
 
 [1/4*x^3 x^4 + 2]
 
 [x x^4 + 8]
 ? minpoly(Mod(M[2,1], x^4+8))
 %2 = x^2 + 2
 @eprog\noindent
 If $fa$ is given, it is assumed that it is the two-column matrix of the
 factorization of the discriminant of the polynomial $x$.
Variant: Also available is \fun{GEN}{polred}{GEN x} ($\fl = 0$). The function
 \kbd{polred0} is provided for backward compatibility; instead of the above
 hardcoded numerical flags (which happen to be inconsistent), one should use
 \fun{GEN}{Polred}{GEN x, long flag, GEN fa} where  flag  is  an or-ed
 combination of \tet{nf_PARTIALFACT} (partial factorization of the
 discriminant) and \tet{nf_ORIG} (give also elements).

Function: polredabs
Class: basic
Section: number_fields
C-Name: polredabs0
Prototype: GD0,L,
Help: polredabs(T,{flag=0}): a smallest generating polynomial of the number
 field for the T2 norm on the roots, with smallest index for the minimal T2
 norm. flag is optional, whose binary digit mean 1: give the element whose
 characteristic polynomial is the given polynomial. 4: give all polynomials
 of minimal T2 norm (give only one of P(x) and P(-x)). 16: partial reduction.
Doc: returns a canonical defining polynomial $P$ for the same number field
 defined by $T$, such that the sum of the squares of the modulus of the
 roots (i.e.~the $T_2$-norm) is minimal. Different $T$ defining isomorphic
 number fields will yield the same $P$.
 All $T$ accepted by \tet{nfinit} are also allowed here: non-monic
 polynomials, \kbd{nf}, \kbd{bnf}, \kbd{[T, Z\_K\_basis]}.
 
 \misctitle{Warning} This routine uses an exponential-time algorithm to
 enumerate all potential generators, and may be exceedingly slow when the
 number field has many subfields, hence a lot of elements of small $T_2$-norm.
 E.g. do not try it on the compositum of many quadratic fields; in that case,
 use \tet{polred} instead.
 
 The binary digits of $\fl$ mean
 
 1: outputs a two-component row vector $[P,a]$, where $P$ is the default
 output and \kbd{Mod(a, P)} is a root of the original $T$.
 
 4: gives \emph{all} polynomials of minimal $T_2$ norm; of the two polynomials
 $P(x)$ and $\pm P(-x)$, only one is given.
 
 16: possibly use a suborder of the maximal order. The primes dividing the
 index of the order chosen are larger than \tet{primelimit} or divide integers
 stored in the \tet{addprimes} table. In that case the polynomial $P$ is
 no longer canonical, and it may happen that it does not have minimal
 $T_2$ norm. You should always include this flag; without it, the routine
 will often spend infinite time trying to factor the discriminant of $T$. As
 long as the discriminant of the \emph{field} $\Q[X]/(T)$ is easy to factor
 (has at most one large prime factor not in the \kbd{addprimes} table), the
 result is the same.
Variant: Instead of the above hardcoded numerical flags, one should use an
 or-ed combination of
 
 \item \tet{nf_PARTIALFACT}: partial factorization of the discriminant,
 possibly work in a non-maximal order. You should always include this.
 
 \item \tet{nf_ORIG}: return $[P, a]$, where \kbd{Mod(a, P)} is a root of $T$.
 
 \item \tet{nf_RAW}: return $[P, b]$, where \kbd{Mod(b, T)} is a root of $P$.
 The algebraic integer $b$ is the raw result produced by the small vectors
 enumeration in the maximal order; $P$ was computed as the characteristic
 polynomial of \kbd{Mod(b, T)}. \kbd{Mod(a, P)} as in \tet{nf_ORIG}
 is obtained with \tet{modreverse}.
 
 \item \tet{nf_ADDZK}: if $r$ is the result produced with some of the above
 flags (of the form $P$ or $[P,c]$), return \kbd{[r,zk]}, where \kbd{zk} is a
 $\Z$-basis for the maximal order of $\Q[X]/(P)$.
 
 \item \tet{nf_ALL}: return a vector of results of the above form, for all
 polynomials of minimal $T_2$-norm.

Function: polredord
Class: basic
Section: number_fields
C-Name: ordred
Prototype: G
Help: polredord(x): reduction of the polynomial x, staying in the same order.
Doc: finds polynomials with reasonably small
 coefficients and of the same degree as that of $x$ defining suborders of the
 order defined by $x$. One of the polynomials always defines $\Q$ (hence
 is equal to $(x-1)^n$, where $n$ is the degree), and another always defines
 the same order as $x$ if $x$ is irreducible. Useless function: try
 \kbd{polred(,1)} or \kbd{polredabs(,16)}.

Function: polresultant
Class: basic
Section: polynomials
C-Name: polresultant0
Prototype: GGDnD0,L,
Help: polresultant(x,y,{v},{flag=0}): resultant of the polynomials x and y,
 with respect to the main variables of x and y if v is omitted, with respect
 to the variable v otherwise. flag is optional, and can be 0: default,
 uses either the subresultant algorithm, a modular algorithm or Sylvester's
 matrix, depending on the inputs; 1 uses Sylvester's matrix (should always be
 slower than the default).
Doc: resultant of the two
 polynomials $x$ and $y$ with exact entries, with respect to the main
 variables of $x$ and $y$ if $v$ is omitted, with respect to the variable $v$
 otherwise. The algorithm assumes the base ring is a domain. If you also need
 the $u$ and $v$ such that $x*u + y*v = res(x,y)$, use the \tet{bezoutres}
 function.
 
 If $\fl=0$ (default), uses the the algorithm best suited to the inputs,
 either the \idx{subresultant algorithm} (Lazard/Ducos variant, generic case),
 a modular algorithm (inputs in $\Q[X]$) or Sylvester's matrix (inexact
 inputs).
 
 If $\fl=1$, uses the determinant of Sylvester's matrix instead; this should
 always be slower than the default.

Function: polroots
Class: basic
Section: polynomials
C-Name: roots0
Prototype: GD0,L,p
Help: polroots(x,{flag=0}): complex roots of the polynomial x. flag is
 optional, and can be 0: default, uses Schonhage's method modified by
 Gourdon, or 1: uses a modified Newton method.
Doc: complex roots of the polynomial
 \var{pol}, given as a column vector where each root is repeated according to
 its multiplicity. The precision is given as for transcendental functions: in
 GP it is kept in the variable \kbd{realprecision} and is transparent to the
 user, but it must be explicitly given as a second argument in library mode.
 
 The algorithm used is a modification of A.~Sch\"onhage\sidx{Sch\"onage}'s
 root-finding algorithm, due to and implemented by X.~Gourdon. Barring bugs, it
 is guaranteed to converge and to give the roots to the required accuracy.
 
 If $\fl=1$, use a variant of the Newton-Raphson method, which is \emph{not}
 guaranteed to converge, nor to give accurate results, but is rather
 fast when it does. If you get the messages ``too many iterations in roots''
 or ``INTERNAL ERROR: incorrect result in roots'', use the default algorithm.
Variant: Also available is \fun{GEN}{roots}{GEN x, long prec}, as well as
 \fun{GEN}{cleanroots}{GEN x, long prec} which ensures that real roots of
 real polynomials are returned as \typ{REAL} (instead of \typ{COMPLEX}s with
 0 imaginary part).

Function: polrootsff
Class: basic
Section: number_theoretical
C-Name: polrootsff
Prototype: GDGDG
Help: polrootsff(x,{p},{a}): returns the roots of the polynomial x in the finite
 field F_p[X]/a(X)F_p[X]. a or p can be omitted if x has t_FFELT coefficients.
Doc: returns the vector of distinct roots of the polynomial $x$ in the field
 $\F_q$ defined by the irreducible polynomial $a$ over $\F_p$. The
 coefficients of $x$ must be operation-compatible with $\Z/p\Z$.
 Either $a$ or $p$ can omitted (in which case both are ignored) if x has
 \typ{FFELT} coefficients:
 \bprog
 ? polrootsff(x^2 + 1, 5, y^2+3)  \\ over F_5[y]/(y^2+3) ~ F_25
 %1 = [Mod(Mod(3, 5), Mod(1, 5)*y^2 + Mod(3, 5)),
       Mod(Mod(2, 5), Mod(1, 5)*y^2 + Mod(3, 5))]
 ? t = ffgen(y^2 + Mod(3,5), 't); \\ a generator for F_25 as a t_FFELT
 ? polrootsff(x^2 + 1)   \\ not enough information to determine the base field
  ***   at top-level: polrootsff(x^2+1)
  ***                 ^-----------------
  *** polrootsff: incorrect type in factorff.
 ? polrootsff(x^2 + t^0) \\ make sure one coeff. is a t_FFELT
 %3 = [3, 2]
 ? polrootsff(x^2 + t + 1)
 %4 = [2*t + 1, 3*t + 4]
 @eprog\noindent
 Notice that the second syntax is easier to use and much more readable.

Function: polrootsmod
Class: basic
Section: polynomials
C-Name: rootmod0
Prototype: GGD0,L,
Help: polrootsmod(pol,p,{flag=0}): roots mod the prime p of the polynomial pol. flag is
 optional, and can be 0: default, or 1: use a naive search, useful for small p.
Description: 
 (pol, int, ?0):vec           rootmod($1, $2)
 (pol, int, 1):vec            rootmod2($1, $2)
 (pol, int, #small):vec       $"Bad flag in polrootsmod"
 (pol, int, small):vec        rootmod0($1, $2, $3)
Doc: row vector of roots modulo $p$ of the polynomial \var{pol}. The
 particular non-prime value $p=4$ is accepted, mainly for $2$-adic
 computations. Multiple roots are \emph{not} repeated.
 \bprog
 ? polrootsmod(x^2-1,2)
 %1 = [Mod(1, 2)]~
 ? polrootsmod(x^2-1,4)
 %2 = [Mod(1, 4), Mod(3, 4)]~
 @eprog\noindent
 If $p$ is very small, you may set $\fl=1$, which uses a naive search.

Function: polrootspadic
Class: basic
Section: polynomials
C-Name: rootpadic
Prototype: GGL
Help: polrootspadic(x,p,r): p-adic roots of the polynomial x to precision r.
Doc: row vector of $p$-adic roots of
 the polynomial \var{pol}, given to $p$-adic precision $r$. Multiple roots are
 \emph{not} repeated. $p$ is assumed to be a prime, and \var{pol} to be
 non-zero modulo $p$. Note that this is not the same as the roots in
 $\Z/p^r\Z$, rather it gives approximations in $\Z/p^r\Z$ of the true
 roots living in $\Q_p$.
 
 If \var{pol} has inexact \typ{PADIC} coefficients, this is not always
 well-defined; in this case, the equation is first made integral, then lifted
 to $\Z$. Hence the roots given are approximations of the roots of a
 polynomial which is $p$-adically close to the input.

Function: polsturm
Class: basic
Section: polynomials
C-Name: sturmpart
Prototype: lGDGDG
Help: polsturm(pol,{a},{b}): number of real roots of the squarefree polynomial
 pol in the interval ]a,b] (which are respectively taken to be -oo or +oo when
 omitted).
Doc: number of real roots of the real squarefree polynomial \var{pol} in the
 interval $]a,b]$, using Sturm's algorithm. $a$ (resp.~$b$) is taken to be
 $-\infty$ (resp.~$+\infty$) if omitted.
Variant: Also available is \fun{long}{sturm}{GEN pol} (total number of real
 roots).

Function: polsubcyclo
Class: basic
Section: polynomials
C-Name: polsubcyclo
Prototype: LLDn
Help: polsubcyclo(n,d,{v=x}): finds an equation (in variable v) for the d-th
 degree subfields of Q(zeta_n). Output is a polynomial or a vector of
 polynomials is there are several such fields, or none.
Doc: gives polynomials (in variable
 $v$) defining the sub-Abelian extensions of degree $d$ of the cyclotomic
 field $\Q(\zeta_n)$, where $d\mid \phi(n)$.
 
 If there is exactly one such extension the output is a polynomial, else it is
 a vector of polynomials, possibly empty. To get a vector in all cases,
 use \kbd{concat([], polsubcyclo(n,d))}
 
 The function \tet{galoissubcyclo} allows to specify more closely which
 sub-Abelian extension should be computed.

Function: polsylvestermatrix
Class: basic
Section: polynomials
C-Name: sylvestermatrix
Prototype: GG
Help: polsylvestermatrix(x,y): forms the sylvester matrix associated to the
 two polynomials x and y. Warning: the polynomial coefficients are in
 columns, not in rows.
Doc: forms the Sylvester matrix
 corresponding to the two polynomials $x$ and $y$, where the coefficients of
 the polynomials are put in the columns of the matrix (which is the natural
 direction for solving equations afterwards). The use of this matrix can be
 essential when dealing with polynomials with inexact entries, since
 polynomial Euclidean division doesn't make much sense in this case.

Function: polsym
Class: basic
Section: polynomials
C-Name: polsym
Prototype: GL
Help: polsym(x,n): column vector of symmetric powers of the roots of x up to n.
Doc: creates the column vector of the \idx{symmetric powers} of the roots of the
 polynomial $x$ up to power $n$, using Newton's formula.

Function: poltchebi
Class: basic
Section: polynomials
C-Name: polchebyshev1
Prototype: LDn
Help: poltchebi(n,{v=x}): Tchebitcheff polynomial of degree n, in variable v.
 (For backward compatibility.)
Doc: creates the $n^{\text{th}}$ \idx{Chebyshev} polynomial~$T_n$ of the
 first kind in variable $v$. This function is retained for backward
 compatibility only. Use \tet{polchebyshev}.

Function: poltschirnhaus
Class: basic
Section: number_fields
C-Name: tschirnhaus
Prototype: G
Help: poltschirnhaus(x): random Tschirnhausen transformation of the
 polynomial x.
Doc: applies a random Tschirnhausen
 transformation to the polynomial $x$, which is assumed to be non-constant
 and separable, so as to obtain a new equation for the \'etale algebra
 defined by $x$. This is for instance useful when computing resolvents,
 hence is used by the \kbd{polgalois} function.

Function: polylog
Class: basic
Section: transcendental
C-Name: polylog0
Prototype: LGD0,L,p
Help: polylog(m,x,{flag=0}): m-th polylogarithm of x. flag is optional, and
 can be 0: default, 1: D_m~-modified m-th polylog of x, 2: D_m-modified m-th
 polylog of x, 3: P_m-modified m-th polylog of x.
Doc: one of the different polylogarithms, depending on \fl:
 
 If $\fl=0$ or is omitted: $m^\text{th}$ polylogarithm of $x$, i.e.~analytic
 continuation of the power series $\text{Li}_m(x)=\sum_{n\ge1}x^n/n^m$
 ($x < 1$). Uses the functional equation linking the values at $x$ and $1/x$
 to restrict to the case $|x|\leq 1$, then the power series when
 $|x|^2\le1/2$, and the power series expansion in $\log(x)$ otherwise.
 
 Using $\fl$, computes a modified $m^\text{th}$ polylogarithm of $x$.
 We use Zagier's notations; let $\Re_m$ denote $\Re$ or $\Im$ depending
 on whether $m$ is odd or even:
 
 If $\fl=1$: compute $\tilde D_m(x)$, defined for $|x|\le1$ by
 $$\Re_m\left(\sum_{k=0}^{m-1} \dfrac{(-\log|x|)^k}{k!}\text{Li}_{m-k}(x)
 +\dfrac{(-\log|x|)^{m-1}}{m!}\log|1-x|\right).$$
 
 If $\fl=2$: compute $D_m(x)$, defined for $|x|\le1$ by
 $$\Re_m\left(\sum_{k=0}^{m-1}\dfrac{(-\log|x|)^k}{k!}\text{Li}_{m-k}(x)
 -\dfrac{1}{2}\dfrac{(-\log|x|)^m}{m!}\right).$$
 
 If $\fl=3$: compute $P_m(x)$, defined for $|x|\le1$ by
 $$\Re_m\left(\sum_{k=0}^{m-1}\dfrac{2^kB_k}{k!}(\log|x|)^k\text{Li}_{m-k}(x)
 -\dfrac{2^{m-1}B_m}{m!}(\log|x|)^m\right).$$
 
 These three functions satisfy the functional equation
 $f_m(1/x) = (-1)^{m-1}f_m(x)$.
Variant: Also available is
 \fun{GEN}{gpolylog}{long m, GEN x, long prec} (\fl = 0).

Function: polzagier
Class: basic
Section: polynomials
C-Name: polzag
Prototype: LL
Help: polzagier(n,m): Zagier's polynomials of index n,m.
Doc: creates Zagier's polynomial $P_n^{(m)}$ used in
 the functions \kbd{sumalt} and \kbd{sumpos} (with $\fl=1$). One must have $m\le
 n$. The exact definition can be found in ``Convergence acceleration of
 alternating series'', Cohen et al., Experiment.~Math., vol.~9, 2000, pp.~3--12.
 
 %@article {MR2001m:11222,
 %    AUTHOR = {Cohen, Henri and Rodriguez Villegas, Fernando and Zagier, Don},
 %     TITLE = {Convergence acceleration of alternating series},
 %   JOURNAL = {Experiment. Math.},
 %    VOLUME = {9},
 %      YEAR = {2000},
 %    NUMBER = {1},
 %     PAGES = {3--12},
 %}

Function: precision
Class: basic
Section: conversions
C-Name: precision0
Prototype: GD0,L,
Help: precision(x,{n}): change the precision of x to be n. If n is omitted,
 output real precision of object x.
Description: 
 (real):small          prec2ndec(gprecision($1))
 (gen):int             precision0($1, 0)
 (real,0):small        prec2ndec(gprecision($1))
 (gen,0):int           precision0($1, 0)
 (real,#small):real    rtor($1, ndec2prec($2))
 (gen,#small):gen      gprec($1, $2)
 (real,small):real     precision0($1, $2)
 (gen,small):gen       precision0($1, $2)
Doc: gives the precision in decimal digits of the PARI object $x$. If $x$ is
 an exact object, the largest single precision integer is returned.
 \bprog
 ? precision(exp(1e-100))
 %1 = 134                \\ 134 significant decimal digits
 ? precision(2 + x)
 %2 = 2147483647         \\ exact object
 ? precision(0.5 + O(x))
 %3 = 28                 \\ floating point accuracy, NOT series precision
 ? precision( [ exp(1e-100), 0.5 ] )
 %4 = 28                 \\ minimal accuracy among components
 @eprog\noindent
 The return value for exact objects is meaningless since it is not even the
 same on 32 and 64-bit machines. The proper way to test whether an object is
 exact is
 \bprog
 ? isexact(x) = precision(x) == precision(0)
 @eprog
 
 If $n$ is not omitted, creates a new object equal to $x$ with a new
 ``precision'' $n$. (This never changes the type of the result. In particular
 it is not possible to use it to obtain a polynomial from a power series; tor
 that, see \tet{truncate}.) Now the meaning of precision is different from the
 above (floating point accuracy), and depends on the type of $x$:
 
 For exact types, no change. For $x$ a vector or a matrix, the operation is
 done componentwise.
 
 For real $x$, $n$ is the number of desired significant \emph{decimal}
 digits. If $n$ is smaller than the precision of $x$, $x$ is truncated,
 otherwise $x$ is extended with zeros.
 
 For $x$ a $p$-adic or a power series, $n$ is the desired number of
 \emph{significant} $p$-adic or $X$-adic digits, where $X$ is the main
 variable of $x$. (Note: yes, this is inconsistent.)
 Note that the precision is a priori distinct from the exponent $k$ appearing
 in $O(*^k)$; it is indeed equal to $k$ if and only if $x$ is a $p$-adic
 or $X$-adic \emph{unit}.
 \bprog
 ? precision(1 + O(x), 10)
 %1 = 1 + O(x^10)
 ? precision(x^2 + O(x^10), 3)
 %2 = x^2 + O(x^5)
 ? precision(7^2 + O(7^10), 3)
 %3 = 7^2 + O(7^5)
 @eprog\noindent
 For the last two examples, note that $x^2 + O(x^5) = x^2(1 + O(x^3))$
 indeed has 3 significant coefficients
Variant: Also available are \fun{GEN}{gprec}{GEN x, long n} and
 \fun{long}{precision}{GEN x}. In both, the accuracy is expressed in
 \emph{words} (32-bit or 64-bit depending on the architecture).

Function: precprime
Class: basic
Section: number_theoretical
C-Name: gprecprime
Prototype: G
Help: precprime(x): largest pseudoprime <= x, 0 if x<=1.
Description: 
 (int):int        precprime($1)
 (gen):gen        gprecprime($1)
Doc: finds the largest pseudoprime (see
 \tet{ispseudoprime}) less than or equal to $x$. $x$ can be of any real type.
 Returns 0 if $x\le1$. Note that if $x$ is a prime, this function returns $x$
 and not the largest prime strictly smaller than $x$. To rigorously prove that
 the result is prime, use \kbd{isprime}.
 The function accepts vector/matrices arguments, and is then applied
 componentwise.
Variant: For a scalar $x$, \fun{long}{precprime}{GEN n} is also available.

Function: prime
Class: basic
Section: number_theoretical
C-Name: prime
Prototype: L
Help: prime(n): returns the n-th prime (n C-integer).
Doc: the $x^{\text{th}}$ prime number, which must be among
 the precalculated primes.

Function: primepi
Class: basic
Section: number_theoretical
C-Name: primepi
Prototype: G
Help: primepi(x): the prime counting function pi(x) = #{p <= x, p prime}.
Description: 
 (gen):int        primepi($1)
Doc: the prime counting function. Returns the number of
 primes $p$, $p \leq x$. Uses a naive algorithm so that $x$ must be less than
 \kbd{primelimit}.

Function: primes
Class: basic
Section: number_theoretical
C-Name: primes
Prototype: L
Help: primes(x): returns the vector of the first x primes.
Doc: creates a row vector whose components
 are the first $x$ prime numbers, which must be among the precalculated primes.
 \bprog
 ? primes(10)           \\ the first 10 primes
 %1 = [2, 3, 5, 7, 11, 13, 17, 19, 23, 29]
 ? primes(primepi(10))  \\ the primes up to 10
 %2 = [2, 3, 5, 7]
 @eprog

Function: print
Class: basic
Section: programming/specific
C-Name: print
Prototype: vs*
Help: print({str}*): outputs its string arguments (in raw format) ending with
 a newline.
Description: 
 (?gen,...):void  pari_printf("${2 format_string}\n"${2 format_args})
Doc: outputs its (string) arguments in raw format, ending with a newline.
 %\syn{NO}

Function: print1
Class: basic
Section: programming/specific
C-Name: print1
Prototype: vs*
Help: print1({str}*): outputs its string arguments (in raw format) without
 ending with newline.
Description: 
 (?gen,...):void  pari_printf("${2 format_string}"${2 format_args})
Doc: outputs its (string) arguments in raw
 format, without ending with a newline. Note that you can still embed newlines
 within your strings, using the \b{n} notation~!
 %\syn{NO}

Function: printf
Class: basic
Section: programming/specific
C-Name: printf0
Prototype: vss*
Help: printf(fmt,{x}*): prints its arguments according to the format fmt.
Doc: This function is based on the C library command of the same name.
 It prints its arguments according to the format \var{fmt}, which specifies how
 subsequent arguments are converted for output. The format is a
 character string composed of zero or more directives:
 
 \item ordinary characters (not \kbd{\%}), printed unchanged,
 
 \item conversions specifications (\kbd{\%} followed by some characters)
 which fetch one argument from the list and prints it according to the
 specification.
 
 More precisely, a conversion specification consists in a \kbd{\%}, one or more
 optional flags (among \kbd{\#}, \kbd{0}, \kbd{-}, \kbd{+}, ` '), an optional
 decimal digit string specifying a minimal field width, an optional precision
 in the form of a period (`\kbd{.}') followed by a decimal digit string, and
 the conversion specifier (among \kbd{d},\kbd{i}, \kbd{o}, \kbd{u},
 \kbd{x},\kbd{X}, \kbd{p}, \kbd{e},\kbd{E}, \kbd{f}, \kbd{g},\kbd{G}, \kbd{s}).
 
 \misctitle{The flag characters} The character \kbd{\%} is followed by zero or
 more of the following flags:
 
 \item \kbd{\#}: The value is converted to an ``alternate form''. For
 \kbd{o} conversion (octal), a \kbd{0} is prefixed to the string. For \kbd{x}
 and \kbd{X} conversions (hexa), respectively \kbd{0x} and \kbd{0X} are
 prepended. For other conversions, the flag is ignored.
 
 \item \kbd{0}: The value should be zero padded. For
 \kbd{d},
 \kbd{i},
 \kbd{o},
 \kbd{u},
 \kbd{x},
 \kbd{X}
 \kbd{e},
 \kbd{E},
 \kbd{f},
 \kbd{F},
 \kbd{g}, and
 \kbd{G} conversions, the value is padded on the left with zeros rather than
 blanks. (If the \kbd{0} and \kbd{-} flags both appear, the \kbd{0} flag is
 ignored.)
 
 \item \kbd{-}: The value is left adjusted on the field boundary. (The
 default is right justification.) The value is padded on the right with
 blanks, rather than on the left with blanks or zeros. A \kbd{-} overrides a
 \kbd{0} if both are given.
 
 \item \kbd{` '} (a space): A blank is left before a positive number
 produced by a signed conversion.
 
 \item \kbd{+}: A sign (+ or -) is placed before a number produced by a
 signed conversion. A \kbd{+} overrides a space if both are used.
 
 \misctitle{The field width} An optional decimal digit string (whose first
 digit is non-zero) specifying a \emph{minimum} field width. If the value has
 fewer characters than the field width, it is padded with spaces on the left
 (or right, if the left-adjustment flag has been given). In no case does a
 small field width cause truncation of a field; if the value is wider than
 the field width, the field is expanded to contain the conversion result.
 Instead of a decimal digit string, one may write \kbd{*} to specify that the
 field width is given in the next argument.
 
 \misctitle{The precision} An optional precision in the form of a period
 (`\kbd{.}') followed by a decimal digit string. This gives
 the number of digits to appear after the radix character for \kbd{e},
 \kbd{E}, \kbd{f}, and \kbd{F} conversions, the maximum number of significant
 digits for \kbd{g} and \kbd{G} conversions, and the maximum number of
 characters to be printed from an \kbd{s} conversion.
 Instead of a decimal digit string, one may write \kbd{*} to specify that the
 field width is given in the next argument.
 
 \misctitle{The length modifier} This is ignored under \kbd{gp}, but
 necessary for \kbd{libpari} programming. Description given here for
 completeness:
 
 \item \kbd{l}: argument is a \kbd{long} integer.
 
 \item \kbd{P}: argument is a \kbd{GEN}.
 
 \misctitle{The conversion specifier} A character that specifies the type of
 conversion to be applied.
 
 \item \kbd{d}, \kbd{i}: A signed integer.
 
 \item \kbd{o}, \kbd{u}, \kbd{x}, \kbd{X}: An unsigned integer, converted
 to unsigned octal (\kbd{o}), decimal (\kbd{u}) or hexadecimal (\kbd{x} or
 \kbd{X}) notation. The letters \kbd{abcdef} are used for \kbd{x}
 conversions;  the letters \kbd{ABCDEF} are used for \kbd{X} conversions.
 
 \item \kbd{e}, \kbd{E}: The (real) argument is converted in the style
 \kbd{[ -]d.ddd e[ -]dd}, where there is one digit before the decimal point,
 and the number of digits after it is equal to the precision; if the
 precision is missing, use the current \kbd{realprecision} for the total
 number of printed digits. If the precision is explicitly 0, no decimal-point
 character appears. An \kbd{E} conversion uses the letter \kbd{E} rather
 than \kbd{e} to introduce the exponent.
 
 \item \kbd{f}, \kbd{F}: The (real) argument is converted in the style
 \kbd{[ -]ddd.ddd}, where the number of digits after the decimal point
 is equal to the precision; if the precision is missing, use the current
 \kbd{realprecision} for the total number of printed digits. If the precision
 is explicitly 0, no decimal-point character appears. If a decimal point
 appears, at least one digit appears before it.
 
 \item \kbd{g}, \kbd{G}: The (real) argument is converted in style
 \kbd{e} or \kbd{f} (or \kbd{E} or \kbd{F} for \kbd{G} conversions)
 \kbd{[ -]ddd.ddd}, where the total number of digits printed
 is equal to the precision; if the precision is missing, use the current
 \kbd{realprecision}. If the precision is explicitly 0, it is treated as 1.
 Style \kbd{e} is used when
 the decimal exponent is $< -4$, to print \kbd{0.}, or when the integer
 part cannot be decided given the known significant digits, and the \kbd{f}
 format otherwise.
 
 \item \kbd{c}: The integer argument is converted to an unsigned char, and the
 resulting character is written.
 
 \item \kbd{s}: Convert to a character string. If a precision is given, no
 more than the specified number of characters are written.
 
 \item \kbd{p}: Print the address of the argument in hexadecimal (as if by
 \kbd{\%\#x}).
 
 \item \kbd{\%}: A \kbd{\%} is written. No argument is converted. The complete
 conversion specification is \kbd{\%\%}.
 
 \noindent Examples:
 
 \bprog
 ? printf("floor: %d, field width 3: %3d, with sign: %+3d\n", Pi, 1, 2);
 floor: 3, field width 3:   1, with sign:  +2
 
 ? printf("%.5g %.5g %.5g\n",123,123/456,123456789);
 123.00 0.26974 1.2346 e8
 
 ? printf("%-2.5s:%2.5s:%2.5s\n", "P", "PARI", "PARIGP");
 P :PARI:PARIG
 
 \\ min field width and precision given by arguments
 ? x = 23; y=-1/x; printf("x=%+06.2f y=%+0*.*f\n", x, 6, 2, y);
 x=+23.00 y=-00.04
 
 \\ minimum fields width 5, pad left with zeroes
 ? for (i = 2, 5, printf("%05d\n", 10^i))
 00100
 01000
 10000
 100000  \\@com don't truncate fields whose length is larger than the minimum width
 ? printf("%.2f  |%06.2f|", Pi,Pi)
 3.14  |  3.14|
 @eprog\noindent All numerical conversions apply recursively to the entries
 of vectors and matrices:
 \bprog
 ? printf("%4d", [1,2,3]);
 [   1,   2,   3]
 ? printf("%5.2f", mathilbert(3));
 [ 1.00  0.50  0.33]
 
 [ 0.50  0.33  0.25]
 
 [ 0.33  0.25  0.20]
 @eprog
 \misctitle{Technical note} Our implementation of \tet{printf}
 deviates from the C89 and C99 standards in a few places:
 
 \item whenever a precision is missing, the current \kbd{realprecision} is
 used to determine the number of printed digits (C89: use 6 decimals after
 the radix character).
 
 \item in conversion style \kbd{e}, we do not impose that the
 exponent has at least two digits; we never write a \kbd{+} sign in the
 exponent; 0 is printed in a special way, always as \kbd{0.E\var{exp}}.
 
 \item in conversion style \kbd{f}, we switch to style \kbd{e} if the
 exponent is greater or equal to the precision.
 
 \item in conversion \kbd{g} and \kbd{G}, we do not remove trailing zeros
  from the fractional part of the result; nor a trailing decimal point;
  0 is printed in a special way, always as \kbd{0.E\var{exp}}.
 %\syn{NO}

Function: printtex
Class: basic
Section: programming/specific
C-Name: printtex
Prototype: vs*
Help: printtex({str}*): outputs its string arguments in TeX format.
Doc: outputs its (string) arguments in \TeX\ format. This output can then be
 used in a \TeX\ manuscript.
 The printing is done on the standard output. If you want to print it to a
 file you should use \kbd{writetex} (see there).
 
 Another possibility is to enable the \tet{log} default
 (see~\secref{se:defaults}).
 You could for instance do:\sidx{logfile}
 %
 \bprog
 default(logfile, "new.tex");
 default(log, 1);
 printtex(result);
 @eprog
 %\syn{NO}

Function: prod
Class: basic
Section: sums
C-Name: produit
Prototype: V=GGEDG
Help: prod(X=a,b,expr,{x=1}): x times the product (X runs from a to b) of
 expression.
Doc: product of expression
 \var{expr}, initialized at $x$, the formal parameter $X$ going from $a$ to
 $b$. As for \kbd{sum}, the main purpose of the initialization parameter $x$
 is to force the type of the operations being performed. For example if it is
 set equal to the integer 1, operations will start being done exactly. If it
 is set equal to the real $1.$, they will be done using real numbers having
 the default precision. If it is set equal to the power series $1+O(X^k)$ for
 a certain $k$, they will be done using power series of precision at most $k$.
 These are the three most common initializations.
 
 \noindent As an extreme example, compare
 
 \bprog
 ? prod(i=1, 100, 1 - X^i);  \\@com this has degree $5050$ !!
 time = 128 ms.
 ? prod(i=1, 100, 1 - X^i, 1 + O(X^101))
 time = 8 ms.
 %2 = 1 - X - X^2 + X^5 + X^7 - X^12 - X^15 + X^22 + X^26 - X^35 - X^40 + \
 X^51 + X^57 - X^70 - X^77 + X^92 + X^100 + O(X^101)
 @eprog\noindent
 Of course, in  this specific case, it is faster to use \tet{eta},
 which is computed using Euler's formula.
 \bprog
 ? prod(i=1, 1000, 1 - X^i, 1 + O(X^1001));
 time = 589 ms.
 ? \ps1000
 seriesprecision = 1000 significant terms
 ? eta(X) - %
 time = 8ms.
 %4 = O(X^1001)
 @eprog
 
 \synt{produit}{GEN a, GEN b, char *expr, GEN x}.

Function: prodeuler
Class: basic
Section: sums
C-Name: prodeuler0
Prototype: V=GGEp
Help: prodeuler(X=a,b,expr): Euler product (X runs over the primes between a
 and b) of real or complex expression.
Doc: product of expression \var{expr},
 initialized at 1. (i.e.~to a \emph{real} number equal to 1 to the current
 \kbd{realprecision}), the formal parameter $X$ ranging over the prime numbers
 between $a$ and $b$.\sidx{Euler product}
 
 \synt{prodeuler}{void *E, GEN (*eval)(void*,GEN), GEN a,GEN b, long prec}.

Function: prodinf
Class: basic
Section: sums
C-Name: prodinf0
Prototype: V=GED0,L,p
Help: prodinf(X=a,expr,{flag=0}): infinite product (X goes from a to
 infinity) of real or complex expression. flag can be 0 (default) or 1, in
 which case compute the product of the 1+expr instead.
Wrapper: (,G)
Description: 
  (gen,gen,?small):gen:prec prodinf(${2 cookie}, ${2 wrapper}, $1, $3, prec)
Doc: \idx{infinite product} of
 expression \var{expr}, the formal parameter $X$ starting at $a$. The evaluation
 stops when the relative error of the expression minus 1 is less than the
 default precision. In particular, non-convergent products result in infinite
 loops. The expressions must always evaluate to an element of $\C$.
 
 If $\fl=1$, do the product of the ($1+\var{expr}$) instead.
 
 \synt{prodinf}{void *E, GEN (*eval)(void*,GEN), GEN a, long prec}
 ($\fl=0$), or \tet{prodinf1} with the same arguments ($\fl=1$).

Function: psdraw
Class: highlevel
Section: graphic
C-Name: postdraw_flag
Prototype: vGD0,L,
Help: psdraw(list, {flag=0}): same as plotdraw, except that the output is a
 PostScript program in psfile (pari.ps by default), and flag!=0 scales the
 plot from size of the current output device to the standard PostScript
 plotting size.
Doc: same as \kbd{plotdraw}, except that the output is a PostScript program
 appended to the \kbd{psfile}, and flag!=0 scales the plot from size of the
 current output device to the standard PostScript plotting size

Function: psi
Class: basic
Section: transcendental
C-Name: gpsi
Prototype: Gp
Help: psi(x): psi-function at x.
Doc: the $\psi$-function of $x$, i.e.~the
 logarithmic derivative $\Gamma'(x)/\Gamma(x)$.

Function: psploth
Class: highlevel
Section: graphic
C-Name: postploth
Prototype: V=GGEpD0,L,D0,L,
Help: psploth(X=a,b,expr,{flags=0},{n=0}): same as ploth, except that the
 output is a PostScript program in psfile (pari.ps by default).
Doc: same as \kbd{ploth}, except that the output is a PostScript program
 appended to the \kbd{psfile}.

Function: psplothraw
Class: highlevel
Section: graphic
C-Name: postplothraw
Prototype: GGD0,L,
Help: psplothraw(listx,listy,{flag=0}): same as plothraw, except that the
 output is a postscript program in psfile (pari.ps by default).
Doc: same as \kbd{plothraw}, except that the output is a PostScript program
 appended to the \kbd{psfile}.

Function: qfbclassno
Class: basic
Section: number_theoretical
C-Name: qfbclassno0
Prototype: GD0,L,
Help: qfbclassno(D,{flag=0}): class number of discriminant D using Shanks's
 method by default. If (optional) flag is set to 1, use Euler products.
Doc: ordinary class number of the quadratic
 order of discriminant $D$. In the present version \vers, a $O(D^{1/2})$
 algorithm is used for $D > 0$ (using Euler product and the functional
 equation) so $D$ should not be too large, say $D < 10^8$, for the time to be
 reasonable. On the other hand, for $D < 0$ one can reasonably compute
 \kbd{qfbclassno($D$)} for $|D|<10^{25}$, since the routine uses
 \idx{Shanks}'s method which is in $O(|D|^{1/4})$. For larger values of $|D|$,
 see \kbd{quadclassunit}.
 
 If $\fl=1$, compute the class number using \idx{Euler product}s and the
 functional equation. However, it is in $O(|D|^{1/2})$.
 
 \misctitle{Important warning} For $D < 0$, this function may give incorrect
 results when the class group has many cyclic factors,
 because implementing \idx{Shanks}'s method in full generality slows it down
 immensely. It is therefore strongly recommended to double-check results using
 either the version with $\fl = 1$ or the function \kbd{quadclassunit}.
 
 \misctitle{Warning} Contrary to what its name implies, this routine does not
 compute the number of classes of binary primitive forms of discriminant $D$,
 which is equal to the \emph{narrow} class number. The two notions are the same
 when $D < 0$ or the fundamental unit $\varepsilon$ has negative norm; when $D
 > 0$ and $N\varepsilon > 0$, the number of classes of forms is twice the
 ordinary class number. This is a problem which we cannot fix for backward
 compatibility reasons. Use the following routine if you are only interested
 in the number of classes of forms:
 \bprog
 QFBclassno(D) =
 qfbclassno(D) * if (D < 0 || norm(quadunit(D)) < 0, 1, 2)
 @eprog\noindent
 Here are a few examples:
 \bprog
 ? qfbclassno(400000028)
 time = 3,140 ms.
 %1 = 1
 ? quadclassunit(400000028).no
 time = 20 ms. \\@com{ much faster}
 %2 = 1
 ? qfbclassno(-400000028)
 time = 0 ms.
 %3 = 7253 \\@com{ correct, and fast enough}
 ? quadclassunit(-400000028).no
 time = 0 ms.
 %4 = 7253
 @eprog\noindent
 See also \kbd{qfbhclassno}.
Variant: The following functions are also available:
 
 \fun{GEN}{classno}{GEN D} ($\fl = 0$)
 
 \fun{GEN}{classno2}{GEN D} ($\fl = 1$).
 
 \noindent Finally
 
 \fun{GEN}{hclassno}{GEN D} computes the class number of an imaginary
 quadratic field by counting reduced forms, an $O(|D|)$ algorithm.

Function: qfbcompraw
Class: basic
Section: number_theoretical
C-Name: qfbcompraw
Prototype: GG
Help: qfbcompraw(x,y): Gaussian composition without reduction of the binary
 quadratic forms x and y.
Doc: \idx{composition} of the binary quadratic forms
 $x$ and $y$, without \idx{reduction} of the result. This is useful e.g.~to
 compute a generating element of an ideal.

Function: qfbhclassno
Class: basic
Section: number_theoretical
C-Name: hclassno
Prototype: G
Help: qfbhclassno(x): Hurwitz-Kronecker class number of x>0.
Doc: \idx{Hurwitz class number} of $x$, where
 $x$ is non-negative and congruent to 0 or 3 modulo 4. For $x > 5\cdot
 10^5$, we assume the GRH, and use \kbd{quadclassunit} with default
 parameters.

Function: qfbnucomp
Class: basic
Section: number_theoretical
C-Name: nucomp
Prototype: GGG
Help: qfbnucomp(x,y,L): composite of primitive positive definite quadratic
 forms x and y using nucomp and nudupl, where L=[|D/4|^(1/4)] is precomputed.
Doc: \idx{composition} of the primitive positive
 definite binary quadratic forms $x$ and $y$ (type \typ{QFI}) using the NUCOMP
 and NUDUPL algorithms of \idx{Shanks}, \`a la Atkin. $L$ is any positive
 constant, but for optimal speed, one should take $L=|D|^{1/4}$, where $D$ is
 the common discriminant of $x$ and $y$. When $x$ and $y$ do not have the same
 discriminant, the result is undefined.
 
 The current implementation is straightforward and in general \emph{slower}
 than the generic routine (since the latter takes advantage of asymptotically
 fast operations and careful optimizations).
Variant: Also available is \fun{GEN}{nudupl}{GEN x, GEN L} when $x=y$.

Function: qfbnupow
Class: basic
Section: number_theoretical
C-Name: nupow
Prototype: GG
Help: qfbnupow(x,n): n-th power of primitive positive definite quadratic
 form x using nucomp and nudupl.
Doc: $n$-th power of the primitive positive definite
 binary quadratic form $x$ using \idx{Shanks}'s NUCOMP and NUDUPL algorithms
 (see \kbd{qfbnucomp}, in particular the final warning).

Function: qfbpowraw
Class: basic
Section: number_theoretical
C-Name: qfbpowraw
Prototype: GL
Help: qfbpowraw(x,n): n-th power without reduction of the binary quadratic
 form x.
Doc: $n$-th power of the binary quadratic form
 $x$, computed without doing any \idx{reduction} (i.e.~using \kbd{qfbcompraw}).
 Here $n$ must be non-negative and $n<2^{31}$.

Function: qfbprimeform
Class: basic
Section: number_theoretical
C-Name: primeform
Prototype: GGp
Help: qfbprimeform(x,p): returns the prime form of discriminant x, whose
 first coefficient is p.
Doc: prime binary quadratic form of discriminant
 $x$ whose first coefficient is $p$, where $|p|$ is a prime number.
 By abuse of notation,
 $p = \pm 1$ is also valid and returns the unit form. Returns an
 error if $x$ is not a quadratic residue mod $p$, or if $x < 0$ and $p < 0$.
 (Negative definite \typ{QFI} are not implemented.) In the case where $x>0$,
 the ``distance'' component of the form is set equal to zero according to the
 current precision.

Function: qfbred
Class: basic
Section: number_theoretical
C-Name: qfbred0
Prototype: GD0,L,DGDGDG
Help: qfbred(x,{flag=0},{d},{isd},{sd}): reduction of the binary
 quadratic form x. All other args. are optional. The arguments d, isd and
 sd, if
 present, supply the values of the discriminant, floor(sqrt(d)) and sqrt(d)
 respectively. If d<0, its value is not used and all references to Shanks's
 distance hereafter are meaningless. flag can be any of 0: default, uses
 Shanks's distance function d; 1: use d, do a single reduction step; 2: do
 not use d; 3: do not use d, single reduction step.
Doc: reduces the binary quadratic form $x$ (updating Shanks's distance function
 if $x$ is indefinite). The binary digits of $\fl$ are toggles meaning
 
 \quad 1: perform a single \idx{reduction} step
 
 \quad 2: don't update \idx{Shanks}'s distance
 
 The arguments $d$, \var{isd}, \var{sd}, if present, supply the values of the
 discriminant, $\floor{\sqrt{d}}$, and $\sqrt{d}$ respectively
 (no checking is done of these facts). If $d<0$ these values are useless,
 and all references to Shanks's distance are irrelevant.
Variant: Also available are
 
 \fun{GEN}{redimag}{GEN x} (for definite $x$),
 
 \noindent and for indefinite forms:
 
 \fun{GEN}{redreal}{GEN x}
 
 \fun{GEN}{rhoreal}{GEN x} (= \kbd{qfbred(x,1)}),
 
 \fun{GEN}{redrealnod}{GEN x, GEN isd} (= \kbd{qfbred(x,2,,isd)}),
 
 \fun{GEN}{rhorealnod}{GEN x, GEN isd} (= \kbd{qfbred(x,3,,isd)}).

Function: qfbsolve
Class: basic
Section: number_theoretical
C-Name: qfbsolve
Prototype: GG
Help: qfbsolve(Q,p): Return [x,y] so that Q(x,y)=p where Q is a binary
 quadratic form and p a prime number, or 0 if there is no solution.
Doc: Solve the equation $Q(x,y)=p$ over the integers,
 where $Q$ is a binary quadratic form and $p$ a prime number.
 
 Return $[x,y]$ as a two-components vector, or zero if there is no solution.
 Note that this function returns only one solution and not all the solutions.
 
 Let $D = \disc Q$. The algorithm used runs in probabilistic polynomial time
 in $p$ (through the computation of a square root of $D$ modulo $p$); it is
 polynomial time in $D$ if $Q$ is imaginary, but exponential time if $Q$ is
 real (through the computation of a full cycle of reduced forms). In the
 latter case, note that \tet{bnfisprincipal} provides a solution in heuristic
 subexponential time in $D$ assuming the GRH.

Function: qfgaussred
Class: basic
Section: linear_algebra
C-Name: qfgaussred
Prototype: G
Help: qfgaussred(q): square reduction of the (symmetric) matrix q (returns a
 square matrix whose i-th diagonal term is the coefficient of the i-th square
 in which the coefficient of the i-th variable is 1).
Doc: 
 \idx{decomposition into squares} of the
 quadratic form represented by the symmetric matrix $q$. The result is a
 matrix whose diagonal entries are the coefficients of the squares, and the
 off-diagonal entries on each line represent the bilinear forms. More
 precisely, if $(a_{ij})$ denotes the output, one has
 $$ q(x) = \sum_i a_{ii} (x_i + \sum_{j \neq i} a_{ij} x_j)^2 $$
 \bprog
 ? qfgaussred([0,1;1,0])
 %1 =
 [1/2 1]
 
 [-1 -1/2]
 @eprog\noindent This means that $2xy = (1/2)(x+y)^2 - (1/2)(x-y)^2$.
Variant: \fun{GEN}{qfgaussred_positive}{GEN q} assumes that $q$ is
  positive definite and is a little faster; returns \kbd{NULL} if a vector
  with negative norm occurs (non positive matrix or too many rounding errors).

Function: qfjacobi
Class: basic
Section: linear_algebra
C-Name: jacobi
Prototype: Gp
Help: qfjacobi(x): eigenvalues and orthogonal matrix of eigenvectors of the
 real symmetric matrix x.
Doc: $x$ being a real symmetric matrix, this gives a
 vector having two components: the first one is the vector of (real)
 eigenvalues of $x$, sorted in increasing order, the second is the
 corresponding orthogonal matrix of eigenvectors of $x$. The method used is
 Jacobi's method for symmetric matrices.

Function: qflll
Class: basic
Section: linear_algebra
C-Name: qflll0
Prototype: GD0,L,
Help: qflll(x,{flag=0}): LLL reduction of the vectors forming the matrix x
 (gives the unimodular transformation matrix T such that x*T is LLL-reduced). flag is
 optional, and can be 0: default, 1: assumes x is integral, 2: assumes x is
 integral, returns a partially reduced basis,
 4: assumes x is integral, returns [K,T] where K is the integer kernel of x
 and T the LLL reduced image, 5: same as 4 but x may have polynomial
 coefficients, 8: same as 0 but x may have polynomial coefficients.
Description: 
 (vec, ?0):vec       lll($1)
 (vec, 1):vec        lllint($1)
 (vec, 2):vec        lllintpartial($1)
 (vec, 4):vec        lllkerim($1)
 (vec, 5):vec        lllkerimgen($1)
 (vec, 8):vec        lllgen($1)
 (vec, #small):vec   $"Bad flag in qflll"
 (vec, small):vec    qflll0($1, $2)
Doc: \idx{LLL} algorithm applied to the
 \emph{columns} of the matrix $x$. The columns of $x$ may be linearly
 dependent. The result is a unimodular transformation matrix $T$ such that $x
 \cdot T$ is an LLL-reduced basis of the lattice generated by the column
 vectors of $x$. Note that if $x$ is not of maximal rank $T$ will not be
 square. The LLL parameters are $(0.51,0.99)$, meaning that the Gram-Schmidt
 coefficients for the final basis satisfy $\mu_{i,j} \leq |0.51|$, and the
 Lov\'{a}sz's constant is $0.99$.
 
 If $\fl=0$ (default), assume that $x$ has either exact (integral or
 rational) or real floating point entries. The matrix is rescaled, converted
 to integers and the behavior is then as in $\fl = 1$.
 
 If $\fl=1$, assume that $x$ is integral. Computations involving Gram-Schmidt
 vectors are approximate, with precision varying as needed (Lehmer's trick,
 as generalized by Schnorr). Adapted from Nguyen and Stehl\'e's algorithm
 and Stehl\'e's code (\kbd{fplll-1.3}).
 
 If $\fl=2$, $x$ should be an integer matrix whose columns are linearly
 independent. Returns a partially reduced basis for $x$, using an unpublished
 algorithm by Peter Montgomery: a basis is said to be \emph{partially reduced}
 if $|v_i \pm v_j| \geq |v_i|$ for any two distinct basis vectors $v_i, \,
 v_j$.
 
 This is faster than $\fl=1$, esp. when one row is huge compared
 to the other rows (knapsack-style), and should quickly produce relatively
 short vectors. The resulting basis is \emph{not} LLL-reduced in general.
 If LLL reduction is eventually desired, avoid this partial reduction:
 applying LLL to the partially reduced matrix is significantly \emph{slower}
 than starting from a knapsack-type lattice.
 
 If $\fl=4$, as $\fl=1$, returning a vector $[K, T]$ of matrices: the
 columns of $K$ represent a basis of the integer kernel of $x$
 (not LLL-reduced in general) and $T$ is the transformation
 matrix such that $x\cdot T$ is an LLL-reduced $\Z$-basis of the image
 of the matrix $x$.
 
 If $\fl=5$, case as case $4$, but $x$ may have polynomial coefficients.
 
 If $\fl=8$, same as case $0$, but $x$ may have polynomial coefficients.
Variant: Also available are \fun{GEN}{lll}{GEN x} ($\fl=0$),
 \fun{GEN}{lllint}{GEN x} ($\fl=1$), and \fun{GEN}{lllkerim}{GEN x} ($\fl=4$).

Function: qflllgram
Class: basic
Section: linear_algebra
C-Name: qflllgram0
Prototype: GD0,L,
Help: qflllgram(G,{flag=0}): LLL reduction of the lattice whose gram matrix
 is G (gives the unimodular transformation matrix). flag is optional and can
 be 0: default,1: assumes x is integral, 4: assumes x is integral,
 returns [K,T],  where K is the integer kernel of x
 and T the LLL reduced image, 5: same as 4 but x may have polynomial
 coefficients, 8: same as 0 but x may have polynomial coefficients.
Doc: same as \kbd{qflll}, except that the
 matrix $G = \kbd{x\til * x}$ is the Gram matrix of some lattice vectors $x$,
 and not the coordinates of the vectors themselves. In particular, $G$ must
 now be a square symmetric real matrix, corresponding to a positive
 quadratic form (not necessarily definite: $x$ needs not have maximal rank).
 The result is a unimodular
 transformation matrix $T$ such that $x \cdot T$ is an LLL-reduced basis of
 the lattice generated by the column vectors of $x$. See \tet{qflll} for
 further details about the LLL implementation.
 
 If $\fl=0$ (default), assume that $G$ has either exact (integral or
 rational) or real floating point entries. The matrix is rescaled, converted
 to integers and the behavior is then as in $\fl = 1$.
 
 If $\fl=1$, assume that $G$ is integral. Computations involving Gram-Schmidt
 vectors are approximate, with precision varying as needed (Lehmer's trick,
 as generalized by Schnorr). Adapted from Nguyen and Stehl\'e's algorithm
 and Stehl\'e's code (\kbd{fplll-1.3}).
 
 $\fl=4$: $G$ has integer entries, gives the kernel and reduced image of $x$.
 
 $\fl=5$: same as $4$, but $G$ may have polynomial coefficients.
Variant: Also available are \fun{GEN}{lllgram}{GEN G} ($\fl=0$),
 \fun{GEN}{lllgramint}{GEN G} ($\fl=1$), and \fun{GEN}{lllgramkerim}{GEN G}
 ($\fl=4$).

Function: qfminim
Class: basic
Section: linear_algebra
C-Name: qfminim0
Prototype: GDGDGD0,L,p
Help: qfminim(x,{b},{m},{flag=0}): x being a square and symmetric
 matrix representing a positive definite quadratic form, this function
 deals with the vectors of x whose norm is less than or equal to b,
 enumerated using the Fincke-Pohst algorithm, storing at most m vectors (no
 limit if m is omitted). The function searches for
 the minimal non-zero vectors if b is omitted. The precise behavior
 depends on flag. 0: seeks at most 2m vectors (unless m omitted), returns
 [N,M,mat] where N is the number of vectors found, M the maximum norm among
 these, and mat lists half the vectors (the other half is given by -mat). 1:
 ignores m and returns the first vector whose norm is less than b. 2: as 0
 but uses a more robust, slower implementation, valid for non integral
 quadratic forms.
Doc: $x$ being a square and symmetric matrix representing a positive definite
 quadratic form, this function deals with the vectors of $x$ whose norm is
 less than or equal to $b$, enumerated using the Fincke-Pohst algorithm,
 storing at most $m$ vectors (no limit if $m$ is omitted). The function
 searches for the minimal non-zero vectors if $b$ is omitted. The behavior is
 undefined if $x$ is not positive definite (a ``precision too low'' error is
 most likely, although more precise error messages are possible). The precise
 behavior depends on $\fl$.
 
 If $\fl=0$ (default), seeks at most $2m$ vectors. The result is a
 three-component vector, the first component being the number of vectors
 found, the second being the maximum norm found, and the last vector is a
 matrix whose columns are the vectors found, only one being given for each
 pair $\pm v$ (at most $m$ such pairs, unless $m$ was omitted). The vectors
 are returned in no particular order.
 
 If $\fl=1$, ignores $m$ and returns the first vector whose norm is less
 than $b$. In this variant, an explicit $b$ must be provided.
 
 In these two cases, $x$ must have \emph{integral} entries. The
 implementation uses low precision floating point computations for maximal
 speed, which gives incorrect result when $x$ has large entries. (The
 condition is checked in the code and the routine raises an error if
 large rounding errors occur.) A more robust, but much slower,
 implementation is chosen if the following flag is used:
 
 If $\fl=2$, $x$ can have non integral real entries. In this case, if $b$
 is omitted, the ``minimal'' vectors only have approximately the same norm.
 If $b$ is omitted, $m$ is an upper bound for the number of vectors that
 will be stored and returned, but all minimal vectors are nevertheless
 enumerated. If $m$ is omitted, all vectors found are stored and returned;
 note that this may be a huge vector!
 
 \bprog
 ? x = matid(2);
 ? qfminim(x)  \\@com 4 minimal vectors of norm 1: $\pm[0,1]$, $\pm[1,0]$
 %2 = [4, 1, [0, 1; 1, 0]]
 ? { x =
 [4, 2, 0, 0, 0,-2, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1,-1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0,-1, 0, 0, 0,-2;
  2, 4,-2,-2, 0,-2, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,-1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,-1, 0, 1,-1,-1;
  0,-2, 4, 0,-2, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,-1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1,-1,-1, 0, 0;
  0,-2, 0, 4, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1,-1, 0, 0, 0, 1,-1, 0, 1,-1, 1, 0;
  0, 0,-2, 0, 4, 0, 0, 0, 1,-1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0,-2, 0, 0,-1, 1, 1, 0, 0;
 -2, -2,0, 0, 0, 4,-2, 0,-1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0,-1, 1, 1;
  0, 0, 0, 0, 0,-2, 4,-2, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0,-1, 0, 0, 0, 1,-1, 0;
  0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,-2, 4, 0, 0, 0, 0,-1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,-1,-1,-1, 0, 1, 0;
  0, 0, 0, 0, 1,-1, 0, 0, 4, 0,-2, 0, 1, 1, 0,-1, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0;
  0, 0, 0, 0,-1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 4, 0, 0, 1, 1,-1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0;
  0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,-2, 0, 4,-2, 0,-1, 0, 0, 0,-1, 0,-1, 0, 0, 0, 0;
  0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,-2, 4,-1, 1, 0, 0,-1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1,-1, 0;
  1, 0,-1, 1, 1, 0, 0,-1, 1, 1, 0,-1, 4, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1,-1;
 -1,-1, 1,-1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1,-1, 1, 0, 4, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1;
  0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,-1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 4, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0;
  0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,-1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 4, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0;
  0, 0, 1, 0,-2, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,-1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 4, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1;
  1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0,-1, 0, 1, 0,-1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 4, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1, 0;
  0, 0, 0,-1, 0, 1, 0,-1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 0, 4, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1;
 -1, -1,1, 0,-1, 1, 0,-1, 0, 1,-1, 1, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 4, 0, 0, 1, 1;
  0, 0,-1, 1, 1, 0, 0,-1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 4, 1, 0, 1;
  0, 1,-1,-1, 1,-1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 4, 0, 1;
  0,-1, 0, 1, 0, 1,-1, 1, 0, 1, 0,-1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1, 0, 0, 4, 1;
 -2,-1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,-1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 4]; }
 ? qfminim(x,,0)  \\ the Leech lattice has 196560 minimal vectors of norm 4
 time = 648 ms.
 %4 = [196560, 4, [;]]
 ? qfminim(x,,0,2); \\ safe algorithm. Slower and unnecessary here.
 time = 18,161 ms.
 %5 = [196560, 4.000061035156250000, [;]]
 @eprog\noindent\sidx{Leech lattice}\sidx{minimal vector}
 In the last example, we store 0 vectors to limit memory use. All minimal
 vectors are nevertheless enumerated. Provided \kbd{parisize} is about 50MB,
 \kbd{qfminim(x)} succeeds in 2.5 seconds.
Variant: Also available are
 \fun{GEN}{minim}{GEN x, GEN b = NULL, GEN m = NULL} ($\fl=0$),
 \fun{GEN}{minim2}{GEN x, GEN b = NULL, GEN m = NULL} ($\fl=1$).

Function: qfperfection
Class: basic
Section: linear_algebra
C-Name: perf
Prototype: G
Help: qfperfection(G): rank of matrix of xx~ for x minimal vectors of a gram
 matrix G.
Doc: 
 $G$ being a square and symmetric matrix with
 integer entries representing a positive definite quadratic form, outputs the
 perfection rank of the form. That is, gives the rank of the family of the $s$
 symmetric matrices $v_iv_i^t$, where $s$ is half the number of minimal
 vectors and the $v_i$ ($1\le i\le s$) are the minimal vectors.
 
 Since this requires computing the minimal vectors, the computations can
 become very lengthy as the dimension of $x$ grows.

Function: qfrep
Class: basic
Section: linear_algebra
C-Name: qfrep0
Prototype: GGD0,L,
Help: qfrep(q,B,{flag=0}): vector of (half) the number of vectors of norms
 from 1 to B for the integral and definite quadratic form q. Binary digits of
 flag mean 1: count vectors of even norm from 1 to 2B, 2: return a t_VECSMALL
 instead of a t_VEC.
Doc: 
 $q$ being a square and symmetric
 matrix with integer entries representing a positive definite quadratic form,
 outputs the vector whose $i$-th entry, $1 \leq i \leq B$ is half the number
 of vectors $v$ such that $q(v) = i$. This routine uses a naive algorithm
 based on \tet{qfminim}, and will fail if any entry becomes larger than
 $2^{31}$.
 
 \noindent The binary digits of \fl\ mean:
 
 \item 1: count vectors of even norm from $1$ to $2B$.
 
 \item 2: return a \typ{VECSMALL} instead of a \typ{VEC}

Function: qfsign
Class: basic
Section: linear_algebra
C-Name: qfsign
Prototype: G
Help: qfsign(x): signature of the symmetric matrix x.
Doc: 
 returns $[p,m]$ the signature of the quadratic form represented by the
 symmetric matrix $x$. Namely, $p$ (resp.~$m$) is the number of positive
 (resp.~negative) eigenvalues of $x$.The result is computed using Gaussian
 reduction.

Function: quadclassunit
Class: basic
Section: number_theoretical
C-Name: quadclassunit0
Prototype: GD0,L,DGp
Help: quadclassunit(D,{flag=0},{tech=[]}): compute the structure of the
 class group and the regulator of the quadratic field of discriminant D.
 See manual for the optional technical parameters.
Doc: \idx{Buchmann-McCurley}'s sub-exponential algorithm for computing the
 class group of a quadratic order of discriminant $D$.
 
 This function should be used instead of \tet{qfbclassno} or \tet{quadregula}
 when $D<-10^{25}$, $D>10^{10}$, or when the \emph{structure} is wanted. It
 is a special case of \tet{bnfinit}, which is slower, but more robust.
 
 The result is a vector $v$ whose components should be accessed using member
 functions:
 
 \item \kbd{$v$.no}: the class number
 
 \item \kbd{$v$.cyc}: a vector giving the structure of the class group as a
 product of cyclic groups;
 
 \item \kbd{$v$.gen}: a vector giving generators of those cyclic groups (as
 binary quadratic forms).
 
 \item \kbd{$v$.reg}: the regulator, computed to an accuracy which is the
 maximum of an internal accuracy determined by the program and the current
 default (note that once the regulator is known to a small accuracy it is
 trivial to compute it to very high accuracy, see the tutorial).
 
 The $\fl$ is obsolete and should be left alone. In older versions,
 it supposedly computed the narrow class group when $D>0$, but this did not
 work at all; use the general function \tet{bnfnarrow}.
 
 Optional parameter \var{tech} is a row vector of the form $[c_1, c_2]$,
 where $c_1 \leq c_2$ are positive real numbers which control the execution
 time and the stack size, see \ref{se:GRHbnf}. The parameter is used as a
 threshold to balance the relation finding phase against the final linear
 algebra. Increasing the default $c_1 = 0.2$ means that relations are easier
 to find, but more relations are needed and the linear algebra will be
 harder. The parameter $c_2$ is mostly obsolete and should not be changed,
 but we still document it for completeness: we compute a tentative class
 group by generators and relations using a factorbase of prime ideals $\leq
 c_1 (\log |D|)^2$, then prove that ideals of norm $\leq c_2 (\log |D|)^2$ do
 not generate a larger group. By default an optimal $c_2$ is chosen, so that
 the result is provably correct under the GRH --- a famous result of Bach
 states that $c_2 = 6$ is fine, but it is possible to improve on this
 algorithmically. You may provide a smaller $c_2$, it will be ignored
 (we use the provably correct
 one); you may provide a larger $c_2$ than the default value, which results
 in longer computing times for equally correct outputs (under GRH).
Variant: If you really need to experiment with the \var{tech} parameter, it is
 usually more convenient to use
 \fun{GEN}{Buchquad}{GEN D, double c1, double c2, long prec}

Function: quaddisc
Class: basic
Section: number_theoretical
C-Name: quaddisc
Prototype: G
Help: quaddisc(x): discriminant of the quadratic field Q(sqrt(x)).
Doc: discriminant of the quadratic field $\Q(\sqrt{x})$, where $x\in\Q$.

Function: quadgen
Class: basic
Section: number_theoretical
C-Name: quadgen
Prototype: G
Help: quadgen(D): standard generator of quadratic order of discriminant D.
Doc: creates the quadratic
 number\sidx{omega} $\omega=(a+\sqrt{D})/2$ where $a=0$ if $D\equiv0\mod4$,
 $a=1$ if $D\equiv1\mod4$, so that $(1,\omega)$ is an integral basis for the
 quadratic order of discriminant $D$. $D$ must be an integer congruent to 0 or
 1 modulo 4, which is not a square.

Function: quadhilbert
Class: basic
Section: number_theoretical
C-Name: quadhilbert
Prototype: Gp
Help: quadhilbert(D): relative equation for the Hilbert class field
 of the quadratic field of discriminant D (which can also be a bnf).
Doc: relative equation defining the
 \idx{Hilbert class field} of the quadratic field of discriminant $D$.
 
 If $D < 0$, uses complex multiplication (\idx{Schertz}'s variant).
 
 If $D > 0$ \idx{Stark units} are used and (in rare cases) a
 vector of extensions may be returned whose compositum is the requested class
 field. See \kbd{bnrstark} for details.

Function: quadpoly
Class: basic
Section: number_theoretical
C-Name: quadpoly0
Prototype: GDn
Help: quadpoly(D,{v=x}): quadratic polynomial corresponding to the
 discriminant D, in variable v.
Doc: creates the ``canonical'' quadratic
 polynomial (in the variable $v$) corresponding to the discriminant $D$,
 i.e.~the minimal polynomial of $\kbd{quadgen}(D)$. $D$ must be an integer
 congruent to 0 or 1 modulo 4, which is not a square.

Function: quadray
Class: basic
Section: number_theoretical
C-Name: quadray
Prototype: GGp
Help: quadray(D,f): relative equation for the ray class field of
 conductor f for the quadratic field of discriminant D (which can also be a
 bnf).
Doc: relative equation for the ray
 class field of conductor $f$ for the quadratic field of discriminant $D$
 using analytic methods. A \kbd{bnf} for $x^2 - D$ is also accepted in place
 of $D$.
 
 For $D < 0$, uses the $\sigma$ function and Schertz's method.
 
 For $D>0$, uses Stark's conjecture, and a vector of relative equations may be
 returned. See \tet{bnrstark} for more details.

Function: quadregulator
Class: basic
Section: number_theoretical
C-Name: quadregulator
Prototype: Gp
Help: quadregulator(x): regulator of the real quadratic field of
 discriminant x.
Doc: regulator of the quadratic field of positive discriminant $x$. Returns
 an error if $x$ is not a discriminant (fundamental or not) or if $x$ is a
 square. See also \kbd{quadclassunit} if $x$ is large.

Function: quadunit
Class: basic
Section: number_theoretical
C-Name: quadunit
Prototype: G
Help: quadunit(D): fundamental unit of the quadratic field of discriminant D
 where D must be positive.
Doc: fundamental unit\sidx{fundamental units} of the
 real quadratic field $\Q(\sqrt D)$ where  $D$ is the positive discriminant
 of the field. If $D$ is not a fundamental discriminant, this probably gives
 the fundamental unit of the corresponding order. $D$ must be an integer
 congruent to 0 or 1 modulo 4, which is not a square; the result is a
 quadratic number (see \secref{se:quadgen}).

Function: quit
Class: gp
Section: programming/specific
C-Name: gp_quit
Prototype: vD0,L,
Help: quit({status = 0}): quit, return to the system with exit status
 'status'.
Doc: exits \kbd{gp} and return to the system with exit status
 \kbd{status}, a small integer. A non-zero exit status normally indicates
 abnormal termination. (Note: the system actually sees only
 \kbd{status} mod $256$, see your man pages for \kbd{exit(3)} or \kbd{wait(2)}).

Function: random
Class: basic
Section: conversions
C-Name: genrand
Prototype: DG
Help: random({N=2^31}): random object, depending on the type of N.
 Integer between 0 and N-1 (t_INT), int mod N (t_INTMOD), element in a finite
 field (t_FFELT), point on an elliptic curve (ellinit mod p or over a finite
 field).
Doc: 
 returns a random element in various natural sets depending on the
 argument $N$.
 
 \item \typ{INT}: returns an integer
 uniformly distributed between $0$ and $N-1$. Omitting the argument
 is equivalent to \kbd{random(2\pow31)}.
 
 \item \typ{REAL}: returns a real number in $[0,1[$ with the same accuracy as
 $N$ (whose mantissa has the same number of significant words).
 
 \item \typ{INTMOD}: returns a random intmod for the same modulus.
 
 \item \typ{FFELT}: returns a random element in the same finite field.
 
 \item \typ{VEC} generated by \kbd{ellinit} over a finite field $k$
 (coefficients are \typ{INTMOD}s modulo a prime or \typ{FFELT}s): returns a
 random $k$-rational \emph{affine} point on the curve. More precisely an
 abscissa is drawn uniformly at random until \tet{ellordinate} succeeds.
 In particular, the curves over $\F_2$ with a single point (at infinity!)
 will trigger an infinite loop. Note that this is definitely not a uniform
 distribution over $E(k)$.
 
 \item \typ{POL} return a random polynomial of degree at most the degree of $N$.
 The coefficients are drawn by applying \kbd{random} to the leading
 coefficient of $N$.
 
 \bprog
 ? random(10)
 %1 = 9
 ? random(Mod(0,7))
 %2 = Mod(1, 7)
 ? a = ffgen(ffinit(3,7), 'a); random(a)
 %3 = a^6 + 2*a^5 + a^4 + a^3 + a^2 + 2*a
 ? E = ellinit([0,0,0,3,7]*Mod(1,109)); random(E)
 %4 = [Mod(103, 109), Mod(10, 109)]
 ? E = ellinit([0,0,0,1,7]*a^0); random(E)
 %5 = [a^6 + a^5 + 2*a^4 + 2*a^2, 2*a^6 + 2*a^4 + 2*a^3 + a^2 + 2*a]
 ? random(Mod(1,7)*x^4)
 %6 = Mod(5, 7)*x^4 + Mod(6, 7)*x^3 + Mod(2, 7)*x^2 + Mod(2, 7)*x + Mod(5, 7)
 
 @eprog
 These variants all depend on a single internal generator, and are
 independent from the system's random number generator.
 A random seed may be obtained via \tet{getrand}, and reset
 using \tet{setrand}: from a given seed, and given sequence of \kbd{random}s,
 the exact same values will be generated. The same seed is used at each
 startup, reseed the generator yourself if this is a problem.
 
 \misctitle{Technical note}
 Up to
 version 2.4 included, the internal generator produced pseudo-random numbers
 by means of linear congruences, which were not well distributed in arithmetic
 progressions. We now
 use Brent's XORGEN algorithm, based on Feedback Shift Registers, see
 \kbd{http://wwwmaths.anu.edu.au/\til{}brent/random.html}. The generator has period
 $2^{4096}-1$, passes the Crush battery of statistical tests of L'Ecuyer and
 Simard, but is not suitable for cryptographic purposes: one can reconstruct
 the state vector from a small sample of consecutive values, thus predicting
 the entire sequence.
Variant: 
  Also available: \fun{GEN}{ellrandom}{GEN E} and \fun{GEN}{ffrandom}{GEN a}.

Function: read
Class: gp
Section: programming/specific
C-Name: read0
Prototype: D"",s,
Help: read({filename}): read from the input file filename. If filename is
 omitted, reread last input file, be it from read() or \r.
Description: 
 (str):gen      gp_read_file($1)
Doc: reads in the file
 \var{filename} (subject to string expansion). If \var{filename} is
 omitted, re-reads the last file that was fed into \kbd{gp}. The return
 value is the result of the last expression evaluated.
 
 If a GP \tet{binary file} is read using this command (see
 \secref{se:writebin}), the file is loaded and the last object in the file
 is returned.
 
 In case the file you read in contains an \tet{allocatemem} statement (to be
 generally avoided), you should leave \kbd{read} instructions by themselves,
 and not part of larger instruction sequences.

Function: readvec
Class: basic
Section: programming/specific
C-Name: gp_readvec_file
Prototype: D"",s,
Help: readvec({filename}): create a vector whose components are the evaluation
 of all the expressions found in the input file filename.
Description: 
 (str):gen      gp_readvec_file($1)
Doc: reads in the file
 \var{filename} (subject to string expansion). If \var{filename} is
 omitted, re-reads the last file that was fed into \kbd{gp}. The return
 value is a vector whose components are the evaluation of all sequences
 of instructions contained in the file. For instance, if \var{file} contains
 \bprog
 1
 2
 3
 @eprog\noindent
 then we will get:
 \bprog
 ? \r a
 %1 = 1
 %2 = 2
 %3 = 3
 ? read(a)
 %4 = 3
 ? readvec(a)
 %5 = [1, 2, 3]
 @eprog
 In general a sequence is just a single line, but as usual braces and
 \kbd{\bs} may be used to enter multiline sequences.
Variant: The underlying library function
 \fun{GEN}{gp_readvec_stream}{FILE *f} is usually more flexible.

Function: real
Class: basic
Section: conversions
C-Name: greal
Prototype: G
Help: real(x): real part of x.
Doc: real part of $x$. In the case where $x$ is a quadratic number, this is the
 coefficient of $1$ in the ``canonical'' integral basis $(1,\omega)$.

Function: removeprimes
Class: basic
Section: number_theoretical
C-Name: removeprimes
Prototype: DG
Help: removeprimes({x=[]}): remove primes in the vector x from the prime table.
 x can also be a single integer. List the current extra primes if x is omitted.
Doc: removes the primes listed in $x$ from
 the prime number table. In particular \kbd{removeprimes(addprimes())} empties
 the extra prime table. $x$ can also be a single integer. List the current
 extra primes if $x$ is omitted.

Function: return
Class: basic
Section: programming/control
C-Name: return0
Prototype: DG
Help: return({x=0}): return from current subroutine with result x.
Doc: returns from current subroutine, with
 result $x$. If $x$ is omitted, return the \kbd{(void)} value (return no
 result, like \kbd{print}).

Function: rnfalgtobasis
Class: basic
Section: number_fields
C-Name: rnfalgtobasis
Prototype: GG
Help: rnfalgtobasis(rnf,x): relative version of nfalgtobasis, where rnf is a
 relative numberfield.
Doc: expresses $x$ on the relative
 integral basis. Here, $\var{rnf}$ is a relative number field extension $L/K$
 as output by \kbd{rnfinit}, and $x$ an element of $L$ in absolute form, i.e.
 expressed as a polynomial or polmod with polmod coefficients, \emph{not} on
 the relative integral basis.

Function: rnfbasis
Class: basic
Section: number_fields
C-Name: rnfbasis
Prototype: GG
Help: rnfbasis(bnf,M): given a projective Z_K-module M as output by
 rnfpseudobasis or rnfsteinitz, gives either a basis of M if it is free, or an
 n+1-element generating set.
Doc: let $K$ the field represented by
 \var{bnf}, as output by \kbd{bnfinit}. $M$ is a projective $\Z_K$-module
 of rank $n$ ($M\otimes K$ is an $n$-dimensional $K$-vector space), given by a
 pseudo-basis of size $n$. The routine returns either a true $\Z_K$-basis of
 $M$ (of size $n$) if it exists, or an $n+1$-element generating set of $M$ if
 not.
 
 It is allowed to use an irreducible polynomial $P$ in $K[X]$ instead of $M$,
 in which case, $M$ is defined as the ring of integers of $K[X]/(P)$, viewed
 as a $\Z_K$-module.

Function: rnfbasistoalg
Class: basic
Section: number_fields
C-Name: rnfbasistoalg
Prototype: GG
Help: rnfbasistoalg(rnf,x): relative version of nfbasistoalg, where rnf is a
 relative numberfield.
Doc: computes the representation of $x$
 as a polmod with polmods coefficients. Here, $\var{rnf}$ is a relative number
 field extension $L/K$ as output by \kbd{rnfinit}, and $x$ an element of
 $L$ expressed on the relative integral basis.

Function: rnfcharpoly
Class: basic
Section: number_fields
C-Name: rnfcharpoly
Prototype: GGGDn
Help: rnfcharpoly(nf,T,a,{var=x}): characteristic polynomial of a
 over nf, where a belongs to the algebra defined by T over nf. Returns a
 polynomial in variable var (x by default).
Doc: characteristic polynomial of
 $a$ over $\var{nf}$, where $a$ belongs to the algebra defined by $T$ over
 $\var{nf}$, i.e.~$\var{nf}[X]/(T)$. Returns a polynomial in variable $v$
 ($x$ by default).
 \bprog
 ? nf = nfinit(y^2+1);
 ? rnfcharpoly(nf, x^2+y*x+1, x+y)
 %2 = x^2 + Mod(-y, y^2 + 1)*x + 1
 @eprog

Function: rnfconductor
Class: basic
Section: number_fields
C-Name: rnfconductor
Prototype: GGD0,L,
Help: rnfconductor(bnf,pol): conductor of the Abelian extension
 of bnf defined by pol. The result is [conductor,rayclassgroup,subgroup],
 where conductor is the conductor itself, rayclassgroup the structure of the
 corresponding full ray class group, and subgroup the HNF defining the norm
 group (Artin or Takagi group) on the given generators rayclassgroup[3].
Doc: given $\var{bnf}$
 as output by \kbd{bnfinit}, and \var{pol} a relative polynomial defining an
 \idx{Abelian extension}, computes the class field theory conductor of this
 Abelian extension. The result is a 3-component vector
 $[\var{conductor},\var{rayclgp},\var{subgroup}]$, where \var{conductor} is
 the conductor of the extension given as a 2-component row vector
 $[f_0,f_\infty]$, \var{rayclgp} is the full ray class group corresponding to
 the conductor given as a 3-component vector [h,cyc,gen] as usual for a group,
 and \var{subgroup} is a matrix in HNF defining the subgroup of the ray class
 group on the given generators gen.

Function: rnfdedekind
Class: basic
Section: number_fields
C-Name: rnfdedekind
Prototype: GGDGD0,L,
Help: rnfdedekind(nf,pol,{pr},{flag=0}): relative Dedekind criterion over the
 number field K, represented by nf, applied to the order O_K[X]/(P),
 modulo the prime ideal pr (at all primes if pr omitted, in which case
 flag is automatically set to 1).
 P is assumed to be monic, irreducible, in O_K[X].
 Returns [max,basis,v], where basis is a pseudo-basis of the
 enlarged order, max is 1 iff this order is pr-maximal, and v is the
 valuation at pr of the order discriminant. If flag is set, just return 1 if
 the order is maximal, and 0 if not.
Doc: given a number field $K$ coded by $\var{nf}$ and a monic
 polynomial $P\in \Z_K[X]$, irreducible over $K$ and thus defining a relative
 extension $L$ of $K$, applies \idx{Dedekind}'s criterion to the order
 $\Z_K[X]/(P)$, at the prime ideal \var{pr}. It is possible to set \var{pr}
 to a vector of prime ideals (test maximality at all primes in the vector),
 or to omit altogether, in which case maximality at \emph{all} primes is tested;
 in this situation \fl\ is automatically set to $1$.
 
 The default historic behavior (\fl\ is 0 or omitted and \var{pr} is a
 single prime ideal) is not so useful since
 \kbd{rnfpseudobasis} gives more information and is generally not that
 much slower. It returns a 3-component vector $[\var{max}, \var{basis}, v]$:
 
 \item \var{basis} is a pseudo-basis of an enlarged order $O$ produced by
 Dedekind's criterion, containing the original order $\Z_K[X]/(P)$
 with index a power of \var{pr}. Possibly equal to the original order.
 
 \item \var{max} is a flag equal to 1 if the enlarged order $O$
 could be proven to be \var{pr}-maximal and to 0 otherwise; it may still be
 maximal in the latter case if \var{pr} is ramified in $L$,
 
 \item $v$ is the valuation at \var{pr} of the order discriminant.
 
 If \fl\ is non-zero, on the other hand, we just return $1$ if the order
 $\Z_K[X]/(P)$ is \var{pr}-maximal (resp.~maximal at all relevant primes, as
 described above), and $0$ if not. This is much faster than the default,
 since the enlarged order is not computed.
 \bprog
 ? nf = nfinit(y^2-3); P = x^3 - 2*y;
 ? pr3 = idealprimedec(nf,3)[1];
 ? rnfdedekind(nf, P, pr3)
 %2 = [1, [[1, 0, 0; 0, 1, 0; 0, 0, 1], [1, 1, 1]], 8]
 ? rnfdedekind(nf, P, pr3, 1)
 %3 = 1
 @eprog\noindent In this example, \kbd{pr3} is the ramified ideal above $3$,
 and the order generated by the cube roots of $y$ is already
 \kbd{pr3}-maximal. The order-discriminant has valuation $8$. On the other
 hand, the order is not maximal at the prime above 2:
 \bprog
 ? pr2 = idealprimedec(nf,2)[1];
 ? rnfdedekind(nf, P, pr2, 1)
 %5 = 0
 ? rnfdedekind(nf, P, pr2)
 %6 = [0, [[2, 0, 0; 0, 1, 0; 0, 0, 1], [[1, 0; 0, 1], [1, 0; 0, 1],
      [1, 1/2; 0, 1/2]]], 2]
 @eprog
 The enlarged order is not proven to be \kbd{pr2}-maximal yet. In fact, it
 is; it is in fact the maximal order:
 \bprog
 ? B = rnfpseudobasis(nf, P)
 %7 = [[1, 0, 0; 0, 1, 0; 0, 0, 1], [1, 1, [1, 1/2; 0, 1/2]],
      [162, 0; 0, 162], -1]
 ? idealval(nf,B[3], pr2)
 %4 = 2
 @eprog\noindent
 It is possible to use this routine with non-monic
 $P = \sum_{i\leq n} a_i X^i \in \Z_K[X]$ if $\fl = 1$;
 in this case, we test maximality of Dedekind's order generated by
 $$1, a_n \alpha, a_n\alpha^2 + a_{n-1}\alpha, \dots,
 a_n\alpha^{n-1} + a_{n-1}\alpha^{n-2} + \cdots + a_1\alpha.$$
 The routine will fail if $P$ is $0$ on the projective line over the residue
 field $\Z_K/\kbd{pr}$ (FIXME).

Function: rnfdet
Class: basic
Section: number_fields
C-Name: rnfdet
Prototype: GG
Help: rnfdet(nf,M): given a pseudo-matrix M, compute its determinant.
Doc: given a pseudo-matrix $M$ over the maximal
 order of $\var{nf}$, computes its determinant.

Function: rnfdisc
Class: basic
Section: number_fields
C-Name: rnfdiscf
Prototype: GG
Help: rnfdisc(nf,pol): given a pol with coefficients in nf, gives a
 2-component vector [D,d], where D is the relative ideal discriminant, and d
 is the relative discriminant in nf^*/nf*^2.
Doc: given a number field $\var{nf}$ as
 output by \kbd{nfinit} and a polynomial \var{pol} with coefficients in
 $\var{nf}$ defining a relative extension $L$ of $\var{nf}$, computes the
 relative discriminant of $L$. This is a two-element row vector $[D,d]$, where
 $D$ is the relative ideal discriminant and $d$ is the relative discriminant
 considered as an element of $\var{nf}^*/{\var{nf}^*}^2$. The main variable of
 $\var{nf}$ \emph{must} be of lower priority than that of \var{pol}, see
 \secref{se:priority}.

Function: rnfeltabstorel
Class: basic
Section: number_fields
C-Name: rnfelementabstorel
Prototype: GG
Help: rnfeltabstorel(rnf,x): transforms the element x from absolute to
 relative representation.
Doc: $\var{rnf}$ being a relative
 number field extension $L/K$ as output by \kbd{rnfinit} and $x$ being an
 element of $L$ expressed as a polynomial modulo the absolute equation
 \kbd{\var{rnf}.pol}, computes $x$ as an element of the relative extension
 $L/K$ as a polmod with polmod coefficients.

Function: rnfeltdown
Class: basic
Section: number_fields
C-Name: rnfelementdown
Prototype: GG
Help: rnfeltdown(rnf,x): expresses x on the base field if possible; returns
 an error otherwise.
Doc: $\var{rnf}$ being a relative number
 field extension $L/K$ as output by \kbd{rnfinit} and $x$ being an element of
 $L$ expressed as a polynomial or polmod with polmod coefficients, computes
 $x$ as an element of $K$ as a polmod, assuming $x$ is in $K$ (otherwise an
 error will occur). If $x$ is given on the relative integral basis, apply
 \kbd{rnfbasistoalg} first, otherwise PARI will believe you are dealing with a
 vector.

Function: rnfeltreltoabs
Class: basic
Section: number_fields
C-Name: rnfelementreltoabs
Prototype: GG
Help: rnfeltreltoabs(rnf,x): transforms the element x from relative to
 absolute representation.
Doc: $\var{rnf}$ being a relative
 number field extension $L/K$ as output by \kbd{rnfinit} and $x$ being an
 element of $L$ expressed as a polynomial or polmod with polmod
 coefficients, computes $x$ as an element of the absolute extension $L/\Q$ as
 a polynomial modulo the absolute equation \kbd{\var{rnf}.pol}. If $x$ is
 given on the relative integral basis, apply \kbd{rnfbasistoalg} first,
 otherwise PARI will believe you are dealing with a vector.

Function: rnfeltup
Class: basic
Section: number_fields
C-Name: rnfelementup
Prototype: GG
Help: rnfeltup(rnf,x): expresses x (belonging to the base field) on the
 relative field.
Doc: $\var{rnf}$ being a relative number
 field extension $L/K$ as output by \kbd{rnfinit} and $x$ being an element of
 $K$ expressed as a polynomial or polmod, computes $x$ as an element of the
 absolute extension $L/\Q$ as a polynomial modulo the absolute equation
 \kbd{\var{rnf}.pol}. If $x$ is given on the integral basis of $K$, apply
 \kbd{nfbasistoalg} first, otherwise PARI will believe you are dealing with a
 vector.

Function: rnfequation
Class: basic
Section: number_fields
C-Name: rnfequation0
Prototype: GGD0,L,
Help: rnfequation(nf,pol,{flag=0}): given a pol with coefficients in nf,
 gives the absolute equation apol of the number field defined by pol. flag is
 optional, and can be 0: default, or non-zero, gives [apol,th], where th
 expresses the root of nf.pol in terms of the root of apol.
Doc: given a number field
 $\var{nf}$ as output by \kbd{nfinit} (or simply a polynomial) and a
 polynomial \var{pol} with coefficients in $\var{nf}$ defining a relative
 extension $L$ of $\var{nf}$, computes the absolute equation of $L$ over
 $\Q$.
 
 If $\fl$ is non-zero, outputs a 3-component row vector $[z,a,k]$, where
 $z$ is the absolute equation of $L$ over $\Q$, as in the default behavior,
 $a$ expresses as an element of $L$ a root $\alpha$ of the polynomial
 defining the base field $\var{nf}$, and $k$ is a small integer such that
 $\theta = \beta+k\alpha$ where $\theta$ is a root of $z$ and $\beta$ a root
 of $\var{pol}$.
 
 The main variable of $\var{nf}$ \emph{must} be of lower priority than that
 of \var{pol} (see \secref{se:priority}). Note that for efficiency, this does
 not check whether the relative equation is irreducible over $\var{nf}$, but
 only if it is squarefree. If it is reducible but squarefree, the result will
 be the absolute equation of the \'etale algebra defined by \var{pol}. If
 \var{pol} is not squarefree, an error message will be issued.
Variant: Also available are
 \fun{GEN}{rnfequation}{GEN nf, GEN pol} ($\fl = 0$) and
 \fun{GEN}{rnfequation2}{GEN nf, GEN pol} ($\fl = 1$).

Function: rnfhnfbasis
Class: basic
Section: number_fields
C-Name: rnfhnfbasis
Prototype: GG
Help: rnfhnfbasis(bnf,x): given an order x as output by rnfpseudobasis,
 gives either a true HNF basis of the order if it exists, zero otherwise.
Doc: given $\var{bnf}$ as output by
 \kbd{bnfinit}, and either a polynomial $x$ with coefficients in $\var{bnf}$
 defining a relative extension $L$ of $\var{bnf}$, or a pseudo-basis $x$ of
 such an extension, gives either a true $\var{bnf}$-basis of $L$ in upper
 triangular Hermite normal form, if it exists, and returns $0$ otherwise.

Function: rnfidealabstorel
Class: basic
Section: number_fields
C-Name: rnfidealabstorel
Prototype: GG
Help: rnfidealabstorel(rnf,x): transforms the ideal x from absolute to
 relative representation.
Doc: let $\var{rnf}$ be a relative
 number field extension $L/K$ as output by \kbd{rnfinit}, and $x$ an ideal of
 the absolute extension $L/\Q$ given by a $\Z$-basis of elements of $L$.
 Returns the relative pseudo-matrix in HNF giving the ideal $x$ considered as
 an ideal of the relative extension $L/K$.
 
 If $x$ is an ideal in HNF form, associated to an \var{nf} structure, for
 instance as output by $\tet{idealhnf}(\var{nf},\dots)$,
 use \kbd{rnfidealabstorel(rnf, nf.zk * x)} to convert it to a relative ideal.

Function: rnfidealdown
Class: basic
Section: number_fields
C-Name: rnfidealdown
Prototype: GG
Help: rnfidealdown(rnf,x): finds the intersection of the ideal x with the
 base field.
Doc: let $\var{rnf}$ be a relative number
 field extension $L/K$ as output by \kbd{rnfinit}, and $x$ an ideal of
 $L$, given either in relative form or by a $\Z$-basis of elements of $L$
 (see \secref{se:rnfidealabstorel}), returns the ideal of $K$ below $x$,
 i.e.~the intersection of $x$ with $K$.

Function: rnfidealhnf
Class: basic
Section: number_fields
C-Name: rnfidealhermite
Prototype: GG
Help: rnfidealhnf(rnf,x): relative version of idealhnf, where rnf is a
 relative numberfield.
Doc: $\var{rnf}$ being a relative number
 field extension $L/K$ as output by \kbd{rnfinit} and $x$ being a relative
 ideal (which can be, as in the absolute case, of many different types,
 including of course elements), computes the HNF pseudo-matrix associated to
 $x$, viewed as a $\Z_K$-module.

Function: rnfidealmul
Class: basic
Section: number_fields
C-Name: rnfidealmul
Prototype: GGG
Help: rnfidealmul(rnf,x,y): relative version of idealmul, where rnf is a
 relative numberfield.
Doc: $\var{rnf}$ being a relative number
 field extension $L/K$ as output by \kbd{rnfinit} and $x$ and $y$ being ideals
 of the relative extension $L/K$ given by pseudo-matrices, outputs the ideal
 product, again as a relative ideal.

Function: rnfidealnormabs
Class: basic
Section: number_fields
C-Name: rnfidealnormabs
Prototype: GG
Help: rnfidealnormabs(rnf,x): absolute norm of the ideal x.
Doc: $\var{rnf}$ being a relative
 number field extension $L/K$ as output by \kbd{rnfinit} and $x$ being a
 relative ideal (which can be, as in the absolute case, of many different
 types, including of course elements), computes the norm of the ideal $x$
 considered as an ideal of the absolute extension $L/\Q$. This is identical to
 \kbd{idealnorm(rnfidealnormrel(\var{rnf},x))}, but faster.

Function: rnfidealnormrel
Class: basic
Section: number_fields
C-Name: rnfidealnormrel
Prototype: GG
Help: rnfidealnormrel(rnf,x): relative norm of the ideal x.
Doc: $\var{rnf}$ being a relative
 number field extension $L/K$ as output by \kbd{rnfinit} and $x$ being a
 relative ideal (which can be, as in the absolute case, of many different
 types, including of course elements), computes the relative norm of $x$ as a
 ideal of $K$ in HNF.

Function: rnfidealreltoabs
Class: basic
Section: number_fields
C-Name: rnfidealreltoabs
Prototype: GG
Help: rnfidealreltoabs(rnf,x): transforms the ideal x from relative to
 absolute representation.
Doc: $\var{rnf}$ being a relative
 number field extension $L/K$ as output by \kbd{rnfinit} and $x$ being a
 relative ideal, gives the ideal $x\Z_L$ as an absolute ideal of $L/\Q$, in
 the form of a $\Z$-basis, given by a vector of polynomials (modulo
 \kbd{rnf.pol}).
 The following routine might be useful:
 \bprog
 \\ return y = rnfidealreltoabs(rnf,...) as an ideal in HNF form
 \\ associated to nf = nfinit( rnf.pol );
 idealgentoHNF(nf, y) = mathnf( Mat( nfalgtobasis(nf, y) ) );
 @eprog

Function: rnfidealtwoelt
Class: basic
Section: number_fields
C-Name: rnfidealtwoelement
Prototype: GG
Help: rnfidealtwoelt(rnf,x): relative version of idealtwoelt, where rnf
 is a relative numberfield.
Doc: $\var{rnf}$ being a relative
 number field extension $L/K$ as output by \kbd{rnfinit} and $x$ being an
 ideal of the relative extension $L/K$ given by a pseudo-matrix, gives a
 vector of two generators of $x$ over $\Z_L$ expressed as polmods with polmod
 coefficients.

Function: rnfidealup
Class: basic
Section: number_fields
C-Name: rnfidealup
Prototype: GG
Help: rnfidealup(rnf,x): lifts the ideal x (of the base field) to the
 relative field.
Doc: $\var{rnf}$ being a relative number
 field extension $L/K$ as output by \kbd{rnfinit} and $x$ being an ideal of
 $K$, gives the ideal $x\Z_L$ as an absolute ideal of $L/\Q$, in the form of a
 $\Z$-basis, given by a vector of polynomials (modulo \kbd{rnf.pol}).
 The following routine might be useful:
 \bprog
 \\ return y = rnfidealup(rnf,...) as an ideal in HNF form
 \\ associated to nf = nfinit( rnf.pol );
 idealgentoHNF(nf, y) = mathnf( Mat( nfalgtobasis(nf, y) ) );
 @eprog

Function: rnfinit
Class: basic
Section: number_fields
C-Name: rnfinit
Prototype: GG
Help: rnfinit(nf,pol): pol being a non constant irreducible polynomial
 defined over the number field nf, initializes a vector of data necessary for
 working in relative number fields (rnf functions). See manual for technical
 details.
Doc: $\var{nf}$ being a number field in \kbd{nfinit}
 format considered as base field, and \var{pol} a polynomial defining a relative
 extension over $\var{nf}$, this computes all the necessary data to work in the
 relative extension. The main variable of \var{pol} must be of higher priority
 (see \secref{se:priority}) than that of $\var{nf}$, and the coefficients of
 \var{pol} must be in $\var{nf}$.
 
 The result is a row vector, whose components are technical. In the following
 description, we let $K$ be the base field defined by $\var{nf}$, $m$ the
 degree of the base field, $n$ the relative degree, $L$ the large field (of
 relative degree $n$ or absolute degree $nm$), $r_1$ and $r_2$ the number of
 real and complex places of $K$.
 
 $\var{rnf}[1]$ contains the relative polynomial \var{pol}.
 
 $\var{rnf}[2]$ is currently unused.
 
 $\var{rnf}[3]$ is a two-component row vector $[\goth{d}(L/K),s]$ where
 $\goth{d}(L/K)$ is the relative ideal discriminant of $L/K$ and $s$ is the
 discriminant of $L/K$ viewed as an element of $K^*/(K^*)^2$, in other words
 it is the output of \kbd{rnfdisc}.
 
 $\var{rnf}[4]$ is the ideal index $\goth{f}$, i.e.~such that
 $d(pol)\Z_K=\goth{f}^2\goth{d}(L/K)$.
 
 $\var{rnf}[5]$ is currently unused.
 
 $\var{rnf}[6]$ is currently unused.
 
 $\var{rnf}[7]$ is a two-component row vector, where the first component is
 the relative integral pseudo basis expressed as polynomials (in the variable of
 $pol$) with polmod coefficients in $\var{nf}$, and the second component is the
 ideal list of the pseudobasis in HNF.
 
 $\var{rnf}[8]$ is the inverse matrix of the integral basis matrix, with
 coefficients polmods in $\var{nf}$.
 
 $\var{rnf}[9]$ is currently unused.
 
 $\var{rnf}[10]$ is $\var{nf}$.
 
 $\var{rnf}[11]$ is the output of \kbd{rnfequation(nf, pol, 1)}. Namely, a
 vector \var{vabs} with 3 entries describing the \emph{absolute} extension
 $L/\Q$. $\var{vabs}[1]$ is an absolute equation, more conveniently obtained
 as \kbd{rnf.pol}. $\var{vabs}[2]$ expresses the generator $\alpha$ of the
 number field $\var{nf}$ as a polynomial modulo the absolute equation
 $\var{vabs}[1]$. $\var{vabs}[3]$ is a small integer $k$ such that, if $\beta$
 is an abstract root of \var{pol} and $\alpha$ the generator of $\var{nf}$,
 the generator whose root is \var{vabs} will be
 $\beta + k \alpha$. Note that one must be very careful if $k\neq0$ when
 dealing simultaneously with absolute and relative quantities since the
 generator chosen for the absolute extension is not the same as for the
 relative one. If this happens, one can of course go on working, but we
 strongly advise to change the relative polynomial so that its root will be
 $\beta + k \alpha$. Typically, the GP instruction would be
 
 \kbd{pol = subst(pol, x, x - k*Mod(y,\var{nf}.pol))}
 
 $\var{rnf}[12]$ is by default unused and set equal to 0. This
 field is used to store further information about the field as it becomes
 available (which is rarely needed, hence would be too expensive to compute
 during the initial \kbd{rnfinit} call).

Function: rnfisabelian
Class: basic
Section: number_fields
C-Name: rnfisabelian
Prototype: lGG
Help: rnfisabelian(nf,T): T being a relative polynomial with coefficients
 in nf, return 1 if it defines an abelian extension, and 0 otherwise.
Doc: $T$ being a relative polynomial with coefficients
 in \var{nf}, return 1 if it defines an abelian extension, and 0 otherwise.
 \bprog
 ? K = nfinit(y^2 + 23);
 ? rnfisabelian(K, x^3 - 3*x - y)
 %2 = 1
 @eprog

Function: rnfisfree
Class: basic
Section: number_fields
C-Name: rnfisfree
Prototype: lGG
Help: rnfisfree(bnf,x): given an order x as output by rnfpseudobasis or
 rnfsteinitz, outputs true (1) or false (0) according to whether the order is
 free or not.
Doc: given $\var{bnf}$ as output by
 \kbd{bnfinit}, and either a polynomial $x$ with coefficients in $\var{bnf}$
 defining a relative extension $L$ of $\var{bnf}$, or a pseudo-basis $x$ of
 such an extension, returns true (1) if $L/\var{bnf}$ is free, false (0) if
 not.

Function: rnfisnorm
Class: basic
Section: number_fields
C-Name: rnfisnorm
Prototype: GGD0,L,
Help: rnfisnorm(T,a,{flag=0}): T is as output by rnfisnorminit applied to
 L/K. Tries to tell whether a is a norm from L/K. Returns a vector [x,q]
 where a=Norm(x)*q. Looks for a solution which is a S-integer, with S a list
 of places in K containing the ramified primes, generators of the class group
 of ext, as well as those primes dividing a. If L/K is Galois, omit flag,
 otherwise it is used to add more places to S: all the places above the
 primes p <= flag (resp. p | flag) if flag > 0 (resp. flag < 0). The answer
 is guaranteed (i.e a is a norm iff q=1) if L/K is Galois or, under GRH, if S
 contains all primes less than 12.log(disc(M))^2, where M is the normal
 closure of L/K.
Doc: similar to
 \kbd{bnfisnorm} but in the relative case. $T$ is as output by
 \tet{rnfisnorminit} applied to the extension $L/K$. This tries to decide
 whether the element $a$ in $K$ is the norm of some $x$ in the extension
 $L/K$.
 
 The output is a vector $[x,q]$, where $a = \Norm(x)*q$. The
 algorithm looks for a solution $x$ which is an $S$-integer, with $S$ a list
 of places of $K$ containing at least the ramified primes, the generators of
 the class group of $L$, as well as those primes dividing $a$. If $L/K$ is
 Galois, then this is enough; otherwise, $\fl$ is used to add more primes to
 $S$: all the places above the primes $p \leq \fl$ (resp.~$p|\fl$) if $\fl>0$
 (resp.~$\fl<0$).
 
 The answer is guaranteed (i.e.~$a$ is a norm iff $q = 1$) if the field is
 Galois, or, under \idx{GRH}, if $S$ contains all primes less than
 $12\log^2\left|\disc(M)\right|$, where $M$ is the normal
 closure of $L/K$.
 
 If \tet{rnfisnorminit} has determined (or was told) that $L/K$ is
 \idx{Galois}, and $\fl \neq 0$, a Warning is issued (so that you can set
 $\fl = 1$ to check whether $L/K$ is known to be Galois, according to $T$).
 Example:
 
 \bprog
 bnf = bnfinit(y^3 + y^2 - 2*y - 1);
 p = x^2 + Mod(y^2 + 2*y + 1, bnf.pol);
 T = rnfisnorminit(bnf, p);
 rnfisnorm(T, 17)
 @eprog\noindent
 checks whether $17$ is a norm in the Galois extension $\Q(\beta) /
 \Q(\alpha)$, where $\alpha^3 + \alpha^2 - 2\alpha - 1 = 0$ and $\beta^2 +
 \alpha^2 + 2\alpha + 1 = 0$ (it is).

Function: rnfisnorminit
Class: basic
Section: number_fields
C-Name: rnfisnorminit
Prototype: GGD2,L,
Help: rnfisnorminit(pol,polrel,{flag=2}): let K be defined by a root of pol,
 L/K the extension defined by polrel. Compute technical data needed by
 rnfisnorm to solve norm equations Nx = a, for x in L, and a in K. If flag=0,
 do not care whether L/K is Galois or not; if flag = 1, assume L/K is Galois;
 if flag = 2, determine whether L/K is Galois.
Doc: let $K$ be defined by a root of \var{pol}, and $L/K$ the extension defined
 by the polynomial \var{polrel}. As usual, \var{pol} can in fact be an \var{nf},
 or \var{bnf}, etc; if \var{pol} has degree $1$ (the base field is $\Q$),
 polrel is also allowed to be an \var{nf}, etc. Computes technical data needed
 by \tet{rnfisnorm} to solve norm equations $Nx = a$, for $x$ in $L$, and $a$
 in $K$.
 
 If $\fl = 0$, do not care whether $L/K$ is Galois or not.
 
 If $\fl = 1$, $L/K$ is assumed to be Galois (unchecked), which speeds up
 \tet{rnfisnorm}.
 
 If $\fl = 2$, let the routine determine whether $L/K$ is Galois.

Function: rnfkummer
Class: basic
Section: number_fields
C-Name: rnfkummer
Prototype: GDGD0,L,p
Help: rnfkummer(bnr,{subgp},{d=0}): bnr being as output by bnrinit,
 finds a relative equation for the class field corresponding to the module in
 bnr and the given congruence subgroup (the ray class field if subgp is
 omitted). d can be zero (default), or positive, and in this case the
 output is the list of all relative equations of degree d for the given bnr,
 with the same conductor as (bnr, subgp).
Doc: \var{bnr}
 being as output by \kbd{bnrinit}, finds a relative equation for the
 class field corresponding to the module in \var{bnr} and the given
 congruence subgroup (the full ray class field if \var{subgp} is omitted).
 If $d$ is positive, outputs the list of all relative equations of
 degree $d$ contained in the ray class field defined by \var{bnr}, with
 the \emph{same} conductor as $(\var{bnr}, \var{subgp})$.
 
 \misctitle{Warning} This routine only works for subgroups of prime index. It
 uses Kummer theory, adjoining necessary roots of unity (it needs to compute a
 tough \kbd{bnfinit} here), and finds a generator via Hecke's characterization
 of ramification in Kummer extensions of prime degree. If your extension does
 not have prime degree, for the time being, you have to split it by hand as a
 tower / compositum of such extensions.

Function: rnflllgram
Class: basic
Section: number_fields
C-Name: rnflllgram
Prototype: GGGp
Help: rnflllgram(nf,pol,order): given a pol with coefficients in nf and an
 order as output by rnfpseudobasis or similar, gives [[neworder],U], where
 neworder is a reduced order and U is the unimodular transformation matrix.
Doc: given a polynomial
 \var{pol} with coefficients in \var{nf} defining a relative extension $L$ and
 a suborder \var{order} of $L$ (of maximal rank), as output by
 \kbd{rnfpseudobasis}$(\var{nf},\var{pol})$ or similar, gives
 $[[\var{neworder}],U]$, where \var{neworder} is a reduced order and $U$ is
 the unimodular transformation matrix.

Function: rnfnormgroup
Class: basic
Section: number_fields
C-Name: rnfnormgroup
Prototype: GG
Help: rnfnormgroup(bnr,pol): norm group (or Artin or Takagi group)
 corresponding to the Abelian extension of bnr.bnf defined by pol, where
 the module corresponding to bnr is assumed to be a multiple of the
 conductor. The result is the HNF defining the norm group on the
 generators in bnr.gen.
Doc: 
 \var{bnr} being a big ray
 class field as output by \kbd{bnrinit} and \var{pol} a relative polynomial
 defining an \idx{Abelian extension}, computes the norm group (alias Artin
 or Takagi group) corresponding to the Abelian extension of
 $\var{bnf}=$\kbd{bnr.bnf}
 defined by \var{pol}, where the module corresponding to \var{bnr} is assumed
 to be a multiple of the conductor (i.e.~\var{pol} defines a subextension of
 bnr). The result is the HNF defining the norm group on the given generators
 of \kbd{bnr.gen}. Note that neither the fact that \var{pol} defines an
 Abelian extension nor the fact that the module is a multiple of the conductor
 is checked. The result is undefined if the assumption is not correct.

Function: rnfpolred
Class: basic
Section: number_fields
C-Name: rnfpolred
Prototype: GGp
Help: rnfpolred(nf,pol): given a pol with coefficients in nf, finds a list
 of relative polynomials defining some subfields, hopefully simpler.
Doc: relative version of \kbd{polred}.
 Given a monic polynomial \var{pol} with coefficients in $\var{nf}$, finds a
 list of relative polynomials defining some subfields, hopefully simpler and
 containing the original field. In the present version \vers, this is slower
 and less efficient than \kbd{rnfpolredabs}.

Function: rnfpolredabs
Class: basic
Section: number_fields
C-Name: rnfpolredabs
Prototype: GGD0,L,
Help: rnfpolredabs(nf,pol,{flag=0}): given a pol with coefficients in nf,
 finds a relative simpler polynomial defining the same field. Binary digits
 of flag mean: 1: return also the element whose characteristic polynomial is
 the given polynomial, 2: return an absolute polynomial, 16: partial
 reduction.
Doc: relative version of
 \kbd{polredabs}. Given a monic polynomial \var{pol} with coefficients in
 $\var{nf}$, finds a simpler relative polynomial defining the same field. The
 binary digits of $\fl$ mean
 
 1: returns $[P,a]$ where $P$ is the default output and $a$ is an
 element expressed on a root of $P$ whose characteristic polynomial is
 \var{pol}
 
 2: returns an absolute polynomial (same as
 {\tt rnfequation(\var{nf},rnfpolredabs(\var{nf},\var{pol}))}
 but faster).
 
 16: possibly use a suborder of the maximal order. This is slower than the
 default when the relative discriminant is smooth, and much faster otherwise.
 See \secref{se:polredabs}.
 
 \misctitle{Remark} In the present implementation, this is both faster and
 much more efficient than \kbd{rnfpolred}, the difference being more
 dramatic than in the absolute case. This is because the implementation of
 \kbd{rnfpolred} is based on (a partial implementation of) an incomplete
 reduction theory of lattices over number fields, the function
 \kbd{rnflllgram}, which deserves to be improved.

Function: rnfpseudobasis
Class: basic
Section: number_fields
C-Name: rnfpseudobasis
Prototype: GG
Help: rnfpseudobasis(nf,pol): given a pol with coefficients in nf, gives a
 4-component vector [A,I,D,d] where [A,I] is a pseudo basis of the maximal
 order in HNF on the power basis, D is the relative ideal discriminant, and d
 is the relative discriminant in nf^*/nf*^2.
Doc: given a number field
 $\var{nf}$ as output by \kbd{nfinit} and a polynomial \var{pol} with
 coefficients in $\var{nf}$ defining a relative extension $L$ of $\var{nf}$,
 computes a pseudo-basis $(A,I)$ for the maximal order $\Z_L$ viewed as a
 $\Z_K$-module, and the relative discriminant of $L$. This is output as a
 four-element row vector $[A,I,D,d]$, where $D$ is the relative ideal
 discriminant and $d$ is the relative discriminant considered as an element of
 $\var{nf}^*/{\var{nf}^*}^2$.

Function: rnfsteinitz
Class: basic
Section: number_fields
C-Name: rnfsteinitz
Prototype: GG
Help: rnfsteinitz(nf,x): given an order x as output by rnfpseudobasis,
 gives [A,I,D,d] where (A,I) is a pseudo basis where all the ideals except
 perhaps the last are trivial.
Doc: given a number field $\var{nf}$ as
 output by \kbd{nfinit} and either a polynomial $x$ with coefficients in
 $\var{nf}$ defining a relative extension $L$ of $\var{nf}$, or a pseudo-basis
 $x$ of such an extension as output for example by \kbd{rnfpseudobasis},
 computes another pseudo-basis $(A,I)$ (not in HNF in general) such that all
 the ideals of $I$ except perhaps the last one are equal to the ring of
 integers of $\var{nf}$, and outputs the four-component row vector $[A,I,D,d]$
 as in \kbd{rnfpseudobasis}. The name of this function comes from the fact
 that the ideal class of the last ideal of $I$, which is well defined, is the
 \idx{Steinitz class} of the $\Z_K$-module $\Z_L$ (its image in $SK_0(\Z_K)$).

Function: round
Class: basic
Section: conversions
C-Name: round0
Prototype: GD&
Help: round(x,{&e}): take the nearest integer to all the coefficients of x.
 If e is present, do not take into account loss of integer part precision,
 and set e = error estimate in bits.
Description: 
 (small):small:parens   $1
 (int):int:copy:parens  $1
 (real):int             roundr($1)
 (mp):int               mpround($1)
 (mp, &small):int       grndtoi($1, &$2)
 (mp, &int):int         round0($1, &$2)
 (gen):gen              ground($1)
 (gen, &small):gen      grndtoi($1, &$2)
 (gen, &int):gen        round0($1, &$2)
Doc: If $x$ is in $\R$, rounds $x$ to the nearest integer (rounding to
 $+\infty$ in case of ties), then and sets $e$ to the number of error bits,
 that is the binary exponent of the difference between the original and the
 rounded value (the ``fractional part''). If the exponent of $x$ is too large
 compared to its precision (i.e.~$e>0$), the result is undefined and an error
 occurs if $e$ was not given.
 
 \misctitle{Important remark} Contrary to the other truncation functions,
 this function operates on every coefficient at every level of a PARI object.
 For example
 $$\text{truncate}\left(\dfrac{2.4*X^2-1.7}{X}\right)=2.4*X,$$
 whereas
 $$\text{round}\left(\dfrac{2.4*X^2-1.7}{X}\right)=\dfrac{2*X^2-2}{X}.$$
 An important use of \kbd{round} is to get exact results after an approximate
 computation, when theory tells you that the coefficients must be integers.
Variant: Also available are \fun{GEN}{grndtoi}{GEN x, long *e} and
 \fun{GEN}{ground}{GEN x}.

Function: select
Class: basic
Section: programming/specific
C-Name: select0
Prototype: GG
Help: select(f, A): selects elements of A according to the selection function f.
Wrapper: (bG)
Description: 
  (gen,gen):gen    genselect(${1 cookie}, ${1 wrapper}, $2)
Doc: Given a vector, list or matrix \kbd{A} and a \typ{CLOSURE} \kbd{f},
 returns the elements $x$ of \kbd{A} such that $f(x)$ is non-zero. In other
 words, \kbd{f} is seen as a selection function returning a boolean value.
 \bprog
 ? select(x->isprime(x), vector(50,i,i^2+1))
 %1 = [2, 5, 17, 37, 101, 197, 257, 401, 577, 677, 1297, 1601]
 ? select(x->(x<100), %)
 %2 = [2, 5, 17, 37]
 @eprog\noindent returns the primes of the form $i^2+1$ for some $i\leq 50$,
 then the elements less than 100 in the preceding result. The following
 function lists the elements in $(\Z/N\Z)^*$:
 \bprog
 ? invertibles(N) = select(x->gcd(x,N) == 1, vector(N,i,i))
 @eprog
 
 \noindent Finally
 \bprog
 ? select(x->x, M)
 @eprog\noindent selects the non-0 entries in \kbd{M}. If the latter is a
 \typ{MAT}, we extract the matrix of non-0 columns. Note that \emph{removing}
 entries instead of selecting them just involves replacing the selection
 function \kbd{f} with its negation:
 \bprog
 ? select(x->!isprime(x), vector(50,i,i^2+1))
 @eprog
 
 \synt{genselect}{void *E, long (*fun)(void*,GEN), GEN a}.

Function: serconvol
Class: basic
Section: polynomials
C-Name: convol
Prototype: GG
Help: serconvol(x,y): convolution (or Hadamard product) of two power series.
Doc: convolution (or \idx{Hadamard product}) of the
 two power series $x$ and $y$; in other words if $x=\sum a_k*X^k$ and $y=\sum
 b_k*X^k$ then $\kbd{serconvol}(x,y)=\sum a_k*b_k*X^k$.

Function: serlaplace
Class: basic
Section: polynomials
C-Name: laplace
Prototype: G
Help: serlaplace(x): replaces the power series sum of a_n*x^n/n! by sum of
 a_n*x^n. For the reverse operation, use serconvol(x,exp(X)).
Doc: $x$ must be a power series with non-negative
 exponents. If $x=\sum (a_k/k!)*X^k$ then the result is $\sum a_k*X^k$.

Function: serreverse
Class: basic
Section: polynomials
C-Name: recip
Prototype: G
Help: serreverse(x): reversion of the power series x.
Doc: reverse power series (i.e.~$x^{-1}$, not $1/x$)
 of $x$. $x$ must be a power series whose valuation is exactly equal to one.

Function: setintersect
Class: basic
Section: linear_algebra
C-Name: setintersect
Prototype: GG
Help: setintersect(x,y): intersection of the sets x and y.
Description: 
 (vec, vec):vec        setintersect($1, $2)
Doc: intersection of the two sets $x$ and $y$ (see \kbd{setisset}).
 The function also works if both $x$ and $y$ are vectors of strictly increasing
 entries, according to \kbd{<}); in that case we return a vector of strictly
 increasing entries, not a set. Otherwise, the result is undefined.

Function: setisset
Class: basic
Section: linear_algebra
C-Name: setisset
Prototype: lG
Help: setisset(x): true(1) if x is a set (row vector with strictly
 increasing entries), false(0) if not.
Doc: 
 returns true (1) if $x$ is a set, false (0) if
 not. In PARI, a set is a row vector whose entries are strictly
 increasing \typ{STR}s. To convert any object into a set (this is most useful for
 vectors, of course), use the function \kbd{Set}.
 \bprog
 ? a = [3, 1, 1, 2];
 ? setisset(a)
 %2 = 0
 ? Set(a)
 %3 = ["1", "2", "3"]
 @eprog

Function: setminus
Class: basic
Section: linear_algebra
C-Name: setminus
Prototype: GG
Help: setminus(x,y): set of elements of x not belonging to y.
Description: 
 (vec, vec):vec        setminus($1, $2)
Doc: difference of the two sets $x$ and $y$ (see \kbd{setisset}),
 i.e.~set of elements of $x$ which do not belong to $y$.
 The function also works if both $x$ and $y$ are vectors of strictly increasing
 entries, according to \kbd{<}); in that case we return a vector of strictly
 increasing entries, not a set. Otherwise, the result is undefined.

Function: setrand
Class: basic
Section: programming/specific
C-Name: setrand
Prototype: vG
Help: setrand(n): reset the seed of the random number generator to n.
Doc: reseeds the random number generator using the seed $n$. No value is
 returned. The seed is either a technical array output by \kbd{getrand}, or a
 small positive integer, used to generate deterministically a suitable state
 array. For instance, running a randomized computation starting by
 \kbd{setrand(1)} twice will generate the exact same output.

Function: setsearch
Class: basic
Section: linear_algebra
C-Name: setsearch
Prototype: lGGD0,L,
Help: setsearch(S,x,{flag=0}): looks if x belongs to the set S. If flag is 0
 or omitted, returns 0 if it is not, otherwise returns the index j such that
 x==S[j]. If flag is non-zero, return 0 if x belongs to S, otherwise the
 index j where it should be inserted.
Doc: searches if $x$ belongs to the set $S$ (see \kbd{setisset}).
 A set is a vector of \typ{STR}, but this function
 works also if $S$ is a arbitrary \emph{sorted} vector or list (see
 \kbd{listsort}): if $x$ is not a \typ{STR}, we first
 replace it by \kbd{Str}$(x)$ \emph{unless} the first element of $S$ is also
 not a \typ{STR}.
 
 If $x$ belongs to the set and $\fl$ is zero or omitted, returns the
 index $j$ such that $S[j]=x$, otherwise returns 0. If $\fl$ is non-zero
 returns the index $j$ where $x$ should be inserted, and $0$ if it already
 belongs to $S$ (this is meant to be used in conjunction with
 \kbd{listinsert}, see below).
 \bprog
 ? T = [2,3,5,7]; S = Set(T);
 ? setsearch(S, 2)      \\ search in a true set, t_INT 2 converted to string
 %2 = 1
 ? setsearch(S, Str(2)) \\ search in a true set, no need for conversion
 %3 = 1
 ? setsearch(T, 2)      \\ search in a sorted vector, no need for conversion
 %4 = 1
 ? setsearch(T, Str(2)) \\ search in a sorted vector, t_STR "2" not found
 %5 = 0
 ? setsearch(S, 4)      \\ not found
 %6 = 0
 ? setsearch(S, 4, 1)   \\ should have been inserted at index 3
 %7 = 3
 @eprog

Function: setunion
Class: basic
Section: linear_algebra
C-Name: setunion
Prototype: GG
Help: setunion(x,y): union of the sets x and y.
Description: 
 (vec, vec):vec        setunion($1, $2)
Doc: union of the two sets $x$ and $y$ (see \kbd{setisset}).
 The function also works if both $x$ and $y$ are vectors of strictly increasing
 entries, according to \kbd{<}); in that case we return a vector of strictly
 increasing entries, not a set. Otherwise, the result is undefined.

Function: shift
Class: basic
Section: operators
C-Name: gshift
Prototype: GL
Help: shift(x,n): shift x left n bits if n>=0, right -n bits if
 n<0.
Doc: shifts $x$ componentwise left by $n$ bits if $n\ge0$ and right by $|n|$
 bits if $n<0$. May be abbreviated as $x$ \kbd{<<} $n$ or $x$ \kbd{>>} $(-n)$.
 A left shift by $n$ corresponds to multiplication by $2^n$. A right shift of an
 integer $x$ by $|n|$ corresponds to a Euclidean division of $x$ by $2^{|n|}$
 with a remainder of the same sign as $x$, hence is not the same (in general) as
 $x \kbd{\bs} 2^n$.

Function: shiftmul
Class: basic
Section: operators
C-Name: gmul2n
Prototype: GL
Help: shiftmul(x,n): multiply x by 2^n (n>=0 or n<0)
Doc: multiplies $x$ by $2^n$. The difference with
 \kbd{shift} is that when $n<0$, ordinary division takes place, hence for
 example if $x$ is an integer the result may be a fraction, while for shifts
 Euclidean division takes place when $n<0$ hence if $x$ is an integer the result
 is still an integer.

Function: sigma
Class: basic
Section: number_theoretical
C-Name: gsumdivk
Prototype: GD1,L,
Help: sigma(x,{k=1}): sum of the k-th powers of the divisors of x. k is
 optional and if omitted is assumed to be equal to 1.
Description: 
 (int, ?1):int           sumdiv($1)
 (int, 0):int            numbdiv($1)
 (gen, ?1):gen           gsumdiv($1)
 (gen, 0):gen            gnumbdiv($1)
 (int, small):int        sumdivk($1, $2)
 (gen, small):gen        gsumdivk($1, $2)
Doc: sum of the $k^{\text{th}}$ powers of the positive divisors of $|x|$. $x$
 and $k$ must be of type integer.
 The function accepts vector/matrices arguments for $x$, and is then applied
 componentwise.
Variant: Also available are
 \fun{GEN}{gsumdiv}{GEN n} ($k = 1$), \fun{GEN}{sumdivk}{GEN n,long k}
 ($n$ a \typ{INT}) and \fun{GEN}{sumdiv}{GEN n} ($k = 1$, $n$ a \typ{INT})

Function: sign
Class: basic
Section: operators
C-Name: gsigne
Prototype: iG
Help: sign(x): sign of x, of type integer, real or fraction
Description: 
 (mp):small          signe($1)
 (gen):small        gsigne($1)
Doc: \idx{sign} ($0$, $1$ or $-1$) of $x$, which must be of
 type integer, real or fraction.

Function: simplify
Class: basic
Section: conversions
C-Name: simplify
Prototype: G
Help: simplify(x): simplify the object x as much as possible.
Doc: 
 this function simplifies $x$ as much as it can. Specifically, a complex or
 quadratic number whose imaginary part is the integer 0 (i.e.~not \kbd{Mod(0,2)}
 or \kbd{0.E-28}) is converted to its real part, and a polynomial of degree $0$
 is converted to its constant term. Simplifications occur recursively.
 
 This function is especially useful before using arithmetic functions,
 which expect integer arguments:
 \bprog
 ? x = 2 + y - y
 %1 = 2
 ? isprime(x)
   ***   at top-level: isprime(x)
   ***                 ^----------
   *** isprime: not an integer argument in an arithmetic function
 ? type(x)
 %2 = "t_POL"
 ? type(simplify(x))
 %3 = "t_INT"
 @eprog
 Note that GP results are simplified as above before they are stored in the
 history. (Unless you disable automatic simplification with \b{y}, that is.)
 In particular
 \bprog
 ? type(%1)
 %4 = "t_INT"
 @eprog

Function: sin
Class: basic
Section: transcendental
C-Name: gsin
Prototype: Gp
Help: sin(x): sine of x.
Doc: sine of $x$.

Function: sinh
Class: basic
Section: transcendental
C-Name: gsh
Prototype: Gp
Help: sinh(x): hyperbolic sine of x.
Doc: hyperbolic sine of $x$.

Function: sizebyte
Class: basic
Section: conversions
C-Name: gsizebyte
Prototype: lG
Help: sizebyte(x): number of bytes occupied by the complete tree of the
 object x.
Doc: outputs the total number of bytes occupied by the tree representing the
 PARI object $x$.
Variant: Also available is \fun{long}{gsizeword}{GEN x} returning a
 number of \emph{words}.

Function: sizedigit
Class: basic
Section: conversions
C-Name: sizedigit
Prototype: lG
Help: sizedigit(x): maximum number of decimal digits minus one of (the
 coefficients of) x.
Doc: 
 outputs a quick bound for the number of decimal
 digits of (the components of) $x$, off by at most $1$. If you want the
 exact value, you can use \kbd{\#Str(x)}, which is slower.

Function: solve
Class: basic
Section: sums
C-Name: zbrent0
Prototype: V=GGEp
Help: solve(X=a,b,expr): real root of expression expr (X between a and b),
 where expr(a)*expr(b)<=0.
Wrapper: (,,G)
Description: 
  (gen,gen,gen):gen:prec zbrent(${3 cookie}, ${3 wrapper}, $1, $2, prec)
Doc: find a real root of expression
 \var{expr} between $a$ and $b$, under the condition
 $\var{expr}(X=a) * \var{expr}(X=b) \le 0$. (You will get an error message
 \kbd{roots must be bracketed in solve} if this does not hold.)
 This routine uses Brent's method and can fail miserably if \var{expr} is
 not defined in the whole of $[a,b]$ (try \kbd{solve(x=1, 2, tan(x))}).
 
 \synt{zbrent}{void *E,GEN (*eval)(void*,GEN),GEN a,GEN b,long prec}.

Function: sqr
Class: basic
Section: transcendental
C-Name: gsqr
Prototype: G
Help: sqr(x): square of x. NOT identical to x*x.
Description: 
 (int):int        sqri($1)
 (mp):mp          gsqr($1)
 (gen):gen        gsqr($1)
Doc: square of $x$. This operation is not completely
 straightforward, i.e.~identical to $x * x$, since it can usually be
 computed more efficiently (roughly one-half of the elementary
 multiplications can be saved). Also, squaring a $2$-adic number increases
 its precision. For example,
 \bprog
 ? (1 + O(2^4))^2
 %1 = 1 + O(2^5)
 ? (1 + O(2^4)) * (1 + O(2^4))
 %2 = 1 + O(2^4)
 @eprog\noindent
 Note that this function is also called whenever one multiplies two objects
 which are known to be \emph{identical}, e.g.~they are the value of the same
 variable, or we are computing a power.
 \bprog
 ? x = (1 + O(2^4)); x * x
 %3 = 1 + O(2^5)
 ? (1 + O(2^4))^4
 %4 = 1 + O(2^6)
 @eprog\noindent
 (note the difference between \kbd{\%2} and \kbd{\%3} above).

Function: sqrt
Class: basic
Section: transcendental
C-Name: gsqrt
Prototype: Gp
Help: sqrt(x): square root of x.
Description: 
 (real):gen           sqrtr($1)
 (gen):gen:prec       gsqrt($1, prec)
Doc: principal branch of the square root of $x$, defined as $\sqrt{x} =
 \exp(\log x / 2)$. In particular, we have
 $\text{Arg}(\text{sqrt}(x))\in{} ]-\pi/2, \pi/2]$, and if $x\in \R$ and $x<0$,
 then the result is complex with positive imaginary part.
 
 Intmod a prime $p$ and $p$-adics are allowed as arguments. In that case,
 the square root (if it exists) which is returned is the one whose
 first $p$-adic digit is in the interval $[0,p/2]$. When the argument is an
 intmod a non-prime (or a non-prime-adic), the result is undefined.
Variant: For a \typ{PADIC} $x$, the function
 \fun{GEN}{Qp_sqrt}{GEN x} is also available.

Function: sqrtint
Class: basic
Section: number_theoretical
C-Name: sqrtint
Prototype: G
Help: sqrtint(x): integer square root of x (x integer).
Description: 
 (gen):int sqrtint($1)
Doc: integer square root of $x$, which must be a non-negative integer. The
 result is non-negative and rounded towards zero.

Function: sqrtn
Class: basic
Section: transcendental
C-Name: gsqrtn
Prototype: GGD&p
Help: sqrtn(x,n,{&z}): nth-root of x, n must be integer. If present, z is
 set to a suitable root of unity to recover all solutions. If it was not
 possible, z is set to zero.
Doc: principal branch of the $n$th root of $x$,
 i.e.~such that $\text{Arg}(\text{sqrt}(x))\in{} ]-\pi/n, \pi/n]$. Intmod
 a prime and $p$-adics are allowed as arguments.
 
 If $z$ is present, it is set to a suitable root of unity allowing to
 recover all the other roots. If it was not possible, z is
 set to zero. In the case this argument is present and no square root exist,
 $0$ is returned instead or raising an error.
 \bprog
 ? sqrtn(Mod(2,7), 2)
 %1 = Mod(4, 7)
 ? sqrtn(Mod(2,7), 2, &z); z
 %2 = Mod(6, 7)
 ? sqrtn(Mod(2,7), 3)
   ***   at top-level: sqrtn(Mod(2,7),3)
   ***                 ^-----------------
   *** sqrtn: nth-root does not exist in gsqrtn.
 ? sqrtn(Mod(2,7), 3,  &z)
 %2 = 0
 ? z
 %3 = 0
 @eprog
 
 The following script computes all roots in all possible cases:
 \bprog
 sqrtnall(x,n)=
 { my(V,r,z,r2);
   r = sqrtn(x,n, &z);
   if (!z, error("Impossible case in sqrtn"));
   if (type(x) == "t_INTMOD" || type(x)=="t_PADIC" ,
   r2 = r*z; n = 1;
   while (r2!=r, r2*=z;n++));
   V = vector(n); V[1] = r;
   for(i=2, n, V[i] = V[i-1]*z);
   V
 }
 addhelp(sqrtnall,"sqrtnall(x,n):compute the vector of nth-roots of x");
 @eprog\noindent
Variant: If $x$ is a \typ{PADIC}, the function
 \fun{GEN}{Qp_sqrt}{GEN x, GEN n, GEN *z} is also available.

Function: stirling
Class: basic
Section: number_theoretical
C-Name: stirling
Prototype: LLD1,L,
Help: stirling(n,k,{flag=1}): If flag=1 (default) return the Stirling number
 of the first kind s(n,k), if flag=2, return the Stirling number of the second
 kind S(n,k).
Doc: \idx{Stirling number} of the first kind $s(n,k)$ ($\fl=1$, default) or
 of the second kind $S(n,k)$ (\fl=2), where $n$, $k$ are non-negative
 integers. The former is $(-1)^{n-k}$ times the
 number of permutations of $n$ symbols with exactly $k$ cycles; the latter is
 the number of ways of partitioning a set of $n$ elements into $k$ non-empty
 subsets. Note that if all $s(n,k)$ are needed, it is much faster to compute
 $$\sum_k s(n,k) x^k = x(x-1)\dots(x-n+1).$$
 Similarly, if a large number of $S(n,k)$ are needed for the same $k$,
 one should use
 $$\sum_n S(n,k) x^n = \dfrac{x^k}{(1-x)\dots(1-kx)}.$$
 (Should be implemented using a divide and conquer product.) Here are
 simple variants for $n$ fixed:
 \bprog
 /* list of s(n,k), k = 1..n */
 vecstirling(n) = Vec( factorback(vector(n-1,i,1-i*'x)) )
 
 /* list of S(n,k), k = 1..n */
 vecstirling2(n) =
 { my(Q = x^(n-1), t);
   vector(n, i, t = divrem(Q, x-i); Q=t[1]; t[2]);
 }
 @eprog
Variant: Also available are \fun{GEN}{stirling1}{ulong n, ulong k}
 ($\fl=1$) and \fun{GEN}{stirling2}{ulong n, ulong k} ($\fl=2$).

Function: subgrouplist
Class: basic
Section: number_fields
C-Name: subgrouplist0
Prototype: GDGD0,L,
Help: subgrouplist(bnr,{bound},{flag=0}): bnr being as output by bnrinit or
 a list of cyclic components of a finite Abelian group G, outputs the list of
 subgroups of G (of index bounded by bound, if not omitted), given as HNF
 left divisors of the SNF matrix corresponding to G. If flag=0 (default) and
 bnr is as output by bnrinit, gives only the subgroups for which the modulus
 is the conductor.
Doc: \var{bnr} being as output by \kbd{bnrinit} or a list of cyclic components
 of a finite Abelian group $G$, outputs the list of subgroups of $G$. Subgroups
 are given as HNF left divisors of the SNF matrix corresponding to $G$.
 
 If $\fl=0$ (default) and \var{bnr} is as output by \kbd{bnrinit}, gives
 only the subgroups whose modulus is the conductor. Otherwise, the modulus is
 not taken into account.
 
 If \var{bound} is present, and is a positive integer, restrict the output to
 subgroups of index less than \var{bound}. If \var{bound} is a vector
 containing a single positive integer $B$, then only subgroups of index
 exactly equal to $B$ are computed. For instance
 \bprog
 ? subgrouplist([6,2])
 %1 = [[6, 0; 0, 2], [2, 0; 0, 2], [6, 3; 0, 1], [2, 1; 0, 1], [3, 0; 0, 2],
 [1, 0; 0, 2], [6, 0; 0, 1], [2, 0; 0, 1], [3, 0; 0, 1], [1, 0; 0, 1]]
 ? subgrouplist([6,2],3)    \\@com index less than 3
 %2 = [[2, 1; 0, 1], [1, 0; 0, 2], [2, 0; 0, 1], [3, 0; 0, 1], [1, 0; 0, 1]]
 ? subgrouplist([6,2],[3])  \\@com index 3
 %3 = [[3, 0; 0, 1]]
 ? bnr = bnrinit(bnfinit(x), [120,[1]], 1);
 ? L = subgrouplist(bnr, [8]);
 @eprog\noindent
 In the last example, $L$ corresponds to the 24 subfields of
 $\Q(\zeta_{120})$, of degree $8$ and conductor $120\infty$ (by setting \fl,
 we see there are a total of $43$ subgroups of degree $8$).
 \bprog
 ? vector(#L, i, galoissubcyclo(bnr, L[i]))
 @eprog\noindent
 will produce their equations. (For a general base field, you would
 have to rely on \tet{bnrstark}, or \tet{rnfkummer}.)

Function: subst
Class: basic
Section: polynomials
C-Name: gsubst
Prototype: GnG
Help: subst(x,y,z): in expression x, replace the variable y by the
 expression z.
Doc: replace the simple variable $y$ by the argument $z$ in the ``polynomial''
 expression $x$. Every type is allowed for $x$, but if it is not a genuine
 polynomial (or power series, or rational function), the substitution will be
 done as if the scalar components were polynomials of degree zero. In
 particular, beware that:
 
 \bprog
 ? subst(1, x, [1,2; 3,4])
 %1 =
 [1 0]
 
 [0 1]
 
 ? subst(1, x, Mat([0,1]))
   ***   at top-level: subst(1,x,Mat([0,1])
   ***                 ^--------------------
   *** subst: forbidden substitution by a non square matrix.
 @eprog\noindent
 If $x$ is a power series, $z$ must be either a polynomial, a power
 series, or a rational function. Finally, if $x$ is a vector,
 matrix or list, the substitution is applied to each individual entry.
 
 Use the function \kbd{substvec} to replace several variables at once,
 or the function \kbd{substpol} to replace a polynomial expression.

Function: substpol
Class: basic
Section: polynomials
C-Name: gsubstpol
Prototype: GGG
Help: substpol(x,y,z): in expression x, replace the polynomial y by the
 expression z, using remainder decomposition of x.
Doc: replace the ``variable'' $y$ by the argument $z$ in the ``polynomial''
 expression $x$. Every type is allowed for $x$, but the same behavior
 as \kbd{subst} above apply.
 
 The difference with \kbd{subst} is that $y$ is allowed to be any polynomial
 here. The substitution is done moding out all components of $x$
 (recursively) by $y - t$, where $t$ is a new free variable of lowest
 priority. Then substituting $t$ by $z$ in the resulting expression. For
 instance
 \bprog
 ? substpol(x^4 + x^2 + 1, x^2, y)
 %1 = y^2 + y + 1
 ? substpol(x^4 + x^2 + 1, x^3, y)
 %2 = x^2 + y*x + 1
 ? substpol(x^4 + x^2 + 1, (x+1)^2, y)
 %3 = (-4*y - 6)*x + (y^2 + 3*y - 3)
 @eprog
Variant: Further, \fun{GEN}{gdeflate}{GEN T, long v, long d} attempts to
 write $T(x)$ in the form $t(x^d)$, where $x=$\kbd{pol\_x}$(v)$, and returns
 \kbd{NULL} if the substitution fails (for instance in the example \kbd{\%2}
 above).

Function: substvec
Class: basic
Section: polynomials
C-Name: gsubstvec
Prototype: GGG
Help: substvec(x,v,w): in expression x, make a best effort to replace the
 variables v1,...,vn by the expression w1,...,wn.
Doc: $v$ being a vector of monomials of degree 1 (variables),
 $w$ a vector of expressions of the same length, replace in the expression
 $x$ all occurrences of $v_i$ by $w_i$. The substitutions are done
 simultaneously; more precisely, the $v_i$ are first replaced by new
 variables in $x$, then these are replaced by the $w_i$:
 
 \bprog
 ? substvec([x,y], [x,y], [y,x])
 %1 = [y, x]
 ? substvec([x,y], [x,y], [y,x+y])
 %2 = [y, x + y]     \\ not [y, 2*y]
 @eprog

Function: sum
Class: basic
Section: sums
C-Name: somme
Prototype: V=GGEDG
Help: sum(X=a,b,expr,{x=0}): x plus the sum (X goes from a to b) of
 expression expr.
Doc: sum of expression \var{expr},
 initialized at $x$, the formal parameter going from $a$ to $b$. As for
 \kbd{prod}, the initialization parameter $x$ may be given to force the type
 of the operations being performed.
 
 \noindent As an extreme example, compare
 
 \bprog
 ? sum(i=1, 10^4, 1/i); \\@com rational number: denominator has $4345$ digits.
 time = 236 ms.
 ? sum(i=1, 5000, 1/i, 0.)
 time = 8 ms.
 %2 = 9.787606036044382264178477904
 @eprog
 
 \synt{somme}{GEN a, GEN b, char *expr, GEN x}.

Function: sumalt
Class: basic
Section: sums
C-Name: sumalt0
Prototype: V=GED0,L,p
Help: sumalt(X=a,expr,{flag=0}): Cohen-Villegas-Zagier's acceleration of
 alternating series expr, X starting at a. flag is optional, and can be 0:
 default, or 1: uses a slightly different method using Zagier's polynomials.
Wrapper: (,G)
Description: 
  (gen,gen,?0):gen:prec sumalt(${2 cookie}, ${2 wrapper}, $1, prec)
  (gen,gen,1):gen:prec sumalt2(${2 cookie}, ${2 wrapper}, $1, prec)
Doc: numerical summation of the series \var{expr}, which should be an
 \idx{alternating series}, the formal variable $X$ starting at $a$. Use an
 algorithm of Cohen, Villegas and Zagier (\emph{Experiment. Math.} {\bf 9}
 (2000), no.~1, 3--12).
 
 If $\fl=1$, use a variant with slightly different polynomials. Sometimes
 faster.
 
 The routine is heuristic and a rigorous proof assumes that the values of
 \var{expr} are the moments of a positive measure on $[0,1]$. Divergent
 alternating series can sometimes be summed by this method, as well as series
 which are not exactly alternating (see for example
 \secref{se:user_defined}). It should be used to try and guess the value of
 an infinite sum. (However, see the example at the end of
 \secref{se:userfundef}.)
 
 If the series already converges geometrically,
 \tet{suminf} is often a better choice:
 \bprog
 ? \p28
 ? sumalt(i = 1, -(-1)^i / i)  - log(2)
 time = 0 ms.
 %1 = -2.524354897 E-29
 ? suminf(i = 1, -(-1)^i / i)   \\@com Had to hit <C-C>
   ***   at top-level: suminf(i=1,-(-1)^i/i)
   ***                                ^------
   *** suminf: user interrupt after 10min, 20,100 ms.
 ? \p1000
 ? sumalt(i = 1, -(-1)^i / i)  - log(2)
 time = 90 ms.
 %2 = 4.459597722 E-1002
 
 ? sumalt(i = 0, (-1)^i / i!) - exp(-1)
 time = 670 ms.
 %3 = -4.03698781490633483156497361352190615794353338591897830587 E-944
 ? suminf(i = 0, (-1)^i / i!) - exp(-1)
 time = 110 ms.
 %4 = -8.39147638 E-1000   \\ @com faster and more accurate
 @eprog
 
 \synt{sumalt}{void *E, GEN (*eval)(void*,GEN),GEN a,long prec}. Also
 available is \tet{sumalt2} with the same arguments ($\fl = 1$).

Function: sumdedekind
Class: basic
Section: number_theoretical
C-Name: sumdedekind
Prototype: GG
Help: sumdedekind(h,k): Dedekind sum associated to h,k
Doc: returns the \idx{Dedekind sum} associated to the integers $h$ and $k$,
  corresponding to a fast implementation of
  \bprog
   s(h,k) = sum(n = 1, k-1, (n/k)*(frac(h*n/k) - 1/2))
  @eprog

Function: sumdiv
Class: basic
Section: sums
C-Name: divsum
Prototype: GVE
Help: sumdiv(n,X,expr): sum of expression expr, X running over the divisors
 of n.
Doc: sum of expression \var{expr} over the positive divisors of $n$.
 This function is a trivial wrapper essentially equivalent to
 \bprog
   D = divisors(n);
   for (i = 1, #D, X = D[i]; eval(expr))
 @eprog\noindent (except that \kbd{X} is lexically scoped to the \kbd{sumdiv}
 loop).
 Arithmetic functions like \tet{sigma} use the multiplicativity of the
 underlying expression to speed up the computation. Since there is no way to
 indicate that \var{expr} is multiplicative in $n$, specialized functions
 should always be preferred.
 %\syn{NO}

Function: suminf
Class: basic
Section: sums
C-Name: suminf0
Prototype: V=GEp
Help: suminf(X=a,expr): infinite sum (X goes from a to infinity) of real or
 complex expression expr.
Wrapper: (,G)
Description: 
  (gen,gen):gen:prec suminf(${2 cookie}, ${2 wrapper}, $1, prec)
Doc: \idx{infinite sum} of expression
 \var{expr}, the formal parameter $X$ starting at $a$. The evaluation stops
 when the relative error of the expression is less than the default precision
 for 3 consecutive evaluations. The expressions must always evaluate to a
 complex number.
 
 If the series converges slowly, make sure \kbd{realprecision} is low (even 28
 digits may be too much). In this case, if the series is alternating or the
 terms have a constant sign, \tet{sumalt} and \tet{sumpos} should be used
 instead.
 
 \bprog
 ? \p28
 ? suminf(i = 1, -(-1)^i / i)   \\@com Had to hit <C-C>
   ***   at top-level: suminf(i=1,-(-1)^i/i)
   ***                                ^------
   *** suminf: user interrupt after 10min, 20,100 ms.
 ? sumalt(i = 1, -(-1)^i / i) - log(2)
 time = 0 ms.
 %1 = -2.524354897 E-29
 @eprog
 
 \synt{suminf}{void *E, GEN (*eval)(void*,GEN), GEN a, long prec}.

Function: sumnum
Class: basic
Section: sums
C-Name: sumnum0
Prototype: V=GGEDGD0,L,p
Help: sumnum(X=a,sig,expr,{tab},{flag=0}): numerical summation of expr from
 X = ceiling(a) to +infinity. sig is either a scalar or a two-component vector
 coding the function's decrease rate at infinity. It is assumed that the
 scalar part of sig is to the right of all poles of expr. If present, tab
 must be initialized by sumnuminit. If flag is nonzero, assumes that
 conj(expr(z)) = expr(conj(z)).
Wrapper: (,,G)
Description: 
  (gen,gen,gen,?gen,?small):gen:prec sumnum(${3 cookie}, ${3 wrapper}, $1, $2, $4, $5, prec)
Doc: numerical summation of \var{expr}, the variable $X$ taking integer values
 from ceiling of $a$ to $+\infty$, where \var{expr} is assumed to be a
 holomorphic function $f(X)$ for $\Re(X)\ge \sigma$.
 
 The parameter $\sigma\in\R$ is coded in the argument \kbd{sig} as follows: it
 is either
 
 \item a real number $\sigma$. Then the function $f$ is assumed to
 decrease at least as $1/X^2$ at infinity, but not exponentially;
 
 \item a two-component vector $[\sigma,\alpha]$, where $\sigma$ is as
 before, $\alpha < -1$. The function $f$ is assumed to decrease like
 $X^{\alpha}$. In particular, $\alpha\le-2$ is equivalent to no $\alpha$ at all.
 
 \item a two-component vector $[\sigma,\alpha]$, where $\sigma$ is as
 before, $\alpha > 0$. The function $f$ is assumed to decrease like
 $\exp(-\alpha X)$. In this case it is essential that $\alpha$ be exactly the
 rate of exponential decrease, and it is usually a good idea to increase
 the default value of $m$ used for the integration step. In practice, if
 the function is exponentially decreasing \kbd{sumnum} is slower and less
 accurate than \kbd{sumpos} or \kbd{suminf}, so should not be used.
 
 The function uses the \tet{intnum} routines and integration on the line
 $\Re(s) = \sigma$. The optional argument \var{tab} is as in intnum, except it
 must be initialized with \kbd{sumnuminit} instead of \kbd{intnuminit}.
 
 When \var{tab} is not precomputed, \kbd{sumnum} can be slower than
 \kbd{sumpos}, when the latter is applicable. It is in general faster for
 slowly decreasing functions.
 
 Finally, if $\fl$ is nonzero, we assume that the function $f$ to be summed is
 of real type, i.e. satisfies $\overline{f(z)}=f(\overline{z})$, which
 speeds up the computation.
 
 \bprog
 ? \p 308
 ? a = sumpos(n=1, 1/(n^3+n+1));
 time = 1,410 ms.
 ? tab = sumnuminit(2);
 time = 1,620 ms. \\@com slower but done once and for all.
 ? b = sumnum(n=1, 2, 1/(n^3+n+1), tab);
 time = 460 ms. \\@com 3 times as fast as \kbd{sumpos}
 ? a - b
 %4 = -1.0... E-306 + 0.E-320*I \\@com perfect.
 ? sumnum(n=1, 2, 1/(n^3+n+1), tab, 1) - a; \\@com function of real type
 time = 240 ms.
 %2 = -1.0... E-306 \\@com twice as fast, no imaginary part.
 ? c = sumnum(n=1, 2, 1/(n^2+1), tab, 1);
 time = 170 ms. \\@com fast
 ? d = sumpos(n=1, 1 / (n^2+1));
 time = 2,700 ms. \\@com slow.
 ? d - c
 time = 0 ms.
 %5 = 1.97... E-306 \\@com perfect.
 @eprog
 
 For slowly decreasing function, we must indicate singularities:
 \bprog
 ? \p 308
 ? a = sumnum(n=1, 2, n^(-4/3));
 time = 9,930 ms. \\@com slow because of the computation of $n^{-4/3}$.
 ? a - zeta(4/3)
 time = 110 ms.
 %1 = -2.42... E-107 \\@com lost 200 decimals because of singularity at $\infty$
 ? b = sumnum(n=1, [2,-4/3], n^(-4/3), /*omitted*/, 1); \\@com of real type
 time = 12,210 ms.
 ? b - zeta(4/3)
 %3 = 1.05... E-300 \\@com better
 @eprog
 
 Since the \emph{complex} values of the function are used, beware of
 determination problems. For instance:
 \bprog
 ? \p 308
 ? tab = sumnuminit([2,-3/2]);
 time = 1,870 ms.
 ? sumnum(n=1,[2,-3/2], 1/(n*sqrt(n)), tab,1) - zeta(3/2)
 time = 690 ms.
 %1 = -1.19... E-305 \\@com fast and correct
 ? sumnum(n=1,[2,-3/2], 1/sqrt(n^3), tab,1) - zeta(3/2)
 time = 730 ms.
 %2 = -1.55... \\@com nonsense. However
 ? sumnum(n=1,[2,-3/2], 1/n^(3/2), tab,1) - zeta(3/2)
 time = 8,990 ms.
 %3 = -1.19... E-305 \\@com perfect, as $1/(n*\sqrt{n})$ above but much slower
 @eprog
 
 For exponentially decreasing functions, \kbd{sumnum} is given for
 completeness, but one of \tet{suminf} or \tet{sumpos} should always be
 preferred. If you experiment with such functions and \kbd{sumnum} anyway,
 indicate the exact rate of decrease and increase $m$ by $1$ or $2$:
 
 \bprog
 ? suminf(n=1, 2^(-n)) - 1
 time = 10 ms.
 %1 = -1.11... E-308 \\@com fast and perfect
 ? sumpos(n=1, 2^(-n)) - 1
 time = 10 ms.
 %2 = -2.78... E-308 \\@com also fast and perfect
 ? sumnum(n=1,2, 2^(-n)) - 1
 %3 = -1.321115060 E320 + 0.E311*I \\@com nonsense
 ? sumnum(n=1, [2,log(2)], 2^(-n), /*omitted*/, 1) - 1 \\@com of real type
 time = 5,860 ms.
 %4 = -1.5... E-236 \\@com slow and lost $70$ decimals
 ? m = intnumstep()
 %5 = 9
 ? sumnum(n=1,[2,log(2)], 2^(-n), m+1, 1) - 1
 time = 11,770 ms.
 %6 = -1.9... E-305 \\@com now perfect, but slow.
 @eprog
 
 \synt{sumnum}{void *E, GEN (*eval)(void*,GEN), GEN a,GEN sig,GEN tab,long flag, long prec}.

Function: sumnumalt
Class: basic
Section: sums
C-Name: sumnumalt0
Prototype: V=GGEDGD0,L,p
Help: sumnumalt(X=a,sig,expr,{tab},{flag=0}): numerical summation of (-1)^X
 expr(X)
 from X = ceiling(a) to +infinity. Note that the (-1)^X must not be included.
 sig is either a scalar or a two-component vector coded as in intnum, and the
 scalar part is larger than all the real parts of the poles of expr. Uses intnum,
 hence tab is as in intnum. If flag is nonzero, assumes that the function to
 be summed satisfies conj(f(z))=f(conj(z)), and then up to twice faster.
Wrapper: (,,G)
Description: 
  (gen,gen,gen,?gen,?small):gen:prec sumnumalt(${3 cookie}, ${3 wrapper}, $1, $2, $4, $5, prec)
Doc: numerical
 summation of $(-1)^X\var{expr}(X)$, the variable $X$ taking integer values from
 ceiling of $a$ to $+\infty$, where \var{expr} is assumed to be a holomorphic
 function for $\Re(X)\ge sig$ (or $sig[1]$).
 
 \misctitle{Warning} This function uses the \kbd{intnum} routines and is
 orders of magnitude slower than \kbd{sumalt}. It is only given for
 completeness and should not be used in practice.
 
 \misctitle{Warning 2} The expression \var{expr} must \emph{not} include the
 $(-1)^X$ coefficient. Thus $\kbd{sumalt}(n=a,(-1)^nf(n))$ is (approximately)
 equal to $\kbd{sumnumalt}(n=a,sig,f(n))$.
 
 $sig$ is coded as in \kbd{sumnum}. However for slowly decreasing functions
 (where $sig$ is coded as $[\sigma,\alpha]$ with $\alpha<-1$), it is not
 really important to indicate $\alpha$. In fact, as for \kbd{sumalt}, the
 program will often give meaningful results (usually analytic continuations)
 even for divergent series. On the other hand the exponential decrease must be
 indicated.
 
 \var{tab} is as in \kbd{intnum}, but if used must be initialized with
 \kbd{sumnuminit}. If $\fl$ is nonzero, assumes that the function $f$ to be
 summed is of real type, i.e. satisfies $\overline{f(z)}=f(\overline{z})$, and
 then twice faster when \var{tab} is precomputed.
 
 \bprog
 ? \p 308
 ? tab = sumnuminit(2, /*omitted*/, -1); \\@com abscissa $\sigma=2$, alternating sums.
 time = 1,620 ms. \\@com slow, but done once and for all.
 ? a = sumnumalt(n=1, 2, 1/(n^3+n+1), tab, 1);
 time = 230 ms. \\@com similar speed to \kbd{sumnum}
 ? b = sumalt(n=1, (-1)^n/(n^3+n+1));
 time = 0 ms. \\@com infinitely faster!
 ? a - b
 time = 0 ms.
 %1 = -1.66... E-308 \\@com perfect
 @eprog
 
 \synt{sumnumalt}{void *E, GEN (*eval)(void*,GEN), GEN a, GEN sig, GEN tab, long flag, long prec}.

Function: sumnuminit
Class: basic
Section: sums
C-Name: sumnuminit
Prototype: GD0,L,D1,L,p
Help: sumnuminit(sig, {m=0}, {sgn=1}): initialize tables for numerical
 summation. sgn is 1 (in fact >= 0), the default, for sumnum (ordinary sums)
 or -1 (in fact < 0) for sumnumalt (alternating sums). sig is as in sumnum and
 m is as in intnuminit.
Doc: initialize tables for numerical summation using \kbd{sumnum} (with
 $\var{sgn}=1$) or \kbd{sumnumalt} (with $\var{sgn}=-1$), $sig$ is the
 abscissa of integration coded as in \kbd{sumnum}, and $m$ is as in
 \kbd{intnuminit}.

Function: sumpos
Class: basic
Section: sums
C-Name: sumpos0
Prototype: V=GED0,L,p
Help: sumpos(X=a,expr,{flag=0}): sum of positive (or negative) series expr,
 the formal
 variable X starting at a. flag is optional, and can be 0: default, or 1:
 uses a slightly different method using Zagier's polynomials.
Wrapper: (,G)
Description: 
  (gen,gen,?0):gen:prec sumpos(${2 cookie}, ${2 wrapper}, $1, prec)
  (gen,gen,1):gen:prec sumpos2(${2 cookie}, ${2 wrapper}, $1, prec)
Doc: numerical summation of the series \var{expr}, which must be a series of
 terms having the same sign, the formal variable $X$ starting at $a$. The
 algorithm used is Van Wijngaarden's trick for converting such a series into
 an alternating one, then we use \tet{sumalt}. For regular functions, the
 function \kbd{sumnum} is in general much faster once the initializations
 have been made using \kbd{sumnuminit}.
 
 The routine is heuristic and assumes that \var{expr} is more or less a
 decreasing function of $X$. In particular, the result will be completely
 wrong if \var{expr} is 0 too often. We do not check either that all terms
 have the same sign. As \tet{sumalt}, this function should be used to
 try and guess the value of an infinite sum.
 
 If $\fl=1$, use slightly different polynomials. Sometimes faster.
 
 \synt{sumpos}{void *E, GEN (*eval)(void*,GEN),GEN a,long prec}. Also
 available is \tet{sumpos2} with the same arguments ($\fl = 1$).

Function: system
Class: gp
Section: programming/specific
C-Name: system0
Prototype: vs
Help: system(str): str being a string, execute the system command str.
Doc: \var{str} is a string representing a system command. This command is
 executed, its output written to the standard output (this won't get into your
 logfile), and control returns to the PARI system. This simply calls the C
 \kbd{system} command.

Function: tan
Class: basic
Section: transcendental
C-Name: gtan
Prototype: Gp
Help: tan(x): tangent of x.
Doc: tangent of $x$.

Function: tanh
Class: basic
Section: transcendental
C-Name: gth
Prototype: Gp
Help: tanh(x): hyperbolic tangent of x.
Doc: hyperbolic tangent of $x$.

Function: taylor
Class: basic
Section: polynomials
C-Name: tayl
Prototype: GnDP
Help: taylor(x,t,{d=seriesprecision}): taylor expansion of x with respect to
 t, adding O(t^d) to all components of x.
Doc: Taylor expansion around $0$ of $x$ with respect to
 the simple variable $t$. $x$ can be of any reasonable type, for example a
 rational function. Contrary to \tet{Ser}, which takes the valuation into
 account, this function adds $O(t^d)$ to all components of $x$.
 \bprog
 ? taylor(x/(1+y), y, 5)
 %1 = (y^4 - y^3 + y^2 - y + 1)*x + O(y^5)
 ? Ser(x/(1+y), y, 5)
  ***   at top-level: Ser(x/(1+y),y,5)
  ***                 ^----------------
  *** Ser: main variable must have higher priority in gtoser.
 @eprog

Function: teichmuller
Class: basic
Section: transcendental
C-Name: teich
Prototype: G
Help: teichmuller(x): teichmuller character of p-adic number x.
Doc: Teichm\"uller character of the $p$-adic number $x$, i.e. the unique
 $(p-1)$-th root of unity congruent to $x / p^{v_p(x)}$ modulo $p$.

Function: theta
Class: basic
Section: transcendental
C-Name: theta
Prototype: GGp
Help: theta(q,z): Jacobi sine theta-function.
Doc: Jacobi sine theta-function
 $$ \theta_1(z, q) = 2q^{1/4} \sum_{n\geq 0} (-1)^n q^{n(n+1)} \sin((2n+1)z).$$

Function: thetanullk
Class: basic
Section: transcendental
C-Name: thetanullk
Prototype: GLp
Help: thetanullk(q,k): k'th derivative at z=0 of theta(q,z).
Doc: $k$-th derivative at $z=0$ of $\kbd{theta}(q,z)$.
Variant: 
 \fun{GEN}{vecthetanullk}{GEN q, long k, long prec} returns the vector
 of all $\dfrac{d^i\theta}{dz^i}(q,0)$ for all odd $i = 1, 3, \dots, 2k-1$.

Function: thue
Class: basic
Section: polynomials
C-Name: thue
Prototype: GGDG
Help: thue(tnf,a,{sol}): solve the equation P(x,y)=a, where tnf was created
 with thueinit(P), and sol, if present, contains the solutions of Norm(x)=a
 modulo units in the number field defined by P. If tnf was computed without
 assuming GRH (flag 1 in thueinit), the result is unconditional.
Doc: returns all solutions of the equation
 $P(x,y)=a$ in integers $x$ and $y$, where \var{tnf} was created with
 $\kbd{thueinit}(P)$. If present, \var{sol} must contain the solutions of
 $\Norm(x)=a$ modulo units of positive norm in the number field
 defined by $P$ (as computed by \kbd{bnfisintnorm}). If there are infinitely
 many solutions, an error will be issued.
 
 If \var{tnf} was computed without assuming GRH (flag $1$ in \tet{thueinit}),
 then the result is unconditional. Otherwise, it depends in principle of the
 truth of the GRH, but may still be unconditionally correct in some
 favourable cases. The result is conditional on the GRH if
 $a\neq \pm 1$ and, $P$ has a single irreducible rational factor, whose
 associated tentative class number $h$ and regulator $R$ (as computed
 assuming the GRH) satisfy
 
 \item $h > 1$,
 
 \item $R/0.2 > 1.5$.
 
 Here's how to solve the Thue equation $x^{13} - 5y^{13} = - 4$:
 \bprog
 ? tnf = thueinit(x^13 - 5);
 ? thue(tnf, -4)
 %1 = [[1, 1]]
 @eprog
 Hence, the only solution is $(x,y) = (1,1)$, and the result is
 unconditional. On the other hand:
 \bprog
 ? P = x^3-2*x^2+3*x-17; tnf = thueinit(P);
 ? thue(tnf, -15)
 %2 = [[1, 1]]  \\ a priori conditional on the GRH.
 ? K = bnfinit(P); K.no
 %3 = 3
 ? K.ref
 %4 = 2.8682185139262873674706034475498755834
 @eprog
 This time the result is conditional. All results computed using this
 particular \var{tnf} are likewise conditional, \emph{except} for a right-hand
 side of $\pm 1$.
 The above result is in fact correct, so we did not just disprove the GRH:
 \bprog
 ? tnf = thueinit(x^3-2*x^2+3*x-17, 1 /*unconditional*/);
 ? thue(tnf, -15)
 %4 = [[1, 1]]
 @eprog
 Note that reducible or non-monic polynomials are allowed:
 \bprog
 ? tnf = thueinit((2*x+1)^5 * (4*x^3-2*x^2+3*x-17), 1);
 ? thue(tnf, 128)
 %2 = [[-1, 0], [1, 0]]
 @eprog\noindent Reducible polynomials are in fact much easier to handle.

Function: thueinit
Class: basic
Section: polynomials
C-Name: thueinit
Prototype: GD0,L,p
Help: thueinit(P,{flag=0}): initialize the tnf corresponding to P, that will
 be used to solve Thue equations P(x,y) = some-integer. If flag is non-zero,
 certify the result unconditionnaly. Otherwise, assume GRH (much faster of
 course).
Doc: initializes the \var{tnf} corresponding to $P$, a univariate polynomial
 with integer coefficients. The result is meant to be used in conjunction with
 \tet{thue} to solve Thue equations $P(X / Y)Y^{\deg P} = a$, where $a$ is an
 integer.
 
 If $\fl$ is non-zero, certify results unconditionally. Otherwise, assume
 \idx{GRH}, this being much faster of course. In the latter case, the result
 may still be unconditionally correct, see \tet{thue}. For instance in most
 cases where $P$ is reducible (not a pure power of an irreducible), \emph{or}
 conditional computed class groups are trivial \emph{or} the right hand side
 is $\pm1$, then results are always unconditional.

Function: trace
Class: basic
Section: linear_algebra
C-Name: gtrace
Prototype: G
Help: trace(x): trace of x.
Doc: this applies to quite general $x$. If $x$ is not a
 matrix, it is equal to the sum of $x$ and its conjugate, except for polmods
 where it is the trace as an algebraic number.
 
 For $x$ a square matrix, it is the ordinary trace. If $x$ is a
 non-square matrix (but not a vector), an error occurs.

Function: trap
Class: basic
Section: programming/specific
C-Name: trap0
Prototype: DrDEDE
Help: trap({e}, {rec}, seq): try to execute seq, trapping runtime error e (all
 of them if e ommitted); sequence rec is executed if the error occurs and
 is the result of the command.
Wrapper: (,_,_)
Description: 
 (?str,?closure,?closure):gen trap0($1, $2, $3)
Doc: tries to
 evaluate \var{seq}, trapping runtime error $e$, that is effectively preventing
 it from aborting computations in the usual way; the recovery sequence
 \var{rec} is executed if the error occurs and the evaluation of \var{rec}
 becomes the result of the command. If $e$ is omitted, all exceptions are
 trapped. See \secref{se:errorrec} for an introduction to error recovery
 under \kbd{gp}.
 
 \bprog
 ? \\@com trap division by 0
 ? inv(x) = trap (gdiver, INFINITY, 1/x)
 ? inv(2)
 %1 = 1/2
 ? inv(0)
 %2 = INFINITY
 @eprog\noindent
 Note that \var{seq} is effectively evaluated up to the point that produced
 the error, and the recovery sequence is evaluated starting from that same
 context, it does not "undo" whatever happened in the other branch (restore
 the evaluation context):
 \bprog
 ? x = 1; trap (, /* recover: */ x, /* try: */ x = 0; 1/x)
 %1 = 0
 @eprog
 
 \misctitle{Note} The interface is currently not adequate for trapping
 individual exceptions. In the current version \vers, the following keywords
 are recognized, but the name list will be expanded and changed in the
 future (all library mode errors can be trapped: it's a matter of defining
 the keywords to \kbd{gp}):
 
 \kbd{alarmer}: alarm time-out
 
 \kbd{archer}: not available on this architecture or operating system
 
 \kbd{errpile}: the PARI stack overflows
 
 \kbd{gdiver}: division by 0
 
 \kbd{impl}: not yet implemented
 
 \kbd{invmoder}: impossible inverse modulo
 
 \kbd{overflower}: all forms of arithmetic overflow, including length
 or exponent overflow (when a larger value is supplied than the
 implementation can handle).
 
 \kbd{syntaxer}: syntax error
 
 \kbd{talker}: miscellaneous error
 
 \kbd{typeer}: wrong type
 
 \kbd{user}: user error (from the \kbd{error} function)

Function: truncate
Class: basic
Section: conversions
C-Name: trunc0
Prototype: GD&
Help: truncate(x,{&e}): truncation of x; when x is a power series,take away
 the O(X^). If e is present, do not take into account loss of integer part
 precision, and set e = error estimate in bits.
Description: 
 (small):small:parens   $1
 (int):int:copy:parens  $1
 (real):int             truncr($1)
 (mp):int               mptrunc($1)
 (mp, &small):int       gcvtoi($1, &$2)
 (mp, &int):int         trunc0($1, &$2)
 (gen):gen              gtrunc($1)
 (gen, &small):gen      gcvtoi($1, &$2)
 (gen, &int):gen        trunc0($1, &$2)
Doc: truncates $x$ and sets $e$ to the number of
 error bits. When $x$ is in $\R$, this means that the part after the decimal
 point is chopped away, $e$ is the binary exponent of the difference between
 the original and the truncated value (the ``fractional part''). If the
 exponent of $x$ is too large compared to its precision (i.e.~$e>0$), the
 result is undefined and an error occurs if $e$ was not given. The function
 applies componentwise on vector / matrices; $e$ is then the maximal number of
 error bits. If $x$ is a rational function, the result is the ``integer part''
 (Euclidean quotient of numerator by denominator) and $e$ is not set.
 
 Note a very special use of \kbd{truncate}: when applied to a power series, it
 transforms it into a polynomial or a rational function with denominator
 a power of $X$, by chopping away the $O(X^k)$. Similarly, when applied to
 a $p$-adic number, it transforms it into an integer or a rational number
 by chopping away the $O(p^k)$.
Variant: The following functions are also available: \fun{GEN}{gtrunc}{GEN x}
 and \fun{GEN}{gcvtoi}{GEN x, long *e}.

Function: type
Class: basic
Section: programming/specific
C-Name: type0
Prototype: G
Help: type(x): return the type of the GEN x.
Description: 
 (gen):typ              typ($1)
Doc: this is useful only under \kbd{gp}. Returns the internal type name of
 the PARI object $x$ as a  string. Check out existing type names with the
 metacommand \b{t}. For example \kbd{type(1)} will return "\typ{INT}".
Variant: The macro \kbd{typ} is usually simpler to use since it returns a
 \kbd{long} that can easily be matched with the symbols \typ{*}. The name
 \kbd{type} was avoided since it is a reserved identifier for some compilers.

Function: unclone
Class: gp2c
Description: 
 (small):void   (void)0 /*unclone*/
 (gen):void     gunclone($1)

Function: until
Class: basic
Section: programming/control
C-Name: untilpari
Prototype: vEI
Help: until(a,seq): evaluate the expression sequence seq until a is nonzero.
Doc: evaluates \var{seq} until $a$ is not
 equal to 0 (i.e.~until $a$ is true). If $a$ is initially not equal to 0,
 \var{seq} is evaluated once (more generally, the condition on $a$ is tested
 \emph{after} execution of the \var{seq}, not before as in \kbd{while}).

Function: valuation
Class: basic
Section: conversions
C-Name: ggval
Prototype: lGG
Help: valuation(x,p): valuation of x with respect to p.
Doc: 
 computes the highest
 exponent of $p$ dividing $x$. If $p$ is of type integer, $x$ must be an
 integer, an intmod whose modulus is divisible by $p$, a fraction, a
 $q$-adic number with $q=p$, or a polynomial or power series in which case the
 valuation is the minimum of the valuation of the coefficients.
 
 If $p$ is of type polynomial, $x$ must be of type polynomial or rational
 function, and also a power series if $x$ is a monomial. Finally, the
 valuation of a vector, complex or quadratic number is the minimum of the
 component valuations.
 
 If $x=0$, the result is \tet{LONG_MAX} ($2^{31}-1$ for 32-bit machines or
 $2^{63}-1$ for 64-bit machines) if $x$ is an exact object. If $x$ is a
 $p$-adic numbers or power series, the result is the exponent of the zero.
 Any other type combinations gives an error.

Function: variable
Class: basic
Section: conversions
C-Name: gpolvar
Prototype: DG
Help: variable({x}): main variable of object x. Gives p for p-adic x, error
 for scalars. Returns the list of user variables if x is omitted.
Description: 
 (pol):var:parens:copy        $var:1
 (gen):gen        gpolvar($1)
Doc: 
 gives the main variable of the object $x$, and
 $p$ if $x$ is a $p$-adic number. Gives an error if $x$ has no variable
 associated to it. If $x$ is omitted, returns the list of user variables known
 to the interpreter, by order of decreasing priority. (Highest priority is $x$,
 which always come first.)
Variant: However, in library mode, this function should not be used for $x$
 non-\kbd{NULL}, since \tet{gvar} is more appropriate. Instead, for
 $x$ a $p$-adic (type \typ{PADIC}), $p$ is $gel(x,2)$; otherwise, use
 \fun{long}{gvar}{GEN x} which returns the variable number of $x$ if
 it exists, \kbd{NO\_VARIABLE} otherwise, which satisfies the property
 $\kbd{varncmp}(\kbd{NO\_VARIABLE}, v) > 0$ for all valid variable number
 $v$, i.e. it has lower priority than any variable.

Function: vecextract
Class: basic
Section: linear_algebra
C-Name: extract0
Prototype: GGDG
Help: vecextract(x,y,{z}): extraction of the components of the matrix or
 vector x according to y and z. If z is omitted, y represents columns, otherwise
 y corresponds to rows and z to columns. y and z can be vectors (of indices),
 strings (indicating ranges as in "1..10") or masks (integers whose binary
 representation indicates the indices to extract, from left to right 1, 2, 4,
 8, etc.).
Description: 
 (vec,gen,?gen):vec  extract0($1, $2, $3)
Doc: extraction of components of the
 vector or matrix $x$ according to $y$. In case $x$ is a matrix, its
 components are as usual the \emph{columns} of $x$. The parameter $y$ is a
 component specifier, which is either an integer, a string describing a
 range, or a vector.
 
 If $y$ is an integer, it is considered as a mask: the binary bits of $y$ are
 read from right to left, but correspond to taking the components from left to
 right. For example, if $y=13=(1101)_2$ then the components 1,3 and 4 are
 extracted.
 
 If $y$ is a vector, which must have integer entries, these entries correspond
 to the component numbers to be extracted, in the order specified.
 
 If $y$ is a string, it can be
 
 \item a single (non-zero) index giving a component number (a negative
 index means we start counting from the end).
 
 \item a range of the form \kbd{"$a$..$b$"}, where $a$ and $b$ are
 indexes as above. Any of $a$ and $b$ can be omitted; in this case, we take
 as default values $a = 1$ and $b = -1$, i.e.~ the first and last components
 respectively. We then extract all components in the interval $[a,b]$, in
 reverse order if $b < a$.
 
 In addition, if the first character in the string is \kbd{\pow}, the
 complement of the given set of indices is taken.
 
 If $z$ is not omitted, $x$ must be a matrix. $y$ is then the \emph{line}
 specifier, and $z$ the \emph{column} specifier, where the component specifier
 is as explained above.
 
 \bprog
 ? v = [a, b, c, d, e];
 ? vecextract(v, 5)          \\@com mask
 %1 = [a, c]
 ? vecextract(v, [4, 2, 1])  \\@com component list
 %2 = [d, b, a]
 ? vecextract(v, "2..4")     \\@com interval
 %3 = [b, c, d]
 ? vecextract(v, "-1..-3")   \\@com interval + reverse order
 %4 = [e, d, c]
 ? vecextract(v, "^2")       \\@com complement
 %5 = [a, c, d, e]
 ? vecextract(matid(3), "2..", "..")
 %6 =
 [0 1 0]
 
 [0 0 1]
 @eprog

Function: vecmax
Class: basic
Section: operators
C-Name: vecmax
Prototype: G
Help: vecmax(x): maximum of the elements of the vector/matrix x
Description: 
  (vecsmall):small vecsmall_max($1)
  (gen):gen        vecmax($1)
Doc: if $x$ is a vector or a matrix, returns the maximum
 of the elements of $x$, otherwise returns a copy of $x$. Error if $x$ is
 empty.

Function: vecmin
Class: basic
Section: operators
C-Name: vecmin
Prototype: G
Help: vecmin(x): minimum of the elements of the vector/matrix x
Description: 
  (vecsmall):small vecsmall_min($1)
  (gen):gen        vecmin($1)
Doc: if $x$ is a vector or a matrix, returns the minimum
 of the elements of $x$, otherwise returns a copy of $x$. Error if $x$ is
 empty.

Function: vecsort
Class: basic
Section: linear_algebra
C-Name: vecsort0
Prototype: GDGD0,L,
Help: vecsort(x,{cmp},{flag=0}): sorts the vector of vectors (or matrix) x in
 ascending order, according to the comparison function cmp, if not omitted.
 (If cmp is an integer, sort according to the value of the k-th component
 of each entry.) Binary digits of flag (if present) mean: 1: indirect sorting,
 return the permutation instead of the permuted vector, 2: sort using
 lexicographic order, 4: use descending instead of ascending order, 8: remove
 duplicate entries.
Description: 
 (vecsmall,?gen):vecsmall       vecsort0($1, $2, 0)
 (vecsmall,?gen,small):vecsmall vecsort0($1, $2, $3)
 (vec, , ?0):vec                sort($1)
 (vec, , 1):vecsmall            indexsort($1)
 (vec, , 2):vec                 lexsort($1)
 (vec, gen):vec                 vecsort0($1, $2, 0)
 (vec, ?gen, 1):vecsmall        vecsort0($1, $2, 1)
 (vec, ?gen, 3):vecsmall        vecsort0($1, $2, 3)
 (vec, ?gen, 5):vecsmall        vecsort0($1, $2, 5)
 (vec, ?gen, 7):vecsmall        vecsort0($1, $2, 7)
 (vec, ?gen, 9):vecsmall        vecsort0($1, $2, 9)
 (vec, ?gen, 11):vecsmall       vecsort0($1, $2, 11)
 (vec, ?gen, 13):vecsmall       vecsort0($1, $2, 13)
 (vec, ?gen, 15):vecsmall       vecsort0($1, $2, 15)
 (vec, ?gen, #small):vec        vecsort0($1, $2, $3)
 (vec, ?gen, small):gen         vecsort0($1, $2, $3)
Doc: sorts the vector $x$ in ascending order, using a mergesort method.
 $x$ must be a list, vector or matrix (seen as a vector of its columns).
 Note that mergesort is stable, hence the initial ordering of ``equal''
 entries (with respect to the sorting criterion) is not changed.
 
 If \kbd{cmp} is omitted, we use the standard comparison function
 \kbd{<}, thereby restricting the possible types for the elements of $x$
 (integers, fractions or reals). If \kbd{cmp} is present, it is understood as
 a comparison function and we sort according to it. The following
 possibilities exist:
 
 \item an integer $k$: sort according to the value of the $k$-th
 subcomponents of the components of~$x$.
 
 \item a vector: sort lexicographically according to the components listed in
 the vector. For example, if $\kbd{cmp}=\kbd{[2,1,3]}$, sort with respect to
 the second component, and when these are equal, with respect to the first,
 and when these are equal, with respect to the third.
 
 \item a comparison function (\typ{CLOSURE}), with two arguments $x$ and $y$,
 and returning an integer which is $<0$, $>0$ or $=0$ if $x<y$, $x>y$ or
 $x=y$ respectively. The \tet{sign} function is very useful in this context:
 \bprog
 ? vecsort([3,0,2; 1,0,2],lex) \\ sort columns according to lex order
 %1 =
 [2 3]
 
 [2 1]
 ? vecsort(v, (x,y)->sign(y-x))            \\@com reverse sort
 ? vecsort(v, (x,y)->sign(abs(x)-abs(y)))  \\@com sort by increasing absolute value
 ? cmp(x,y) = my(dx = poldisc(x), dy = poldisc(y)); sign(abs(dx) - abs(dy))
 ? vecsort([x^2+1, x^3-2, x^4+5*x+1], cmp)
 @eprog\noindent
 The last example used the named \kbd{cmp} instead of an anonymous function,
 and sorts polynomials with respect to the absolute value of their
 discriminant. A more efficient approach would use precomputations to ensure
 a given discriminant is computed only once:
 \bprog
 ? DISC = vector(#v, i, abs(poldisc(v[i])));
 ? perm = vecsort(vector(#v,i,i), (x,y)->sign(DISC[x]-DISC[y]))
 ? vecextract(v, perm)
 @eprog\noindent Similar ideas apply whenever we sort according to the values
 of a function which is expensive to compute.
 
 \noindent The binary digits of \fl\ mean:
 
 \item 1: indirect sorting of the vector $x$, i.e.~if $x$ is an
 $n$-component vector, returns a permutation of $[1,2,\dots,n]$ which
 applied to the components of $x$ sorts $x$ in increasing order.
 For example, \kbd{vecextract(x, vecsort(x,,1))} is equivalent to
 \kbd{vecsort(x)}.
 
 \item 2: sorts $x$ by ascending lexicographic order (as per the
 \kbd{lex} comparison function).
 
 \item 4: use descending instead of ascending order.
 
 \item 8: remove ``duplicate'' entries with respect to the sorting function
 (keep the first occurring entry).  For example:
 \bprog
   ? vecsort([Pi,Mod(1,2),z], (x,y)->0, 8)   \\@com make everything compare equal
   %1 = [3.141592653589793238462643383]
   ? vecsort([[2,3],[0,1],[0,3]], 2, 8)
   %2 = [[0, 1], [2, 3]]
 @eprog

Function: vector
Class: basic
Section: linear_algebra
C-Name: vecteur
Prototype: GDVDE
Help: vector(n,{X},{expr=0}): row vector with n components of expression
 expr (X ranges from 1 to n). By default, fill with 0s.
Doc: creates a row vector (type
 \typ{VEC}) with $n$ components whose components are the expression
 \var{expr} evaluated at the integer points between 1 and $n$. If one of the
 last two arguments is omitted, fill the vector with zeroes.
 
 Avoid modifying $X$ within \var{expr}; if you do, the formal variable
 still runs from $1$ to $n$. In particular, \kbd{vector(n,i,expr)} is not
 equivalent to
 \bprog
 v = vector(n)
 for (i = 1, n, v[i] = expr)
 @eprog\noindent
 as the following example shows:
 \bprog
 n = 3
 v = vector(n); vector(n, i, i++)            ----> [2, 3, 4]
 v = vector(n); for (i = 1, n, v[i] = i++)   ----> [2, 0, 4]
 @eprog\noindent
 %\syn{NO}

Function: vectorsmall
Class: basic
Section: linear_algebra
C-Name: vecteursmall
Prototype: GDVDE
Help: vectorsmall(n,{X},{expr=0}): VECSMALL with n components of expression
 expr (X ranges from 1 to n) which must be small integers. By default, fill
 with 0s.
Doc: creates a row vector of small integers (type
 \typ{VECSMALL}) with $n$ components whose components are the expression
 \var{expr} evaluated at the integer points between 1 and $n$. If one of the
 last two arguments is omitted, fill the vector with zeroes.
 %\syn{NO}

Function: vectorv
Class: basic
Section: linear_algebra
C-Name: vvecteur
Prototype: GDVDE
Help: vectorv(n,{X},{expr=0}): column vector with n components of expression
 expr (X ranges from 1 to n). By default, fill with 0s.
Doc: as \tet{vector}, but returns a column vector (type \typ{COL}).
 %\syn{NO}

Function: version
Class: basic
Section: programming/specific
C-Name: pari_version
Prototype: 
Help: version(): returns the PARI version as [major,minor,patch] or [major,minor,patch,VCSversion].
Doc: returns the current version number as a \typ{VEC} with three integer
 components (major version number, minor version number and patchlevel);
 if your
 sources were obtained through one of our version control systems (CVS, svn,
 git\dots), this will be followed by a more precise version string
 (\kbd{svn-}\emph{revision} if compiled from a subversion repository,
 \kbd{git-}\emph{commit} if compiled from a git repository, \dots).
 
 This function is present in all versions of PARI following releases 2.3.4
 (stable) and 2.4.3 (testing).
 
 Unless you are working with multiple development versions, you probably only
 care about the 3 first numeric components. In any case, the \kbd{lex} function
 offers a clever way to check against a particular version number, since it will
 compare each successive vector entry, numerically or as strings, and will not
 mind if the vectors it compares have different lengths :
 \bprog
    if (lex(version(), [2,3,5]) >= 0,
      \\ code to be executed if we are running 2.3.5 or more recent.
    ,
      \\ compatibility code
    );
 @eprog\noindent On a number of different machines, \kbd{version()} could return either of
 \bprog
  %1 = [2, 3, 4]    \\ released version, stable branch
  %1 = [2, 4, 3]    \\ released version, testing branch
  %1 = [2, 4, 4, "svn-12746"] \\ development
 @eprog
 
 In particular the first line of the gp introductory message can be essentially
 emulated by
 \bprog
    v = version();
    n = Str(v[1], ".", v[2], ".", v[3]);
    s = if (#v > 3, v[4], "");
    print("GP/PARI CALCULATOR Version ", n, " (", s, ")");
  @eprog\noindent If you \emph{are} working with many development versions of
  PARI/GP, the last component can be profitably included in the name of
  your logfile, for instance.

Function: warning
Class: basic
Section: programming/specific
C-Name: warning0
Prototype: vs*
Help: warning({str}*): display warning message str
Description: 
 (?gen,...):void  pari_warn(user, "${2 format_string}"${2 format_args})
Doc: outputs the message ``user warning''
 and the argument list (each of them interpreted as a string).
 If colors are enabled, this warning will be in a different color,
 making it easy to distinguish.
 \bprog
 warning(n, " is very large, this might take a while.")
 @eprog
 % \syn{NO}

Function: weber
Class: basic
Section: transcendental
C-Name: weber0
Prototype: GD0,L,p
Help: weber(x,{flag=0}): One of Weber's f function of x. flag is optional,
 and can be 0: default, function f(x)=exp(-i*Pi/24)*eta((x+1)/2)/eta(x),
 1: function f1(x)=eta(x/2)/eta(x)
 2: function f2(x)=sqrt(2)*eta(2*x)/eta(x). Note that
 j = (f^24-16)^3/f^24 = (f1^24+16)^3/f1^24 = (f2^24+16)^3/f2^24.
Doc: one of Weber's three $f$ functions.
 If $\fl=0$, returns
 $$f(x)=\exp(-i\pi/24)\cdot\eta((x+1)/2)\,/\,\eta(x) \quad\hbox{such that}\quad
 j=(f^{24}-16)^3/f^{24}\,,$$
 where $j$ is the elliptic $j$-invariant  (see the function \kbd{ellj}).
 If $\fl=1$, returns
 $$f_1(x)=\eta(x/2)\,/\,\eta(x)\quad\hbox{such that}\quad
 j=(f_1^{24}+16)^3/f_1^{24}\,.$$
 Finally, if $\fl=2$, returns
 $$f_2(x)=\sqrt{2}\eta(2x)\,/\,\eta(x)\quad\hbox{such that}\quad
 j=(f_2^{24}+16)^3/f_2^{24}.$$
 Note the identities $f^8=f_1^8+f_2^8$ and $ff_1f_2=\sqrt2$.
Variant: Also available are \fun{GEN}{weberf}{GEN x, long prec},
 \fun{GEN}{weberf1}{GEN x, long prec} and \fun{GEN}{weberf2}{GEN x, long prec}.

Function: whatnow
Class: gp
Section: programming/specific
C-Name: whatnow0
Prototype: vr
Help: whatnow(key): if key was present in GP version 1.39.15 or lower, gives
 the new function name.
Description: 
 (str):void             whatnow($1, 0)
Doc: if keyword \var{key} is the name of a function that was present in GP
 version 1.39.15 or lower, outputs the new function name and syntax, if it
 changed at all ($387$ out of $560$ did).

Function: while
Class: basic
Section: programming/control
C-Name: whilepari
Prototype: vEI
Help: while(a,seq): while a is nonzero evaluate the expression sequence seq.
 Otherwise 0.
Doc: while $a$ is non-zero, evaluates the expression sequence \var{seq}. The
 test is made \emph{before} evaluating the $seq$, hence in particular if $a$
 is initially equal to zero the \var{seq} will not be evaluated at all.

Function: write
Class: basic
Section: programming/specific
C-Name: write0
Prototype: vss*
Help: write(filename,{str}*): appends the remaining arguments (same output as
 print) to filename.
Doc: writes (appends) to \var{filename} the remaining arguments, and appends a
 newline (same output as \kbd{print}).
 %\syn{NO}

Function: write1
Class: basic
Section: programming/specific
C-Name: write1
Prototype: vss*
Help: write1(filename,{str}*): appends the remaining arguments (same output as
 print1) to filename.
Doc: writes (appends) to \var{filename} the remaining arguments without a
 trailing newline (same output as \kbd{print1}).
 %\syn{NO}

Function: writebin
Class: basic
Section: programming/specific
C-Name: gpwritebin
Prototype: vsDG
Help: writebin(filename,{x}): write x as a binary object to file filename.
 If x is omitted, write all session variables.
Doc: writes (appends) to
 \var{filename} the object $x$ in binary format. This format is not human
 readable, but contains the exact internal structure of $x$, and is much
 faster to save/load than a string expression, as would be produced by
 \tet{write}. The binary file format includes a magic number, so that such a
 file can be recognized and correctly input by the regular \tet{read} or \b{r}
 function. If saved objects refer to (polynomial) variables that are not
 defined in the new session, they will be displayed in a funny way (see
 \secref{se:kill}).
 
 If $x$ is omitted, saves all user variables from the session, together with
 their names. Reading such a ``named object'' back in a \kbd{gp} session will set
 the corresponding user variable to the saved value. E.g after
 \bprog
 x = 1; writebin("log")
 @eprog\noindent
 reading \kbd{log} into a clean session will set \kbd{x} to $1$.
 The relative variables priorities (see \secref{se:priority}) of new variables
 set in this way remain the same (preset variables retain their former
 priority, but are set to the new value). In particular, reading such a
 session log into a clean session will restore all variables exactly as they
 were in the original one.
 
 User functions, installed functions and history objects can not be saved via
 this function. Just as a regular input file, a binary file can be compressed
 using \tet{gzip}, provided the file name has the standard \kbd{.gz}
 extension.\sidx{binary file}
 
 In the present implementation, the binary files are architecture dependent
 and compatibility with future versions of \kbd{gp} is not guaranteed. Hence
 binary files should not be used for long term storage (also, they are
 larger and harder to compress than text files).

Function: writetex
Class: basic
Section: programming/specific
C-Name: writetex
Prototype: vss*
Help: writetex(filename,{str}*): appends the remaining arguments (same format as
 print) to filename, in TeX format.
Doc: as \kbd{write}, in \TeX\ format.
 %\syn{NO}

Function: zeta
Class: basic
Section: transcendental
C-Name: gzeta
Prototype: Gp
Help: zeta(s): Riemann zeta function at s with s a complex or a p-adic number.
Doc: For $s$ a complex number, Riemann's zeta
 function \sidx{Riemann zeta-function} $\zeta(s)=\sum_{n\ge1}n^{-s}$,
 computed using the \idx{Euler-Maclaurin} summation formula, except
 when $s$ is of type integer, in which case it is computed using
 Bernoulli numbers\sidx{Bernoulli numbers} for $s\le0$ or $s>0$ and
 even, and using modular forms for $s>0$ and odd.
 
 For $s$ a $p$-adic number, Kubota-Leopoldt zeta function at $s$, that
 is the unique continuous $p$-adic function on the $p$-adic integers
 that interpolates the values of $(1 - p^{-k}) \zeta(k)$ at negative
 integers $k$ such that $k \equiv 1 \pmod{p-1}$ (resp. $k$ is odd) if
 $p$ is odd (resp. $p = 2$).

Function: zetak
Class: basic
Section: number_fields
C-Name: gzetakall
Prototype: GGD0,L,p
Help: zetak(nfz,x,{flag=0}): Dedekind zeta function of the number field nfz
 at x, where nfz is the vector computed by zetakinit (NOT by nfinit); flag is
 optional, and can be 0: default, compute zetak, or non-zero: compute the
 lambdak function, i.e. with the gamma factors.
Doc: \var{znf} being a number
 field initialized by \kbd{zetakinit} (\emph{not} by \kbd{nfinit}),
 computes the value of the \idx{Dedekind} zeta function of the number
 field at the complex number $x$. If $\fl=1$ computes Dedekind $\Lambda$
 function instead (i.e.~the product of the Dedekind zeta function by its gamma
 and exponential factors).
 
 \misctitle{CAVEAT} This implementation is not satisfactory and must be
 rewritten. In particular
 
 \item The accuracy of the result depends in an essential way on the
 accuracy of both the \kbd{zetakinit} program and the current accuracy.
 Be wary in particular that $x$ of large imaginary part or, on the
 contrary, very close to an ordinary integer will suffer from precision
 loss, yielding fewer significant digits than expected. Computing with 28
 digits of relative accuracy, we have
 \bprog
 ? zeta(3)
 %1 = 1.202056903159594285399738161
 ? zeta(3-1e-20)
 %2 = 1.202056903159594285401719424
 ? zetak(zetakinit(x), 3-1e-20)
 %3 = 1.2020569031595952919  \\ 5 digits are wrong
 ? zetak(zetakinit(x), 3-1e-28)
 %4 = -25.33411749           \\ junk
 @eprog
 
 \item As the precision increases, results become unexpectedly
 completely wrong:
 \bprog
 ? \p100
 ? zetak(zetakinit(x^2-5), -1) - 1/30
 %1 = 7.26691813 E-108    \\ perfect
 ? \p150
 ? zetak(zetakinit(x^2-5), -1) - 1/30
 %2 = -2.486113578 E-156  \\ perfect
 ? \p200
 ? zetak(zetakinit(x^2-5), -1) - 1/30
 %3 = 4.47... E-75        \\ more than half of the digits are wrong
 ? \p250
 ? zetak(zetakinit(x^2-5), -1) - 1/30
 %4 = 1.6 E43             \\ junk
 @eprog
Variant: See also \fun{GEN}{glambdak}{GEN znf, GEN x, long prec} or
 \fun{GEN}{gzetak}{GEN znf, GEN x, long prec}.

Function: zetakinit
Class: basic
Section: number_fields
C-Name: initzeta
Prototype: Gp
Help: zetakinit(bnf): compute number field information necessary to use zetak.
 bnf may also be an irreducible polynomial.
Doc: computes a number of initialization data
 concerning the number field associated to \kbd{bnf} so as to be able
 to compute the \idx{Dedekind} zeta and lambda functions, respectively
 $\kbd{zetak}(x)$ and $\kbd{zetak}(x,1)$, at the current real precision. If
 you do not need the \kbd{bnfinit} data somewhere else, you may call it
 with an irreducible polynomial instead of a \var{bnf}: it will call
 \kbd{bnfinit} itself.
 
 The result is a 9-component vector $v$ whose components are very technical
 and cannot really be used except through the \kbd{zetak} function.
 
 This function is very inefficient and should be rewritten. It needs to
 computes millions of coefficients of the corresponding Dirichlet series if
 the precision is big. Unless the discriminant is small it will not be able
 to handle more than 9 digits of relative precision. For instance,
 \kbd{zetakinit(x\pow 8 - 2)} needs 440MB of memory at default precision.

Function: zncoppersmith
Class: basic
Section: number_theoretical
C-Name: zncoppersmith
Prototype: GGGDG
Help: zncoppersmith(P, N, X, {B=N}): finds all integers x
 with |x| <= X such that  gcd(N, P(x)) >= B. X should be smaller than
 exp((log B)^2 / (deg(P) log N)).
Doc: $N$ being an integer and $P\in \Z[X]$, finds all integers $x$ with
 $|x| \leq X$ such that
 $$\gcd(N, P(x)) \geq B,$$
 using \idx{Coppersmith}'s algorithm (a famous application of the \idx{LLL}
 algorithm). $X$ must be smaller than $\exp(\log^2 B / (\deg(P) \log N))$:
 for $B = N$, this means $X < N^{1/\deg(P)}$. Some $x$ larger than $X$ may
 be returned if you are very lucky. The smaller $B$ (or the larger $X$), the
 slower the routine will be. The strength of Coppersmith method is the
 ability to find roots modulo a general \emph{composite} $N$: if $N$ is a prime
 or a prime power, \tet{polrootsmod} or \tet{polrootspadic} will be much
 faster.
 
 We shall now present two simple applications. The first one is
 finding non-trivial factors of $N$, given some partial information on the
 factors; in that case $B$ must obviously be smaller than the largest
 non-trivial divisor of $N$.
 \bprog
 setrand(1); \\ to make the example reproducible
 p = nextprime(random(10^30));
 q = nextprime(random(10^30)); N = p*q;
 p0 = p % 10^20; \\ assume we know 1) p > 10^29, 2) the last 19 digits of p
 p1 = zncoppersmith(10^19*x + p0, N, 10^12, 10^29)
 
 \\ result in 10ms.
 %1 = [35023733690]
 ? gcd(p1[1] * 10^19 + p0, N) == p
 %2 = 1
 @eprog\noindent and we recovered $p$, faster than by trying all
 possibilities $ < 10^{12}$.
 
 The second application is an attack on RSA with low exponent, when the
 message $x$ is short and the padding $P$ is known to the attacker. We use
 the same RSA modulus $N$ as in the first example:
 \bprog
 setrand(1);
 P = random(N);    \\ known padding
 e = 3;            \\ small public encryption exponent
 X = floor(N^0.3); \\ N^(1/e - epsilon)
 x0 = random(X);   \\ unknown short message
 C = lift( (Mod(x0,N) + P)^e ); \\ known ciphertext, with padding P
 zncoppersmith((P + x)^3 - C, N, X)
 
 \\ result in 3.8s.
 %3 = [265174753892462432]
 ? %[1] == x0
 %4 = 1
 @eprog\noindent
 We guessed an integer of the order of $10^{18}$ in a couple of seconds.

Function: znlog
Class: basic
Section: number_theoretical
C-Name: znlog
Prototype: GGDG
Help: znlog(x,g,{o}): return the discrete logarithm of x in
 (Z/nZ)* in base g. If present, o represents the multiplicative
 order of g. If no o is given, assume that g generate (Z/nZ)*.
Doc: discrete logarithm of $x$ in $(\Z/N\Z)^*$ in base $g$.
 If present, $o$ represents the multiplicative order of $g$, see
 \secref{se:DLfun}; the preferred format for this parameter is
 \kbd{[ord, factor(ord)]}, where \kbd{ord} is the order of $g$.
 If no $o$ is given, assume that $g$ generate $(\Z/N\Z)^*$.
 
 This function uses a simple-minded combination of generic
 discrete log algorithms (index calculus methods are not yet implemented).
 
 \item Pohlig-Hellman algorithm, to reduce to groups of prime order $q$,
 where $q | p-1$ and $p$ is an odd prime divisor of $N$,
 
 \item Shanks baby-step/giant-step ($q$ small),
 
 \item Pollard rho method ($q$ large).
 
 The latter two algorithms require $O(\sqrt{q})$ operations in the group on
 average, hence will not be able to treat cases where $q > 10^{30}$, say.
 \bprog
 ? g = znprimroot(101)
 %1 = Mod(2,101)
 ? znlog(5, g)
 %2 = 24
 ? g^24
 %3 = Mod(5, 101)
 
 ? G = znprimroot(2 * 101^10)
 %4 = Mod(110462212541120451003, 220924425082240902002)
 ? znlog(5, G)
 %5 = 76210072736547066624
 ? G^% == 5
 %6 = 1
 @eprog\noindent The result is undefined when $x$ is not a power of $g$ or
 when $x$ is not invertible mod $N$:
 \bprog
 ? znlog(6, Mod(2,3))
   ***   at top-level: znlog(6,Mod(2,3))
   ***                 ^-----------------
   *** znlog: impossible inverse modulo: Mod(0, 3).
 @eprog\noindent For convenience, $g$ is also allowed to be a $p$-adic number:
 \bprog
 ? g = 3+O(5^10); znlog(2, g)
 %1 = 1015243
 ? g^%
 %2 = 2 + O(5^10)
 @eprog

Function: znorder
Class: basic
Section: number_theoretical
C-Name: znorder
Prototype: GDG
Help: znorder(x,{o}): order of the integermod x in (Z/nZ)*.
 Optional o represents a multiple of the order of the element.
Description: 
 (gen):int             order($1)
 (gen,):int            order($1)
 (gen,int):int         znorder($1, $2)
Doc: $x$ must be an integer mod $n$, and the
 result is the order of $x$ in the multiplicative group $(\Z/n\Z)^*$. Returns
 an error if $x$ is not invertible.
 The parameter o, if present, represents a non-zero
 multiple of the order of $x$, see \secref{se:DLfun}; the preferred format for
 this parameter is \kbd{[ord, factor(ord)]}, where \kbd{ord = eulerphi(n)}
 is the cardinality of the group.
Variant: Also available is \fun{GEN}{order}{GEN x}.

Function: znprimroot
Class: basic
Section: number_theoretical
C-Name: znprimroot0
Prototype: G
Help: znprimroot(n): returns a primitive root of n when it exists.
Description: 
 (int):gen        znprimroot($1)
 (gen):gen        znprimroot0($1)
Doc: returns a primitive root (generator) of $(\Z/n\Z)^*$, whenever this
 latter group is cyclic ($n = 4$ or $n = 2p^k$ or $n = p^k$, where $p$ is an
 odd prime and $k \geq 0$). If the group is not cyclic, the result is
 undefined. If $n$ is a prime, then the smallest positive primitive root is
 returned. This is no longer true for composites.
 
 Note that this function requires factoring $p-1$ for $p$ as above,
 in order to determine the exact order of elements in
 $(\Z/n\Z)^*$: this is likely to be very costly if $p$ is large.
 The function accepts vector/matrices arguments, and is then applied
 componentwise.
Variant: For a \typ{INT} $x$, the special case
 \fun{GEN}{znprimroot}{GEN n} is also available.

Function: znstar
Class: basic
Section: number_theoretical
C-Name: znstar
Prototype: G
Help: znstar(n): 3-component vector v, giving the structure of (Z/nZ)^*.
 v[1] is the order (i.e. eulerphi(n)), v[2] is a vector of cyclic components,
 and v[3] is a vector giving the corresponding generators.
Doc: gives the structure of the multiplicative group
 $(\Z/n\Z)^*$ as a 3-component row vector $v$, where $v[1]=\phi(n)$ is the
 order of that group, $v[2]$ is a $k$-component row-vector $d$ of integers
 $d[i]$ such that $d[i]>1$ and $d[i]\mid d[i-1]$ for $i \ge 2$ and
 $(\Z/n\Z)^* \simeq \prod_{i=1}^k(\Z/d[i]\Z)$, and $v[3]$ is a $k$-component row
 vector giving generators of the image of the cyclic groups $\Z/d[i]\Z$.